RIDER's PERPETUAL TROUBLESHOOTER'S Radio set service manuals - 1930 to 1954
n
SARGENT-RAYMENT PAGE 21-1 MODEL SR39
A bandpass pre -stage tuned Radio Frequency section and one stage I.F. at 455 KC terminating in a tuned Infinite Impedence detector for those who insist on the best in a Standard Broadcast Receiver.
A Frequency Modulation Tuner employing a tuned R.F. Pre stage for added sensitivity, a stable drift -free Triode Oscillator, two stages permiability tuned I.F. at 10.7 for superior F.M. performance and fully balanced static free Ratio Detector with 70q A.M. absorption.
Input jacks for phono pickups, either crystal pickup or properly compensated pre -amp for Variable Reluctance type pick. op and a jack for aural television on Selector Control Switch.
A new SR circuit for smooth electro-accoustical control of :ass and treble emphasis allowing the controls of the audio mplifier to be pre-set.
Physical dimentions:cutcheon to back.
14" wide, 7" high and 10" from es-
F.M. Sensitivity:- 10 microvolts.
Average output:- .4 volts.
Tubes: 3 6BA6; 1 each 6BE6; 6C4; 6AL5; 63N707; 6SA7; 63K7; 63F7; 635 and 6X5.
Power Consumption:- 68 watts, 110-125 volts, 50-60 cycles.
ANTENNA REQUIRELMENTS.
For best non -directional standard AM broadcast results a single wire five to ten Peet in length connected to antenna terminal "A" will be sufficient. Additional selectivity to this efficient input circuit would tend to restrict the wide band reception capabilities of the detector.
For best F.M. results a 100 INC. dipole should be installed well above surrounding obstructions. The twisted 300 ohm line from the dipole should be connected to antenna terminals "D" and "0". ("G" also grounds unit.)
A console type folded dipole is supplied with the tuner and will prove a satisfactory substitute in most rases where an external dipole is impractical.
INPUT JACKS. All prono or TV audio signals as well as the AM and
FM radio are subject to the volume and tone controls of the tuner.
The jack marked "MAC" is the input for a properly compensated pre amplifier when using the variable reluctance cartridge.
XTAL is the phono input for a standard crystal pickup.
The TV jack makes it possible to channel the audio of a television tuner thru the radids amplifier and speaker.
The OUTPUT jack should be connected to the high impedance input control (150,000 to 500,000 ohms) of a quality audio amplifier. Use the prepared shielded lead supplied with the tuner. Choose a speaker capable of wile range reproduction.
A.C.POWER.
SR39 is completely powerized for 110-125
volte 50-60 cycles. The power switch (on the Volume
Control) also controls the A.C.recepticle on the back of
the chassis for convenience in amplifier installation.
CAUTION
VENTILATION IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. No multi -tube unit
should Damage
be to
housed in an the unit and
insufficiently ventilated the cabinet will result.
cabinet.
USE ONLY 1 AMP. FUSE.
@John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
RAGE 21-2 ,SARGENT-RQYMEfIT
MODEL SR39
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-1
MODEL 310
GENERAL FEATURES
The Model 310 is a combination designed for the reception of radio broadcast programs and for the reproduction of phonograph records, television sound or other external sound. The receiver includes the following separate pieces of equipment: (1) chassis, (2) record changer, and (3) high fidelity speaker.
TECHNICAL DATA
Power Input Tubes Circuits
Tuning Range
105 Watts at 117 Volts, 50-60 cycles. (Phono motor 60 cycles, 25 watts additional.)
Total 12 including two rectifiers.
Superheterodyne with RF amplifier stage (three gang tuning condenser) on all bands. Three stage FM-IF amplification (10.7 mc). One stage AM -IF (455 kc). Ratio detector on FM. Drift compensation on RF section. Push-pull output with 6 db inverse feedback. Sound input for phono and for TV or other external sound.
AM - 535 - 1620 kc. FM - 87.5 - 108.5 mc.
Output
10 watts (2-6V6GT tubes in push-pull). Less than 5% distortion at full output.
Sensitivity
AM 12 ?microvolts
FM 17 microvolts (Carrier modulated 30% at 400 cycles. Output 500 milliwatts with 10 db signal to noise ratio.)
Fidelity
Overall 30 to 20,000 cps plus or minus 1 db. Separate bass and treble control. Phono input equalized for elimination of objectionable scratch level. AM and FM audio equalized to BC standards.
Speaker
Hi -fidelity 12 inch PM. 8 ohm voice coil. TUBE REPLACEMENT
The Model 310 has the following tube complement:
Symbol Tube
Application
Symbol Tube
Application
V1 6BA6 RF Amplifier
V2 6BE6 Conv. & AM Osc.
V3 6C4
FM Oscillator
V4 6BA6 IF Amp., FM -AM
V5 6AU6 IF Amp., FM & 2nd
Detector, AM
V6 6AU6 IF Amp., FM
V7 6AL5 Ratio Detector, FM V8 6Sa7 1st Audio Amplifier V9 6SN7 2nd Audio Amplifier V10 6V6GT Audio Power Output V11 6V6GT Audio Power Output V12 5Y3GT Rectifier
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES
.^IODF_L 310
FUSE REPLACEMENT
A fuse is provided for protection of the receiver against excessive power line voltages, and against failure of any component in the receiver which wôuld cause heavy current drain and fire hazard. This fuse is accessible at the rear panel of the tuner chassis. CAUTION: Always replace the fuse with one of the same rating in the event the fuse is blown. If the fuse continues to blow after replacement trouble is indicated and the equipment should be removed from the cabinet for examination.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Test Equipment
1. Voltohmyst for DC measurements.
2. AM signal generator for 455 RC, 1500 RC, 600 RC, 10.7 MC, 89 MC and 107 MC.
3. AC voltmeter such as the Ballantine voltmeter.
4. An aligning tool is included with each receiver and is taped on the 1st FM-IF transformer can. Additional aligning tools may be had by ordering under part number 94V4707.
In order to reduce instability due to ground currents it is advisably to have a metal sheet covering the test bench and to place all generators and the receivers to be tested on this metal plate.
Alignment Procedure
The alignment is preferably performed in the following order: See Figure 1 for location of adjustments on chassis.
1. AM-IF
2. AM -RF
3. FM -IF
4. FM -RF
AM -IF Alignment
A signal generator capable of modulation and accurately set to 455 RC should be attached through a .01 MFD capacitor to the lug on the service selector switch which connects to the middle AM section of the gang condenser. A good ground point for the generator is the rear support bracket of the switch.
The AC voltmeter is placed across the secondary of the audio output transformer, which is loaded with a 8 ohm 10 watt resistor connected in place of the speaker voice coil. In the event this resistor is not available the speaker may be used if the noise can be tolerated. The volume, bass and treble controls must be full on, the service selector switch in the AM position, and the tuning dial in any convenient position that does not interfere with the AM -IF output signal.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-3 MODEL 310
Apply sufficient input signal at 455 KC, 30% AM modulated at 400 cycles to give an indication of aoout 2 volts rms AC on the AC voltmeter across the secondary of the output transformer. With the use of an aligning tool the primary and secondary of the two AM -IF transformers are peaked for a maximum indication on the output voltmeter. As the receiver approaches correct alignment, reduce the input signal level so that the output never exceeds 3-4 volts AC. It is good practice to recheck the peaking of the transformers a second time, especially if the set was badly out of alignment. The normal Aid -IF sensitivity is such that when 100 uV are applied with the signal generator, the output voltmeter will read 2 volts minimum.
AM -RF Alignment
Apply the signal generator to the lug on the service selector switch that supports the loop lead (loop not connected). The AC voltmeter remains attached as for the IF alignment. The operating controls also remain as for the IF adjustment of the receiver. Set the signal generator and receiver dials on 600 KC at 30% modulation with 400 cycles and adjust the AM oscillator core (top adjustment on the 1 1/8" square can toward rear of chassis) for a maximum indication on the output voltmeter. Keep the generator input low enough to prevent the voltmeter from reading above 3-4 volts AC at all times.
The AM converter transformer (top of 1 1/8" square can toward front of chassis) is now adjusted for a maximum output indication on the voltmeter.
The generator and receiver dials are now set at 1500 KC and the oscillator and converter gang condenser trimmers (front holes in the gang cover) are adjusted for a maximum output on AC output voltmeter.
The above procedures are repeated until the 1500 KC and 600 KC points on the generator and the receiver dials coincide without further adjustment of the cores or trimmer condensers.
A sensitivity of 10 uV or less at 400 cycles 30% modulation for a 3 volt AC output and a 10 db or greater signal to noise ratio is normal for this input point.
The loop is then attached to the receiver and the generator is applied to the loop tap which is available on the antenna strip at rear of the receiver. The generator and the receiver dials are set to 1500 K and the antenna trimmer capacitor on the 1st AM section of the gang condenser is adjusted for maximum output on the AC output voltmeter.
A sensitivity of 1 uV at 400 cycles 30% modulation for a 2 volt AC output with a 10 db signal to noise ratio or better at 1500 KC and 600 KC is normal for the receiver at this input point.
FM -IF Alignment
Place the service selector switch in the FM position. Apply a signal generator unmodulated, and set accurately to 10.7 megacycles, to the grid tap on the FM converter coil. The rear mounting bracket of the service selector switch provides a convenient ground point for the generator.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES
A DC voltohmyst voltmeter is connected from ground to the negative side of the 5 MFD electrolytic capacitor (C-37) which is across the two 8200 ohm load resistors (R-30, R-31) of the ratio detector.
Enough signal at 10.7 MC is then applied to the receiver to give an indication on the voltohmyst above the residual voltage already present. Always keep the input level of the signal generator low enough to produce not more than negative 5 volts DC on the voltohmyst.
The following FM-IF transformer cores are then adjusted in the following order for a maximum indication on the DC voltmeter:
1. Primary of ratio detector (bottom of large can).
2. Primary and secondary of 3rd FM-IF transformer.
3. Primary and secondary of 2nd FM -IF transformer.
4. Primary and secondary of let FM -IF transformer.
If the receiver was badly mis -aligned it is advisable to repeat the above procedure for better alignment.
The voltohmyst is then connected to the audio output of the ratio detector which is the junction of the 47,000 ohm watt resistor (R-27) and the 1500 MMFD capacitor (C-36) and ground.
By tuning the secondary of the ratio detector (top of large can) it is possible to produce both positive and negative swings of the DC voltmeter from a zero position. The proper tuned position is the zero position of the voltmeter between the positive and negative swings.
In order to check the relative sensitivity of the FM -IF system move the voltohmyst back to the first position from the negative side of the 5 MFD capacitor to ground. A normal sensitivity is indicated when it is necessary to apply between 300 and 700 uV for a negative 5 volts DC on the voltohmyst.
FM -RF Alignment
Connect a signal generator unmodulated and accurately set on 89 MC to the FM antenna terminals of the receiver through a resistor of 200 ohm to 270 ohm in the hot lead of the generator to match the 300 ohm input of the FM antenna coil. The DC voltmeter is connected as it was for the FM -IF alignment, between the negative side of the 5 MFD capacitor (C-37) and ground.
Set the tuning dial of the radio to 89 MC and adjust the FM oscillator core for a maximum DC output on the voltohmyst. Adjust the input level of the signal generator so as to produce a negative 3 to 5 volts DC on the voltmeter. The correct oscillator core position is when the core is just entering the coil from the bottom of the coil. The 2nd harmonic of the oscillator is used to produce the IF frequency. By compression orYexpansion of the converter and antenna FM coils it is possible to bring their circuits into alignment with the oscillator at 89 MC.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-5
IonLL 310
As the set becomes more accurately aligned it may be necessary to reduce the input of the signal generator to maintain an output below a negative 5 volts DC.
Now reset the signal generator and the receiver dials to 107 MC and adjust the oscillator tubular trimmer and the compression trimmers on the FM converter and antenna sections of the gang condenser for a maximum indication on the output DC voltmeter.
Again reset the generator and receiver dials back to 89 MC and repeat the operations performed formerly at this frequency setting. This realigning at the high and low ends of the FM band is necessary until it is noticed that at both 89 MC and 107 MC the receiver has been aligned to the generator frequency without adjustment of either the core of the oscillator or the oscillator trimmer to bring them into alignment.
The converter and antenna coils have been properly aligned when either compression or expansion of the turns will give no increase in the output DC voltage at 89 MC and the converter and oscillator trimmer condenser adjustment will also give no increase in DC output voltage at 107 MC.
VOLTAGE TABLE
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin
Pin Pin
Pin
Pin
Tube Type
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
AC
V1
6BA6
0
0
6.5
0
115 115
0
-
-7 to
AC
V2
6BE6 -10
.9
6.5
0
125 100
0
-
V3
6C4
120
V4
6BA6
0
V5
6AU6
0
V6 6AU6
0
V7 6AL5
0
VB 6SQ7
0
V9
6SN7
0
V10 6V60
0
V11 6V60
0
V12 5Y3
0
AC
-7 to
0
5.4
0
0 -10
0
-
AC
0
6.5
0
120 110
1.3
-
AC
0
6.5
0
110 110
1.2
-
AC
0
6.5
0
AC
0
6.5
0
-.8
0
0
110 110
1.3
-
.6
0
-.6
-
AC
0
20
6.8
0
AC
75
2.8
5.2
110
20
6.3
0
AC
0
260
270
0
105
6.3
0
AC
0
260
270
0
20
6.3
0
AC
AC
300
0
320
0 320
0
300
Voltage readings made with Voltohmyst. Line voltage adjusted to 117 V AC. All voltages measured between indicated pin and chassis frame. Unless noted all voltages are DC and positive to frame.
No signal input. Voltages taken with the service selector switch in the FM position. Volume control in the counterclockwise position. Tone controle clockwise.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-6 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES
C) OSC.
A.M.
TRIMMER
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
OTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-7 MODEL 310
C 0
.-1
4.
c
.0ni0
0 O H 0
,p
z O
4>
P
m
Ca.
C
.O,
a4Y
tH.
U
n p
Ca
.eáil"Yd1 Up
W N
tO
Uo
C0
.0
.1.
á
iHn
iHn iHn
N
tO .1.
H N N
10
CO
tO
tHO
dCinO
á
in
.-1
u`"i
HU!)
m iHn
iHn
á
iHn
NCO
tO
>iHn
.40
o
p
O
0
Hin
O
tO
H
P
te
U
C)
.1
.,.Oi iOn POy Oto P774H>A t.
Eto.aoUHn
O.4
t,
41
o
t.
41
0
O
14
4)
H m 0
t. 0
O
>.-1
8
t r 0
4ó. t0
a,
4) ...4
mACYz
n
b 1
.-1
0 to 0
tH..
0 >
to .
41
.1 U;¿
00.1G.
E
:mt, t, >
0 O+0
C. t.UO ninUUnUUUn inUUUn LUC) tUn Uin UUnUto
t 6E6H666666 . n.e .. o
4>
N o
n l0 n n n n n n g n
O> .-t
o m 0.
te Ue
te cd
O
0 n
0 0 0 0 0 00 0 O 0
P.."'0c0.1
2.522'3.12e édA m
> r t..i .o ../. t,1.i ,Q iUn
0000000 nnN n .4 ..i 'CC ce
U 0> m
C0e .
4'
m
.41
C
4'
.U1 >
td L1.
N
i>
m C
H 1>
O
tt 4> to OP,
.o-t Uo
O U
t.H
.
t,
.00-Po
>
.1 .1UOO
Un
O G. H
HUn0 Ut00o-10tOOn,..-UtU8n0O, U9YNnd9n44.70C1-.+ UHn0Cn0ì
go 9pat.Cm69 m0.0m0 6eow
C).
Uo
U n e 0 6
O t0
tNe
.4. OI
2NH 2iHn
OD
0N 1
Q
O1
NH miHn
äCxg
Cq.
o H
m<n
C0. >
HA0
O
001
U
.1
i0, to
4> M t, t0,
E r°lae P.7 'il
F.
-.'3tl O
O
a-t ON
1> .-C
8P,.4e'-eR'
.-C
t) t)
to
t, t,> t.>UU U 0
QQgqqq
0
C
o 0 C. +-C p
tO et)
0 in 41 O 4-'
N N n In
- o. o>ra 0 te
O Un
-t
U
O
n
.4
0 0 UUn
gaaHa0a0aaC6p 0'd 0 n te
0
Ue
0 0
C.n)Q Ut7U.79V)U]U]CQV2CU0)0007Vl V)Ut00C.JOSVNCNÚUnCCCoU)C > n UUIC Un) 4)ÚÚNHÚNÚOOHCn]U)
e>.
un 4n.
F.
40>
a.-1
r4 O
n
n
C
Cl.
t,
a 0
0
.y1
0
O
ta)
2 7 a>
H C
> O
Co.
Uz
A.
.-1
a WH
Ct. pc
C
U O
HC+. GH.
G,
CH,.
G. Is. 1-1.--4
4>
Ce
1,
Co.
bco 0
mO
U O
OD
d 0
te
;Q
HV>2
O
Ue
UCO4.1>O
0p C
.1
n n n
''..a.
n
ncen 0nnnonnnnnonn nn nn
0. o
n A>np
C .C7
.H4 W4>
0. O
E
4-4
H
0.
H. n G.
an
aae
00
00
a
0C-p1nnC00n
ó 0
'd .-1
t,
c5
0
'd
O ,C 4'
0 0
oÁÁÁÁÁA.nóm p m o
d b HOH bb V O
C O
C 0
C 0
0 C
t0g
t, 0
0tg
0t,
0 t, 4-,V.4-4 0
R
.G ® m O m 4> 4> 4'
4' O
0.
0000000 0mminmpapcdxacpadch0ao H H 0 0 0 0 n t. t, o 4' t, t. t, t. te te
n d 4.> .-1
O O
d m
O
í'i 4>
0 O
a 7
O
ÓO cHHeOO>0 Ó41
O 04''04'N
t><,
1z
ocha .-1
F.
Un.1t.
Hte
.1
t,
ch
.ó
H 1
Gt.
H
.-C
+rvy
g04.200 400n
. O0
C
.,-4F...
t.
n 4Hn1 odH. G. n H0y..4O. t.
U
Y O o
Ueóó ñdU>fÁb E.
b-lOt.h4ß404.Y 0HH4no-01 aH440>H.atOn4,C-4r0h>l1b'4Ot0.C,04:O0-'Vh4.f-h.44A.C0o')
¢
n n
n a
>s CO
ó
0 'd o A.-1
npÇ
O.
d004H0,0O
Atre0 .1 ab
H
0000000000 HH HNt7d ,,,qqq0 n 0
UU U U
Un
U
COL CO00IHHHNH17HdHUHn
CO N OU
O H
U
OH0I
O N 0
H N U
NNU NMU)NdU'
L0{21 4-4.-------4
UNOn NUC0
r
N U
eNUarN0,
OH N
v .. NU)eUt) eUt)
M d'Uo N0) 1U7NU)
PF)
aCJ
E.
r'
.... w....-/ .G1 ao
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
O
O
go)Ñ
Uq
a-1 N
N m
N
N
N
O
CO
O N
O N
N
N
O H
O
O
O
C
UC
tC
K:
a 0
E
.-1
C
N
C
.-c
V'
.-C
C
C
O
.-1
.-1
.C.
N H
O H
UC
a-G. Un
w
C .-1
4t
w
w
C
C
C
2
4
4.
C
C
4-1
.1
O H
O
rG1
0
N N
rO.
p,
w
O
O
o O
t4
o O
0 O
O 0
C.
0
u)
.1
O
t4 O H
2
O N
Cd
w
C .-c
og-o
C-, C
.-1
OD
4, C r4
tr)
N
E
Z
E
tCE.
UH )
0. t7
n..
U)
O
O
N)
O
O 0
O
O
N
w
w
N
rC.
E .-1
C r4
W
CZ
Cw -aG. N
0
N
w
CO
C
H
tE
t4
.-UH
P.
0 0
N N
C
.1
N
O
1:4
0 0
N
G-.
>1
w
O
O
C
N
E
.-i
H
W/
0 0
CO
4. C .1
O
N H
w
CO
O
C
w
4.
44
.-C
C
4-1
.C-i
0 0. >,
aCD
en
CO
W
en
'a0.
CO
Q m
CD
CD
D P
Un
.1
N
Cd
N Z
G a
Q
Cn
U)
C5
C)
CO
CD
N)
>
'
y,
E.
v)
40
CO
CO
c0
CO
CO
CO
CO
tD
eD
.n
p 0
7
H >
N >
t>.)
v> '
>Un
>CD
N
>
C> )
0> )
O H >
H H >
>CHO
EF
0
to
Cl,Ca
..-I
C1.4.
0. C 0 0 O 0 IS C 0
4>
0 n
P
.fi -M
'd 0 0
400)-0i 0A6C
0
C
0H
C
O U
C. m
n 0
4> 0.-1 n > 4>
. ,
E m0
u O
H
O
n 0 H
4,
m
-U.
>
.G
>,GH
4.>, >
iC 0 b
C mC
0
m 4>
nri
-nn4OOOH
0
.0 C 0n
.. -d U 9 .!
0,0 4'
t. C
^7 0)
0 0
ova,
0 C
Uti
b Ud
4'
4J U
a'-1
.n -U, C
- 0) .0
0 C
-Cr.
K:
.Oi
4->/
n
O
0.
4w.
0
O m
n .-.
0 c H
:.,
t4 0 0 HO
O n
U Oa
ÿ a 53 -
,O,,AC
H n
17 U
O 4>
t. -.
4> G
C n
O
U m
He H CC: C
Q PC
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
Orn PAGE 21-8 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIE
MODEL 310
i>>0ó`óe>0 Z
e N'ocwo
tD
N
rN4
N N
CO
N
O' tO tD t0 t0 to M)
r1 N r1 N N N r1
em
t0
`r
.i
P.
oCA
N
á`"
m
N
d
ó
N
á
el)
N
á
N)
rnw
d)
`á"
CO
á 0 N
á0 `.0
N N
> 0
N
á 0
N
á 0
0-
eg
°i
M)
ó/,
á 0
á 0
ó
N
N
N
A
g C c
q
c
C
q+4,'
q:
0
C
.4O +'
.4
4a,
Q
C0 .
0
NN
1-].]
i
P O
B
9 Po..rpi m+o 0rir.14r.4+.}011 000O 00O.)0047]
i.
V)
ácitpciüOCOì)v0i1nC)
O
a)
I
MI
P.
NH
r1.4
O
FaC 0
?4 O
0o.Ci
va)>
re 0.40194 403
40 '
Cri m O
C
00000 d)
O O0 07p
ar ar Oaaa .4.4.OOaO0OF0O4i.4.,,r0r4l4N01m0r0,,o44O.0..00OOFO1,,i4O.0.4940rYF'000,<4Ov..F.444000O0044..,Or,44.nl490d0f3'4eIC7m01M4a0.04.4.Y.Ooa0OUFo443404..OOrO044C!rfOw4,f.it0mDa000.00.4.Y40ñ8Oot044O.'.9OCYO8r0IeIii1COamO)3.4.YOOaOOf00HE14,+r0BrYO,t0po0e4Q1r00mi30r0O04800N0m0.40.4.YOá60Ci044,s04OorOO44IO40am,O
z á
á pm4áolu)dá)áÑvm)áOrid)PO4ír)et)aÑ07
.Y1 r
.4434,
.4428
OOn.0.
or"04 40. 14
040 E0CfOJr-OprAq4r401aN0a00C00.,r404O1000ar0I1C0.i
'.0040O00g0'B00.O-4404N'B0e00040
áwam)á)á Nvm)Nm
A
a4,
C.
-4 .a
0
43
0Fa
P.
0
O
.4
403
2
a0 O 00 OD
aIC...a0 4.40C1,.Y4C7 f4ao:,.awl
FI H H 4,
1
h,
1 Go.
G1 t.1
..}1o?/0.S0Io0
.á<-.oc1ó2o0ógag.aZ.t'. .Ob04oCG4MOO,0r0q0i7+0ql40,.4r41.41t,.rr044O144,FOP30. A4üF0.,AC40F..40F.
C0 . a/ O 0 0. C O o a
C.
.o4 O 0
F.
4O ,
0
0
ka ,
w 0D
.q4
r04
7 0
O .0
ó
(
pt:
CO
.4
ra1
7 0
d O 0
.0
ó
... aOa ü00kH.GHo.
.0..1.10e.O40.O40
.0 PPA
o 0
b 0
0 C
0
Aq,O qP
cmtgc
P.
IC
+
H0, 0c0
o.a7
SoO
P Co
V1O010g
uim0
.PH.
Hnn0O 00
GHt. HP. C> C>
H qti
. POIO010)O
f. P700.7000.
C0 C0
t0Oa707o70C0or.0a444mCO,.
oo b g0000c0.0g0qCO.r41
mmmmóó
CO
C
V
ar1 C. CO
o07
O
C.
Y O
C0r4r04
o4,>.4
ocó
Ñ H
1
1
1.. p, íL
á
.1.4
.Cr0q001i0Cr700004r7C4a000 CCC
C.C.C.
77 m'4ßi..-m104
0O0 U00 C C
CC
óó
.O-ce
,A,,gqq
O
r4
A0 4.22324422o
1,
ra1
aaaa aaa 0 r1
IC
N
CH
M a
aV,IeCf) a.0
N ao
14 IM
OD ri
rr4l Nrl e.-0i Vrl,
ur)l
IC
CrOl
IC
Nrl 1rD/ Orel
0N.-N1
CHIC
Z
u)
01
O
CO
er
O
.M
ew0
Ó
to
CO 4n
W
u)
F4,.
O
P.
>
u)
H
á á >N u) 1n
r4 .-I r4
w á
u) r4
Kr4O
Nm
m r4
á
1r)
r-1
CO CO
N O
CO CO
6 v>>,
w> g Ó
CO N
W w
N C
.N
N) w tl, co
CO
íNA
N 10
0pp
N
rv>>
CO co
rIn
.fi .o
Kw O
CO eO
C O
.4
Y
C .4CO
O
0 A
r--1
P O
O o .4 Y
P. H
0 0 0
A
dU 1 0 0
t O
.4
7 .10 }ria4. 0F.
o r4
.1 4C.. j7a
mÑ
ri r mC'J O
r1 ,`ai4 1
O
A 7
r4
7 A
0C. 2
El .4
47. Y
F00.4170.0Caa170.
u00)
oF7. N O m
U
.1 A fa
c4 r0- r4
as. F0.
P.
C0. Ei
4f00., 4P77,
0 .4 Y A
r4
0 f.
4,
00 >
O 8.0r4 O 00 >Nt 7n >N r4
F. 4,
Y mm 0.m
.q Ccue Pd' .), ri u) +
.4
0 0 0 0 Yri 0Y Ca
O
tn
o
C. A
O
0Ca
.1 6
Y
...4 0 o>.10>. c 0> 04 .04A 0 0 U
md 4,
0 0
43..040'r1
F0 .
.4 U U 6
C0 .
>
f.
O
Y 7
Y
0 0
100.044.0Q4..1
r4
r1
ridD, u)
F. O
4243
.Nn
U
U C.
04O,
A
14 0 0G4
0
N e U
O
0
g.
O A
CO
é 8.éémó.i'áoá066tó,gOm8.0á0áxé6máÑ
UO) COiu)7)0Ua)lCu`ÚÑÚtODUO]ÑCJNUÑ V)UN40)4)UdK,
9 0
C.
r-1 ri
Y 0 .1
.-1
0
4,
C.
0
n.
C O .4
Y 0
.04 Y d
C.
C.
O
10 .
43
0
r -Yi
4O.'
.41-.OFa
0
T7
4,
0 .4
00.r0.
'd 4' 4,
47 C0 ad
Y 0 r4
r-1
.4 0 o o
03 0 0 0
Om
OA. PÁ k.
' P
C 0 0
C.Ct4o, C02H.
C.
UU)GH. EC-.
00 P. b4
46 F.
0 F. C.
4Cg 0 +' 43 0 0 0 O
e'd C
.4
4 7
C
.4
4 7
.C474 r0P-1rP04
r04
4F,.
000
0
C. Yt0. 4R,. .0
CO
C .-4
CC O
O
4.a
w
.-1 r-1 0 0
a r-1 r4 .4 0 0
0.
44 0
7
C
70 0.
.
0 0
0 a
A
U O CHt01Co N
r4 .4 O C
C.
Yq O O0 0
0 o 0
Pm PÁ .O
000C
yy.07
0.4, WC..U..0
.-4 O
700 'd Cl. CO
m O 4,
r-1
o O
.40C0C.74
D
P
P. 0 00
.4 7o0COp
f.
O
Y0.-a4F10.'.4Y44
ra04U7OGr.44.
0 0
F.
o
r4
00
.rCa4i
0
0 O
Si
0 0
r4...-1
0 C7 0 C+.
4 00
Pe 0
.A0 in
00 00U tm N)
U
eU')
m 17 '0
V0, V0'
V, d V
V,
CD
V' dm, CDC)
UUUUUUO e V, .00
ri
u)
OI
m
.n
on
ai
N
*d,
a F. U O
YO rm1 A
4
(D u)
0OM P 4,
4O r04 O
0 0F..10
C C
1
P'dP r4
M)
C
Ori
O am o >
,41 00.44, 0'...
0 4,
04 CO
1
r t0
wC
('.) 0 0l7 0
Y 'd
O
C eCC.
r4
0 .Y1
wri
0CO .4
C
aoP9IQ+ó.sQÿ4gró1ç4ó,.+1P°Ó4
0 0
.ri
40 ,
O
P 0 ç
.0
4,
.g
r00
.4
Y P. C tFoaa
.10 r.. .1
e0C .404.
Coq
M
r4
O
HC..
r4
0.04
r4
r.A044 OF0pa%.4C0
YC.
0 0 0
C
.r4C4iO
e .-4 N -444u) CO
W WWW ß7 r1
C
,1
Y
O
7 0
Y 0
0
.4
C O r4
U O
e0 C
0
r4
r0i
0 U
Y 0 0.
Y 0 m
ó ó
a PG
00 403 40,
4.4.
C q
O00O
N d'
0 0
r4U0r1
Y0a0Y0
coic°i
as
g 0
1
0
0
Y
0
O q
a Oo
C
i.Y0o4i
0 O 0
i+
O o
Or00+0.01'
yay
00000 00
g
C O
0,51
ó 0 4, O
C f..-1 .4 0Or.
4000O .00.0oN4I ..E->004i 4.4004C0,,CnO00.Y.040a00.O.0U00,000)
hv h N r11
Vh tn
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
BORATORIE$ PAGE. 21_-9
--
MODEL.310
O
OM )
7..
Ip
4, >
a0 co
q
.1
4i ,
0
0
q0
a
.1 4,
qq .-1
. a
e
Á
Á
C.
rO-e
A
U
yg,
i/]
Ñ
N NÑ
c0 cow
> Ñ
>Ñ >pN
N
ID
> g
CUerOG)lerMCm0l
>CweN)
NN
C
1OI
rNA
U) c0
V
N
O01 01 0>
>W O O e) IO O QJ cO e7
NOON
W °1 00 01,
O
co
N
0i
O Oe7 V)
N >N
co co
rV 1 m N
co
0F10F20F7
ti C.
r/
0 0 0 o 0 m re re O O.-1
wO wO
0000
C°J VUeeQOm')Ú ÉF
i
e
.O .01
0
41 A
.1
0 04.
v ^ 4
40, m
40 , m
H 0
r4Ol^,;eCaH8O
U
O O
0.
40 ,
P. 4,
1d40W1W0
COD 100
I I
co
e
0 t0
40,>1140
10 t0
ó e0el
PA>0ocC'O07>e d0C4l.0eC0l°0C0ri dh>m0MO>U)e>4C4Ó0^. O4oaÓ, ósUrW^.mp0-^lgym
E0.4-,
N>e.>rtl>rel>relxmo.aCKD>meC>Otmx A0000 0
O 0 00 0 ^ m m0 0
000.0000 0 0 o
.)0 O,]e 0C 0 0 0 0 0.`1 U 0 0 0 O
V) E+ÑÉ Om)eHeHú E V)
re 0 BÓ)dm)mmel/d)V)Ae/)Um)áic%)
`m
Cg1.áa.éw
I
.4..
0
4,
C.
a m
>E.
g 0
^
41 4,
O 0 0
.0 0.4qW
1 ...
C,ó
4,
.1
s4i0x
aaaaa Cqqqq .i .i .i 0
41 .-1
ri
r+
..
r1
r1
re -e
0.
O 0
O
o
00
0
O000000O 000000000000400L0,.F0.
0m00fflomm00000p4C,0.
00000e.4 4,
0
4, 4, 4, 4, 4,v 0
Y
4HFOC..U0opf4q0..4LHq0..4Hq.0r4Hrq.OH4im.ß.04.;CC-.10.4.1g0,0o01Oa[n40..
.0.
O
O
v
oC.
q
m
.w1 C.
<:i y004,4,
0.C.( 41Çw,..0-1w^e0.-U^1oQw4^,04.^.e-10,.GsO0D:«..wEra05.-Ew01a4t0CqCOY00t.fa
.r4WCaB11ç4,a0q,pUO0.m4,-C0H.70e..4.0ir-aat1.I.4.a.B.Hq-IH0dCdCoN4.ad.H,r].CE.m1H4-G0.ll4.OH0pv1..0vq.06d-.O0H4pae9Q0O.a00(-.0o1ZwY.0
H> N>
C.
C.
wo wO
4, Y
b 0
0 0
0 M 0 0
V) a)
e>) >!>eO>I>O >.m
wC0w0.tiw0i.Cw0.w0Lw.0i.
.Mw 4O,40,40,40,O4,4o,
Mm00m00m00m0000m00m
0>1>-O4>.--4e.>-N4 wC0.wC0.WC0.wC0. 4Mc000,1aM0001m4M0003m000e4M3
re
O
q}g ,o0
gH CO
g
w
C
ó
N
» »> HF NFFMFVHegH.0H0 mE0E1 r1N MVef)
ó C
N
C
ó
C C
»»»> OC
-1
r k
N K
ó ó
C C
Ñ
0 P
óenó
N N
e17kwXpeAliClO1{C?mC
01.-HIrN1
?CCX?C
OO
M
rC1
C
N
0
C
td
C
E p .1
"
.1
0 p
C]
H p
A
81
4)
0
O
.41
41
ti
U
p0o
l
q E
.11 .401.4Y,.4.-°,1
0 m0
Y
át á s
E tO
C) O O Ur01
CO
. ^ó ..OR.
000020 O H
C.
40.'E40oO 0
.-40,400
0 000
O:ONCO(y rl
02 C:
0 0
0 0
C
.4°/ ,Y
oOr 401
4) 0
^ O
UeQ.D
4,C0. 00 0 0
,100
0
e00
V' N
g
.°. J4,.1
ät4a, 0
0
O
O
U .-e
0C4
4C00., A000o
0S .-101100
m0
.00-I VI
q .°. 4H.1d0
á 0
Oe
O0,40 ^OaM'
04C00.,10870m
.1 O
a' m
00
q
, I
M 0 O
1.1
g q C q4,
P .-1
rl O
4.01,444..
A 0
O 0
CC . 4,
A 0
t .1.1 .r°I
Y
.1
Ñ .°d .°I
44.4Y34.
Y .°I 4m3 .41.1, 01
0 0 0 0 0 0o
own.o*o00 00000 °h100.. qm00 -
Ç.
O
4, O
6 O .1 4,
át
Orle
w
O
O
Uef O N
CO
.-1
4, O
^N[4P4 8
C.
O
4, 0 0 0 11
&^°át Ór1u0.ó
I.
E!R O Ioe 0 0,4
Y 0 o
0
.O/
4,
V
r1 N
ODPGP4
U r1
`0
Ue
^r1
U^Ori
U^CoGmN
p
0 C.
C.
O O C.
C.
0054.004..0040.,0004,§0O
Y 40, 00,40C
0 0
0
0 0040,
0
O
0..oOO
.1
O
O.100
.1 0
0 0
á á.1uá d4 á) m á.1uá ó V m x w á á u) u0) vmi
ID
H
a^
O m
0
m B
90Q
g N N
H v
0 4,
°M :U
t O o
N 27
'1C.
N C OI rl .-1
(r
(.^
^ a! V UPC
s U) 01 ^.-1
re
Qr1I
re
00 00000 C.
C.eQ
e...,00.....--.00
00 ,0014t,4* 00.0O-4F090;
ef) O f.L'
(I!d) CC
f/m) t/m)
14,
CI 4,
QB. M
.
>204
p
Il
i7
4,0r.
a m
.1CO
4,
0
2
O
a
7wi ^
^q00
Op .4
-gI ar-1
o .4
4m ,e7
C.
oO
.1 .1
K e
0
41
t
0
41
mR.
m
v.°+
Ó
g
o .1
4s ,
v Ó
Y s
d
O
.°I O
ti
.mÓÓ C.
00
rC. C. re re 0 o re
ti
Ó r1
..°1
vO
m
v..°1
4
E70O.
0 O .1
0
v
Ó
a $40405.054040 .cqio
+ .-1
s,
O O
0 4,
doCO1 .10
^
te
C .1
C.
O
0
mm
v
0
v
0
v^ v
0 0
4,
0 0
0 H 4, U m vtj rl o F7 Or.
00O.10040,.H.1-I 4o,
00.4'P.4'
0
0 0
0 0
0
0
U021o
Ord
4)
0Ov0
Or1
4,
0o.01
0rl
4,
00.10
o 4,0 0
ñÓWoó.H-n0v0r00ÁdÁVOáVGV>
.4 .d C. C
000 27 034, O
0 O
HO
r1
0 0
27 .4O, oA.-1
Ca+EÉ r..0.--tog.
Ç.
4, q 0 0 0
CO0
4,7 A C. ^.rm1
w 0
C0O.0O-10d d0
01:1AO .qO
ÓVd
0 00.F1
IvO-o. H.nCa4 O0oO
.t OF
Uo
.1 a
.0 O
.m-1
A
O
0 0
O
vA 4, '0
O
o
,C
b
0
<P,H mÓÚ
s.;..
HH O O
4. 4, G.G.
.Od
7C7
Qri 00 N
.gO
á
N)
á
V.
á
U)
á
.0
á
C
0 á
c1 O
á PC
r1
á
N
á
e7 d. e0 10
á PCáá
C á
0 01 O
ááá
N rd á á
1)
á
V'
á
U)
á
C cO
áPG
00,
áá
0,4
áá
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES MODEL 310
IH ;I -
id tl M i'I
M d'E Od M
f r 1 'VAlef 101 is
L -01--
Ur 14
L vOdd
>1
, rl- - Rf -
01030i
OO
000i
^A OCOiCMM3Aar ,,
i-- i1,L M 00 Ktl MOid SIN
miK
Li)
0000
ewe
1.2]iJ
- -'10C-
-I-. .
WI I--
_.
viMSIi
itl
4Itili
I .--oC' 1r-011- M 001
K
00
--1I ---Ifs 011
-N°f- 'M ---
Ñi to
01
0114100r*
Ou
fiM
MOO
MAI
DJohn F. Rider
..V
MtlI ^r Etl
0001
--aZ. f,
aCblmlae, l
1L
A061
R
N
H N W 0000
-41el 3
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-11
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 5105,
GENERAL FEATURES
Sheffield
The Model 510 is a combination designed for the receptipn of radio broadcast programs and for the reproduction of phonograph records, television sound or other external sound. The receiver includes the following separate pieces of equipment: (1) radio -phono chassis, (2) power amplifier, (3) record changer, and (4) coaxial high fidelity speaker.
TECHNICAL DATA
Power Input Tubes
140-150 Watts at 117 Volts, 50-60 cycles. motor 60 cycles, 25 watts additional.)
Total 14 including two rectifiers.
(Phono
Circuits Tuning Range
Superheterodyne with RF amplifier stage (three gang tuning condenser) on all bands. Three stage FM IF amplification (10.7 mc). One stage AM IF (455 kc). Ratio detector on FM. Drift compensation on RF section. Push-pull output with 6 db inverse feedback. Separate B plus supplies for power amplifier and
tuner sections for reduction of temperatures and to prevent damage to components through surges. Sound input for phono and for TV or other external sound.
AM - 535 - 1620 kc. FM - 87.5 - 108.5 mc.
Output
20 watts (2-6L6 tubes in push-pull). Less than 5% distortion at full output.
Sensitivity Fidelity
AM 12 microvolts FM 17 microvolts (Carrier modulated 3O% at 400 cycles. Output 500
milliwatts with 10 db signal to noise ratio.)
Overall 30 to 20,000 cps plus or minus 1 db. Separate bass and treble control. Phono input equalized for elimination of objectionable scratch level. AM and FM audio equalized to BC standards.
Speaker
Hi -fidelity 12 inch coaxial PM. S ohm voice coil. TUBE REPLACEMENT
The Model 510 has the following tube complement:
Symbol Tube
Application
Symbol Tube
Application
V1 6BA6 RF Amplifier V2 6BE6 Cony. & AM Osc. V3 6C4 FM Oscillator
V4 6BA6 IF Amp., FM-AM V5 6AU6 IF Amp., FM & 2nd
Detector, AM V6 6AU6 IF Amp., FM V7 6AL5 Ratio Detector FM
V8
6SQ7 1st Audio Amplifier
V9
6SN7 2nd Audio Amplifier
V1O 6SN7 3rd Audio Amplifier,
V11 6L6G Audio Power Output
V12 6L6G Audio Power Output
V13 5Y3GT Rectifier
V14 25Z6GT Rectifier
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
'AGE 21-12 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 5105,
Sheffield
FUSE REPLACEMENT
cApAftcfauolruebswwosfiieeaueuvnrybseesleriitesslwriisbehnaiflspeiocorlccpwahevirncosnoe.ewldsvxotiiiaaucbdmtglaliehedteendIseaf,dtfcafitoutaohrsauaneensnt.dedhpwefriahuottsgehrtheaeaeeivacnryoctesnoiqtenopuctaniuinpfornefmarouleeifennltsttuhotrefheedtsorhtsaorhaoiuembefnlelcdoeatwiraunvannbyetdeearirfcntrofgeeamicrmgprhooaeainnvisrenehsensidapttstzlh.aaefrcreideonex.mmCvceeAetnnUsthttThseTeIihOvirtNeseh:-e
Test Equipment
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. Voltohmyst for DC measurements.
2.
AM signal generator for 89 MC and 107 MC.
455 KC,
1500 KC,
600 KC,
10.7 MC,
3. AC voltmeter such as the Ballantine voltmeter.
4.
An aligning tool is included on the 1st FM -IF transformer may be had by ordering under
with can. part
each receiver and is Additional aligning number 94V4707.
taped tools
In order to have a ators and Alignment
to reduce instability metal sheet covering the receivers to be Procedure
due to ground currents it is the test bench and to place tested on this metal plate.
advisable all gener-
The alignment is preferably performed in the following Figure 1 for location of adjustments on chassis.
order:
See
1. AM -IF
2. AM -RF
3. FM-IF
4. FM -RF
AM -IF Alignment
Avgsiahcnoseguilgdcnsoaelnbldeeecgntaesotnerterar.cashtweoidrtcAhctgahoprwoaohdbuilgcehhgroaocufonn.dmn0oe1dpcuotMilsFnaDtttiocofantophraecaintmthdieodradgclectenuoerrtAaahMtteeolsryleucgtissieotonnthteotofhe4rt5eh5asererK-C support bracket of the switch.
The AC voltmeter is placed across the secondary of the audio output
transformer, which is loaded with a 8 ohm 10 watt resistor connected
in place of the speaker voice not available the speaker may
coil. In the event this be used if the noise can
resistor is be tolerated.
The volume, bass and treble controls must be full on, the service
selector switch in the AM position, and the tuning dial in any con-
venient position that does not interfere with the AM -IF output signal.
Apply sufficient input signal at 455 KC, 305 MI modulated at 400
cycles to give an indication of about 2 volts rms AC on the AC volt-
meter across the secondary of the output transformer. With the use of
an aligning tool the primary and secondary of the two AM -IF trans-
formers are peaked for a maximum indication on the output voltmeter.
As the receiver approaches correct alignment, reduce the input signal
level so that the output never exceeds 3-4 volts AC. It is good prac-
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21 13
MODELS 510; Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
tice to recheck the peaking of the transformers a second time, especially if the set was badly out of alignment. The normal AM -IF sensitivity is such that when 100 uV are applied with the signal generator, the output voltmeter will read 2 volts minimum.
AM -RF Alignment
Apply the signal generator to the lug on the service selector switch
that supports the loop lead remains attached as for the
(loop not connected). The IF alignment. The operating
AC voltmeter controls also
remain as for the IF adjustment of the receiver. Set the signal gen-
erator and receiver dials on 600 KC at 30% modulation with 400 cycles
and adjust the AM oscillator core (top adjustment on the 1 1/8"
square can toward rear of chassis) for a maximum indication on the
output voltmeter. Keep the generator input low enough to prevent the
voltmeter from reading above 3-4 volts AC at all times.
The AM converter transformer (top of 1 1/8" square can toward front of chassis) is now adjusted for a maximum output indication on the voltmeter.
The generator and receiver dials are now set at 1500 KC and the oscillator and converter gang condenser trimmers (front holes in the gang cover) are adjusted for a maximum output on AC output voltmeter.
The above procedures are repeated until the 1500 KC and 600 KC points on the generator and the receiver dials coincide without further adjustment of the cores or trimmer condensers.
A sensitivity of 10 uV or less at 400 cycles 30% modulation for a 3 volt AC output and a 10 db or greater signal to noise ratio is normal for this input point.
The loop is then attached to the receiver and the generator is applied to the loop tap which is available on the antenna strip at rear of the receiver. The generator and the receiver dials are set to 1500 KC and the antenna trimmer capacitor on the 1st AM section of the gang condenser is adjusted for maximum output on the AC output voltmeter.
A sensitivity of 1 uV at 400 cycles 30% modulation for a 2 volt AC output with a 10 db signal to noise ratio or better at 1500 KC and
600 KC is normal for the receiver at this input point. FM -IF Alignment
Place the service selector switch in the FM position. Apply a signal generator unmodulated, and set accurately to 10.7 megacycles, to the grid tap on the FM converter coil. The rear mounting bracket of the service selector switch provides a convenient ground point for the
generator. A DC voltohmyst voltmeter is connected from ground to the negative side of the 5 MFD electrolytic capacitor (C-37) which is across the two 8200 ohm load resistors (R-30, R-31) of the ratio detector.
Enough signal at 10.7 MC is then applied to the receiver to give an indication on the voltohmyst above the residual voltage already present. Always keep the input level of the signal generator low enough to produce not more than negative 5 volts DC on the voltohmyst.
The following FM-IF transformer cores are then adjusted in the following order for a maximum indication on the DC voltmeter:
1. Primary of ratio detector (bottom of large can) .
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-14 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES MODELS 510; 510K, Kenil^orth; 5105, Sheffield
2. Primary and secondary of 3rd FM-IF transformer.
3. Primary and secondary of 2nd (FM-IF transformer.
4. Primary and secondary of 1st FM-IF transformer.
If the receiver above procedure
was for
badly mis -aligned better alignment.
it
is
advisable
to
repeat
the
The voltohmyst detector which (R-27) and the
is then connected to the audio output of is the junction of the 47 000 ohm e watt 1500 MMFD capacitor (C-36) and ground.
the ratio resistor
Bivzseyorlottpmuoensptisoenisrgbilteitfohrneotomosfpaercoztodheneurdocaevroypbolostoitmftheittoehpnreo.sibrteaittvwiTeeoheendapenrttdoehcepnteeorpgroasttiiu(tvntieeovdpeswopifaonnsgdilsatnriegooegnfatctiisahnve)etDhCeit swings.
In order to check the relative sensitivity the voltohmyst back to the first position the 5 MFD capacitor to ground. A normal when it is necessary to apply between 300 5 volts DC on the voltohmyst.
of the FM -IF system move from the negative side of sensitivity is indicated
and 700 uV for a negative
FM -RF Alignment
Connect a signal generator unmodulated and accurately to the FM antenna terminals of the receiver through a 200 ohm to 270 ohm in the hot lead of the generator to 300 ohm input of the FM antenna coil. The DC voltmeter
set on 89 MC resistor of
match the
is connected
as it was for the FM -IF alignment, 5 MFD capacitor (C-37) and ground.
between
the
negative
side
of
the
Set the tuning dial of the radio to 89 MC and adjust the FM oscilla-
tor core for a maximum DC output on the voltohmyst. Adjust the
input level 5 volts DC
of on
the the
signal generator so as voltmeter. The correct
to produce oscillator
a
negative 3 to core position
fFtichMrsoeeiqlwc.uhooeesinnlccsiyltT.lhhiateeto2Bcirsnyodraecpthooamsirpss8mr9ioebjnslMuisCesci.totnoeofnbotrretirhneiegnxgopsatcnhtisehliieloranctocoioirflrcufitsihrteosumsceotidhnnetvoetorbtaoelptrirtgoondmamunecdoneftanttwthhieeentnhIaF
As the set reduce the a negative
becomes more input of the 5 volts DC.
accurately aligned it may be signal generator to maintain
necessary an output
to
below
Now reset the signal adjust the oscillator
the FM converter and maximum indication on
generator and the receiver dials to 107 MC and tubular trimmer and the compression trimmers
antenna sections of the gang condenser for a the output DC voltmeter.
on
aAtriaclthogelieraaigeilginnsinomgeopefnndrneotier.tnstat.oeigthtcieeoattdnhotseshcettipghheaelegtrlnefaehnotriearoagrtmrthaeotbdrooaorrntdhffroat8ehnrl9eqdmouweerrMonCsleeccycnyiedaslinalvtwdaieottrf1toh0hro7idtusihtaeMtlCrfsFairdMmtejhmbqubeeausarcetnkrnmdectecoytneoitibssvr8eein9torneftgicMneChegasti.shstaehanmedbrreyerTineunhtpntiheeotsaitl
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-15
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S,
Sheffield The converter and antenna coils have been properly aligned when either compression or expansion of the turns will give no increase in the output DC voltage at 89 MC and the converter and oscillator trimmer condenser adjustment will also give no increase in DC output voltage at 107 MC.
RF. A M P
A.M.CONV.
o
TRANS.
MIXER
TRIMMER TRIMMER
TRIMMER TRIMMER
o A.M. OSC. F.M. OSC.
COIL F.M.OSC.COILO
A.F. AMP
O F. M. OSC. TRIMMER
o
455 KC IQ7M.C.
1ST 1ST
A.M. F.M.
I.F I.F
o o
10.7 MCI 455 KC
2 ND
2ND AM
F.M KI:X 20 I.F.
I. F \EL_ECCAPTR.
I0.7M,C
3 RD
F. M.
I.F.
10.7 M.C.
o
SEC.
F.M. RATIO DETECTOR
TOP OF CHASSIS
A.M. LOOP
F.M. ANT.
A.F. AMP CATH. FOLLOWER
Tuner Assembly
©John F. Rider
FIG. 1
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
-aG1m
I
1
I
I
a r.-GI
m
N 0
m
I
I
I O 0
So
W 0
o H
0
o
o
N H
O
N H
w
C
G,1
.11
. 0 0 O
4+
C
.-1
.C1
-G-I t0
a a-1 I[)
C -1
G
N
.-I
.)'
C -1
C
G
.-I .1
W .C-/
W G
W
C
.-1
W G -1
W. W
G
G
.-1
.-1
Ye O 4.Gi
Y N
H
W
O H
O
.G1
W
DG
CG
H H
O H
O H
I!)
G
.-1
e
íY.
Y.
W
G .-1
O r
O r
W G
.1
N
V'
4
E+
.G1 d'
Cl.
o O O
O OO
OO O O
iV'
O
G
-1
C
.-1
u)
-Q1
Ñ
SC
D
H
fn
H
a0-1 IO
O O O
O OO
OO N N
U:
C.)
R:
-G-i N
O
CD
G
O OO
G r
G
.1
.i
.-1
w
H H
.G1
.C1
-Gi
N
N N
C
G
.-1
.1
9a
W
,rel el
O O
N
Q
O
E+
c0
bG
bG
N N
-1
8
N
(1)t0 W .t' <
W
W
bG
c00
< P
c0
0 P <
cD
.GW-1
4 a
c0
0 o0 r
t0
WbG 0
iCy
4.4
-4C H
N0)
e 1
.-1
.W-i
el
N
0
40
K
eN Cil)
0 aa
N In
cD
c0
W
P m
H
>> > >>> >
G> )O1y
r1
>
N
>
17
>
d'
>
>' m
j hG co
aO '
y ®
m
mm
HO O
> m Tf
,J.IiCD>.EG2`f$I
m R, m
..SmNC mo0 -1 O
m03mH
Gm m
d'cPi 6
mm¢y1.-1,
CO CO
m m
a.C4mi'O )4.C-dg10O, .K0.1G-1
pG
O
m
.mi
H Ó
íO.G
m a.'
eol
o00-a1
m
a' p.
O C
H O
s
Gm
O00
H 1.7 <CC
o-1ap,
p.
I
1
I
I
1
I
O
O`U co
u)
H
HCO
8d'
Ó
fV
m
.-1
tD
O m
G O
-1
l' m
1'
e m
-1
H r
P.
an
ri
O
O
r r 0
H
y O
O .
O
y
OI
`U U
(0
COW
CO
I
CO
0
¢f .0 E
mU m
O
O
O
O O
mV c.-. C o
V .0
m O CL
Q.
4
E-.
o
Éa + O >
0
a.G-1 c0
N H
ri0 O ,O.
O
H t- H H
H H
10r0 VD
O0i
N
a04 .eÑ I
I
C
a.-I1!)
O N H
u) N H
O tHr)
0 N
H
0 H
0
H
H H
cD
O
0
N N
0H 0
N
wd'
O
O
O
O
O O
O O
d'
o4 In U4 O In U4 ..04U ID U4 In U4 10
..G1 e7
a
c0
c0
10
t0
c0
c0
t0
0
KO
p
C--
c0
N)
WO -1N O
I o o 0OO
I
H
a.G1 H
mp,
r O
1.
o
ó O
0(0 I
I
H
to
o O
0c0
o
1()
0
N
o
N
A
E+
W 'D
0
Ú
c0
ft`0A
6t0
á 4
IO
t0
h 0
Ñ
cD
O
N 0
e
t0
o
0-
ch
V)
(0
0í0-1
m
P
H >>> >>
,>p > > >
U
a NMD
O0i
O
0)
O
O
O< O N H
ÑU ` CV
4U 0
c00
t7
H
cD
Od' O
0 O0
CD
t0
4t0
I!)
íNp
1 > 6>
mm-Gai >m
m
.y0
v co -1
my'
V
m
.-1
-Ci
O m O
> U F1
m-b1 d
a G
0.1
-G1
G
m
aC Ll
m a-' Z m
>m 1-' F. m m
h.° m
i'O T) m m tti
H
> O
F.
7
m
am ' H
,aC' mmE >O
jt mmmH O o
m4.0
.00 0C
-aa1'-.u1-1
m m
o
t1
ó 1' m
O m m .-1
H g
m M m O
m00HO
->1
C. m
Fm.+C'
m
moo
P m
.' m-licav
kk1
x C 1'
3-.-i m > C
W
a'
G/ O0
'd< ó .,-1,H-1 m
H Ó G
G A.
m <
W-Im mW >Q
á óm ax c...-4 H Coai'. h C m U Ó
m O
z»H Y 6
>HÓ,-r1WFm.
.O..rOpi OOmG
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES' PAGE 21-17
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
z o
a m
OO)
NO)
tMO
W
.-.2a> U) U)
vI e7
ev) CO w
U) U)
r-I r4
In U) r-1 r1
Ó
CO
N x
Itl
r -I
N
if) 4.0
rn
N
m e
r4
vM
aN)
Uri)
a.Vf)
U) r -I
0 o e
>
U)
r4
0 0
.. . .-I .r4 g.,
o
O
C. O
+0) 0
H Y
.4
w
F O 'O
G .4
J04 0
O .-1
ávz 2) 44 N
F0 . 4H4
ú
AGA.i.Ai.
A
e
A A
mky m
r4 A r4
U)
C7 0Ár1.0O Ó
o
ri
rmi F.
ri 7 AF.O 22.'.-"1 .
44 44
O r-1 4' C.
4'.0'E F.
U0 CD
0ti
F0 .
0 ti
F. O
O H 0
04)a7C.F. 04C0.1 0 4) 0 Y
Cl.
m
r4 034.4444:0
a0 a0 a 4.0> p am .-1 . . e e -0 y -.0N - C
.4
C
N
r4
O
O
.4
a8-4 C
N
oy oN > Co.
0 4)
r4
.-1 E
Fo .
4)
-1
.ri E
U 0
U 0
Fo r
.N
m m .-1
O
U U F. O Co.
0
m
0
m
44
.-I
A.-414
.-I F. E
4) 44
0C-1
0
m
> ao 0 0 ß> > m0 0 O d
C)
> Eg m0
O
a0 ao aQÇo
E aeppa cmF mEE CI.
E
F.
F
.1£
F.
43
.
N N N
r,000 o g 0
y-4 .a m m
am U) 0 0 1 E F.
Z3
CVU?
mIE
fnit/IU
Nlf)UiÇmjNUOUÑ
4
b r0 r04
0 O
UU`f m
O
UF.
< E
4. C o
4-'
C 0
o U0
-b1 0 O
e.0 C H r-1 0 .00
..- F. t.
0 44 4)
4)
O O 'CS
TC
0.
F. F. C
O. 44 4) of
C C
O0 0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0 a
..pm pm p>. 0
C m
to .10
a,-4
0Oo
4 F
0 .4
'O
4 O
0CO
m
m .r-1+
'0O .0
-+
U 0
40-)
O
0 X
G.
. 000 F0. F.
0
g 0
m a
0 0
p>+
'd .0
100 P .-1 OM a
0 0 0 m m,C
44
[ P:
oCNCO Inmcmi
0
44 m
á
a r-1
C.
r4 O r1
E 0 e
a °r-4 .-)
coi UwE-.
¡ 0
0 CO fr
eu`'-l-lr
H
po .1eO CO
era) 0 e7 0000 000 00 NÁ U
N
tM
U
me7 ON))Oe rV4'
w N
U
t7eN
w.p W
eODW Ud'
O)
0d'
O
0U)
r4
U)
U
O
0tO
ro4wN
mVW)
CO u)
t7
!7
a a
N
r -I
Uri)
co
V)
t0
m
In r4
.taG,o
.
.
0
0
-, r4
rAl
rP4,i.
o
o
> 4i
yFi
4O .m
r00Oi N00
C0) > r04 0
0o ,0
r04 44
oj-A
[.
y
.-1 O
Ien
Fo. A 444..[;
O)
Y U
0
of
O.p) U 0
of
.> Fo. o
4,e
.-1
aK0i K
UN
0 m0
UP.N
0
E M
O
CCE
V)
a á[x
4Ó
UÑ
0
oo
m
00 m
4)
i m
o
Ñ
3 o
F o
0 a
44
r04
r0i
>
a a
.4g
> g
O
r4 ó
.14.-1
44 44
r4 U
N.
.[
CO
.4
C.,..mI 0.-I
4) 44 r4 U
s.
.r40a L.
000 0.4
0 -4
'.01.-1a
C.
.r1 r4
0. f.
O0O .e44
Tf .1
ral
m pp,,
A
.O0.1i0.
0.1 a F', r1
44
ñcmm
NtM wlncON m O)
IA U)
U U
tA
U
U)
U
tn
U
U)
U
U)
U
U)
U
m N0
CO
CO to
r4
< m
e> r4 el.>
NN
a!W
N) dI
F4
ÿ
4
oo 0
O
U)
r1
p <
Ó q
m F.
N)
>
.OC .
a.-1
CO I
CO
r4 W
E
m
44m4).bm4
q tr) q
â\ m
z
P0+0S0O4000-
lprG.bCrl
ó
p .4
4) Uo.O
O
co
44
44 0.
.G .0 -4
N45
00"0 n .4 m O
ri 44
r1 0
r1
m
¡y
0
C .-I
Q 0o...Owm
ri
W
WN WM Wd)
O
to
O) N tO
VI
Hr4 N) M)
41
-1
ÑÑN
COO
-
rl
r4
ÑUm)
CO
.41.
O.
r4 rl
m
CO
Ñ
r4
Ñ
H r4
op
g Q
r4 bri
A
F. O 4) .-.
da W t
U<
U) o
r1 In
0 O
E E
m
m
0 m
oF >
o
F0.
F.In0U0)U0)UU)UU)IUnUU)UU)UU)t0UU)
0
01000010000 a 44 4)
-+ r4 m m CO m m m m m m m
0000060o00o a0 a Ep m0>m0y4 I EE
E mE
E 6y E E E
UN)Uxf9iMV)IAMtf)MtoV)V)
A i i.
" A
.-I
A ti
ó .H4
g I
42.
m E
O rO4 r U) ra^
A
mFc.oo)Nrl U) C
FO .ar4)OU)
Fo.
O 8
4rl
o¡f. e0
A3irs4.Cdj
pp
AO'i 70) 4)
U
z g
1
O
coi> O
44M
gxTC Fo.F0.
aF)> E F. 0 0.
0
Cr rOo aEo CUNomU0oA0'dU'áC6 ao a a a UU0moE)4mraFOa)tpm.>..oE4r4rmU-00B1Urrm0oE4 -m44qc0a4.4'10r(tAr4t.0:r.m044foF0)". >808t.40aFO4o4-m.4>C..E44uU0m0E)m4.4oLo.0..f.w.0mOF40E.. I.(NACZa61 4.4r4m0CO4. -Nr0g.E40.Nm00E
UNV)aNs Um to ÑUTAU'dU>EOhfn
N 0
g
m
0
E
CO
E
m
ti
mU)
>
..-10,4,
F.0 .
oaF0.
m O
N CI
CaY.4-E Nto)eCqO
U F. F.
m04rO3t 004-44 Q
Fo..4g Co.
U
0 4)
.4
-.444 o
40
m
m
E asº. ar-4 m a0
É
f)UOUÑr4UÑUrlVg){
>
0 rr,. [sr
ICfL'
¡r..
((aa.
((yy
[[yc. [[yy
NICUHÑaHÑH F.
e. . . . I)
m
q q
m
0
q
0 q
q
q
0 q
CO
CO
co
q
00 00
rl rC4
C .-I
r-1
rCC/O.<áF?r7.
r4
CO
C
0 0
.
0
0r4
.U 40g4
0 C
Á
o
'O
p O
U
pupApAppg,,ppp.>p.TpAppApAp 0myPmq0.0ómÓ
'O
.4O[.
C00 C00 C00C00F4.04CN0.F4.0)F4.04C4O.)4U40T'df'd'd
Um C0ri ctAFVi0)cNAixmxcxmixóxó'mOmüF.Ua
ó q.ç4
0< 'ldmFi .>CpUPG..Py0o.,.
P.Ó
q pPmp..
O
bO..-4r1l
O 4)
O). -m1
0F.aHOI P.
p.
Á v 0.0
4) 44
rPm./¡AF..
N H
pO 00 .-1
CRn :Ao
r04N0N0)0d)
0U)
t0O0C0m00O0)r0lr0lr0.e-001
rOdNr
U U
O
000
rNi U
Ñ U
eN00 0Ne
I
ri H
01
O-4 C. 0 k+W
CO<
< r. C. C.
g 0
C
>1
f.
a a 4) r-1 [i.
m
g
r4 O 44
.
ó mÁ9'cjmÓ.1Ó 44000.4-40c..0 U m0 44 4.
O 'O
O 44
,..io
1
r.4-I
0
44
[)..440
04)4444 r) 0o 'O 00
e
000
0Fß.rm. 4oí0P).r4m)lÓGt.rgOlF'O.mChF'+CóI
Á
CO
22 U U
Ñ
U
N N ON) N)
UU UU
VU )
M U
NU) UN)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-18 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
O
Ñ
Ñ
co !O
f0
CO
r)
r)
r)
á
O
á ó
r)
r)
d'
á ó
á ó
á ó
w
á
or
w á
LO
tce
LO
ar)
o
LO it3
a d>o'
r)
o
LO
LO
->M ó
> ó
ccd
raó)
N
C O
1
4-1
o0.0O1c-'
c4' O m
m4.
J-' O
1' g
t -1
-1 R
.1..k+
o morra
m
o..lc
a a
ÓUrÓ1 ÓOÓraO O
m
aEHo
OM
, aCO
m
.-1.-AN ^ m!C CO PC
(aO
.,
C.
O F.
y o
Y
m 0 O m
O
m
m
n
m
O O
m 4' O
n
m
o m. m. .n-1
O -mi
O m
Ó -m/
O
tnar)tU)aN 0p 0N mE
(C.--i
0r1) E
E
m
E V)
C4>
c
O m
O
0 0
.4-,3
y .4-1.
.-1
4'
.i,;cv
mOa1b
.m-1 04,
0
a
4
-1 N
ag0O1
Oi.d't0 EH
O md'
E
^.0
ra1
N
W
ÓtV O r1
,--11:0
ar -i
d'
r -i R:
E
U`{k'1
°1:0tD
4.0 m L. O
C.
o nmo
n
n
n
F.
O
Ñ
O
n mm
.-m.0(40-.O E m 0 0 -1 m O
mr Iz W NmU)mIZmÑrAEUE){mm?C,m t/;ppE}}
0 O .1
Y i-, .1 4'
S Á.
er -4. dri' Oi,OQtHO
IC ,--11G
00F. 00
m 4. 6 m
m-m.00
m 0r m
V)0.wN
Oi
.4-1.04'
Qm R
0Ó
a OriIYN) n
C. E oC n
O m
-m 100
0í10 m
ar+m
0O4]
.-1 J.'
m4. O
Qarot
ÓOÓr1Or) ^ mC
C.
+ o
O
n m
m
-i m
0g E
aOD V)
O q
9.1 r-1 4' i.t
O O
p
O
n n
C O1>
.-i 4'
...Alle
O>
m me
. . . Q.
4> A
no.-jty
Ó m
m
N a E
O
m +1
+4-,
O
m
cCi
OOrÒi
Ñ m r-t N
Fa
1C CO OE
m m o O n -1
04. 04. .4..+ O ta
E
n CO
O
C.
n n o
OOm O
OEOQ C
m
mm o .-1
E
0 0
0
O
00-.0
ór ó\ó\mE ó E
m mmE
a.Kv{Cd'!AU)ar-lari
mE mcQi
V1fnaN
[.
Q.
O O O
,
H
U00 ,H..,...>> U
W
WW00 AD
.4.i a ,-4,-I
a
O 0
aó .-i
.-1
O.
7
-i
.-1
7
--0C110-1FC..O11C-ratl
t)
-1 F.
GO
o c0)
ó
C.
VO eO 0O1O30O 4O'
Co0 OC0>.oOOOCmbbO
m
r1 r1 -1
0 0
C.
0
d O
Or1H
1> >-1
H ifi
HWW
I
m m fi.
00 ^ .i r1 00,r.-1r1
c a, 0.
.1 'd
7 o
7 0
r0i 0b0b
eve
I
m
.7..
m W
U
00 tO < -1 .-1
.-a1 O.-i .0m
7000-b.4C4
-PS C',
1 O
..",,e1
w
m
W
O
W
C.
rH1
m+ F. E
O
0'0 a F. -1 rb .i G m
-Oi
4' m
C.
'd m
-Oi
4. m
F.
b
O
O
-1 4. m
[a
b
O
-YOi
m i.
b
O
H
Y 0 o
70E0O000o000F b .i a y O
'd
O
O r1 4) r-1 0..-1
0
m
r4
0
.0-1.4O. ,C 4O' r1
O r1
O
4-,
ri
N O
r-1 4O'
O
O
000.-1 Ob b b'd 0 0 a' -1'd 0 O 0 O'd
Or1 O .i O
O
E
m
Xi.
O
O S
7
, m
-1 'd
Ó
00,4
O r1 Fo.
o 4-,
b-1 '04.0 m a.' O
0 rOl r1 O O b OA 4-5
üütAoaOüAbAbAeAd<'d<b> Hom U 000004.»»
00000(50 aU0 000 U)
4,4.4.
F. F. F. O .i r1 m F. m 0 0 0 -1 O.i O
0 70 0
Cm aH 0.
r-1 O C.
ri
0 Cl)
O
O.1
41
áá C.11
áááá
U)Ó
rr1 t H
W
NNNÑ
XXXlY.aa1K
N a
NXXÑ
N a
N
a
Ñ
IZ
N) 1C
eoe
XXX XXX 5 a N)
e
toton
Cz
t7e7V1'
440OC0Y40amv' 0>mo4,
U O O
N U U r1 d N
d' LNI)tmO torNi NN CPO
OttO<OtOt0t0r)
N
r-/ to
to v' d' V' d' V' t0
>t-IóNrp40»NpNór1
á r
ri
Ne..
m n
O
om m O
tóO-i.UOr1UAXUOUOOU.OiUÓVmiÉUmÉ)
XO
.U0
r) rn
wt0 > A
CO
C O m c
t0.-.4rr01!
.m-10 1ç O
.i
U O >
NMH
o
XC,m
O
0O aN
U).Y.
C
O
C 0
C 0
4'
O
1
-1 O 0
Y
a>
m
3
-NOo14m,.aOoiY14m,'
a'
EW1 E g E a
C
O
O.-6:e OAlcv
O
0
N r
r1 Ö UVó U
O r) r) r) to .d) R: 1Z CC Cr:
n F.
C. .-1 C.
O tá) O
Y m 1-'
tJ
O
4'
m
5
m m m mm m
m
W
H a
.mi .m4EO .-m10 a) a) O m
a m t-
O cY
O O
r
m O
m mm m
a
CCCOU)U)tnu)
C.
oi
á
2
yO Oo
b
C
0 I
O
J.'
0
0
c
O
Cc 0g,-Y1
4a' O
UC.C.i4m
WFI+N H
aaa W W [[1yy
.CI
W
1-1
C HK.
6r-1
O
.rl
N
O m
U
O
O a
O
O
a
0
o
aC C
o
g
o
rAOi 4Fo'
C 0 0
a 00 a PDX 0.-i>.1 C C. -1
.-1
O o
O m > .-1
C O
o E F.
O
.1 O m a'
O C
c
O
C m
0
aC.FCa4aaU)a o
O
m
U O O
m j'.. .1
S 0
O ,L',
O
41,§m
W
ovo 04,4_,
X -1
HOG. m
p' 1 m " C m
4F0.4C04. x40.0,XC000XI0:
000 cs m
m Y.i of.,
r1 ri F. F. C.
rira ri -+ C C .i m m O. -1 -1
m 43
O
4'
m
4,
O
X
O
S'..
U
C.
O
a.
>F[7.G2.:oÓ.¡JC50, 0W0W.i W.i W.i
.i
W
rOI W
pE .i
«) t0
t7 Á W W
i iN N ri
r)
d'
tO
1-a
o
ááááááááá á
1
4
>
U H H H [¡c, [zz.,
á w
á á á wááaC.-
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-19
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
rOW .m e0
00 0N
.>i .>-I
rr W
>AM
CYJ Um)
Ñ o
00Ñ Ñ iV W QJ
O N
Ñ`NIpp1
Ñ00Ñ0N
P
Ñ e;
c W
cWu
Ñ
ao
40
1p 10
Ñm Ñm
N N
p W
Y3
N
co
co
f.
0
0 0
0
rl
40 .
4. 0
omm
tA
O
EiE ¡¡F((C.
tiOtrO4
R1 Fl
.UN >e !tpo
u)rr
>! u) O 7 zz V] V)
»O.i W> ID
.ND >+ u)
(0 (0
I
1
m 0b
0 1
1
0 (0 (0
04)100I 01
00 oON
m Im l l
leÉ Ei Eyoúomg
Ed)F
o
f.
Y
0
O
r.-i1
o 0
0
00 m
Y 0 f Y O
r1
.-1
<.til
O
I
1
'd O 0
m e.4)4. f,
f.
0.. 0 0 as
.i .i Y
44 .-1
.i o 4i 4i 4+
.i .+ Y+-1
0 0
,`.6 :fi
G4w
14%4.-4.-104.
a o0m E0;^ -.00000f0.0ma0s0á0a0f00.m .i -YYTfoOmmO.i1m4F0nf0+0..f(,2yY4m>oOm.4..4ma--.414emø4'0mfí)d.L.. `l^m.r.-4-rOmo-i11...4.-fa.-i4..0i+ I4.r0[a-.i1.;YYOom+4.4r.0.14aii^i40i4Y'om0C..i.WrH.16mCi4-Cr.-m41ni.1+-4'4HoOoyd-104+fOF4..-.1FRa.010mga.,-0Y04m0>(),4,fm00O>4.0
m Y Y
LOri[i.rHáQoQ<6.1 8
0.Z0.0 O Y ce f.,
4.e1:14...-411131W6
x
ri
t 1 0 oG 0 0
É
i > >
>>>>> r
OiriiNte)d'
>> >> >
1
1
.Oi .Ki
r rr +C1O C4
.4..Di P.
ÿ721 ú
0 04.,
00 44 .0 2,
O
0o 0 0
Yo YPh. Y0
a
Y
G
as. -8
G.a 4,,--4
o O
rop
m o
mYG+0
o Y C
. orl N.{
C FC
ri
>C
C
rl
K
m
m .-k
CO 1.4
O CO
0000. ri
>i
ri
1C
.i
>C
x
YX0^oYAXY0+E+.YG4o66m00o
o 0
m .p 0 Y0,.0
m^Y
o 4. ei m. -i
o 0
0
d
0
m
0 o
tp diiy-. ev'UO]U]ONH PotyoXÑ0P00M0mNo
r> i
to.
4..
Y X 0
O
!1-+(.oOY
H N X x
»»> »O N ri e7 .M 51»>
0 0 0 0 00
f. t.
0 0
4.4.4,1. 0 0 0 0
000000 YXO XYm XY0 XY0XYmX4m,
úivmm°t°nv°
Y Y
Xm00X000
YX00 X0Y0X040,0XY0
tñt/)tnÚ)
xxxxxx r b) u) .0 1` CO OX) XOri rrxlNxriexr7ixe.i
8r Ñ CO
.0
u) e7
In
N)
w
0 0r-7 aO >O
Itm)
.0
d' e0
0N >N0 Cola >NO
co
e
>
>
ON ON
a..O4+>YYO.Y1.YYo-.Yyé- .O+i..YiYaim+t
d.
m MYO..iiYY
á ä Oá i s
oci0i00000 e
á eó e e6e
oog+ k
rSCÚº,
áá +.i + 2 +q + o
YmY0J07Y .-10.i .iO.1pp0 0 f.
f.
O m O t
O t.
i. n
O O .0 m
QQ Y VI 0, o
O
m
000 00n 0
0
m
m
0
oto .im.iOO O+ +c.
t.
+0.i
fa
g:4C
Y
ID
Y 4.
YOo,CoE
o
m
E
z°ááiá0rv mñ
u)(rv]
o
o v
.i y
t f0.
Y
C
<
^
0.
Ca o
O
O o
2
rÓi 0
r1 f4
4o.Co OiO
W m
P
o
.rii
y 0
0
.-1
f.
a O
P.
O
O Y
Yo on,'
4i dei
0
0o O
d
O
'00.0
,0,Oy
Y O
AY0
O°d O
0:1. áéá ed
0
.Y0
Y 0
a rmt
0
4.
e0 i
a m 'd
f0 . t
f.
'd
.1
C)
ri
27 .i
C0
rl
O OG
rl
N
M) V'
u')
c0
r
m
OI
Em
ora
a4)
4) o,
4x)
4x)
4) o_
x4)' 4) o.
4)) oc
u)
x
O O
ß44,O 0
g
Y..O-i maRYiY..O1i réi 0J..1i-JY1
Ì <r
On.o0 6PN8er6
' C
O
.0óá
á`4 e00m00030iá C + Ú o +7 +
Hr+Ú ó cot-VC) .4r-.
ac
0zaOmáñnzºM Y.oO0oiumYYo)^.0OOiYpAEpmO).O0iY+Yx.0ioM00m0Em08o0n0mE.fYiomYof.Yit
AO
Y
e0 O
artio
a o
0 m 0 .0
C.
r.ii
0
Ñ 0
ÿ o
m O f. .0
o 0
C)
0 OO
Yrf0i.
Yf0.
r1
'0d
Al
Y
'0d
.YO
'.di
Y 0 0
'.di
'.di
'0d A Y
oc,0
'0d
O m
' G.. [. 0 0 0JP.Ch ChO G1
eCO
o4
O) O
.1'
u)
os o»
r-1 u)
a
N N) V' u) u)
a u) u) u) u) I/)
oc o. o: o.
Eu)
os
F
0 0
0O
w
A..{{
71
%4ÿ
eri
e:
E01 É
o
IC
0 0
UUJiz° r.ii
.-.1
r1
r.ii
0
E
m
E
0
c c á c 00 00 Á
tdD
00
rai a rai a.2-i P.
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0
0
Y m
o
Ym0
Ym0
Ym0
Ym0
F0(>0 m m Ó
YHOOHYIS.44HH[Y.x.cYHxe
É ÑÉ É F
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-20 SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
ö
C
ñ¢0<03
3
m
F
-0.>-. O n
h
ñ3 3>'
Ch N
N
> m
roto..o_ SS )1 OLP
)11,02ad, _ L2>O
O
"0.
n
ssa
O U
0 Z
a
n
MI N 01
o is a
>o
m v099
CO ö
H OZZ
098
MI 01
L 9P ä
BP M
MSuSLf MC N
.3
o>
3
> !nZ o
pOTm oTNuT I N < UQ a
N
l'
>
o o
N
º
J
'06000`
N 4 h
>
n2 U o
o >
TÑ
T°
e-
N
O
QOº!QgººqpººººGºº
ó
000000
u2
J
W
J
0
> 0 m
> 0 N 0
O n
N
N_Iº K3 -o_
2 3
C
0
0:
3 x
3
0
Z h 0
J°D 3
40
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SCOTT RADIO LABORATORIES PAGE 21-21
MODELS 510; 510K, Kenilworth; 510S, Sheffield
r> '
KY 11 'I
M z't ItY
i
u,
f
I1a
-or- -1
r r
-11--rz Or >
O1111r
i'- -.-MM_z0,z-LIT=YTiI'-71-,d,L,yVyYr,..01n041r2.20{tl
"
r M OZZ M
1-.._0
.K> 001
..2.141caa. <
600y lwra
i Q
o00i
WiI
rH
Ót- L -ÓL
f "
-1Gb 117,9e
yy
1`IZ2
t1tl
r.:,..:11...21-....H.iI- -,
t.,
It-
"T jK>
M
íiai>l «-er- ,
ii 11.,,,,,,,ii-Jo.,)-z--
,,,..1......,..,..:...1epu1«1
-enhwt;:rrllrw,.
,.
000c
ro
! IF
I
.I.sàa1L"
14'1
r-If-'-1
e
J
- _ _O 1_
N
.1. _
1Y
~
Y-
I(
1
! j\
ei
r
t0
átiIT wvt1 Y
e
f,1
M 001
p-"Fltr.tr_ I
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
D
www.americanradiohistory.com
(d cd
.>
3 3
co N M
4) U
O
cn
.
. cad
d G,+
co
00da0 +>
N N
o
H
U
á ..,
a i ó
b U
u
,+ 00p.H
e Oa
>
H
Lr,
cue
ú m
(n Lr, a 0
HO Ctl 3~ ai
tai L*
HA Ú 30
cd
.1. C.N 4) U O
4)
y cd
H O
cu
N
OD
> a y Q.
H_x + >,
cd 4,
(n
ti + O^ O 4)
m
O
O cd
:.:14)
.0,
ÓFÿ E>
Ñ a3 +'
ó m
e O o a NA
ó
cc
H P. (fa),
o Qi
W O
- ,,
H+; °.r, a.
..,
y
a,
..o
b
.a, .
0
x
r y ÿÿ
H`1o' +d,
bo O
V. ÿx o 3 00
aUi
N
U., V
v wx 4) ó
o
d
4
w
' .,.,
~ V
O° Oa E-, 2.1
n
ul
3,-c u, d
U
+ .. O+a .+ 1+
cXd 4)
C ,4
Fi
V O .Vr.
a, ti +' ,_i
.4
> W
4)
00 +,
ÿ ÿCC ..0. cd
m 3
N.
Vl O
CC
G 4)
>,.
U y,
° Ó g-.
U a
mº
Ki) n1
U
> a)
H
Q
0H0.4d
Wy
HaVI.
v cd
H 0
cd 47 .,0.
ó0 cd
Fá Ñ^i.3< Ww+,°bÿ°0*0'00ÿ5aUÿuv,iFÿá.m>ca4d...N'.p.bm1~. iJái 4)
á x H>° v
a. a
°0E°"0:e ao
H
Ñ oe 00
O k
' H
0 0
dáU ` . y
4)
e ó td
4)ÿ +. ,y Ç0b
44 O
0E>O
0 a.v.. e..34bCx ó
H Ó
0
ú cd Ó
4) H
'o a w
a ó (0d3 0 4) O
ÿ Hb N
41
Qi
6+1
II FC
Qi
b ~4 **
(
Oá ~º
H 4U)
O4-4
CdO
cu
ÿ
b
.HdUó.agá
C7
cd y
i,Ho
H
.--'
aC
a >, cd
E
E aai
A
a
d
ó
H>.
OD U
V
`.t"i
á
ó
0.)
V(i 161))
~
W
° :)
U
a
`.tc
0 0 cd
O
~
ß+>
Wo G U
6)
.-0,
'.,
.H,
td
},
~
li
u
p> O a, H
b H 4) V
.Ur
H d> U
ÿ ÿ x..N,
Uy
*'
y
ÿ°Ha).-H.óÑ.'%44{11¡ Wj4ÿ) voo>Ua.3bcdy.Vam0.0+y ÿOa. 7
F H
aJ
VN>y J4:)
F.U.
ÿ 00 .3
H O
ÿ
3
2 0 o
d mWa a GL u, C4
áo"
á 0a
O;;
a
o
,n m
m>,
Ñ cd
In
ó W
H
4) td C
A .V.,
,d +
O +
d a0
ß, Ó
co H +, y
+U+ cd
Uya .+O,
H O
4) ..
a V
1+
N O
y+, b E
c>d 3 a, >
4)
0 3
O
F+ 4)
V
v) 0)
óoaú, 0o.áÿb+,
*'o
óÿ I) (11
oaW~
Ú Á,V,
E
O
OW E
4! ni H w
ú 0
a+' b ÿ ÿ,d a
ÿ
á
K cd
00
o
á, ..0
V
O +,
á
v,db
a) aNi
o 0
>
rd
>,.-1clew
U
d ÿW a 0qpFG
H
ÿ
ÿN; A
-. 4) O V O cd
H
4)
W
v ci, 0a 0
GL a) 4)
., 4)
a -9
+4,)4*'ÿmvR
4) V C...
H
y
ti u,«o.a ó
fl.,..
G O
H
U
co
>`..>.
3
a)
íad
+++, EcQ'. H
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 2
]-}MODEALS 1, 2,
Ch. 132.878
ó
un
O N
o
>
O
Lin cd
: ^ Ñ . . U3
E
ó
.'Z ++ .zzd .
.-=,
C
.
z+
.
e Ópo cd . . [y .-, ++
.
Ñ O .-i
.
Ó Ó
~ Z
O Q
V U zoN mV U Z°+
0> 0>0>uoió d
. N er d' N d' .,
pO (2. U Cí
àvó3 ..b' b;óóáÿ1°>. Ú....U
d
.m
E E
0 o M 1n in
'0E.
aWu; ~00oN0O ....>,
cdóa...>. F> o
r. Ho 4) .-4,1 a-+
H
~H. +,
-.~a
U
H 4)
H
0
H H
d 41
H 4)
H s-7 V 4) 6)
y o
a CC
F
0
Çj'
a
. .-.:bvóbvvbbb.à AUcd Ucd Vo U'o. VÓ Uo Ua0 (U¡0 Ur0., V0C. Ua0 Uc0'.. U(0¡ (C0). UHo xoaxa0aC0a
.-. N ... N
zzzzzzzz M0NN1, dNMON'd1` NO0NO1,ON0NOd1,N'0NO0,N0Nc[DN.,-ON.O-`d+ONN'
--, .--, .-. N
O
N 0N 0 N
z
1
1
1
1
(tNOldlNO'[NNgO2`NN'Or
NzzN zN zN
0:1
o.-.
U U ,c
U
U- U-t
..-7-,.N70¢N00MUUUU0UoOQ4
PAGE 21-2 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODELS 1, 2, Ch. 132.878
Schematic Location
R1
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R11 SPK T1 T2
Part No.
N22975-2 N22978
N21630 N19177
N22875 N22863 N22878 N18136
Description Knob, Tuning, Maroon, (Cat. No. 2) Leaflet, Instruction Resistor, 330,000 ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 22,000 ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 2 Megohm, Volume Control & Switch Resistor, 47 ohm, 1 watt wire wound Resistor, 120 ohm, 1/4 watt Resistor, 2200 ohm, 1 watt Resistor, 15 ohm, 1/4 watt Resistor, 4.7 megohm, 1/4 watt Resistor, 15 megohm, 1/4 watt Resistor, 470,000 ohm, 1/4 watt Resistor, 1 megohm, 1/4 watt Speaker, 4" P.M. Transformer, I.F. Transformer, Output Wire, Antenna
o NMI R2
A
C2_
g 0
TI
L
C7
R9Q
Cs
C8
35Z5
GT
LOCATION OF PARTS UNDE R
CHASSIS
eL6 GT2
\ 0[,2]
CDIAII
J
ó
U
12SQ7
SPEAKER
C6 R3
g3
TUBE LAYOUT OUTLINE
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-3
MODELS 1 2, Ch. 132.878
N
I-
f oaóD
O
N
O8V
O N
0--1(
a
m
n N
-+_
K
iU
L _
\
U5Çj
U0
V13-7eg V
> m N m
©John F. Rider
>
O o
O
N
08N O1
m
N
U
co
000
, 014'
--X---Y¡ \AIV/ N > U si
N N K N
_
---X---lmJ I
> N
O
N _11_41.11 J
Ml
to
1
a
UM.,
J
Y V
Q Z Z W
y
ZrQ
Q
Z
pZ> VNO
y
O W
LOadCCJ= W
N
W
f W
U Q
g J
ZY Jj
g`ó'i
W
~Ñ LL
Z H
; ~
wo3Q
>,oN
%Q
ZYwF>e;
ÚOLa W
ZÓNZ
f Z
O
p
ima
Q
W
>oJ
z> =¢ 3 0
=WNW tJ
iEi
Om8Z= Q O N U J
2_13,3
dºbW
Rá `- W W Ow
§ W Oa2 WCU <Z Qw
>áe
1-_14
U4J01-'4
m U Outd
ia
w o
o-
O z
N
F ~
U Wz O
N m Q
Ù2i>oJo.-VWrÚf_.,
-/\I m
a O z-
-i
I
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL 33, c 548.363
-Jaoo0\ 091
Y
c
O
N
r
N
Ñ JI\
051
zl>
N015
I
11ö
- J
)4001
01 a
¡¡ino2
lN ul
.º
us' 1 =1°Lº
I f1
r
t Q
b
N 0C
ea
ó
W
3
cc
N
2 1 Ill
N
00°.
N R
z
N
W
et
o
II
u \ á 0
f ul ¡l ¡
N
î u
a u ZZ 1ti 3 N
J
W e
ire N
I-
©John F. Rider"
H
u < oS n r www.americanradiohistory.com
--p
i
o
D
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-5
MODEL 33, Ch. 518.363
POWER SUPPLY
117 V. A.C. 45 WATTS
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
PART NO.
R1 R2
R4 R6 R7 R9 R11 It12 R13 R14 R15 Cl. C2, C3, C4 C5, C6, C7, C8 C9, C22 C13 C14 C16, C18
('d9, C211 ('21
C23 R3, C10 C11 R5, C12 RIO, C15 T2 T3, T4 S2 PLI PL2 PL3 RE1 RE2 RE3 X1 LS1, Ti
517 615 520 401 516 408 502 505 607 622 534 1004A
804 817 802
101(1
803A 906 811
813 814A 1512A 1402 1892A 307A 307C 305 106A 107A 104 2530 2607 2108A 2411A 24118 2411C 1736A 2307 1722B
PARTS LIST
DESCRIPTION
Resistor 22,000 Ohm. 1/2 Watt Resistor 2.2 Meg Ohm. 1/2 Watt
Resistor 47 Ohm. 1/2 Watt Control, Volume, 500,000 Ohm. with Switch
Resistor, 1 Meg Ohm. 1/2 Watt
Control, Tone, 500,000 Ohm. Resistor 510,000 Ohm. 1/2 Watt
Resistor 150 Ohm. 1/2 Watt
Resistor 1000 Ohm. 1 Watt
Resistor 270 Ohm. 1 Watt Resistor 30 Ohm. 1/2 Watt Tuning Gang and Trimmer Assembly Trimmer Condensors in I. F. Cans
Capacitor .1 Mfd. 200 V. Capacitor 250 Mmfd. Ceramic Capacitor .01 Mfd. 400 V. Capacitor Filter 40, 40, 2(1
Mfd.
150 Volts
20 Mfd. 25 Volts Capacitor .05 Mfd. 400 V.
Capacitor 500() Mmfd. Ceramic Capristor 100 Mmfd. 50,000 Ohm.
100 Mmfd. Dual Shunt Capristor .01 Mfd. 5 Meg Ohm. Common Terminal Capristor .01 Mfd. 100,000 Ohm.
Loop Antenna
Transformers I. F. #118
Switch, Radio -Phono
Plug, Loop Antenna
Plug, Motor A. C.
Plug, Pick up
Receptacle, Loop Antenna
Receptacle, A. C.
Receptacle, Pick up Pick up, Ceramic Cartridge and Plastic Arm Speaker, 5" P.N. with 2500 Ohm. Output Transformer
Portable Carrying Case
Knob, Volume
Knob, Tuning
)(nob, Tone
Dial Pointer
Dial Bezel
Dial
TUBE LAYOUT
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
The following equipment cur&tely calibrated signal
is at
required for aligning: A signal the indicated test frequencies;
generator which will provide an output indicating meter;
an ac a no*
metallic screwdriver. Radiation Loop: 2 -turn loop, 6 inches in diameter.
Conditions for Ali goment:
Tone - Treble
Volume - Maximum
Selector Switch - "Radio" position Test loop coupled loosely to receiver by
spacing
-
receiver
loop
in
same
position
as
it
will be with chassis in cabinet.
SIGNAL GENERATOR COUPLING
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
RADIO DIAL SETTING
OUTPUT METER
REMARIS
ADJUST FOR MAXIMUM OUTPUT
LOOP
465 IC
Low End of Band
Across
Short out
Voice Coil osc. tuning
gang section
C-8, C-7, C-6, C-6
C-2; compress
C-8
LOOP LOOP 'OOP LOOP
1620 IC 1400 IC 600 IC 1400 IC
High End of Band
Point of Maximum Output
Point of Maximum Output
1400
Remove short across C-2
Set pointer to 140 on dial
knife C-1 plates for maximum output
Recheck alignment.
C-4 C-8
C-8 if necessary
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-6 SEARS. ROEBUCK
MODELS 51, 53, Ch. 132.887
Specifications
Power Supply 105-120 volts 60 cycle AC, 65 watts
Frequency Range Broadcast - 1600 - 5110 Kc
Pourer Output
Undistorted
.8 watt
Maximum
1.5 watt
Speaker Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
Ll
L2 L3 C1A,C1B,C1C C2,C5,C13 C C4
C6,C8
C7,09 Cil C12A,C12^
P
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
N23159 N22953 N23207 N23427 N19361 N23163 *N23751
*N237.í.3
N22111
N19132 N201 8-15 N234 N2357 N23302 N231;50 -1C 1(23450-1B N23450-1A
Ant mna Loop Assembly
Bracket,Antenna Loop Mtg. Bracket, Var. Con. Mtg. Bracket, Dial 3cale Mtg. Clip, Hairpin
Coil, R.S. Coil, Oscillator Condenser, Variable, 3 Gang Condenser, .05 mfd., 4.400 volt Condenser, .05 mfd., 00 volt Condenser, .00005 mfd., 500 volt,
mica Condenser, .0002 mfd., 350 volt,
Ceramic Condenser, .01 mfd., 400 volt Condenser, .02 mfd., 4.00 volt
Condenser, Electrolytic, 50-50 mfd., 150 volt
Cord, Dial Drive Cord, Power with Plug
Cover, Rear Cabinet Cover, Record Changer, Bottom Escutcheon, Dial with Crystal Knob, On -Off -Volume Knob, Radio -Phono
Knob, Tuning
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
R1,R9 R2
R R R7 R8 R10 R11,R13 R12
SPKR Ti 12 23
PART NUMBER
N2353 :2295 -1
N22963
N23430 1(22957 1(23537-1 N195 1 Niq 52 N23 N19133 N23161 223162 N23407 N22763
DESCRIPTION
Lamp, Dial, Mazda, No. 47 Leaflet, Instruction
Pointer, Dial Resistor, 330,000 ohms, 1 watt Resistor, 1000 ohms, 1 watt Resistor, 22,000 ohms, 1 watt Resistor, 6.8 megohmi 1 watt Resistor, 1 megohm watt Resistor, 15 ohm, 1 watt Resistor, Volume Control k Switch,
500,000 ohms Resistor,. 3 3 mégohm, 1 watt Resistor, 1470,000 ohms, 1 watt Resistor, 150 ohm, 1 watt Reeietor, 1200 ohms, 2 watt
Scale, Dial Shaft, Tuning Socket, Dial -lite with leads Socket, Phono Motor Socket, Phono input
Speaker, 6" P.N. Spring, Dial Cord Transformer, 1st I.F. Transformer, 2nd I.9. Transformer, Output Weight, Cabinet
On some of the first sets manufactured variable condenser N23155 (with a single spaced oscillator section) and oscillator coil N23160 were used. If ,ither the oscillator coil or the variable condenser is replaced with the part listed here, the other part should also be replaced for ccr rect traokln4 23155 and N23160 should be used together, and N23743 and N23751 should be used together.
i7
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Tuning range 540 Kc. to 1600 Kc. Intermediate frequency - t55 Kc. I -f and r -f measurements made at .5 watt output - approximately 1.26 volts on a rectifier type voltmeter connected across the voice coil.
Approximate inputs for a .5 watt output: I -f 200 uv. R -f with standard loop: at
600 Kc. 500 uv/m; at 1000 Kc. 400 uv/m; at 1400 Kc. 400 uv/m. R-f at external antenna connection: at 600 Kc. 250 uv; at 1000 Kc. 200 uv; at 1400 Kc. 200 uve
ALIGNP.NT DATA
With variable condenser closed, set the pointer horizontally to the left.
Position
of
Generator Dummy
Variable Frequency Ant.
Generator Connection
(High)
Generator Adjust Trimmern
Connection (in order
Trimmer
(Low)
shown)
Function
Open 1400 Kc 600 Kc
1-1$5 Kc 1 00 Kc 600 Kc
.05 mf d. Mixer Grid 50 mmfd. Ext.Ant.Conn. 50 mmfd. ExteAnt.Conn.
F1oat.Gnd. Al,A2,A3,A4 F'loat.Gnd. A5,A6,A7 Float.Gnd. Check Point
I.F. Osc.R.F.Ant.
J
C3
C2
C 4
I
I
M 7SDL 3
SW2
©John F. Rider
Ì
C7
R7 1
I
Ik51
C 12
A -B
LOCATIONS OF PARTS AND TRIMERS UNDER CHASSIS
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-7
MODELS 51, 53,, Ch. 132.887
IQ
m
V
C
QL pF
mCMIIWI
N
o
r
m
!!! s
®
a
Ill
O e e
m
A
E e
n
00
o
J
cr
v
'1_1_6 IH m
na -
m m
rem ao
cc
c> en
QQ04)-01 JI
a O m
zFo o
w
2
te
N
Y
VO
O
z
o
ozo oo
j.,_1; .i 1HJ1
f
Ifí
2
a. cr
m
z
z z
J
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-8 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODELS 54, 56,
Ch. 132.888 Specifications
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Po1w05er-12S0upvploylt 60 cycle AC, 65 watts
Frequency Range
Broadcast - 1600 - 540 Kc
FM -108-88óo
Power Output
Undistorted
Maximum
1.5 2.5
Speaker Voice Coil Impedance 3.2
]Cfia1NTIC LOCATI00
PAPt
NI®1
022648-1 021445-1 022 7-1 021 73
02255g9J4
02257-1 02202
1¢W22724
Oli
015,034
022
027
ce
022655
c,532c35A,c350
tl22806
036,838 037
022602
9.2
022963 019132 02013
8A48-14
023402 023450-1c
10f2214.50 --50-1A
DE9CRIPTIOO
Antenna Loop ees,y.
Choke, High Frequency, 1.5 oh
Choke, High Frequency, 7.5 uh
Choke, High Frequency, 3 uh
Choke, R.P.. Iron core, 1k uh
Ceci. Coll, R.F.. PO
Coll,
Fit
Coal, Ose1hl.00011etor,
Condemn, variable
Condoner. osa. Temp. Cor. 5-25 uut
Condenser. Ceramic. 47 uut, 350 v.
. Condenser, Diee. 50 mot, 350 . Conden.er, 01.0, 10 0 uuf,350
. Condenser. Ceramic. 100 uut, 350
condenser. ceramic. lK nut, 350 a.
. Condenser. Ceramic, 1.5 UM. 350 Gimmick
Condenser, Ceramic, 50 our,
e Condenseerr.n
Condenser.
P.T., .01 uf. 40e
Ceramic, 15 ant
v. 350
.. Condxrer, P.T.. .003 amt, 600
Condenser, Condoner,
Electrolytic. Carmelo 220
u4et,amt
25 350
Condddmer. Electrolytic, 40-20-20 ut,
v.
Cond.mor, P.T., .02 amt, 400 8.
Comdam.er. Electrolytic, 104ouot. 25 o.
. Condenser. Molded,o5
Condenser. P.O..
1t.0í0ó
Control. Volume h Switch. 500E ohms
cord, Dial Drive
Cord, Power math Plug
Ceoavetrl...Ruena.r
Cabinet
Dial 50th
Crystal
Knob, On -Ott ',lure Knob, AP -11' -Rion
Knob. T. -11m
R1,R11,R15 R2 R
,R6 R R7,R8,R13, R17,R30
R10,R20 R12 R14, R22
R166
R1B R19 R21 R23 R2 R2 R27A,R27B R2B R29
Spke
PS. -2 PSI -1 SW -1
T6
T5
N23524 N22956-1
N22624
N229
N23537-1 N19551 N19552
N23(1.06
N2233 -1
N23-1
N23485
1 N?22g550 N23669T7T
2N2259520
N22763
Lamp, Dial, Mazda No. 47
Leaflet, Instruction
Pointer, Dial Resistor, 68 ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 27K ohms, 1 watt Resistor, 47 ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 22K ohms, 1 watt
Resistor, 2200 ohms, 4 watt
Resistor, 1K ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 8.2K ohms, 1 watt
Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Resistor, Reaiatcr,
1 megohm, 1/4 watt 10K ohms, 1 watt 100K ohms, 1/4 watt
3.3K ohms, 1 watt
180 ohms, 1/4 watt 39K ohms, 1 watt 220K ohms, 1 I} watt 15E ohms, 1 watt 10 megohms, 1/4 watt
330K ohms, 1 watt
Resistor, 2 x 500 ohms, watts Resistor, 470 K ohms, 1/4 watt Resistor, 0 ohms, 1 watt
Scale, Dial Shaft, Tuning Socket, Dial-Lite with Leads
Socket, AC Phono Motor
Socket, Phono Input
Speaker, 6" P.M.
Spring, Dial Cord
Suppressor Assy. Parasitic -AM
Suppressor Assiy. Parasitic -PM
Switch, Band, FM -AM-Phono Transformer, I.FI, AM, 445 Ka.
Transformer, 1st I.F., FM, 10.7 Mc.
Transformer, 2nd I.F., FM, 10.7 Mc.
Transformer, Output Transformer, Power Transformer, Ratio Detector Weight, Cabinet
TUNING
BAND SWITCH
VOLUME CONTROL & SWITCH
TUBE
LAYOUT OUTLINE
IST. EM. 10.7 M C AI01
POWER
it_® TRANS.
AM
mats TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Tuning range-540 Kc. to 1600
milliwatts output-approximately
Kc. 1.27
Immediate volts on a
Frequency -455 Kc. I.F. and R.F.
receiver type voltmeter connected across
speaker
made et voice m¡¿
500
Approximate input for 500 MW output: I.F. 300 uv; R.F. with standard loop: at 00 Kc. 1200 uv/m; at 1000 Kc.
FM
-88 uv/m; at 1400 Kc. 800 uv/m.
Tuning range
megacycles to 108 megacycles. Intermediate frequency 10.7 megacycles. LF. and ELF. measure-
ments made at 500 milliwatts output-approximately 1.27 volts on a reicher type voltmeter connected across speaker
voice coil. Approximate input for 500 MW output: I.F. 300 uv; R.F. "Absolute Measurements": 91 megacycles 125
uv; 105 megacycles, 100 uv.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
ds. Output meter connection
Across speaker voice coiL
--1.27 Output meter reading to indicate 500 MW
volte.
alit Generator Modulation.
109ó, 400 cycles
et dial cis
Horizontal, variable anmdsema ome
b_an_dTToo left for AM alignment, center for FM
Position of volume control
Fully clockwise.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 21-9 MODELS 54, 56,
Ch. 132.888
FM ALIGNMENT
Detector and I.F. alignment using Signal Generator and Oscilloscope.
1. Connect FM Generator, High side, to grid (pin 1) of 6BA6 2nd I.F. tube through .005 mfd. dummy.
2. Set generator frequency to 10.7 Mc. modulated either 60 cycles or 400 cycles, 250 Kr sweep (125 Kr. deviation).
3. Connect vertical input of scope across volume control of receiver (grounded terminal to chassis, ungrounded terminal to
high side of control).
4. Set scope switch for internal synchronization and set horizontal oscillator to 2X frequency of modulating voltage of gen-
erator. (120 or 800 cycles)
5. Turn variable condenser fully open, and band switch to right (FM).
6. Adjust frequency vernier of horizontal oscillator on scope until the pattern becomes stationary.
7. Adjust ratio detector primary slug No. A7,for maximum vertical sweep of the scope pattern. 8. Adjust ratio detector secondary slug No. A8 to center the cross over point of the pattern. Pattern should look like Fig
rear 1 with the same amount of curve on both ends, and the cross over point in the center.
9. Connect generator, high side, to center antenna screw terminal on
of chassis
10. Adjust I.F. slugs A9, A10 and All for the greatest vertical
X PATTERN
sweep of the pattern, consistent with linearity. If the I.F.
CENTER FREOUIENCY
91/LL X RIT TERN
Att6UE AND BELOW CENTER FRIPOLJENCY
slugs are adjusted for maximum
of the pattern, the
pattern may become non-linear. herefore, adjustment
should be made for the greatest sweep which can be ob-
tained and still have all four ends of the "X" pattern
similar in size and shape.
11. Check the alignment of the I.F. and detector circuits by
varying the signal generator frequency above and below the
center frequency of 10.7 Mc. If the receiver is perfectly
aligned, two smaller "X" patterns of similar size and shape
will result, one on either side of the center frequency. See
Figure 2.
RF
FIG I
FIG. 2
Position of
Variable
Generator Frequency
Dummy
Generator ection
High
(FM)
Generator Connection Ground Lead
Ground (G)
Adjust Trimmers In Order Shown
Trimmer Function
Fully open Fully Closed
105 Mc.
108.5 Mc. 87.5 Mc. 105 Mc.
'300 ohm '300 ohm '300 ohm
ATnntt..in(FaMl )
Ant. (FM)
Terminal
Ground (G)
Terminal
Al2 C hed t Point
A13
Oscillator Oscillator
R.F.
Terminal
Terminal
91 Mc.
Ant. (FM)
Ground (G)
91 Mc.
300 ohm
Terminal
Terminal
Check Point
ILL.
For R.F. alignment use FM generator signal modulated with 400 cycles 45 Sc. sweep (22.5 Xc.) deviation).
'The 300 ohm dummy should be made up to two 150 ohm resistors, one placed in each lead at the receiver antmna terminals.
O
R27A Raz B
L I C17
A 4
P A
IPS2
o
OG19
L
0
u
13E7
O
c 25
I
I
CRT
rC 26
A eR23
C 29
Sou - I
sw-è
R 24
C34
C 36
o
LOCATIONS OF PARTS AND TRIMERS
J
UNDER CHASSIS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MO nFLS 54, 56,
Ch. 132.888
Y a
o
m
4
JJMx
I34
<mr"
e
e) CO
B g ci
Iti,8,,,,og21(5-sjäg
.
nA4.7eQddi1VCi1 L
11 .d
s
!ll1ii 4] n 11 u Oga
>á:â-óFFFig4~
aä 2
s1_,3QJT
áñ G
C
ßÇ
gá gßi°sxro+°C.y
i,71"*"gg 5 ge3
e p Q
_$,'E)¢, í-5ai c:v° $'o s a ár^o vóc y 4 -8 .ó 61
r
j tÓ -
V
Y
01 01
-
--.-+HV i
."1
L
ASP ! I-t
Ni
10
--I
`o
1sñ ..lI,
¢
N O We;
- -1
I vI
1 I
I _VrV{_. Q t
an
l
L
AE6
I
¢V V n
01I
3 r
% I
mY ®.
`HP
A Y
ti
Il JN
ti L
J
Y
e22.40s-9,0El
g
ti .$ rÿwxáGxCx-roÑ
2 01
V
3.o3 a °ÿrCoCGa-5,8D-rb4a
u4a2aó u2-ggX.4m
,.
.
v m
ú
cá
I
o 1,1'
I\ -y
N Y R
x°
0.n
Q Z Y
W'
IL óU JT
ó
'
m
N
HpII' 3+ '6"r4- Nn
` a 11 ú \\
M
i IIIi
u
111
I
I
I
I,
.
\
r
y
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
IRS
CANV[RTER ,5a-L/LIE
GRFFN GOT/" f1
2 eo9.
I
e09
L_
___IT`_ÿ-_1_J
1T4
IF. AMP ®_L7.IJ>H
G4EEtiffiI+ ffÌ T 2 Nf
I sov. Ì
-- E
I
L..y
I
® C9A
e.I
1
R I
I
6-I
7 609.
lill~DOV_R
= /l/1
1
C 1
50 C9B
I(
CO
C11
OS l¡]7 05
Re
ItG
/171
L2
n
C I
150 V 10N70
y l
l
/ /1
R2 2.2 WOG
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-11
MODEL 210, Ch. 132.880
IUS DET AVC AUD.
3 S4 POWER AUDIO
6
609.
SPX
Ts
4
9.
R6 22 EG
rin
MAIMED WITH 9Á000W TUBE VOLTMETER
PRELIMINARY
ALIGNMENT DATA
R7 39 :A
Output meter reading to indicate .05 watt across Generator ground lead oonneoted Generator modulation Position of Volume control
Position of Variable
Generator Frequency
Dummy Antenna
Generator Connections
coil
0 IV to metal chassis
30%, 1.00 oycles
.. . . tully on Adjust
Trimmers (In order shown)
Trimmer Function
Open 0 en
00 RC 00 KC
VOLUME CONTROL
/ ON- OFF SWITCH
q
1650 KC 1100 KC
SC
.05 MFD
Mixer Grid Test Loop Test Loop Test Loop
Al,A2,A3,A4
*6 Check Point
I.F.
Oso.
Ant.
LI
TUBE LAYOUT
TUNING ` C9
pecif ications
Power Supply - 12 V. A Battery
67* V. B Battery
Frequency Range Broadcast - 540 - 1600 KC
FM
Power Output
Undistorted
65 mw
Maximum
150 mw
Speaker Voice Coil Impedance 3.2 ohms
Schematic Location
Part No.
Description
LOCATIONS OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS
'1 `N MC
3l' g
=
7C J 2
e- >
5`-21--
Y 2
J~gg
, D :Aaa Kpp,Q lT f
C8 C9A,B
R1 R2,R6
R7 08 S PK T1,T2 T3 Ll
Cl
C2,C11 03,010
CSCI
r.6
022966 N23137 N23181 N23182 023187
N23138
N22972 N21797-1 N23110 N2311/1 N23675
023179 N23170-1 N233260 N218!/2-1
N23136 N23139 N21811
Condenser, .006 mfd., 600 volt Condenser, .001 mfd., 600 volt
Condenser, Variable Insulator, Battery Clip
Knob, Tuning Knob, On-Off -Volume Leaflet, Instruction Resistor, 100,000 ohms ; watt Resistor, 2.2 megohm, watt Resistor, 10 megohm, } watt Resistor, 4.7 megohmt¡ } watt Resistor, 1 megohm, i watt Resistor, 390 ohm, 1 watt Resistor, Volume Control & Switch
2 megohm
Speaker, lie P.M.
Transformer. I.F. Transformer, Output
Antenna Loop Asserbly
Cabinet Assembly Cabinet, Green Plastic Cloth, Grille Handle, Oreen Plastic
Cable, op" Battery .1 Terminal
Strip Clip, A" Battery Coil, Oscillator Assy. Condenser, Electrolytic,
10 mfd., 150 volt Condenser, .05 mfd., 200 volt Condenser, .00005 mfd.,
500 volt, mica Condenser, .002 mfd., 600 volt Condenser, .0001 mfd., 500 volt,
mica Condenser. .01 mfd.. 200 volt
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-12 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 220, Ch. 528.173
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply:
Power Output: Undistorted Maximum
117 Volts, DC or 50-60 Cycles AC, 11 Watts or Catalog No. 054n7 Battery Pack.
.0.15 Watt Frequency Range: .0.30 Watt Broadcast
540-1625 KC
Schematic
Part
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
Cl, C2
C3, C4, C5 C6 C7, C14 C8, C15 C9, C10, C11, C12, C13 C16 C17 C18, C19
L2 R5, Si
L1
R1
R2, R6 R3, R8 R4 R7 R9 RIO R11
R12 R13
CHASSIS PARTS
T72-50
T72-51 T84-437 T19-210 T13-296
T15-229 T16-153 T16-152
Bushing, pointer drive Bushing, tuning shaft
Cable assembly, battery Capacitor, variable (2 gang)__ Capacitor, electrolytic Capacitor, 47 mmfd., ceramic Capacitor, .005 mfd., 600 v. Capacitor, .05 mfd. 200 v._
T17-103 Capacitor, ceramic unit ._ _
T16-156 T16-157 T16-197 T83-421 T10-554 T24-188 T23-162 T21-158 T47-108 T76-13 T82-67 T58-80 T31-160 T83-642 T60-727 T60-728 T60-726 T60-730 T60-669 T60-770 T60-708 T60-760
T60-753 T60-668
Capacitor, .01 mfd. 400 v.
Capacitor, .1 mfd. 200 v.
Capaictor, .05 mfd. 400 v.
Clip, I.F. transformer mounting
Coil, oscillator
Control, volume and switch
Cord, power, AC/DC
Cover, bottom _ ___________
Grommet, variable condenser
Insulator, electrolytic _____,
Loop, antenna
Pointer
Plate, dial backing
Rectifier, selenium
_.
Resistor, 100,000 ohm, 1/2 w.
Resistor, 10 meg., 1/2 W. _.__.
Resistor, 2.2 meg., 1/2 w.
Resistor, 47,000 ohm, 1/2 w.
Resistor, 4.7 meg., 1/2 w. --
Resistor, 470 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
Resistor, 680 ohm, Iii w. 10%
Resistor, 10,000 ohm, 1/2 w.
10%
Resistor, 220 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
Resistor, 1 meg., 1/2 w._
Schematic
Port
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
R14 R15 R16 R17
52 1, T2
3
T60-756
T60-725 T60 -C75 T60-757 T83-661 T75-81 T75-82 T71-42 T68-39 T77-151 T70-103 T70-135 T79-381 T69-186 T10-508 T80-245 T86-51 T86-112 T86-136
Resistor, 1200 ohm, 1/2 w.,
10%
Resistor, 160 ohm, 3 w. 5%__
Resistor, 1000 ohm, 1/2 w.
Resistor, 2000 ohm, 10 w. 5%
Retainer, tube shield
__. _
Shaft, pointer drive ______________
Shaft, condenser drive
Shield, tube
Socket, miniature wafer
-
Spacer, variable condenser
Spring, pointer drive
Spring, condenser drive
Speaker, 4" x 6" P.M.
Switch, Batt./AC/DC
Transformer, I.F.
Transformer, output _.
Washer, "C", pointer shaft Washer, "C", tuning shaft
Washer, compression, tuning
shaft
CABINET PARTS
T42-467
T22-155 T64-9 T42-467 T53-3 T49-4 T40-160 T52-308 T97-112 T70-163 T53-2
Cabinet (front case only, less escutcheon and hardware)
Clip (cabinet) Clip (back cover) Cover, back (less hardware) Cover, handle End caps, handle
Escutcheon
Knob Screw, self -tapping Spring, hinge
Strap, handle
SELENIUM RECTI FIER
C9, CIO, C I I,
C12 e C13
C15
R3
RI5
C ®T¿ RR6a Re
R
17
Kea
.
OR1.11C6
8
CI7
2
O7R9 C
O 14
RIO
TI®
R12
I
11_22
IID
Xi)
R4 R13
LOCATION OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
2 TURNS
TUNING SHAFT
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-13
!ON-OFF SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
MODEL 220, Ch. 528.173
o
CI
T3
o T?
o AKI
I
\
/
LINE CORD
LI -LOOP LINE CORD PLUG SHOWN IN POSITIGA
FOR BATTERY OPERATION
LOCATION OF PARTS ON TOP OF CHASSIS
GANG CONDENSER SHOWN FULLY IN MESH
GANG CONDENSER SHOWN FULLY IN MESH
TUNING SHAFT
TENSION SPRING
ENGAGE STRING BEHIND TAB POINTER STRING DIAGRAM
3 TURNS
SHOULDER RIVET
TUNING SHAFT STRING DIAGRAM
STRING AND POINTER HOOKUP
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil Generator ground lead connected Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
0.4 y.
To B- through 0.1 mfd. capacitor 30%, 400 cycles Fully on
Pointer should be horizontal, pointing to left (9 o'clock).
Position of
Tuner
Min. Cap.
Generator
Freq.
455 kc
Dummy Antenna
0.1 mfd.
Generator Connection
Pin #6 of
1U4 I-F Amp.
Adjustments (in order shown)
T2 (top and bottom)
Function I.F.
Max. Microvolts Input to produce
.05 w. output
5000
Min. Cap.
455 kc
0.1 mfd.
Pin #6 of T1 (top and
I.F.
250
1R5 Cony.
bottom)
Min. Cap.
1625 kc
0.1 mfd.
Stator ant.
C2
Osc.
tuner
1400 kc
1400 kc
Hazeltine
Cl
Loop
100
Test Loop
ALIGNMENT NOTES:
1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation transformer when aligning on AC. 2. The alignment must be done in the order given above.
3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-M SEARS, ROEBUCK
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-15
MODEL 225, Ch. 528.171
PARTS LIST
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
Cl, C2, C3
C4, C5, C6 C8, C11 C9, CI 0, C20, C21, C22 C12, C17 C13 C14 C15, C16 C18, C19 L3 R11,51
LI
R1 R2, R 17 R3, RS R4 R6 R7
CHASSIS
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
T84-391 Cable, assembly, battery
T83-421 Clip, I.F. transformer mounting
T18-296 Capacitor, electrolytic
T19-208 Capacitor, variable 13 gang)
116-153 Capacitor, .005 mfd. 600 v.
T17-103 Capacitor, ceramic unit
T16-152 T15-186 T16-150 T16-157 T16-179 TI0-553 T24-186 184-77 T51-105 T47-108 176-13 T52-196 T82-66 T45-121 T58-78 T39-265 T83-642 T60-744 T60-669 T60-728 T60-730 T60-704 T60-727
Capacitor, .05 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, 10 mmfd. mica Capacitor, .02 mfd. 400 v. Capacitor, .1 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, .05 mfd. 400 v. Coil, oscillator Control, volume, with switch Cord, power, AC/DC
Cord, pointer travel, 29"
Grommet, variable condenser Insulator, electrolytic Knob, AC/DC/Battery switch Loop, antenna Plug, AC/DC Pointer
Pulley, diet cord Rectifier, selenium Resistor, 22,000 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 4.7 meg., Ih w. Resistor, 10 meg., Y2 w. Resistor, 47,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 330 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 100,000 ohm, 1/2 w.
PART NUMBER
T44-12 T42-466 T67-549 T40-158 T98-14 T52-306
CABINET
DESCRIPTION Baffle Cabinet Dial scale Escutcheon Grille Cloth Knob
SCHEMATIC LOCATION R8 R9 RIO, R19 R12, R15 R13 R14 R16 R18
S2
T1, T2 T3 L2
BATTERY POWER SWITCH
POWER CORD RETAINER
POWER CORD AND PLUG
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
T60-676 160-770
Resistor, 30,000 ohm, V2 w. Resistor, 470 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
T60-726 Resistor, 2.2 meg., 1/2 w.
T60-729 T60-708
Resistor, 1500 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 680 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
T60-796 Resistor, 110 ohm, 3 w. 10%
T60-757 T60-668 T75-69
Resistor, 2000 ohm, 10 w. 5% Resistor, 1 meg., 1/2 w. Shaft, tuning
T68-39
Socket, miniature, wafer
T79-380 Speaker, 5" P.M.
T70-122 Spring, dial cord
T69-173 Switch, AC/DC/Battery
110-508 180-228
Transformer, 1st and 2nd I.F. Transformer, output
Y10-535 Transformer, R.F.
T86-51
Washer, "C", tuning shaft
T86-80
Washer, compression, tuning shaft
OPERATION
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 225,
Ch. 528.171
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil Generator ground lead connected
0.4 v. To B- through 0.1 mfd. capacitor
Generator modulation
30%, 400 cycles
Position of volume control
Fully on
Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
Center of pointer lined up with extreme right dot on dial backing plate. (Chassis right side up.)
Position of
Tuner Min. Cap.
Min. Cap.
Min. Cap.
1400 kc
1400 kc
Generator Freq. 455 kc 455 kc
1610 kc 1400 kc 1400 kc
Dummy Antenna
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
Generator Connection
Pin #6 of
1U4 I -F Amp.
Pin #6 of
1R5 Cony.
Stator ant. tuner
Stator ant. tuner
Hazeltine Test Loop
Adjustments (in order shown)
T2 (top and bottom)
T1 (top and bottom)
C6
C5
C4
Function LF. I.F. Ose. R.F.
Loop
Max. Microvolts Input to produce
.05 w. output 5000 250
30 100
ALIGNMENT NOTES: 1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation transformer when aligning on AC. 2. The alignment must be done in the order given above. 3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.
TUNING SHAFT
ON-OFF SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
©John F. Rider
INSERT POWER PLUG HERE FOR ACYDC OPERATION -
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-17
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-18 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL 225, Ch. 528.171-1
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil Generator ground lead connected Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
0.4 y.
To B- through 0.1 mfd. capacitor
30%, 400 cycles
Fully on
Center of pointer lined up with extreme right dot on dial backing plate. (Chassis right side up.)
Position of
Tuner Min. Cap.
Min. Cap.
Min. Cap.
1400 kc
1400 kc
Generator Freq. 455 kc
455 kc
1625 kc
1400 kc
1400 kc
Dummy Antenna
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
0.1 mfd.
Generator Connection
Pin #6 of
1U4 I-F Amp.
Pin #6 of
1R5 Cony.
Adjustments (in order shown)
T2 (top and bottom)
Ti (top and
bottom)
Stator ant.
C6
tuner
Stator ant.
CS
tuner
Hazeltine
C4
Test Loop
Function LF. LP. Osc. R.F.
Loop
Max. Microvolts Input to produce
.05 w. output 5000 250
30 100
ALIGNMENT NOTES: 1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation transformer when aligning on AC. 2. The alignment must be done in the order given above. 3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.
TUNING SHAFT
C6 C5
ON-OFF SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
i
©John F. Rider
t
LINE CORD PLUG SHOWN IN POSITION FOR BATTERY OPERATION
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-19
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-20 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 225, Ch. 52J.171-1
PARTS LIST
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
Cl, C2, C3
C4, C5, C6 C8, Cl I C9, C10, C20, C21, C22 C12, C17 C13 C14 C15, C16 C18, C19 L3 R11, S1
L1
R1 R2, R17 R3, R5 R4 R6 R7
CHASSIS
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
T84-391 Cable, assembly, battery
T83-421 Clip, I.F. transformer mounting
T18-296 Capacitor, electrolytic
T19-208 Capacitor, variable (3 gang)
T16-153 Capacitor, .005 mfd. 600 v.
T17-103 Capacitor, ceramic unit
T16-152 T15-186 T16-150 T16-157 T16-179 T10-553 T24-186 T23-151 151-105 T47-108
Capacitor, .05 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, 10 mmfd. mica Capacitor, .02 mfd. 400 v. Capacitor, .1 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, .05 mfd. 400 v. Coil, oscillator Control, volume, with switch Cord, power, AC/DC
Cord, pointer travel, 29"
Grommet, variable condenser
SCHEMATIC LOCATION
R8 R9 R10
R12,R15
R13 R14 R16 R18 R19
S2
T1, T2 T3 L2
T76-13 Insulator, electrolytic
T82-66 Loop, antenna
T58-78 Pointer
T39-265 Pulley, dial cord
T83-642 Rectifier, selenium
T60-744 Resistor, 22,000 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
T60-669 Resistor, 4.7 meg., 1/2 w.
T60-728 Resistor, 10 meg., 1/2 w.
T60-730 T60-704 T60-727
Resistor, 47,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 330 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 100,000 ohm, 1/2 w.
POWER CORD PLUG SHOWN IN POSITION
FOR BATTERY OPERATION
POWER CORD RETAINER
PART NUMBER
T44-12 T42-466 T67-549 T40-158 T98-14 T52-306
CABINET
DESCRIPTION Baffle Cabinet Dial scale Escutcheon Grille cloth Knob
OPERATION
PART NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
T60-745 T60-770 T60-726 160-729 T60-708 T60-796 T60-757 T60-668 160-799 T75-69 T68-39 T79-380 170-122 T69-186 T10-508 T80-228 T10-535 186-51 T86-80
Resistor, 27,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 470 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 2.2 meg., 1/2 w. Resistor, 1500 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 680 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 110 ohm, 3 w. 10% Resistor, 2000 ohm, 10 w. 5% Resistor, 1 meg., 1/2 w. Resistor, 820,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Shaft, tuning Socket, miniature, wafer Speaker, 5" P.M. Spring, dial cord Switch, AC/DC/Battery Transformer, 1st and 2nd I.F. Transformer, output Transformer, R.F.
Washer, "C", tuning shaft
Washer, compression, tuning shaft
T ^T -
U.
3V )BACK OF iu5)
.ns
(SACK F
BATTERY CORD
CATALOG NO. 6404
"AB" BATTERY PACK
°John F. Rider
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-21
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293
5.5
16
6
14
7891012
VOL. -ON-OFF
S:e_:gyrA-rz.2
{
Fig. 1. Front View
TUNING
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
Your new automobile receiver is a 5 -tube (plus recti- To turn the receiver on, rotate the volume control and
fier) superheterodyne, designed to operate from the 6 volt storage battery in your car. It is a universal type of receiver for mounting underneath the dash panel. It has a self-contained PM speaker, and covers the frequency range 540 to i600 K.C. Two simple controls are pro-
vided for operating the receiver. (see fig. i) .
switch knob (left hand knob) to the right about half its range. After allowing about 3o seconds for the tubes to warm up, the desired station may be tuned by rotating the tuning control (right hand knob) to the desired frequency. The dial scale is calibrated in kilocycles minus
Special care has been taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, there -by insuring good reception of even distant or weak stations. The unit is simple to install, the antenna input
the final two zeros. After the station has been properly tuned, the volume may be adjusted by means of the volume control knob. To increase the volume, turn the control to the right; to decrease the volume, turn it to
circuit adjustable to permit the use of any two or three the left. Turning this control to the left as far as it will
section whip sr "fish pole" anterma.
go, turns the radio off.
EYELET
1 -COMPLETE TURN OF STRING ABOVE EYELET-2ATURNS BELOW. LOOP BOTH ENDS OF STRING AROUND EYELET.
(GANG CON
IN CLOSED ROSITION.
FLEXIBLE-DRIVE TUNING SHAFT
22TURN
DIAL POINTER DRIVE a STRINGING DIAGRAM
©John F. Rider
Fig. 2.
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-22 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, ammeter condenser and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 1, 3 and 9, and following the instructions outlined below,
you will find that it is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car.
Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two ye" holes in the instrument panel flange. Now secure
the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument
panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap
b.ROLSCISEw
should be formed by bending to the
correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 3, so that it can then be fastened to the fire wall. After marking and
M1
LOCrtMSMEII
P3ffEU
SPACERRRSMu
cs.. LOCR.RºtR It) «TERRA TANNER TC
RßTRRTqR, PALLI. PROM, »PA RAPE
center-punching the fire wall at the LOCRARIP(R
correct location, drill with a 3/8" drill.
The mounting strap is then secured to
the radio and fastened to the fire wall of the car with the 1/q" bolt, lock
ART RECEPTACLE
washer and nut furnished with the
receiver.
PORT
EIREM.LL
Fig. 3. Side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the antenna receptacle provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1400 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 3) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume by turning the screw to the left or right with a small screw driver.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S-84-192, and the Suppression and Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-232, as. listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-147.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/8" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/g" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
1 Washer -Spacer
S84-232 SUPPRESSION KIT Cr MISC. PARTS
S84-233 "A" lead assem. A43-10 Fuse A81-13 Sleeve (for fuse)
1 S84-193 Suppression Kit consisting of :
2 .5 MFD Condensers 1 Distributor Suppressor 20" Wire Braid
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-23 MODEL ó293,
Ch. 32:í.6293
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these
it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut the lead two inches from the end, and screw the distributor resistor on to the coil lead, then screw the short length into the resistor and plug the cable into the distributor cap.
AMMETER CONDENSER
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attaching to the ammeter. This should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby. In most cases the use of this condenser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser, will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These leads will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or it the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF FIRE WALL RODS AND TUBES
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the Lire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and Pods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
°Jelin F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-24 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 2 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
1 75 watts, undistorted 3 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
1 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
The tube compliment of this receiver is as follows:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA7GT--Converter. i-6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1--6V6GT-Power output. 1-6X5GT-Rectifier.
SERVICE NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maxi- The bottom cover (the one with the speaker louvers)
mum position, all tubes in their sockets, no signal applied, can be removed to permit servicing of major components,
and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms such as tubes and vibrator, by removing the eight (8)
per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the schematic screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3)
diagram (Fig. 7).
screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage the front.
of 6.3 volts DC.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover,
To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each con- to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting
denser with another one having the same capacity and volt- the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be
age rating which is known to be good until the defective removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the
unit is located.
rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
recessed in a 1/Z inch hole in the case itself, thereby permitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two
it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8)
the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at
Always make certain that other circuit components, such the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front
as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before pro- of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear
ceeding with realignment.
the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be
under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" ter-
realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as minal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise
a final check.
the receiver will not operate properly.
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
RITO
C15
RI3
C
14
C17 r
RI4
ICa0413 9c a
ORII'
R7R
IO, o
jli
3 RI2 %
L2
RMIiRIz RS
6
0TÎ C
R4
RI
C2
LI
R15
IBM
T
L4
C4
C19
2ND. I.F.TRIMMER
455 K.C.
IST. I4. F5. 5TRIKM.CM. ER
Fig. 4. Bottom View
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
_--.u- V w
C1
n
E w
c ú
Of cy
- - LL LL O
Ó
o
c
- E t
o 5
ó
LL
ÿ Q
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-25
MODEL 6293,
Ch. 528.6293
/ aoi
^ m >
3
>.
u"'
uñ
Xw ó
*
~
wn á
I
/
M C
O 6d
áo r 2o m
º s
v
° 71
Ó
a
,ó
, ó
~
C. LL
3
ÿ
0 ^
EEEEE ; ó > > >
; E
`x 'X "Ti
E E
'x
E
E 'K
~ <
ì` ` # Ó
/¡
O
(°
p" t
o
Ñ h. v
:EO! G-c
`Ó
É
._
Ód
D
0 W o
-1.'
`c
c
°
y
'; ÿ
v
>
..
LL
>
ó
w .óv,.
3MO L 0u
o v c ó
N ó
Ñ
.
v d
c'CcW
c O.
c
éEó
E
É~ v ÉO
e°
E E u o
W E
ZcO
D.
> O
E
0 >
O
íN-
~
V V
tG
V
V
O
º
ce
A.
H
Z
W
p
ä
-2- .6
0° vO°
ó(-5
N N
v
a
o
'
<
v
<
c
J
a
cd ó
-0'4'3'^ c1
á É
LL
LL
0 > >>
N
'5O v _Ni
a
`c
-dy
O
,_E
w
2
3
6
o
01
- p O
0ÿú ár
_v
'p
o1
> á
"g
c
O
o
c
o,
VU e'ó
ó é
Y
Y
V Y
c9e
uv ,
h
-e
0
'a
V Y
0 0 ^
U
0
0
E E
c
a`c,
o°c 0 ó v
d ó
á l
O >
É >
v c
ÿó N
éá d
o
v o.
á'É
`c
>
o
O
w
c
º'
Ti
N
u u
'n W c C c ÿ
> O
Z O
á
c
V
U O
V O
o W cc
c c
p Ó
Ó
ó
io z O ñ T
ó O T
u5
paaci
T
'rn° rn o
C
C
O1
D1
IcD-,.o_E
cDoE
l-' '.-
.G 1O-
0 p
4.0:77=1,......-----
\
U V"
zs=
lai r
3 ii
4
-T>, eT-
r(0-É- ,VL.I1J VJCEO_Zwo
1? FAIM,
4
CDa
0
Y YOV OV
N
ó
ó u
Ui
v
--'c..-
1
(nD
Z.
CO
a.
O
a
Cr
m
9
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-26 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 0293, Ch. 52J.ó293
Y
ú
i
s
oa o. O
0>V0
a
o,!
roá
NN S=
WJ
+.Qo
o ú
J U
(n
Z
©John F. Rider
Ir
m
(-%1101,
J
www.americanradiohistory.com
G b c
b 2.5
Ó
° e
[ u .º ,ó
ta ,rO+ .Ç
2 .~ii
4a
V
u
..y
y
°,
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-27 MODEL 293, Ch. 528.6293
cr
ócwrw0
gz
0cc Cr Qp-' wZ
Q0
ZZ0
111
C.
o
e uni
y o ^Y. r+ 1.')
. ,.ur b ^ tn
c
pb¿' wO
y
a,
. . c,
,o `^
c L
tu.i
.y
.N 5
.
W
. O
M
y
N
c 4.4 a
col I. v
O u
1
ye 2 Cc
V RE .v `
C
ÿ
ǧ " R7 ca
.c
'A) a!
u
2 . aNi
..°;
124
.. °3
ro O 4 v v
.c c
u w
, C -.0 .
bLc d'i
v
to.
.S ri g Y. >
dL.
C-L.
CO
h 2
«-.
C g
rL _
ó
N -
eb
2ijj ce w Q. ro
` tvn
CU
1.5^cç"o N
2 .5 3 .a .n
55
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-28 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293
REPAIR
PARTS
LIST
Schimatk
Location
CIA, dB, C 1 C
C2, C9, C13 C3, C5, C6 C4, C7 C8, C10 C11 C12 C14 C15, C17 C16 C18 C19 C20
C22 C23 C24
LT LZ
L3
14
L5 L6 R9, S2
RT
R2, R4 R3, R7 R5 R6 R8
0 R 1
R1 1
RIZ R13 R14 R15 R16, R17
SI TI T2 T3 T4
Part No.
819-203 A16-201 A16-189 A16-197 A15-196 A16-177 A16-187 A16-200 A15-176 A16-184 A16-202 A20-145 A16-185 A18-289
A83-421 A10-527 B10-525 B10-528 B10-526 A33-229 A33-234 A24-177 A51-105 B67-541 A47-112 A47-114 S84-233 S84-192 S84-193 A52-293 A89-10 A31-147 A58-76 A87-38 A60-753 A60-744 A60-661 A60-722 A60-766 A60-726 A60-728 A60-667 A60-765 A60-731 A60-754 A60-694 A60-752 B75-72 B79-373 B31-134 A69-185 A10-521 A10-529 B80-249 880-243 A34-105
Description
Capacitor-variable, worm drive
Capacitor-.01 mfd.-600 v.
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-400 v.
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-200 v.
Capacitor-mica-100 mmfd.
Capacitor-ceramic-.005 mfd.
Capacitor-.1 mfd.-400 v.
Capocitor-.003 mfd.-600 v.
Capacitor-mico-250 mmfd.
Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v.
Capacitor-.5 mid.-100 v.
Capacitor-ceramic-antenna trimmer
Capacitor-.005 mfd.-1600 v.
Capacitor-electrolytic
20 mfd.-25 v.
30 mfd.-350 v.
20 mfd.-350 Y.
Clip-I.F. transformer mounting
Coil-Antenna loading
Coil-Antenna
Coil-R. F.
Coil --Oscillator
Coil-"A" line choke
Coil-Vibrator hash choke
Control-ON-OFF and VOLUME
Cord-Pointer travel, 17"
Dial -Station
Grommet-Speaker and variable capacitor mounting
Grommet-Fibre-Flexible shaft bearing
Kit-"A" lead assembly
Kit-Mounting ports
Kit-Suppression, assembly
Knob-Volume and tuning
Lamp-Dial-G. E. No. 422
Plate-Mounting, front
Pointer-Dial
Receptacle-Antenna cable
Resistor-220 ohm-'h w.
Resistor-22,000 ohm -1/2 w.
Resistor-330,000 ohm-'/2 w.
-1 Resistor--470 ohm-1/2 w.
Resistor-8100 ohm w.
Resistor-2.2 megohm-'/2 w.
-10 Resistor
megohm-1/2 w.
Resistor-220,000 ohm-1/2 w.
Resistor --4700 ohm-T w.
-1 Resistor--470,000 ohm-'/z w.
Resistor-270 ohm w.
-1 Resistor -470 ohm-Vs w.
Resistor-100 ohm
w.
-4" Shaft-Tuning drive-flexible
Speaker
P.M.
Strap-Mounting, rear
Switch-Rear seat speaker
Transformer-I.F. No. 1
Transformer-l.F. No. 2
Transformer-Output part of speaker)
Transformers-Power
Vibrator-Mallory No. 659
IMPORTANT: All tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°Cj wax type.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-29 MODEL 6293,
Ch. 528.6293-2
5.5
16
6
14
7891012
VOL. -ON-OFF
Fig. 1 Front View
TUNING
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
Your new automobile receiver is a 5 -tube (plus rectifier) superheterodyne, designed to operate from the 6
To turn the receiver on, rotate the volume control and switch knob (left hand knob) to the right about half its
volt storage battery in your car. It is a universal type of range. After allowing about 3o seconds for the tubes to
receiver for mounting underneath the dash panel. It has warm up, the desired station may be tuned by rotating
a self-contained PM speaker, and covers the frequency range 54o to i600 K.C. Two simple controls are provided for operating the receiver. (see fig. 1).
the tuning control (right hand knob) to the desired frequency. The dial scale is calibrated in kilocycles minus the final two zeros. After the station has been properly
Special care has been taken in the design of this re- tuned, the volume may be adjusted by means of the
ceiver to insure the forest in sensitivity and selectivity, volume control knob. To increase the volume, turn the
there-by insuring good reception of even distant or weak stations. The unit is simple to install, the antenna input circuit adjustable to permit the use of any two or three section whip or "fish pole" antenna.
control to the right; to decrease the volume, turn it to the left. Turning this control to the left as far as it will go, turns the radio off.
RIVETS INSIDE VAR. CON D. HOLLOW
SHAFT.
IF DIAGRAM IS FOLLOWED STRING WILL
(GANG CON IN CLOSED POSITION
FLEXIBLE-DRIVE TUNING SHAFT
DIAL POINTER DRIVE a STRINGING DIAGRAM
©John F. Rider
Fig. 2 www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-30 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293, Ch. 523.6293-2
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to,you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, am_ meter condenser and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 1 and 2, and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car.
Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 7/32" holes in the instrument panel flange. Now secure
the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument
panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap should be formed by bending to the
NE,. YAEN. SCR[M
correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 3, so that it can then be fastened to the fire wall. After marking and center -punching the fire wall at the correct location, drill with a 3/g" drill.
LOCRYEEiRR
LOCK MASHER
OtJ j
C7M LocRVA2141[11
SIACERMASNER
ANTENNA TRIMMER EC 111
INSTRUYENT PANEL FRONT NTO PLATE
The mounting strap is then secured to
the radio and fastened to the fire wall of the car with the 1/4" bolt, lock
EAR AITO STRAP
TAIT RECEPTACLE
washer and nut furnished with the
BOLT
receiver.
MIT
RADIO
Fig. 2 Side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1100 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 2) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume. A small screw driver will be needed for this purpose.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression and Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-232 as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, pari No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-147.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/g" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/8" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
1 Washer-Spacer
S84-232 SUPPRESSION KIT C MISC. PARTS
1 S84-233 "A" lead assen. 1 S84-193 Suppression Kit
1 A43-10 Fuse
consisting of : 2 .5 MFD Condensers
1 A81-13 Sleeve (for fuse) 1 Distributor Suppressor 20" Wire Braid
"'John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-31
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293-2
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust,
etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise. (The following steps may not be necessary in all cases. Install your radio and operate
it before making changes.)
GENERATOR CONDENSER
The generator condenser must be 'connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut the lead two inches from the end, and screw the distributor resistor on to the coil lead, then screw the short length into the resistor and plug the cable into the distributor cap.
AMMETER CONDENSER
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attaching to the ammeter. This should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby. In most cases the use of this condenser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser, will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such
as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION WIRES
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartmeut, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF FIRE WALL RODS AND TUBES
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
Ü John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-32 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.629-2
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 2 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
1 75 watts, undistorted
3 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
3 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA7GT-Converter. 1-6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
A 6X5GT Rectifier is used.
SERVICE NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maximum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage diagram (Fig. 7).
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage
The bottoni cover (the one with the speaker louvers) can be removed to permit servicing of major components, such as tubes and vibrator, by removing the eight (8) screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3) screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in the front.
of 6.3 volts DC. To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each con-
denser with another one having the same capacity and voltage rating which is known to be good until the defective unit is located.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover, to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
recessed in a I/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby permitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless
it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8) screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as
a final check.
NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise the receiver will not operate properly.
R16
3 RIO,.I
C18 (\\> c.
2ND. I.F. TRIMMER
455 K.C. ©John F. Rider
45. TIST. I.F TRIMMER 5 K.0 Fig. 4. Bottom View
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS.
www.americanradiohistory.com
-6 « o
C ÉOÿ
m c
)7)
p 7
CT
L
á
° »
L.
L v°.
..-.
h j°-
0
,L
W .-
4';vJw iá u CI)
Or)
- n ii Q o
u
Ñ`p ú
ú> .Ó
LL
_
d
E
O 3 m « I
o0)a
v v
ÿ
ó
W
0
p
v-
a ó ó
c E
Cr
E O
5 7 a
É
E D
H ZQ
E
o
L
u-
ca c
I-
W <
_o`
m
C
O
Ts
..II
Q
v°
4,.u 13
N
° L
a
t..i
°
u
ar
E
o
°
ó
....
c
_ o
3 v
v 6
_ w
ci,
``o
N
>O O
°
E -
v C
C
N .E
N
ó
V
rn d N -p
E ° o
°
°c
v
i d r> á
._ ó
`
o°a.a' u
o
á °
c rn
I
> ç
v E j
¿
° o
d
v
o
a
É
5 ó Éc
o wó ú
E
a CC
Ñ
C CC
d >Te Z
U U U GG
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-33
MODEL 6293, Ch. 523.6293-2
u:.- " c
_LL
É .4
`o
0
o
c
k
m
>
a
r. °
a
u
OC
Q
Q
Q
W
rqhf
ut),,
x`°,-0
f
VV
C 0
ó*4--
V
O N
NXs-
$
{O
E E E
E
E
,EE1r ijó j-j;-
X
e 0
í o
1
U.
(O
L
Ñú
4_ Y
_'
Ñ
I
-
`c
. E
F-
.'
<
aì -O
F-
E -V óU I-
.-
I
U
COE:IN
V
Z
a
U
`p ,,0., .,
/
sc;W
sg0
,
o
,_i
0Z.-
LL=7F
4rU
1'ó
2`s
egg uá
0d t 7°ó C C)
1ó3
P°. p n
73s
ú
C Vó
vQi ..0
tre -,c,
Q
c"E.
Q c
- óóó oé;_< a a i' In
-i
h
N N
hr.
Ail
5 /
w Z
Za 0
:d
c
U
L
> U
YOU OOU caY
N
ó
ú
o 7..' 1`
°
.
Y' e e
V Y
0
0 p
é i
h
`7
V
O
o
0
Y
oO
^
O o
Up
/
É E
t-
h
/ (O
a01
cor\c c
cc ó.
a a Q
a O
c
a a
Q
>.
aVvN co
capó
á ó
w
á
>
- c
.1)mT
0,
p7
" ''' go I-- w .p- O
>C7
(D
OI-
Q
CC
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-34 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6293,
Ch. 52rß.6293-2
- R
Q
ß= a
IIO 11
J N
OVQ
I 7
ú
7
I
II T
I
I
I
I
v
C
I'111
I
©
o
O
m
>
II
,5a o aa
II JI
F b
I(
Co
YÑN7V O
I\
io
o
J
-sllU
.
W:{Wá -110
.°= U
Ihpl z
` 5W
J
+
,,,90000
000060
iII:I
á
ó
o
Ñá
oh-
o
3
YLL
i
(D
u
Ic II
co
.9_00000400
000QQ401
ÓTíT
i-Ih
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-35
MODEL 6293, Ch. 528.6293-2
0
ç
é
C
^Ö
á6J ä4 ..M
a,v
. .
n h 0 al fa
CI)
-y-I
C
^
v ..yi
.ny. .-+
41 o
ÿ
ij ÿ
Q4, bai C .3 u
b a O
aJ
p`7a4Ó° .a+ ú
upo
C:1
+ áó
ú v .
W
w Ç
~ai
b v
ú Ó a,
ó'w w º" w
° ÿ
. 7,)'
a.+
°x 6) 62Y
A .,
7y4,a a,
°AN,
.no
a Ó oarl'
.4 ' c ;;
ya
ÿ
a. ai
cc
H
a
Q E--4
go C
. a. ó0
E á
On.
ÿN O
O
Ñ
V¡
w Ñ
O. t.
a.
CQ^3 00 -d `n v°.
U
w
a
a
E 3...)
w
. b 4] Ñ ª:
º ÿ Z c.. a) ° H
ce
O
,n
Ce
n
o'
N
cr
y
.......,,,,e,e
LL .0
u
o 3
^o áO
C
° u
c L., "2 CL)
v d
O
"ars
b ^.. w.,,
V r.
4!
R.
ú
v °
Qo a du 'óu d
ú> cl.
C
CA
o
C° w Co
ú'.:, í.., '
a) aJ
w
ta).
C>aZi
o
E
h a)
... ú
" ,-
.G _C
.. Ç
a
Cp
C
ca C
áo ,
iñ
o
ca
in
-d
'Ti
a
óa. ca
o>,
º. -. e ÿ
.
A
ä C
4a-., cd
á a) p
C °
.[ a
4-4
os
o z
J J V
i
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-36 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 0293, Ch. 528.6293-2
REPAIR PARTS LIST
Schematic Location
CIA, C1B, C1C
C2, C13 C3, C5, C6 C4, C9 C8, C10 C11 C12 C14 C16 C18 C19 C20 C21
C22 C23 C24
L1
L2 L3 L4
LS L6 R9, S2
R1
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R8 R10 R11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16, R17
S1
T1 T2 T3 T4
Part No.
B19-205 A16-201 A16-189 A16-190 A15-196 A16-177 A16-187 A16-200 A16-184 A16-202 A20-145 A16-185 A15-205 A18-289
A83-421 A10-527 B10-525 B10-535 B10-536 A33-229 A33-234 A24-182 A51-105 B67-541 A47-112 A47-114 S84-233 584-192 584-193 A52-294 A89-10 A31-147 A58-76 A87-38 A60-753 A60-760 A60-661 A60-744 A60-767 A60-716 A60-726 A60-728 A60-667 A60-765 A60-731 A60-754 A60-694 A60-752 A75-74 B75-73 B79-373 B31-134 A69-185 A10-521 A10-529 B80-249 B80-243 A34-105
Description
Capacitor-variable-worm drive Capacitor-.01 mfd.-600 v. Capacitor-.05 mfd.-400 v.
Capacitor-.005mfd.-600 v.
Capacitor-mica-100 mmfd.
Capacitor-ceromic-.005 mfd. Capacitor-.1 mfd.-400 v. Capacitor-.003 mfd.-600 v. Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v. Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v.
Capacitor-ceramic--antenna trimmer Capacitor-.005 mfd.-1600 v.
Capacitor-ceramic-12 MMFD. (temp. comp.)
Capacitor-electrolytic
20 mfd.-25 y. 30 mfd.-350 v. 20 mfd.-350 v. Clip-I.F. transformer mounting Coil-Antenna loading
Coil-Antenna Coil-R. F. Coil-Oscillator
Coil-"A" line choke
Coil-Vibrator hash choke
Control-ON-OFF and VOLUME, 500,000 ohm
Cord-Pointer travel, 17" Dial-Station
Grommet-Speaker and variable capacitor mounting
Grommet-Fibre-Flexible shaft bearing
Kit-"A" lead assembly
Kit-Mounting parts
Kit-Suppression, assembly
Knob-Volume and tuning Lamp-Dial-G.E. No. 422 Plate-Mounting, front Pointer-Dial
Receptacle-Antenna cable
Resistor-220 ohm-V2 watt
Resistor-10,000 ohm- V2 watt
Resistor -330,000 ohm -1/2 watt
Resistor-22,000 ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-150 ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-15,000 ohm-I watt
Resistor-2.2 megohm-1/2 watt Resistor-10 megohm-Yi watt
-1 Resistor-220,000 ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-4700 ohm watt
Resistor -470,000 ohm -1/2 watt
-1 Resistor-270 ohm watt
-1 Resistor-470 ohm
watt
Resistor-100 ohm-1/2 wott
Shaft-Pointer
-4" Shoft-Tuning drive-flexible
Speaker
P.M.
Strap-Mounting, rear
Switch-Rear seat speaker
Transformer-I.F. No. 1
Transformer-I.F. No. 2
Transformer-Output (port of speaker)
Transformer-Power
Vibrator-Mallory No. 659
IMPORTANT: All tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°C.) wax type.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
6"X9"OVAL SPEAKER
CONTROL UNIT
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-37
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
7" ROUND SPEAKER
6" X 9" RUBBER BAFFLE d SCREEN
POWER UNIT
7"RUBBER BAFFLE a SCREEN
Fig. 1. Parts in Master Package
Only one of the speakers illustrated is supplied with each radio; the type of speaker you receive will be determined by the make of car for which the radio is ordered.
-
¢,J
©John F. Rider
Fig. 2. Custom Style Mounting www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-38 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
DESCRIPTION
Your SILVERTONE radio is a newly designed DE LUXE PUSHBUTTON TUNING AUTOMOBILE RECEIVER of
advance superheterodyne circuit design, for operation on the six volt storage battery in your car. It covers the frequency
range from 540 KC to 1600 KC. In addition to PUSHBUTTON TUNING it features BASS -COMPENSATED VOLUME
CONTROL Power Unit
supplemented by and the Speaker
a MANUAL TONE CONTROL. It
(See Fig. 1)-and is supplied with
consists of three principal parts-the Control Unit, the
mounting parts to accommodate either custom instalia-
tion in the instrument panel or underdash mounting. (See Figs. 2 and 3.)
Special care has been taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, thereby insuring good reception of even distant or very weak stations. It is simple to install. The antenna input circuit is adjustable to permit the use of any two, three or four section telescopic, whip or "fishpole" type antenna.
Each complete radio, with accessories, is made up in two separate packages, one carton containing the Escutcheon Kit and speaker mounting hardware, the other carton containing the Control Unit, the Power Unit and either a 7" round speaker or a 6"x9" oval speaker, depending on the make and and model of the car for which the radio *as ordered. This second carton will be stamped with the letter "A" to indicate that it contains a 7" round speaker, or the letter "B" to indicate the 6"x9" oval speaker.
Control Unit Escutcheon Kits (instrument panel matching or universal) are supplied as a separate item, thus permitting you to transfer the radio from one car to another with only the small expense of replacing the Escutcheon Kit and speaker if you desire to match the instrument panel of your new or different car. Instrument panel matching Escutcheon Kits for most popular late model cars are available at your nearest Sears retail store or Mail Order House. If your Silvertone radio is equipped with a universal underdash tuning panel it may be transferred as is to a different car without changing the Escutcheon Kit. However, if you wish to change from an underdash mounting to a custom style instrument panel mounting, this can be accomplished by discarding the universal Escutcheon Kit and replacing it with an instrument panel matching Escutcheon Kit and G"x9" oval speaker, if necessary), as outlined above.
INSTALLATION
THE SPEAKER
The speakers (7" round or 6"x9" oval) are supplied with sponge rubber baffles for mounting on flat or curved instrument panels. The rubber baffle for the 7" round speaker has flared sides so that it will cover an oval opening in the car's speaker grill as well as a round opening.
Speaker mounting hardware is supplied with each Escutcheon Kit for mounting the speaker in your car. This includes a "U-shaped" bracket for mounting the round speaker in cars on which it is not possible to mount the speaker on existing bolts.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS PERTAINING TO THE MOUNTING OF THE SPEAKER AND CONTROL UNIT IN THE CAR FOR WHICH YOU ORDERED YOUR RADIO ARE CONTAINED IN THE LEAFLET PACKED IN THE ESCUTCHEON KIT.
° John F. Rider
Fig. 3. Underdash Mounting www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-39
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
MOUNTING THE POWER UNIT
The power unit mounts on the firewall (see Fig. 3). Determine a suitable position for mounting it by holding the case in your hands against the firewall. When a suitable position has been determined, then check the underhood side of the wall, to make sure there is no obstruction
to prevent drilling a hole and inserting
the mounting bolt. Having located a suit-
able position that will permit drilling,
PLATE
mark and drill a 5/16" hole. Insert the 1/4 inch diameter by 3 inch long, carriage
FIREWALL
type mounting bolt into the hole from the underdash side and attach the lockwasher
-
/ FLAT WASHER ,LOCKWASHER
and nut on the underhood side, but do not
tighten. Now holding the case in a verti-
cal position (with wingnut on the bot-
RCCGCGGIGCCC[[E G:iGGC[:[[I GG;Ci[[GC'i
tom), bring the case up to the bolt and
slide the channel in the !rountng plate
down over the head of the bolt. The lock -
CARRIAGE BOLT
washer and nut on the underhood side
should then be tightened down securely.
If, because of limited space, you find it
necessary to mount the power unit in a horizontal or angle position, this type of mounting is entirely satisfactory and has no ill effect on the operation of the radio.
Fig. 3. Power Unit Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the plug into the antenna receptacle on the side of the control unit (see Fig. 4). Plug the speaker and power cables into the sockets provided on the sides of the Power Unit. Connect thed'A" lead to the battery side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the holder in the "A' lead. These connections are illustra ted in Fig. 4.
SPEAKER CABLE
6"x 9" OVAL
c
SPEAKER
"A" LEAD
POWER
UNIT
7" ROUND
SPEAKER
° John F. Rider
POWER CABLE CONTROL
UNIT-
ANTENNA RECEPTACLE
CI ANTENNA TRIMMER
Fig. 4. Connecting the Radio
www.americanradiohistory.com
AMMETER CONDENSER
FUSE HOLDER
PAGE 21-40 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
CONTROLS
There are six operating controls on the front of the Control Unit, (see Fig. 5). The two outside knobs are dual purpose controls, the other four are PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. The left-hand control consists of two knobs mounted on concentric shafts; the front knob (round) is the ON-OFF -SWITCH and VOLUME CONTROL; the rear knob (with four points) is the MANUAL TONE CONTROL. The knob on the right is the MANUAL TUNING CONTROL and it also serves as a fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. The use of these controls is explained below.
VOLUME-TONE ON-OFF PUSHBUTTONS
Fig. S. Control Unit Pane!
THE ON -OFF -SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
When the outer left knob is turned all the way to the left the receiver is switched off and there is no drain from the car's battery. Rotating the knob part of a turn toward the right switches the receiver on and illuminates the dial. Further rotation of the knob increases the volume. After a station has been tuned in properly the volume control knob should be adjusted to give the desired volume.
MANUAL TUNING
Use the right-hand knob to tune in stations manually. To select a station, push in the knob and tune the radio by turning the knob until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned.
The dial is marked in Kilocycles minus the final two zeroes. Always tune carefully for the clearest sound and minimum background noise.
PUSHBUTTON TUNING
Adjusting the pushbutton station selectors is simple and quick. No tools are required and a button may be set up for a new station in a few seconds. Each button can be tuned to any station in the broadcast band; thus you can arrange the tuning in any order to suit your convenience.
Before making the following adjustments, turn the radio on and let it warm up for 15 minutes. Choose the PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR you wish to adjust, and push the button all the way in; it will lock in this position. Now tune in the station to which you wish to pre-tune by turning the button to right or left until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned, but to insure the accuracy of the setting, keep the volume control turned low and adjust the button for sharpest tuning. This will be indicated when the sound is clearest and noise at a minimum. The button is now properly adjusted and should not be turned again until it is desired to set it for a different station. Follow the above procedure to adjust the remaining PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. As was mentioned under the heading CONTROLS, the MANUAL TUNING CONTROL has been designed to serve as a fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. If you wish to use this control as a PUSHBUTTON STATION SELEC-
S84--382 SUPPRESSION KIT AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
1 S84 -233-"A" lead assembly
20" wire braid
1 A43-10-Fuse
I bolt-1,4" diameter by 3" long
1 A81-13-Sleeve (for fuse)
t lockwasher
2 A16-183-.5 MFD condensers
1 flat washer
1 A96-4-Distributor Suppressor
1 nut
'A' LEAD
GENERATOR AND AMMETER CONDENSERS
POWER UNIT MOUNTING HARDWARE
3' BOLT
NUT
o o
w
20' WIRE BRAID
/ /
SUPPRESSOR
FLAT WASHER LOCKWASHER
Fig. 6. Suppression Kit and Miscellaneous Parts
FUSE SLEEVE
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-41
MODEL .29 , Ch. 528.6295
TOR, simply follow the procedure given above for adjusting the other PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. However, remember that if you use this control for MANUAL TUNING at any time, it will have to be re-set to the desired station if you wish to use it again as a PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR.
THE TONE CONTROL The inner left knob (with four points) is the TONE CONTROL, which permits you to select the most pleasing tonal
range. When it is turned all the way to the right (clockwise) the tone is treble or brilliant. This position is best for the most distinct reproduction, especially of speech. Turning the knob to the left (counterclockwise) makes the tone more mellow. This is often desirable for certain types of music and is also useful to lessen the effects of static and electrical noise. Turn the knob to the position that gives the tone most pleasing to you.
MATCHING THE ANTENNA
An adjusting screw for matching the receiver to the particular antenna used is accessible through a hole in the bottom side of the Control Unit. (See Fig. 4.) Set the dial pointer between 1400 KC and 1500 KC, where no station is heard with the volume control fully on. Then use a small screw driver to turn the adjusting screw to the point giving the most hiss or noise. The set is now ready for operation.
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
Every precaution was taken in the design of this radio to eliminate motor noise interference. However, in the remote instance that it may be found desirable to take further steps, the following notes are added for your guidance. IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
NTEREERENCE
I CONOENS[R'\
T[:EMEIoN.E
4fRTTN 0UT
1E-00 NA CONNECT INTERIERENCE GONOENSER TO
FIELD TERMINAL.
Fig. 7
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor
cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut
'' »uhKff011
foe.uraaMso RE
the lead two inches from the
end, and screw the distribu-
tor resistor on to the coil
lead, then screw the short
length into the resistor and
plug the cable into the dis-
tributor cap.
RI.` wTaR
AMMETER CONDENSER
Fig. 8
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attaching to the ammeter. This should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby. In most case the use of this conden-
ser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser, will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of
the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These leads will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF STEERING COLUMN TO BODY
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and scot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-42 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 5 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
262 KC
Speaker
7" round or 6"x9" oval
Power Output
3 watts, undistorted 5.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
3 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity ...40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
The set contains the following:
1-6BA6-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6BE6-Converter. 1-- 6BA6-I. F. Amplifier. 1-6AT6-Detector-AVC-lst audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
1-6X5GT-Rectifier.
SERVICE NOTES Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit to chassis are measured with the volume and tone controls in
maximum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a voltmeter having a resistance of 20,000 ohm per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the schematic diagram (Figs. 11 and 12). All voltages should be measured with an input voltage of 6.3 volts DC.
The tubes and rectifier are accessible for servicing without removing the chassis. Loosen the wing-nut on the cover of the power supply case and lift off the cover. On the RF Tuning Unit, loosen the wing nuts on the two stud bolts protruding from the side of the case at the top, rear, and remove the plate over the tubes. CAUTION: Be sure to replace the tubes and the rectifier in the proper sockets. Refer to Tube and Rectifier Location Pictorials, Fig. 10 and 14.
WARNING: The dash pot (brass cylinder on the mechanical tuner) should never be oiled. If it is ever necessary to make adjustments on the mechanical tuner, the dash pot may be cleaned with ordinary cleaning solvents.
ALIGNING INSTRUCTIONS
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace the coils or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, the rectifier, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE." After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as a final check.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING THE CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
RF TUNING UNIT: Remove the knobs and nuts from the two control shafts. Take out the six self-tapping screws around the back edge of the case and remove the hack cover. Remove the plate over the tubes (see service notes). Loosen the screw securing the cable clamp, slip the cable out from under the clamp and out of the notch. Remove the lead from the plug-in terminal on the spark plate attached to the inside top of case. Slide the "A" lead out of the notch. Now tilt the front of the case up so that the chassis can slide out. Grasp the chassis at the rear with the fingers against the chassis plate and with the thumb hooked over the IF transformer. Pull the chassis straight back, being careful that the pointer bracket does not get caught against the spark plate components. Handle the chassis carefully and set down gently so that the mechanical tuning parts may not be damaged or the settings of the coil cores upset by jarring.
POWER SUPPLY: Loosen the wing -nut and lift the top cover off. Remove the 6-32x1/2 screw securing the high voltage cable socket to the case. Remove the four screws (one on each side) near the bottom outside of the case. Now take the case in one hand and grasp the output transformer with the other hand and lift the chassis straight up.
R14
R18
C28 R19
e
R15
R17
O I8 (e`."I')
Fig. 9. Power Unit-Bottom View
CABLE RECEPTACLE
Fig. 10. Power Unit-Top View
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-43
MODEL 6295, Ch. 524.6295
00:
A
0
0
--
I
0200
--NNA.,10-1114
N'
W N
O
Y O
a
-
40a
I
f
b
©
00
I
I
2
J
O0
id
e
1wmoGme-c
0
`e 11111
= c /1
oVVV
A 07W1.
QSL45t q(Lio.
Y p, O t
AM
/ a l üy^V^^^Y^^f
J '
OV
_na
O O
0
Will
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-44 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MOhEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
M
OH>
h
N N
N N
.
O Ú
O h
II
r n
o
00mpc
0
__lb
O cc-
OS) Q91490Q9
015n0 0000'
-- F-r r O N O U
>
j
OU
OU
m
N
Q
NCO Q
©
©
e © 4110- .
o
N
O
M
an U
o
¢
o
Qád(N
111A1411
V `
I
1
©John F. Rider
O
W
z; z
O Q
; ¢
O -
\ G
<1
_
N
W
N
_ NN
y
N
-, ai K
¢3cc
W
o r0'1-'0r
W X
J 1A
sW-
Q >
N
W J
JJQNWJ
0z Z7 Z7
1 O 3
W
>
O r IO
m
N r
W
V;
Ó N
= ¢
rWmm7î
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-45
MODEL 6295, Ch. 528.6295
.D
W
`, 0 0 (, 0 _No
C N 4, N
, ' C
, a1
C d
o
LL
Cr
«.1 Cl
<
w
\ O. N
---:-
te
` ó r
ó v
N al
n
U QOM
a
a
- > _o
M
^
^
'
CI
üCl
0 0 0 .N
OC O
)>1.
._>_.
O G.-
ú d ~O
d
á Lo
CO
cWg /
- /~ D
wa 7
av "
+O `If
ó
a3,
^ U .... a
N
c
C
Ó a
Q rn C.,-,
y
c
E ád
W o pp E 5 E
° E V
s O
o =CL
ó
E
Z O
c
rn
ö
Ce
a.
W
O
ó
>
O ÿ
J lNLL0O0 a1
a
C a7
i ,.d jo1V V N
_o.--c_eo o
_
Q
ó
W
u.:
ÓE cO
u-= E ÿ 7
C
á
a
_ a
ei
C
'' ?
U
V
Q
ó ó
E
>
E
EE E
E
E
E
E
E P
á
X O
L K a
X O
>
X
X
a
1
ú
.E N É m
F-
F
OU, V Û
Óó .0ó 'V:r^ 2:a'V^
p
N
p
d
, w C C w
(5 Ó CO
CO
< C
< C
a y
ó
al
O
< C
O
v
=
_ m
°
é d
á
` z
W;Uam<WJ
`,
4
N1N0 <Y,Njzp
NV
1N0 Y Ñ
2«IC W
á7
U
1
e
.F>. h
.:;4r..,-_
fr
¡yÌ l l 1 LJ
z =
z
\I í1 1J a K _ _ N
J ,
á I 2Q
wti
a
'NIE
C
O -
tt
C_
'l
1
_
f
O
J
C
o>
JOL{L. U
U
Z of
$ ó
jZ m
O
o
cOi
R
2
s
, u
n4¢ 1- mo m(J Ñ01¢- U ¢ f-
a
m N
C Y
r O.
V N
RO
2
a.
O O
Q
>
O
ó á
D
a
3
v
V
C 4-
4/ a
O
cr)
á
o
Cs.`glg7/ N
. ONC-Ó
ò >,
ö c
lYJ
0 Y
0
0
V N
rJ _ * --
I
mQ
¢ º"
ó v
N
O
CO
0 a
j0 zC
gt wo
Já O
OÚ ua
a
I
Ó
C
á
W
E
O
O
>
ald M O
Oa 7
- o
Ç rn
U
01
a
T
E E J
ú
w C
GI -po v
É
' c
O5- o
o rn
Vv úv
C C
O O_
É c al
á
á y
>O ZO ap UO
O O
CJ U
ÿ
> O ó
CO
in aó
c
F .1
, c
`_
>
O
- T D
C a° ON...à ó ó rn
á r_ CA ac
ó ó C.
i T,Ç v E
i C
E
u c
E
ó
H D
O ,_
F3-
O`
_ o
> LL
'r-, i ó_- J¢oó
O
U
Z - J.
o
H
N
ó r
m x
a
^
z
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-46 SEARS, _ROEBUCK MODEL 6295, Ch. 523.6295
Schematic
Part
Location
No.
Description
Cl
A20-148
Capacitor-antenna trimmer
C2
A15-197
Capacitor-ceramic-10 mmfd.
C3, C9
A20-147
Capacitor-dual trimmer-R.F. and Oscillator
C4
A15-194
Capacitor--ceramic-50 mmfd.
C5
A16-197
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-200 v.
C6, C17, C18
A16-177
Capacitor-ceramic-.005 mfd.
C7
A15-215
Capacitor-ceramic-270 mmfd.
C8
A15-218
Capacitor-silver mica -220 mmfd.
C10,C19
A16-190
Capacitor-.005 mfd.-600 v.
C11, C12
A16-189
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-400 v.
C13, C14
A16-192
Capacitor-.01 mfd.-400 v.
C15
Capacitor-spark plate
C16, C21, C28
A16-184
Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v.
C20
A18-294
25 Capacitor-electrolytic
20 mfd.
v.
C23, C24
25 mfd.-350 v.
C26
35 mfd.-400 v.
C22
A16-206
Capacitor-.02 mfd.-600 v.
C25
A16-188
Capacitor-.2 mfd.-400 v.
C27
A16-207
Capacitor-.007 mfd.-1600 v.-oil filled
B23-157
Cable-power
L1, L2, L3
584-368
Coil-assembly-including carriage and slugs, etc.
L4
A33-229
Coil-"A" line choke
L5
A33-228
Coil-vibrator hash choke
A83-421
Clip-I.F. transformer mounting
R10, R11, S1
A24-183
Control-dual-ON-OFF-VOLUME and TONE
B67-547 A43-10
Dial scale
Fuse -15 amp.-3AG
A47-115 584-233
Grommet-rubber-power cable
Kit-"A" lead assembly
B52-296
Knob-Tuning
B52-297
Knob-Volume
B52-298
Knob-Tone
R1, R6 R2 R3 R4 R5 R7 R8 R9 R12 R13 R14 R15
A89-7 A60-770 A60-760 A60-668 A60-744 A60-773 A60-726 A60-730 A60-728 A60-775 A60-672 A60-694 A60-754
Lamp-pilot-No. 47 Bayonet
Resistor-470 ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-10K ohm-1/2 watt
-1 Resistor megohm-r watt
-1 Resistor-22K ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-22K ohm watt
Resistor-2.2 megohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-47K ohm -1/2 watt
-10 Resistor
megohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-68K ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-220K ohm -1/2 watt
-1 Resistor-470 ohm watt -1 Resistor-270 ohm watt
R16 R17 R 18, R 19
A60-731 A60-698 A60-752
-1 Resistor-470K ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor -10K ohm watt Resistor-100 ohm-1/2 watt
A83-646
Retainer-dial scale-left
A83-647 C79-375 C79-376
-7" Retainer dial scale-right
°Speaker
round
°Speaker-6"x9" oval
S84-383
Transformer-output-with cable and plug
T1
A10-537
Transformer-I.F. No. 1
T2
A10-540
Transformer-I.F. No. 2
T3
C80-250
Transformer-power
A34-105
Vibrator-Mallory No. 659
*When ordering a replacement speaker, order the same type, 7" round or 6"x9" oval, as the old one that was
installed in your car.
Mechanical Tuner Parts
A56-141 A56-142 A75-75
Pusher nut-manual tuning Pusher nut-pushbutton tuning Pusher rod-manual tuning
S84-355
Pushbutton and rod assembly
IMPORTANT: All tubular condensers must be high temperature (85'C.) wax type.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
6"X9"OVAL SPEAKER
CONTROL UNIT
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-47
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
7" ROUND SPEAKER
6" X 9" RUBBER BAFFLE á SCREEN
POWER UNIT
7"RUBBER BAFFLE a SCREEN
Fig. 7. Parts in Master Package
Only one of the speakers illustrated is supplied with each radio; the type of speaker you receive will be determined by the make of car for which the radio is ordered.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-48 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
DESCRIPTION
Your SILVERTONE radio is a newly designed DE LUXE PUSHBUTTON TUNING AUTOMOBILE RECEIVER of advance superheterodyne circuit design, for operation on the six volt storage battery in your car. It covers the frequency range from 540 KC to 1600 KC. In addition to PUSHBUTTON TUNING it features BASS -COMPENSATED VOLUME
CONTROL supplemented by a MANUAL TONE CONTROL. It consists of three principal parts-the Control Unit, the Power Unit and the Speaker (See Fig. 1)-and is supplied with mounting parts to accommodate either custom installa-
tion in the instrument panel or underdash mounting. (See Figs. 2 and 3.)
Special care has been taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, thereby insuring good reception of even distant or very weak stations. It is simple to install. The antenna input circuit is adjustable to permit the use of any two, three or four section telescopic, whip or "fishpole" type antenna.
Each complete radio, with accessories, is made up in two separate packages, one carton containing the Escutcheon Kit and speaker mounting hardware, the other carton containing the Control Unit, the Power Unit and either a 7" round speaker or a 6"x9" oval speaker, depending on the make and and model of the car for which the radio was ordered. This second carton will be stamped with the letter "A" to indicate that it contains a 7" round speaker, or the letter. "B" to indicate the 6"x9" oval speaker.
Control Unit Escutcheon Kits (instrument panel matching or universal) are supplied as a separate item, thus permitting you to transfer the radio from one car to another with only the small expense of replacing the Escutcheon Kit and speaker if you desire to `match the instrument panel of your new or different car. Instrument panel matching Escutcheon Kits for most popular late model cars are available at your nearest Sears retail store or Mail Order House. If your Silvertone radio is equipped with a universal underdash tuning panel it may be transferred as is to a different car without changing the Escutcheon Kit. However, if you wish to change from an underdash mounting to a custom style instrument panel mounting, this can be accomplished by discarding the universal Escutcheon Kit and replacing it with an instrument panel matching Escutcheon Kit ( and 6"x9" oval speaker, if necessary), as outlined above.
INSTALLATION
THE SPEAKER The speakers (7" round or 6"x9" oval) are supplied with sponge rubber baffles for mounting on flat or curved instru-
ment panels. The rubber baffle for the 7" round speaker has flared sides so that it will cover an oval opening in the car's speaker grill as well as a round opening.
Speaker mounting hardware is supplied with each Escutcheon Kit for mounting the speaker in your car. This includes a "U-shaped" bracket for mounting the round speaker in cars on which it is not possible to mount the speaker on existing bolts.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS PERTAINING TO THE MOUNTING OF THE SPEAKER AND CONTROL UNIT IN THE CAR FOR WHICH YOU ORDERED YOUR RADIO ARE CONTAINED IN THE LEAFLET PACKED IN THE ESCUTCHEON KIT.
°John F. Rider
Fig. 3. Underdash Mounting www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-49 MODEL .295-1,
Ch. 523.6295-1
MOUNTING THE POWER UNIT
The power unit mounts on the firewall (see Fig . 3). Determine a suitable position for mounting it by holding the case in your hands against the firewall. When a suitable position has been determined, then check the underhood side of the
wall, to make sure there is no obstruction
to prevent drilling a hole and inserting
the mounting bolt. Having located a suitable position that will permit drilling,
MOUNTING PLATE
mark and drill a 5/16" hole. Insert the 1/4 inch diameter by 3 inch long, carriage
type mounting bolt into the hole from the
FIREWALL FLAT WASHER
underdash side and attach the loclçwasher and nut on the underhood side, but do not
//LOCKWASHER
/NUT
tighten. Now holding the case in a vertical position (with wingnut on the bot-
WHIM'I ROCCCCC OOCCCC C:9000Cº[CI
tom), bring the case up to the bolt and
slide the channel in the mounting plate down over the head of the bolt. The lock -
CARRIAGE BOLT
washer and nut on the underhood side
should then be tightened down securely.
If, because of limited space, you find it
necessary to mount the power unit in a horizontal or angle position, this type of
1
mounting is entirely satisfactory and has
no ill effect on the operation of the radio.
1
Fig. 3. Power Unit Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the plug into the antenna receptacle on the side of the control unit (see Fig. 4). Plug the speaker and power cables into the sockets provided on the sides of the Power Unit. Connect the "A" lead to the battery side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the holder in the "A' lead. These connections are illustrated in Fig. 4.
6"x 9" OVAL SPEAKER
®I "A" LEAD
POWER UNIT
- 7" ROUND
SPEAKER"
©John F. Rider
POWER CABLE CONTROL UNIT
ANTENNA RECEPTACLE-
CI ANTENNA TRIMMER
Fig. 4. Connecting the Radio
www.americanradiohistory.com
AMMETER CONDENSER
FUSE HOLDER
PAGE 21-50 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
CONTROLS
There are six operating controls on the front of the Control Unit, (see Fig. 5). The two outside knobs are dual
purpose controls, the other four are PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. The left-hand control consists of two knobs mounted on concentric shafts; the front knob (round) is the ON-OFF-SWITCH and VOLUME CONTROL; the rear knob (with four points) is the MANUAL TONE CONTROL. The knob on the right is the MANUAL TUNING CONTROL and it also serves as a fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. The use of these
controls is explained below.
VOLUME -TONE ON-OFF PUSHBUTTONS
Fig. 5. Control Unit Panel
THE ON -OFF -SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
When the outer left knob is turned all the way to the left the receiver is switched off and there is no drain from the car's battery. Rotating the knob part of a turn toward the right switches the receiver on and illuminates the dial. Further rotation of the knob increases the volume. After a station has been tuned in properly the volume control knob should be adjusted to give the desired volume.
MANUAL TUNING
Use the right-hand knob to tune in stations manually. To select a station, push in the knob and tune the radio by turning the knob until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned.
The dial is marked in Kilocycles minus the final two zeroes. Always tune carefully for the clearest sound and minimum background noise.
PUSHBUTTON TUNING
Adjusting the pushbutton station selectors is simple and quick. No tools arc required and a button may be set up for a new station in a few seconds. Each button can be tuned to any station in the broadcast band; thus you can arrange the tuning in any order to suit your convenience.
Before making the following adjustments, turn the radio on and let it warm up for 15 minutes. Choose the PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR you wish to adjust, and push the button all the way in; it will lock in this position. Now tune in the station to which you wish to pre-tune by turning the button to right or left until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned, but to insure the accuracy of the setting, keep the volume control turned low and adjust the button for sharpest tuning. This will be indicated when the sound is clearest and noise at a minimum. The button is now properly adjusted and should not be turned again until it is desired to set it for a different station.
Follow the above procedure to adjust the remaining PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. As was mentioned under the heading CONTROLS, the MANUAL TUNING CONTROL has been designed to serve as a fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. If you wish to use this control as a PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR, simply follow the procedure given above for adjusting the other PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. However, remember that if you use this control for MANUAL TUNING at any time, it will have to be re -set to the desired station if you wish to use it again as a PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR.
S84--382 SUPPRESSION KIT AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
1 S84-233-"A" lead assembly
20" wire braid
1 A43-10-Fuse 1 A81-13-Sleeve (for fuse)
1 bolt-14" diameter by 3" long
1 lockwasher
2 A16-183-.5 MFD condensers
1 flat washer
1 A96-4-Distributor Suppressor
1 nut
'A' LEAD
GENERATOR AND AMMETER CONDENSERS
POWER UNIT MOUNTING HARDWARE
3' BOLT
NUT
o e
R
20" WIRE BRAID
SUPPRESSOR
FLAT WASHER LOCK WASHER
Fig. 6. Suppression Kit and Miscellaneous Parts
FUSE SLEEVE
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-51
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 529.6295-1
THE TONE CONTROL The inner left knob (with four points) is the TONE CONTROL, which permits you to select the most pleasing tonal
range. When it is turned all the way to the right (clockwise) the tone is treble or brilliant. This position is best for the most distinct reproduction, especially of speech. Turning the knob to the left (counterclockwise) makes the tone more mellow. This is often desirable for certain types of music and is also useful to lessen the effects of static and electrical noise. Turn the knob to the position that gives the tone most pleasing to you.
MATCHING THE ANTENNA
An adjusting screw for matching the receiver to the particular antenna used is accessible through a hole in the bottom side of the Control Unit. (See Fig. 4.) Set the dial pointer between 1400 KC and 1500 KC, where no station is heard with the volume control fully on. Then use a small screw driver to turn the adjusting screw to the point giving the most hiss or noise. The set is now ready for operation.
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
Every precaution was taken in the design of this radio to eliminate motor noise interference. However, in the remote instance that it may be found desirable to take further steps, the following notes are added for your guidance. IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
FIELD TERMINAI
-00 NOTE
NOT CONNECT INTERFERENCE CONDENSER TO
FIELD TERMINAL.
Fig. 7
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator,
make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends
connecting it.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These leads will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
GROUNDING THE POWER CABLE
In some cases motor noise is reduced by grounding the power cable to the power unit case. See Fig. 4. Loosen one of the two screws located on either side of the power cable socket on the power unit. Cut a six inch length off the wire braid supplied in the Suppression Kit. Fasten one end under the screw and tighten down the screw again. Wrap the remainder of the braid around the cable and solder or tape it securely in place.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor
cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut
..,.o
the lead two inches from the
end, and screw the distribu-
tor resistor on to the coil
lead, then screw the short
length into the resistor and
plug the cable into the dis-
tributor cap.
/ I
AMMETER CONDENSER
Fig. 8
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attach-
ing to the ammeter. This should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby. In most case the use of this conden-
ser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser, will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF STEERING COLUMN TO BODY
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steer ing column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1A" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
üJohn F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-52 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 523.6295-1
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 5 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
262 KC
Speaker
7" round or 6"z9" oval
Power Output
2 5 watts, undistorted 5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
3 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity. 40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
The set contains the following:
1-6BA6-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6BE6-Converter. 1-6BA6-I. F. Amplifier. 1-6AT6-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
1-6X5GT-Rectifier.
SERVICE NOTES Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit to chassis are measured with the volume and tone controls in
maximum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a voltmeter having a resistance of 20,000 ohm per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the schematic diagram (Figs. 11 and 12). All voltages should be measured with an input voltage of 6.3 volts DC.
The tubes and rectifier are accessible for servicing without removing the chassis. Loosen the wing-nut on the cover of the power supply case and lift off the cover. On the RF Tuning Unit, loosen the wing nuts on the two stud bolts protruding from the side of the case at the top, rear, and remove the plate over the tubes. CAUTION: Be sure to replace the tubes and the rectifier in the proper sockets. Refer to Tube and Rectifier Location Pictorials, Fig. 10 and 14.
WARNING: The dash pot (brass cylinder on the mechanical tuner) should never be oiled. If it is ever necessary to make adjustments on the mechanical tuner, the dash pot may be cleaned with ordinary cleaning solvents.
ALIGNING INSTRUCTIONS
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace the coils or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, the rectifier, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE." After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as a final check.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING THE CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
RF TUNING UNIT: Remove the knobs and nuts from the two control shafts. Take out the six self-tapping screws
around the back edge of the case and remove the back cover. Remove the plate over the tubes (see service notes). Loosen
the screw securing the cable clamp, slip the cable out from under the clamp and out of the notch. Remove the lead from the plug-in terminal on the spark plate attached to the inside top of case. Slide the "A" lead out of the notch. Now tilt
the front of the case up so that the chassis can slide out. Grasp the chassis at the rear with the fingers against the chassis
plate and with the thumb hooked over the IF bracket does not get caught against the spark
transformer. Pull the chassis straight plate components. Handle the chassis
back, being careful that the carefully and set down gently
pointer so that
the mechanical tuning parts may not be damaged or the settings of the coil cores upset by jarring.
POWER SUPPLY: Loosen the wing-nut and lift the top cover off. Remove the 6-32x1/2 screw securing the high voltage
cable socket to the case. Remove the four screws (one on each side) near the bottom outside of the case. Now take thé case in one hand and grasp the output transformer with the other hand and lift the chassis straight up.
SPEAKER SOCKET e
O
Fig. 9. Power Unit-Bottom View
Lnint:n,1
CABLE RECEPTACLE
Fig. 10. Power Unit-Top View
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-53 MODEL 295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
-It
Ip
I
I
_
C)
a
W
C
h ___--_
NN V
L---
I
>
a
tU
ID
Y o
ON-
OC
O"AO
4 J
I- wI'm7
J
a
~ I 000601 I
----J ;Ñn
I
L
-"a
a
O
o
a
O ©
oN'A. iOa
oJ
iE
p,J I--0
NZ m
, --vvw111 ",,Q00.00-0 eJ n 0000
e
WleItf
I
LL
N1 ...l n Illgú
N 0y..1f.YJ
/ / //
sN J
31
p-0 YN
\
O C
MW.
/
Q
/ /
/
ÓmO
---` I--- /
Ix
/
II
-to
OG
- nN
O
ra /
nn
O
\`4.4019
9)1
J ÚO.1=_
cJohn F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-54 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
n
.Jii-1p,
N
:U
1
O O
> O N
nnnn
CY
N nN
' U
N
11-11-
IONCO U
Q Q
>
O-Om=
001
out b444,
,«Sb 6bób
-- --
Ii-Ji»
N
na,
OU
oII
p
K w
Ya(D7
o
áá
N
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
o
o
C
a 5a
LL
w
C
o Co
E
E
E
E
E
ÉEE E E
E
"x
E
x
x E
E
-x
~á
>
>
N
P M
U U
U
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-55 MODEL G295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
C L
o a
C
Q
o
4-
Q O
_ U M
EA
o eu O 2o
eu o
L
r=.
U
J
V VY V V
O
U
0CV
N
NNO
o e
o
o
%
©John F. Rider
ª e
ol
e.n Ó
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-56 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295-1, Ch. 528.6295-1
PARTS LIST
Schematic
Part
Location
No.
Description
Cl
A20-148
Capacitor-antenna trimmer
C2 C3, C9
A15-197 A20-147
Capacitor-ceramic-10 mmfd. Capacitor-dual trimmer-R. F. and Oscillator
C4
A15-194
Capacitor--ceramic-50 mmfd.
C5
A16-197
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-200 v.
C6, C17, C18
A16-177
Capacitor-ceramic-.005 mfd.
C7 C8 C10, C19 C11, C12 C13, C14
A15-215 A15-218 A16-190 A16-189 A16-192
Capacitor-ceramic-270 mmfd.
Capacitor-silver mica -220 mmfd.
Capacitor-.005 mfd.-600 v. Capacitor-.05 mfd.-400 v. Capacitor-.01 mfd.-400 v.
C15 C16, C21, C28
A16-184
Capacitor-spark plate
Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v.
A18-300
Capacitor-electrolytic
C20
20 mfd.-25 v.
C23
25 mfd.-350 v.
C26
35 mfd.-400 v.
C22
A16-206
Capacitor-.02 mfd.-600 v.
C25
A16-188
Capacitor-.2 mfd.-400 v.
C27
A16-207
Capacitor-.007 mfd.-1600 v.-oil filled
B23-157
Cable-power
L1, L2, L3 L4
584-368 A33-229
Coil-assembly--including carriage and slugs, etc.
Coil-"A" line choke
L5
A33-228
Coil-vibrator hash choke
L6
A 10-527
Coil-antenna loading
A83-421
Clip -1.F. transformer mounting
R10, R11, S1
A24-183 A43-10
Control-dual-ON-OFF-VOLUME and TONE
Fuse -15 amp.-3AG
A47-115 584-233
Grommet-rubber--power coble
Kit-"A" lead assembly
B52-296
Knob-Tuning
B52-297
Knob-Volume
B52-298
Knob-Tone
R1
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18, R19
A89-7 A60-770 A60-760 A60-668 A60-744 A60-773 A60-675 A60-726 A60-730 A60-728 A60-775 A60-672 A60-694 A60-754 A60-731 A60-698 A60-752 A83-646 A83-647 C79-387 C79-386
Lamp-pilot-No. 47 Bayonet
Resistor -470 ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-10K ohm-1/2 watt
-1 Resistor megohm-1/2 watt
--11 Resistor-22K ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor -22K ohm watt
Resistor-1000 ohm
watt
Resistor-2.2 megohm-'/2 watt
Resistor-47K ohm-1/2 watt
-10 Resistor
megohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-68K ohm-1/2 watt
-1 Resistor--220K ohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-470 ohm watt
-1 Resistor -270 ohm
-1 Resistor-470K ohm
-1 Resistor-10K ohm
watt watt
watt
Resistor-100 ohm-1/2 watt
Retainer-dial scale-left
-7" Retainer-dial scale-right
*Speaker
round
*Speaker-6"x9" oval
Mechanical Tuner Parts
A56-141 A56-142 A75-75
S84-355
Pusher nut-manual tuning Pusher nut-pushbutton tuning Pusher rod-manual tuning
Pushbutton and rod assembly
IMPORTANT: All tubular condensers must be
high temperature (85°C.) wox type.
S84-383
Transformer-output-with cable and plug
T1
A10-537
Transformer-I.F. No. 1
T2
A10-540
Transformer-I.F. No. 2
T3
C80-258
Transformer-power
A34-105
Vibrator-Mallory No. 659
°When ordering a replacement speaker, order the some type, 7" round or 6"x9" oval, as the old one that was
installed in your cor.
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
6"X9"OVAL SPEAKER
CONTROL UNIT
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-57 MODEL 6295-2, Ch.. 528.6295-2
7"ROUND SPEAKER
6" X 9" RUBBER BAFFLE & SCREEN
POWER UNIT
7"RUBBER BAFFLE & SCREEN
Fig. 1. Parts in Master Package
Only one of the speakers illustrated is supplied with each radio; the type of speaker you receive will be determined by the make of car for which the radio is ordered.
\\
\ \//Jo--
X (`"J-
+
'
_
©John F. Rider
Fig. 2. Custom Style Mounting www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-58 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6295-2, Ch. 528.6295-2
DESCRIPTION
rCPaaodOnYwvgNaoeenTrucfrReUroOSnsmIuLiLtpVe5sar4uEnh0pdReptKTelterhCOomeNdteyoSEnnptee1erd6aac0kdib0eiryorcKuai(iCsStM.eadeIAennsFNeigiawgUnd.l,dyAi1ftLdoi)oer-nsTaioOgnptnoNdeerdEPaitsUiDCoSsEnOuHpNLoBpnTUUliRXetThdOETeLOw.PsNiiUtxIhtSTvcmHoUoloBntNusUsinItsNTtotisrTnGagoOgfeiNtptabfherTartaetsUtteuetNrropyeIsrNiainncBGccAioypSmoAaSulmUr-pCoTcadOOaarrMMtt.esIP-OtetEhBictNehoILSevCrAeEroTscnRuEttsErDhtooCelmVEfUrIOeVinnqLEisuUttR,eaMnltlchaoEye-f
tion in the instrument panel or underdash mounting. (See Figs. 2 and 3.)
Special care has good reception of
been even
taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, thereby insuring distant or very weak stations. It is simple to install. The antenna input circuit is adjustable to permit
the use of any two, three or four section telescopic, whip or "fishpole" type antenna.
Each complete radio, with accessories, is made up in two separate packages, and speaker mounting hardware, the other carton containing the Control Unit, speaker or a 6"x9" oval speaker, depending on the make and and model of the second carton will be stamped with the letter "A" to indicate that it contains
one carton containing the Escutcheon Kit the Power Unit and either a 7" round car for which the radio was ordered. This a 7" round speaker, or the letter "B" to
indicate the 6"x9" oval speaker.
iymiEfsosoCyucesouqottutuoncpithpdorteoeprpoasleuinndrlUseaKfrwnetioirlittat.httmeEhHaaesomtccwuruohatnedcdivtheivheoleeeror,cfsnarianoirflssmKtuyarionurtoseudmneae(ewrvidnniacatssiahsltrpahrubattoonmlteeueaclnanhntoitanofnygtphgyoaeeoupnruraefrnwnrloeneimlmtaehrwiaettoascontmnhrlSiaynudyegnaitfbrdhfoseeeerrrrsdteuemrantnaastanihivllsclefamserertsrx.ooarprueleeI)dnnntosasiantrerrseguMoimssftuaoerpitnleopaptOlliacaeprucddadsinetniaofresgfmleHatrmheossetnueaytsptlEceeah.csrcaaiiInnurtfegstcwtyrhiEtuioeetmsuhomcroneu,unStKttctihlhivutcpeeshaoarnanntpoendelngKreismmniptgisreotaatudikftnnhoietoger-r ing, this can be accomplished by discarding the universal Escutcheon Kit and replacing it with an instrument panel matching Escutcheon Kit ( and 6"x9" oval speaker, if necessary), as outlined above.
INSTALLATION
THE SPEAKER
The speakers (7" round or ment panels. The rubber baffle
6"x9" oval) for the 7"
are supplied round speaker
with has
sponge rubber baffles flared sides so that it
for will
mounting on flat or curved instrucover an oval opening in the car's
speaker grill as well as a round opening.
a
Speaker mounting hardware is supplied with each "U-shaped" bracket for mounting the round speaker
Escutcheon Kit for in cars on which it
mounting the speaker in is not possible to mount
your car. This the speaker on
includes existing
bolts.
INSPTEHCEIFCICARINFSOTRRUWCHTIIOCHNSYPOEURTOARIDNEINRGEDTYOOTUHRERMADOIUONTAIRNEGCOONF TTAHINE ESDPEIANKTEHREALNEDAFCLEOTNTPRAOCLKEUDNIINT
THE ESCUTCHEON KIT.
°John F. Rider
Fig. 3. Underdash Mounting www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-59 MODEL 6295-2, Ch. 525.0295-2
MOUNTING THE POWER UNIT
The power unit mounts on the firewall (see Fig. 3). Determine a suitable position for mounting it by holding the case
in your hands against the firewall. When a suitable position has been determined, then check the underhood side of the
wall, to make sure there is no obstruction to prevent drilling a hole and inserting the mounting bolt. Having located a suitable position that will permit drilling,
MOUNTING PLATE
mark and drill a 5/16" hole. Insert the 1/4 inch diameter by 3 inch long, carriage type mounting bolt into the hole from the
FIREWALL FLAT WASHER
underdash side and attach the lockwasher
/LOCKWASHER
and nut on the underhood side, but do not tighten. Now holding the case in a vertical position (with wingnut on the bot-
/NUT
4ai W[[[[COVLÌfi[
60 [:iIfClo'i
tom), bring the case up to the bolt and
slide the channel in the mounting plate
down over the head of the bolt. The lock-
CARRIAGE BOLT
washer and nut on the underhood side
should then be tightened down securely.
If, because of limited space, you find it necessary to mount the power unit in a horizontal or angle position, this type of mounting is entirely satisfactory and has no ill effect on the operation of the radio.
Fig. 3. Power Unit Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the plug into the antenna receptacle on the side of the
control unit (see Fig. 4). Plug the speaker and power cables into the sockets provided on the sides of the Power Unit.
IMPORTANT: LOOSEN SCREW "A" (SEE FIG. 4) ON POWER UNIT CASE. WRAP THE PIGTAIL OF BRAID ON
THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE AROUND THE SCREW AND TIGHTEN DOWN THE SCREW AGAIN. BE SURE THAT THE
PIGTAIL IS SECURELY HELD BY THE SCREW. Connect the "A" lead to the battery side of the ammeter behind the instru-
/ment panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the holder in the "A" lead. These connections are illustrated in Fig. 4.
SPEAKER CABLE
6"x 9" OVAL
SPEAKER
"A" LEAD
AMMETER CONDENSER
FUSE HOLDER
POWER UNIT
R 7" ROUND
SPEAKE
Fig. 4. Connecting the Radio
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-60 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6205-2,
Ch. 528.625-2
CONTROLS
There are six operating controls on the front of the Control Unit, (see Fig. 5). The two outside knobs are dual
purpose controls, the other four are PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. The left-hand control consists of two
knobs mounted on concentric shafts; the front knob (round) is the ON-OFF-SWITCH and VOLUME CONTROL; the rear knob (with four points) is the MANUAL TONE CONTROL. The knob on the right is the MANUAL TUNING CONTROL and it also serves as a fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. The use of these controls is explained below.
VOLUME -TONE
ON-OFF
PUSH BUTTONS
Fig. 5. Control Unit Panel
THE ON -OFF -SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
When the outer left knob is turned all the way to the left the receiver is switched off and there is no drain from the car's battery. Rotating the knob part of a turn toward the right switches the receiver on and illuminates the dial. Further rotation of the knob increases the volume. After a station has been tuned in properly the volume control knob should be adjusted to give the desired volume.
MANUAL TUNING
Use the right-hand knob to tune in stations manually. To select a station, push in the knob and tune the radio by turning the knob until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned.
The dial is marked in Kilocycles minus the final two zeroes. Always tune carefully for the clearest sound and minimum background noise.
PUSHBUTTON TUNING
Adjusting the pushbutton station selectors is simple and quick. No tools are required and a button may be set up for a new staticw in a few seconds. Each button can be tuned to any station in the broadcast band; thus you can arrange the tuning in any. order to suit your convenience.
Before making the following adjustments, turn the radio on and let it warm up for 15 minutes.
Choose the PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR you wish to adjust, and push the button all the way in; it will lock in this position. Now tune in the station to which you wish to pre -tune by turning the button to right or left until the desired station is heard. The dial pointer will indicate the frequency to which you are tuned, but to insure the accuracy of the setting, keep the volume control turned low and adjust the button for sharpest tuning. This will be indicated when the sound is clearest and noise at a minimum. The button is now properly adjusted and should not be turned again until it is desired to set it for a different station.
Follow the above procedure to adjust the remaining PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS.
a
As was mentioned under the heading CONTROLS, the MANUAL TUNING fifth PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR. If you wish to use this control
CONTROL has been as a PUSHBUTTON
designed to STATION
serve as SELEC-
TOR, simply follow the procedure given above for adjusting the other PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTORS. How-
ever, remember that if you use this control for MANUAL TUNING at any time, it will have to be re-set to the desired
station if you wish to use it again as a PUSHBUTTON STATION SELECTOR.
584--382 SUPPRESSION KIT AND
1 S84-233-"A" lead assembly I A43-10-Fuse
1 A81-13-Sleeve (for fuse) 2 A16-183-.5 MFD condensers 1 A96-4--Distributor Suppressor
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
20" wire braid
1 bolt-14" diameter by 3" long
1 lockwasher
1 flat washer
1 nut
o
'A' LEAD
GENERATOR AND AMMETER CONDENSERS
POWER UNIT MOUNTING HARDWARE
3' BOLT
NUT
bacce
o
4,
A
20' WIRE BRAID
SUPPRESSOR
FLAT WASHER LOCKWASHER
Fig. 6. Suppression Kit and Miscellaneous Parts
FUSE SLEEVE
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-61
MODEL 129-2, Ch. 52.ü295-2
THE TONE CONTROL
The range.
inner left knob (with four points) 'When it is turned all the way to the
is the right
TONE CONTROL, (clockwise) the tone
which permits you to is treble or brilliant.
select This
the most pleasing tonal position is best for the
most distinct reproduction, especially of speech. Turning the knob to the left (counterclockwise) makes the tone more
mellow. This is often desirable for certain types of music and is also useful to lessen the effects of static and electrical
noise. Turn the knob to the position that gives the tone most pleasing to you.
MATCHING THE ANTENNA
An adjusting screw for matching the receiver to the particular antenna used is accessible through a hole in the bottom side of the Control Unit. (See Fig. 4.) Set the dial pointer between 1400 KC and 1500 KC, where no station is beard with the volume control fully on. Then use a small screw driver to turn the adjusting screw to the point giving the most hiss or
noise. The set is now ready for operation.
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
Every precaution was taken in the design of this radio to eliminate motor noise interference. However, in the remote instance that it may be found desirable to take further steps, the following notes are added for your guidance. It may not be necessary to use all of the following suggestions to correct a noise condition in any one car. We recommend using these helpful hints in the manner of a process of elimination, using only those methods that correct your condition.
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such
as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper pro-
cedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of
the interference is found. The condenser then should be
permanently mounted in this location.
WI- CO NOT COI.KCT iN1[ATIKNü 001100111E11 TD /ITSD TLNNINAL
Fig. 7
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends
connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor
cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut the lead two inches from the end, and screw the distributor resistor on to the coil lead, then screw the short length into the resistor and plug the cable into the distributor cap.
.1. 'MnS.055.0.6.55
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
Considerable ignition interference is experienced from leads in cables that run along the inside of the fire wall near the auto radio. For example, the battery lead to the low voltage side of the ignition coil on a 1950 Model Oldsmobile '88' runs through the fire wall and along the inside past the auto radio to a point beyond the steering column. This lead has heavy radiation. It can be disconnected at the ignition coil and pulled through the fire wall and pushed back through the fire wall at a point to the left of the steering column and run along the outside to its original point of connection on the ignition coil. Such types of leads should be watched for in all installations. They should be rerouted, if possible, or shielded with braid material. It is advisable in extreme cases to bond all leads by wrapping braid around them, and grounding the braid at the closest point. In wrapping a braid around a lead, do not remove the insulation from the leads as this is a radiation type of shield. Keep all ground leads as short as possible, or they will pick up inter-
ference.
Bunch up any excess length of the shielded power cable, wrap it with braid and ground it to the closest ground point.
IGNITION COILS
AMMETER CONDENSER
Fig. 8
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attaching to the ammeter. This should be connected to either
side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a
good ground nearby. In most cases the use of this conden-
ser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser,
will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
VOLTAGE REGULATOR
It is normal to connect a .5 mfd condenser from the battery terminal on the voltage regulator to ground; however, in a number of cars the voltage regulator is mounted on rubber grommets. In such instances, the condenser should be grounded directly to the case of the regulator, rather than to some other ground point. Do not use a larger condenser than .5 mfd or else it will affect the timing of the regulator
rendering it less useful.
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-62 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL o29>-2, Ch. 323.6295-2
Bonding of Ungrounded Engine and Body Parts
The best rule is to keep the ignition interference underneath the hood as much as possible. This is best accomplished by using filters and suppressors on all points that would produce radiation as well as effectively bonding the hood, motor block, and any engine and body parts that are isolated from each other. It would be advisable to check
all bolt -on fenders on which antennas are mounted, in that these fenders frequently are not sufficiently well grounded to the rest of the car. Use bonding braid wherever necessary to ground such fenders. Use wide bonding braid and keep all such braid as short'as possible. Bonding all cables and tubes that go through the fire wall is necessary in some cases.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
The set contains the following:
Current Frequency Range I. F. Frequency Speaker Power Output
6.5 amp. average 540 to 1600 KC
262 KC 7" round or 6"x9" oval 2 5 watts, undistorted
1-6BA6-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6BE6-Converter. 1-6BA6-I. F. Amplifier. 1-6AT6-Detector-AVC-1st audio.
5 watts, maximum
1-6V6GT-Power output.
Sensitivity
3 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
1-6X5GT-Rectifier.
SERVICE NOTES
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit to chassis are measured with the volute and tone controls in
maximum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a voltmeter having a resistance
of 20,000 ohm per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the schematic diagram (Figs. 11 and 12). All voltages should
be measured with an input voltage of 6.3 volts DC.
The tubes and rectifier are accessible for servicing without removing the chassis. Loosen the wing -nut on the cover of
the power supply case and lift off the cover. On the RF Tuning Unit, loosen the wing nuts on the two stud bolts protruding
from the side of the case at the top, rear, and remove the plate over the tubes. CAUTION: Be sure to replace the tubes
and the rectifier WARNING:
in the proper sockets. Refer The dash pot (brass cylinder
to on
Tube and Rectifier Location Pictorials, Fig. the mechanical tuner) should never be oiled.
10
If
and it is
adjustments on the mechanical tuner, the dash pot may be cleaned with ordinary leaning solvents.
14. ever
necessary
to
make
ALIGNING INSTRUCTIONS
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace the coils or transformer, or the
adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit rectifier, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
components,
such as
tubes,
the
If realignment is alignment has been
necessary follow the completed repeat the
instructions given under the procedure as a final check.
heading
"ALIGNMENT
PROCEDURE."
After
re-
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING THE CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
pbtattthhhhrlreaaeeeoPRtcueOmkFspfnrcelWaedourtTcnengEUhwdtdt-haioRNnenowesisefIcibStNctaetahnUuhlrcGormePkitttnhPuicgUeengLnadaesNiYtgteltnhheIg:eocuTuanmoLpcp:ufoaabgtboRshrthohtlseheseteeomtnshcamocoplgaktaaavahtaesmyreeeidktnphtnsawh,oepotnevilstdctnaelhhitkgbrpeeran-eesntomhtassudhbiptesottaesaavmrIcaackFechnaanaedngtdbtphderlleeasldanilnttfiuooebdtsotufaesrtottcchhkrofotemfehrmuroceottempoi.omrnvosp.GseentirthuPcder.taoeneinunsvtRdlpsgtleteoe.swrrmtpthHhooooteefofhavffnce.ecctohdhhRccntelaaaheeltsssaemcrssemootii.hsoslpiplSevlaaelssctaicthtdoenrhtatreahdhafeioestesgstsvoh.hi6euusret-rept3Tcas2"btaaorexhAakrtf1ecewe"/kfb2tiut,hytuollheselbbujcyaeeatrntdhisreonarwetintgoh(ncdsuefhsgeicte.n.esacsgeRoriutsexefreerfidmsrutnvhoslgoieeawclvgefttnehah-ntineaoantgtothpscehtetphnteihig.ttsnhlleh)yegNe.avpdoLscosoowhoclfiatorrtnaeshosttgsweiaemilenstrts
cable socket in one hand
to the case. Remove the four screws (one on each side) near the bottom outside of the and grasp the output transformer with the other hand and lift the chassis straight up.
case.
Now
take
the
case
SPEAKER SOCKET
Fig. 9. Power Unit-Bottom View
®John F. Rider
CABLE RECEPTACLE Fig. 10. Power Unit-Top View
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-63
IICDEL u295-2, Ch. 528.6295-2
O
11'
I
Nr
---I > f IC
0O lÓ ©
Ym
O,c/c/c.U
NNWZAC
OF20
A >VG -AwN-J1HIP YN ÑR
-Y«
Qpp3;
mm
2
J O
i
> eo
II
h0
C
O °
iJ 1 - `+/)M YJV+ 1///) 1/,
W3Q01
'VVV%
ojHpl
NN2iVm
t29Q9Q9 71-1I1
4400
'
Q
u
70
NN
1
9-1
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-64 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL b295-2, Ch . 2,d. 6295 -2
Q_000)--
_J
N
N Nv
o
OH Hill
0
J
OO¢a
a
>ó
c0
N
m
N
oá
b
V
N
0
-a
F
)C
10 C
na
83
10 O
8.3
o
W< o
áN á
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
EARS. ROEBUCK PAGE 21-65
MODEL 6295-2, Ch. 528.6295-2
WL. 1
- - IL
É ó
1- JC
a
Cl
O
_ á
V
c
C
O
I !_i0 'e ,IEC 'C
`',. O' :_-_-
v
> GI
w
nÑ
_ á v
I a, Q)
N L
.D
N V
a O
Q,
M
0uu-
p
á
C
"5 u- 0
O
f")
El
h 3
v >
^ . co
. -; U U i c
; y
> v0-
2
t t - - u
O
_d
- . W
- 0/
E
p
> 3 °?
I
`1
- - 2e O.
p `
^
N
Ç .ó
= d
ÿ a V ir-)
N
. O>>
CI)E
0 d
t W ó ó ó E
É c
V ó
á E g
g 3
iñ
0Zi LI-
Z O
m d
>
>
E 7
E J
E D
E E
E
E
E
E
E
`= 'QTT0>
0
0
>
X
>
O
m
m
Em N
O
~m ~ ~
V V
K
u..LL:
,` 3
O d
m a
i`D
tNO Y
I/NYN
_ 2
I
®
QQ
i..
l-_
.
:r
r .. . . .
.
J
- =_
-
a U W ~2WU
I Z
c,
_[ Ì 7 T
I
I
[7
_ Z
>
2 0
>O
O
LJ
x-
CJ 1.
^ I J CI Q O
L-,
8 ZO
Ul
iL
JO
i
icr
ó
m
O a
Cle CL
!
Z
J
Q
ö 00 `
8
O
1.4o 0 y
C
Nl N
CA
cCD[ujJ N-U[/ o M
Ó
»
O y
0
»
C
a
0
V
o
'
Judc
C
L- " V
C
p V
I 0
c v
3 u
V
0
N
O
Z.J.
N
c
0
. 6. i- * c
a c
W
p>
XOc .n
=- 0 o O>
ó _ v Ì
d
ch .p
N
ó
O
Ñ É
p v
C a
Ñ
Tm
a
I
E E
o
c á
E c
Z=/o -c v
y C
Ó 01 --0
V ÚV
E« o
GI
C C
C C
C C
ÿ a
1 > z a U lJ lJ
r ª
O¿ V °' m ,o
Wc W U `O
É. 0
5-
O
U
;
U cv
ron._Cº
7 O T
a fi
r
V
QI
N
`O
Lu
'O Q Q
e
Gl O
< ce
rn7
6
C
' ' Lr 7 3
m
:
U
0 1 0
O
ó
i
0
c
o
Vp ó
c E
° a
0 p
O Q
O>T'
O >
>,
mv rn 6 01 6 O
,n
rn ç ç w
aLi
p rn
Wc E cGl E
W
W
m
C x
3la
A0 0CO 0 01-
I--
M
p
p U ñ
V
r4.1 (t3.2_y
VVV N'U
1ó
0 7
R
Oa
F.7-
O
ce ¢21=i
m
W
á
- - o
-J MJ
N J
W
W m
W J
11
UV10
m
J
o
¢ OU
I
óo U
1
ó
> 1
Ñ z_
Q 1
5
mJof
2ao
I -o
a
-
Z
H
N
g
P
x
1
E
e O
=
- =
tV
U O
« F 1.- O
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-66 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL %295-2,
C' .
PARTS LIST
SchemeIk
Part
Location
No.
Description
C1
A20-148
Capacitor-antenna trimmer
C2
A15-197 Capacitor-ceramic-10 mmfd.
C3, C9
A20-147
Capacitor-dual trimmer-R.F. and Oscillator
C4
A15-194
Capacitor-ceramic-50 mmfd.
C5
A16-197
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-200 v.
C6, C17, C18
A16-177
Capacitor---ceramic-.005 mfd.
C7
A15-215
Capacitor-ceramic-270 mmfd.
C8
A15-218
Capacitor-silver mica -220 mmfd.
C10, C19
A16-190
Capacitor-.005 mfd.-600 v.
C11, C12
A16-189
Capacitor-.05 mfd.-400 v.
C13, C14
A16-192
Capacitor-.01 mfd.-400 v.
C15
Capacitor-spark plate
C21, C28
A16-184
Capacitor-.5 mfd.-100 v.
A18-300
Capacitor-electrolytic
C20
20 mfd.-25 v.
C23
25 mfd.-350 v.
C26
35 mfd.-400 v.
C22
A16-206
Capacitor-.02 mfd.-600 v.
C25
A16-188
Capacitor-.2 mfd.-400 v.
C27
AI6-207
Capacitor-.007 mfd.-1 600 v.-oil filled
C29
A15-211
Capacitor-ceramic-.01 mid.
C30
A15-188
Capacitor-mica-100 mmfd.
B23-157
Coble-power
L1, L2, L3 L4
584-470 A33-234
Coil--assembly-including carriage and slugs, etc.
Coil-"A" line choke
L5
A33-228
Coil-vibrator hash choke
L6
A10-527
Coil-antenna loading
L7
sineyeasswell"'
A60-775
A83-421
Clip-I.F. transformer mounting
Res. -68K-% watt
R10, R11, S1
A24-183
Control-dual-ON-OFF-VOLUME and TONE
B 67-547 A43-10
Dial scale
Fuse-15 amp.-3AG
A47-115 S84-233
Grommet-rubber-power cable
Kit-"A" lead assembly
B52-296
Knob-Tuning
B 52-297
Knob-Volume
B52-298
Knob-Tone
RI R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7, R20 R8 R9 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17 R18, R19
T1
T2 T3
A89-7
A60-770
A60-760
A60-668
A60-744
A60-773 A60-753 A60-726 A60-730 A60-728 A60-775 A60-672 A60-694 A60-754 A60-731 A60-698 A60-752 A83-646 A83-647 C79-387 C79-386 584-383 A10-537 A10-540 C80-258 A34-105
Lamp-pilot-No. 47 Bayonet
Resistor -470 ohm-'h watt
-1 Resistor-10K ohm -1/2 watt
Resistor megohm-1/2 watt
Resistor-22K ohm -1/2 watt
-1 RRRRReeeeesssssiiiiissssstttttooooorrrrr-----122422270.2K0Kmmoooehhehgmmgmo-oh1-hm'//m22-1-w/'w/2wa2aattttwtwt aatttt
Resistor-68K ohm -1/2 watt
--11 RRReeesssiiissstttooorrr---242277000Koohhommhm
-1/2 watt
watt watt
-1 RReessiissttoorr--41700KKohomhm-1/2wawttatt
Mechanical Tuner Parts
A56-141
Pusher nut-manual tuning
A56-152
Pusher nut-pushbutton tuning
A75-75
Pusher rod-manual tuning
S84-355
Pushbutton and rod assembly
IMPORTANT: All tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°C.) wax type.
Resistor-100 ohm-1/2 watt
Retainer -dial scale-left
-7" Retainer-dial scale-right
Speaker
round
Speaker-6"x9" oval
Transformer-output-with cable and plug
Transformer-I.F. No. 1
Transformer-I.F. No. 2
Transformer-power
Vibrator-Mallory No. 659
When ordering o replacement speaker, order the same type, 7" round or 6"x9" oval, as the old one that was
installed in your cor.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-67
MODEL 6297-1, Ch. 528.6297-1
DESCRIPTION Your new automobile receiver is a 5 -tube (plus rectifier) superheterodyne, designed to operate from the 6 volt storage battery in your car. It is a universal type of receiver for mounting underneath the dash panel. It has a self-contained PM speaker, and covers the frequency range 54o to 1600 K.C. Two simple controls are provided for operating the receiver. (see fig. 1).
Special care has been taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, there-by insuring good reception of even distant or weak stations. The unit is simple to install, the antenna input circuit adjustable to permit the use of any two or three section whip or "fish pole" antenna.
OPERATION To turn the receiver on, rotate the volume control and switch knob (left hand knob) to the right about half its range. After allowing about 3o seconds for the tubes to warm up, the desired station may be tuned by rotating
the tuning control (right hand knob) to the desired frequency. The dial scale is calibrated in kilocycles minus
the final two zeros. After the station has been properly
tuned, the volume may be adjusted by means of the volume control knob. To increase the volume, turn the control to the right; to decrease the volume, turn it to the left. Turning this control to the left as far as it will go, turns the radio off.
o . MOUNTING STRAP- REAR
(y +-y
le
.
IDISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
FUSE
ñ
..,MOUNT!
O
1 PLATE-FRONT
e
' FUSE SLEEVE
a
WIRE BRAID
Fig 2
GENERATOR CONDENSER_
© John F. Rider
DIAL POINTER ADJUSTMENT
If it should become necessary to readjust the dial pointer for correct calibration, this may be easily done without removing the radio from the car by proceeding as follows:
A. Turn tuning knob to the right (clockwise) as far as it will go.
B. Remove snap button located on the right side of the case (viewed from the front), in the extreme upper front corner.
C. Insert screwdriver through hole in case and move dial pointer directly over white dot at high end of dial (1600KC).
D. Tune receiver to station of known frequency in the center of the dial and readjust pointer for more accurate indication, if necessary.
E Replace snap button into hole in case.
CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch or damage dial scale or dial pointer when making this adjustment
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-68 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6297-1, Ch. 52òR6297-1
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 2 and 3, and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car.
Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 7/32" holes in the instrument panel flange. Now secure
the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided. and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument
panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap should be formed by bending to the
IT ND WCM fC11En
correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 3, so that it can then be fastened to the fire wall. After marking and
L OCR WASN[R
s..cERM.sNER
[Yra IOCRrIANER
RRTENNR TRIMM[R IOD)
NSTRYYINT PAWN FROST MTO PLATE
center -punching the fire wall at the IOCRMy1áR
correct location, drill with a 3/8" drill.
The mounting strap is then secured to
the radio and fastened to the fire wall of the car with the 1/4" bolt, lock
RR MT6 STRAP
INT R[c[NTRCIr
washer and nut furnished with the
receiver.
rIRIwMLI
úo.o Fig.3 Side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1100 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove"the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 3) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume. A small screw driver will be needed for this purpose.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression and Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-407, as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-138.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/8" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/g" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
1 Washer-Spaces
S84-407 SUPPRESSION KIT & MISC. PARTS
1 S84-233 "A" lead assem. I A43-10 Fuse 2 A52-300 Control Knobs I A81-13 Sleeve (for fuse)
1 S84-322 Suppression Kit consisting of :
1 .5 MFD Condenser 1 Distributor Suppressor 20" \X'ire Braid
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-69 MODEL 6297-1, Ch. 528.6297-1
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust,
etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating inning- mike
GENERATOR CONDENSER
';`;,
1 --
t..}«.4414.
C)
l;
F-
p, .OR -
Ii1,D
COYCi .MRMf.11ISI i1.WIY1l
COO(11f(. 10
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends
connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut the lead two inches from the end, and screw the distribu-
l1. .-.
,.D., WI
I'DAMO>.A.f,
tor resistor on to the coil lead, then screw the short length into the resistor and plug the cable into the dis-
tributor cap.
NOTE
In most cases the use of the generator condenser and the distributor suppressor will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference. However, if further reduction of noise is found to be desirable, it is suggested that a .5 MFD. condenser, (similar to the one used on the generator), be connected from either side of the ammeter to a good ground.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of
the interference is found. The condenser then should he prrtnanently mounted in this location
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF STEERING COLUMN TO BODY
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spotsolder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-70 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 0297-1, Ch. 521.6297-1
SERVICE DATA ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 2 amp. average
l requency Range
540 to 1600 KC
1. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
12 watts, undistorted
2.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
10 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity 50 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier i-6SA7GT-Convener. 1--6SK7GT-l.F. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7--Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
A 6X5GT Rectifier is used
SERVICE NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maximum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage diagram (Fig. 4).
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage
The bottom cover (the one with the speaker louvers)
can be removed to permit servicing of major components, such as tubes, rectifier and vibrator, by removing the eight (8) screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3) screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in the front.
of 6.3 volts To check
DC. for open
by-pass
condensers,
shunt
each
con-
CAUTION: Before to service condensers,
attempting to resistors, etc.,
remove the top cover. the screw connecting
denser with another one having the same capacity and voltage rating which is known to be good until the defective unit is located.
the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
recessed in a 1/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby per mitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, rectifier, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8) screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as a final check.
NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise the receiver will not operate properly.
With slot in horieontal position wrap one complete turn, then place No. A51-105 in slot and wrap snottier complete turn; then follow the diagram to put the turns on the condenser shaft
and fasten the ends to the pulley.
3-1/2 TURNS NO A51-108 STRING
DIAL POINTER STRINGING
3)11,
_
DIAL DRIVE STRINGING
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
L)
]L
W
O O
O
4:-au -Ñ
C °
Y w E Y c V
c Y p
g Y
44
É.Y
c ^
E ?P.
-w O
d
(u3
c
Q
Ó
6
ó
Ó
Y
O Ñ O. e
- C
a 3
Ó Y
ó0° v t- Y
a
.
O á
°
h G.
3
O
+ >
ÿ
° vr1.LL.
E
7
E J
E J
4 E E
E
E
E
E 7 E
a
ó
E 'g 'X a
x a
.xa
').-<.
p
Gl
~ >
> u
á
u M '
Q
C
L
T
>.-
'
O
.-
°
Y
v
+
u
W CI W
t)
O
I
o
öd il
o
V vY
c
ó
-5
- `
u."u
-ó«-,Ea
caó
u ó c
E
áo E
E º
ºEoá>jó p) z o o
C tiY-
LL
° v.- I cc
o E M
H
H
v.`úD
°
- c
-12
°
_
V
Z
W < <
ó
ö
:. ( ¿ ~ó
è
a
v
r.
p
v
o á
Ñ Ñ c e
:C
C
t y
V 'O .O Q
Q
a
Z
LI
-J
Q
ú
C Y
é. " íí ' c
.VY°C47Ñt i > É
°
i I u .nn c
'O°
L
ó
' -
M
a
O Y
v
á
r o Y
J
O
11
r
o
uv cp °
v ó
Ñ
a
.E
2 v
v
J
-a
C c
°
05
o
,t1
O
r Y
Cp E
v.u 1
EaJ
pII YEM
J
'
Y
i3
C C
ú
C C
1-2
c
C
ÿ a
>°áVVV -z Z
oYc
0
><
>
1.
cg Y
Y
v co C.
n Q
Ñ
J
a
h o
N.
H
r>
°iii:JaE;
Y O
UchV E U JE
o
x
Ec
c Ó
º Y E
É.`E
E
ò5 o o o
y .1
>. _J
LL
>
3u.
- T
J u
E a
C
a
L1u- _p
I- w w)-
O
Z
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-71
MODEL 6297-1, Ch. 528.6297-1
Q
Q
X>w0or--
.-aa.7.,n
>
7~
~
to
úc-iYS
a
O
n
Q
rr.r.r íND
,Y- .
L(No u
ó
4-Yu.
-OJ
á
' _ e
c7
aog a
tai ab-
No
tD
f-
e ow
fY-- f
a
O
W
¡.O}v ^'
¿1vY
I ce
JE I-wi
'
U ¡2¡ ~ HF
4111° uj m o 'lid Wº
Et
Vm 1 -J
J Za V~I
óu;i
ú$
á o
< 00
-
©
00
0
0 .5
cc
Otte á
>
©
(-7000
d O
0 m
0 0
o
a)
jao)J
©
F
o©O. O Ñ v ° P.-
on
©
0 e
úo
o
©J
'
- 0 0 Dou)v
<
i m
00
o©
óm
\
$iSSVHp A 1N0ä1
PAGE 21-72 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6297-1, Ch. 528.6297-1
Scfon+dk Diograss Reference
CIA, C 18
C2, C14
C3
C4
CS
C7
C8
C9
C10
CH
C12
C13
C15 1
C16
J}
C17
C19, C20
C21
R1, R3 R2 R4
R5 R6 R7
R8, R1S R9 R10
R1 1
R12 R13, R14
LI
l2
14
LS
16
T1 T2 T3 T4
PARTS LIST
Description
Part No.
CONDENSERS
819-201 A16-192 A20-145 A16-189 A15-196 A15-204 A15-205 A16-187 A15-176 A16-190 A16-195 A16-193 A18-289 A16-184 A16-185
Varioble condenser
.01 MFD 400 volt condenser
Trimmer condenser
.05 MFD 400 volt condenser
100 MMFD ceramic condenser
50 MMFD ceramic condenser
12 MMFD ceramic condenser, temp. comp.
.1 MFD 400 volt condenser _ _________V
250 MMFD mica condenser
.005 MFD 600 volt condenser
.001 MFD ceramic condenser -_
.05 MFD 600 volt condenser
(20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser
(120 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
30 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
l
.5 MFD 100 volt condenser _____._.___.__ __ __.
.005 MFD 1600 volt oil filled condenser
A60-659 A60-685 A60-769 A60-726 A24-177 A60-728 A60-758 A60-667 A60-731 A60-771 A60-770 A60-752
RESISTORS
22K ohm '/t watt 20% resistor
47K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 7.5K ohm 2 watt 10% resistor
2.2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
Volume control, 500,000 ohm, with switch
10 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor560 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor ______ ._ ..
220K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
470K ohm y2 watt 20% resistor.___ 270 ohm '/2 watt 10% resistor
470 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor.
__
100 ohm ' watt 10% resistor
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
A10-527 810-511 A10-512 A33-229 A33-228 A10-508 A10-509 880-242 880-243
Antenna Loading Coil
Antenna Coil
Oscillator Coil
Choke, "A" Line _ Choke, vibrator hash 1st I.F. Transformer 2nd I.F. Transformer Output Transformer IPort of Speaker, not furnished eeperetelyl Power transformer
A11-303 811-328 A72-29 A70-130 A58-55 B67-545 A28-101 A52-300 AH -329 A89-10 A65-37 A65-42 A65-12 A75-70 A75-74 A70-132 A70-135 A70-142 A51-105 A51-108
DIAL PARTS
Backet, Dial Scale _ Bracket, String Guide Bushing, Tuning Shaft Bearing ._______ _____ ____________ Clip, Spring, for Tuning Shaft
Dial Pointer
Dial Scale Gasket for Speaker Knob
Link, String Guide Pilot Light, No. 47 Bayonet
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Pointer Stringing Rivet, Shoulder, for String Guide Brkt. and Unk Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Drive Stringing Shaft, tuning Shaft, for Dial Pointer Spring, for Pilot Light Socket Spring, Dial Drive String Tension Spring, Pointer Drive String Tension String, Pointer Travel, 17" String, Condenser Drive, 19"
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-73 MODEL 0297-1,
Ch. 52Fí.6297-1
m^1
mNfwg.N-
O^NemfomOPN
pNvep oT0 mA¡^N
.
-a
7
oN ot wt at otrO/nm4(^Now04^(0O0enwNp4mr(^t+
E
=
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-74 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
DESCRIPTION
OPERATION
Your new automobile receiver is a 5 -tube (plus recti- To turn the receiver on, rotate the volume control and
fier) superheterodyne, designed to operate from the 6 switch knob (left hand knob) to the right about half its
volt storage battery in your car. It is a universal type of range. After allowing about 3o seconds for the tubes to
receiver for mounting underneath the dash panel. It has a self-contained PM speaker, and covers the frequency range 54o to i600 K.C. Two simple controls are provided for operating the receiver. (see fig. 1).
warm up, the desired station may be tuned by rotating the tuning control (right hand knob) to the desired frequency. The dial scale is calibrated in kilocycles minus the final two zeros. After the station has been properly
Special care has been taken in the design of this receiver to insure the finest in sensitivity and selectivity, there -by insuring good reception of even distant or weak stations. The unit is simple to install, the antenna input circuit adjustable to permit the use of any two or three
tuned, the volume may be adjusted by means of the
volume control knob. To increase the volume, turn the
control to the right; to decrease the volume, turn it to the left. Turning this control to the left as far as it will
section whip or "fish pole" antenna.
go, turns the radio off.
VOLUME
CONTROL
a ON-OFF- SWITCH
Fig. 1 Front View
TUN NG KNOB
O
MOUNTING STRAP- REAR
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
FUSE
MOUNTING PLATE -FRONT
FUSE SLEEVE
1
o
WIRE BRAID
LEAD
Fig. 2
,---,-
GENERATOR GOND
DIAL POINTER ADJUSTMENT If it should become necessary to readjust the dial pointer
for correct calibration, this may be easily done without removing the radio from the car by proceeding as follows:
A. Turn tuning knob to the right (clockwise) as far as it will go.
B. Remove snap button located on the right side of the case (viewed from the front), in the extreme upper front corner.
C. Insert screwdriver through hole in case and move dial pointer directly over white dot at high end of dial (1600KC).
D. Tune receiver to station of known frequency in the center of the dial and readjust pointer for more accurate indication, if necessary.
E. Replace snap button into hole in case.
CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch or damage dial scale or dial pointer when making this adjustment.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-75.
MODEL 6297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 2 and 3, and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it
is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car. Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 7/32" holes in the instrument panel flange. Now secure the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap
should be formed by bending to the
correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 3, so that it can then be fastened
IM51111,y,MT VN(L
to the fire wall. After marking and
center -punching the fire wall at the loc...vc.
correct location, drill with a 3/8" drill.
The mounting strap is then secured to
the radio and fastened to the fire wall
of the car with the 1/4" bolt, lock
washer and nut furnished with the
receiver.
N50.0
Fig.3. Side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1100 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 3) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume. A small screw driver will be needed for this purpose.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing rihis receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression and Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-407, as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-138.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
i 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/8" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/g" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
1 Washer-Spacer
S84-407 SUPPRESSION KIT Cr MISC. PARTS
1 S84-233 "A" lead assem.
1 A43-10 Fuse 2 A52-300 Control Knobs
1 S84-322 Suppression Kif consisting of:
1-.5 MFD Condenser
1 Distributor Suppressor
1 A81-13 Sleeve (for fuse) 20" Wire Braid
° John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-76 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6297-2, Ch. 526.6297-2
ELIMINATING MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
IR TERMAL
11011- PO Wr CG.IIC, Irrt[11IIlOtI CDoo«. ,V FIELD TIIYI.At
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Remove from distributor
cap the high tension lead from coil to distributor. Cut the lead two inches from the
end, and screw the distribu-
tor resistor on to the coil lead, then screw the short length into the resistor and
«t T_.oDe., ,.,I.ID.La.,
plug the cable into the dis-
tributor cap.
DIfC. W,O.
NOTE
In most cases the use of the generator condenser and the distributor suppressor will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference. However, if further reduction of noise is
found to be desirable, it is suggested that a 3 MFD. con-
denser, (similar to the one used on the generator), be connected from either side of the ammeter to a good ground.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to try another by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION LEADS
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension leads. Shield and ground these leads.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instruinstrument panel.
Short leads are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension lead from the coil to the distributor.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
BONDING OF STEERING COLUMN TO BODY
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-77
MODEL 6297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6 2 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
1 2 watts, undistorted
2.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
10 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity... 50 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA7GT-Converter. 1-6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier. 1-65Q7-Detector-AVC-1st audio 1-6V6GT-Power output.
A 6X5GT Rectifier is used.
SERVICE NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maxi-
mum position, all tubes and the rectifier in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage diagram (Fig. 4).
The bottom cover (the one with the speaker louvers) can be removed to permit servicing of major components, such as tubes, rectifier and vibrator, by removing the eight (8) screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3) screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage the front.
of 6.3 volts DC.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover,
To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each con- to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting
denser with another one having the same capacity and volt- the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be
age rating which is known to be good until the defective removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the
unit is located.
rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
recessed in a 1/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby permitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two
it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8)
the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at
Always make certain that other circuit components, such the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front
as tubes, rectifier, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear
before proceeding with realignment.
the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be
under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" ter-
realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as minal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise
a final check.
the receiver will not operate properly.
With slot in horizontal position wrap one complete turn, then place No. A51-105 in slot and wrap another complete turn; then follow the diagram to put the turns on the condenser shaft
and fasten the ends to the pulley.
3-1/2 TURNS NO.A51-108 STRING
DIAL POINTER STRINGING
DIAL DRIVE STRINGING
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
-78 SEARS. ROEBUCK
I OOEL 6297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
u Y
O
. O
W
Ó
O
á
ó
®N
; LA C
p a
Ll o
. O
rQ so a
i.á5Q h°
O
v
Ó
m
ß. M
3
ü.
C
ó o
W
M
ri
d
-4,3
` C Cu
afE oo
'v ó`r
ó o
4-
O
3 u
» -
` .
v_
<
a7
'óI
N
l
C
C a
a,
D a
C
O3 Ó
ú
a)
E
Ó
ú
c ó -3°
E
É á1
dä.
W
1 Z
O ó
C
d
o)
°
T.
ui
'N
a
Ó
Ú
'a.
O'
L
-
V
o Ç
of
_Ni
rai - u
ß C
iTtCi
'_
'; Nu
a°c1i 0
°
E E
'x
°cC
o
°' » ._
°cc
5
Nc
N U+
O`
° °
-°
`°"
d
o
o
`c
u
w C
- 'p M O p >
á I
E
o
> Ç
E >
4!
E
a >
O
v o c
ó
a
C
ai E
- c °
y c ' Ú r/ Ú
MC CCy
> Z O
'°
3
no.
O
U
O
U
O
U
ai
W
i
i O
.Ó
ai
3
g> > >
ÉE E E E
> E
o °
E
x 'x x
x
ÿ
e 1Q
e
e
e
.Ñu
`!
w
ja)
~
: E
á m Q
E O
E ö
r- V v
aI
~ óc
c
h
Ú0'"
tlnmeC V OJ
C
,O
-
Yr p
O
iD
w r
-
ta0i"r
ó a
o r r c>
mó I
-r.r. r._.I".-=_ --
r V
w
m
.?r
E
E
=
C
°
L
=al
CC
-n
I h
I
o g .9.
i i ^ o
é o
V
QNO
C)
N
Q1On
Ú
c Q
° c
Q
E
d
.n
v
<
0
v
j F-0/noe d
á ú4
7
h á í°v
. .
o
i!J. hN
'1a-2: VY h
V Y n
o
V c
o a
h t
N
N
M
i°t ,
o
E D
Ñ o
Oc°tu") E
o
E N
ó w
u ä
a/ E
c° c
c
ó ó
c
CD
aa41l
Ó== Q
ai
0Q.
al
0Q.
N01 a C Cv
T T T °l
N
LL
5 5
LL LL
C E
i'-'Ow
cE N
E E
c w z
p °
v a/
H O ..
0
Z
©00 f%
a O
o
oO© m ° o om m Oo0 O
m o
O
° ©° o©
r ~
O ., x
°° ó
°°
Ó
m
°©O ° o
°
o cr)w
OM e
© ó
m
o Q o
wti
^° O
© °
O ow
o
c u
R
¡ai b
O l °O he ö
0
w
ú ó
P-:1
I)--)
w
P° °/
/ /
rYSISSC'H^. !0 INCH/
s :
m
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-79
MODEL b297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-80 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 6297-2, Ch. 528.6297-2
Schematic Diagram
CIA, C 1 B
C2, C14
C3
C4
C5
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C15
1
C16
)}
C17
C19, C20
C21
No. B19-201
A16-192 A20-145 A16-189 A15-196 A15-204 A15-205 A16-187 A15-176 A16-190 A16-195 A16-193
A18-289
A16-184 A16-185
Description
CONDENSERS
Variable condenser
-- .01 MFD 400 volt condenser
Trimmer condenser
-----
.05 MFD 400 volt condenser
100 MMFD ceramic condenser
50 12
MMFD MMFD
ceramic condenser ceramic condenser,
temp.
comp. ____ _._____
.1 MFD 400 volt condenser
250 MMFD mica condenser
.005 MFD 600 volt condenser_____
.001 MFD ceramic condenser .05 MFD 600 volt condenser_________-____________
(20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condensar 30 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser .5 MFD 100 volt condenser .005 MFD 1600 volt oil filled condenser_--__-___
R1, R3 R2
R4 R5
R6
R7 R8, R15 R9 R10
R11, R12 R13, R14
A60-659
A60-685 A60-769 A60-726 A24-182 A60-728 A60-758 A60-667 A60-731 A60-771 A60-770 A60-752
RESISTORS
22K ohm V2 watt 20% resistor 47K ohm Va watt 20% resistor 7.5K ohm 2 watt 10% resistor
_ 2.2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
Volume control, 500,000 ohm, with switch -______-_,_ __._ 10 megohm 1h watt 20% resistor________ 560 ohm Vs watt 10% resistor 220K ohm 1/2 wott 20% resistor__________ 470K ohm Vs watt 20% resistor 270 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor 470 ohm Va watt 10% resistor 100 ohm Vs watt 10% resistor
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
LI
A10-527
Antenna Loading Coil
1.2
810-511
Antenna Coil
L4 L5
A10-512 A33-229
Oscillator Coil
Choke, "A" Line
L6
A33-228
Choke, vibrator hash______
T1
A10-508
1st I.F. Transformer
T2
A10-509
2nd I.F. Transformer
T3
880-242
Output Transformer (Part of Speaker, not furnished separately)
T4
880-243
Power transformer
Note: Tubular condensers must
All -303
811-328 A72-36 A70-130 A58-55 B67-545 A28-101 A52-316 A11-329 A89-10 A65-37 A65-42 A65-12 A75-83 A75-74 A70-132 A70-135
A70+142 A51-105 A51-108
DIAL PARTS
Bracket, Diol Scale Brocket, String Guide Bushing, Tuning Shaft Bearing Clip, Spring, for Tuning Shaft
Dial Pointer
Dial Scale
Gasket for Speaker
Knob
t Link, String Guide
Pilot Light, No. 47 Bayonet
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Pointer Stringing
Rivet, Shoulder, for String Guide Brkt. and Link___
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Drive Stringing
Shaft, tuning
Shaft, for Dial Pointer
Spring, for Pilot Light Socket
_
Spring, Dial Drive String Tension
Spring, Pointer Drive String Tension______
String, Pointer Travel, 17"
String, Condenser Drive, 19"
r
___
be high temperature (85°C) wax type.
S84-233 A83-421 A83-517 A43-10 A47-112 831-134 B31-138 S84-192 A87-38 B79-379
S84-322 A34-105 A83-519
M I SC E LLA NEOU S "A" lead assembly
Clip, I.F. Transformer Mounting Clip, Oscillator Coil Mounting _____ _______ ______________ Fuse, 15 Amp.
Grommet, rubber, (Spkr. 8 Gang mounting) ___________________
Mounting strop, rear Mounting Plate, Front Mounting ports kit
Receptacle, Antenna Cable
Speaker, 4" P.M. (includes Output Transformer) Suppression Kit Assembly
Vibrator Wiper, grounding, for case covers
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-81
.
:i1-!1uî ...
m 3. _._.-i1-:a, ce
.
. .
. .
.
.
ç'
c_ . 3
ÿ 3
y
_. y
`-
3 i.
7c%>.
C
G :a
= 7
= ^
c
ocOi
D.
v
ti ar
wE
_ en.-^ 'c c g ''
jaX 1ç: 'i c:_ 0N3
i4,-,
p0 ri;
O
tO;
-._x_ti` - 5';>12:1g
òòò
=Ca É -
inQ
ál°o
c+WL
á v
C'
F.
6.
a
,-. 3
ci
° 3
7 o °3._ _
_.-
y
-
;.
ó_> 4 u 41
y C+ L 1
ó 0
c
_
G
N
C a.
C
N.-.N E 7 ç
i w»»»> êA. ds"R
oo > > >
y: 0. =- zfiz .0000000
` CO33.? D 1'a.uVc. .tyi°Hs16ioyc,7U.C_o".`oXT"GXTLF:4X.FGGZiZ44CGGA4i4GAG4A1GCt40G1ag4CÑGC4etY]sG.NG14e
V
,q1
000 ê c Nqrx ñ
srÓÓ A - ópNóóó"ó., >
co^s°. --::: tj óóó av4"'C .t °eaeoo ,.cpoo0óó '
ova d oEauEamoE+iad0ac.a.a^la.c0aa0ao0cc0s40lzaota'0g°
Qa
.7
F.
C
0.
G.
0.
F .-: .¡ r. -r. i r,
Ó
s.
c°-w. o ca
ö
òòèò .ò
E.
p
N p 1
1
1
1
1
1
á ÍN 1
º
I
C.i I
F:ó FÚ
>FaE..
eillrif7iii1271.71.S
ca
U
E000
I
,E°tNtó,O.cE váoac,O°L.G`Óa
I ú I 0r.ó°â0
laó I
I
I
vMNMw Gs =, Ñ
d 2
é I.='"c1 o1
dGá.-..+.+
aU- a ." '_. s..c.daa aoaaaacaac^-GIc,:0,0,0I00I.+,drc.m_v_myr.ny.vY.u.mY..a dty,,Uc.t_lUN.a..WUaaUOm
=I0V=I0V.öV,I .0.V1.0.V1..0V.1 .0V,1 ^0V1ecV,1 tV1OaIN.oôIFof:",â.,,awâvy`"
a
I
d Z
aEEE 'E" 00000000o óóö 1 r1 .:1 .c1 .I:.It,1:.I s.1 :.I Id1s,I,,1..,,,.
a w w tt a m m a m ta
.,.+ o
tdaOWcC:6Rec0cöNOOOOOCt:f.
oO'o6,c0o,advN.,'fN..NN.^.a_r.,a.va._,.o._,.,-to1 Da.-3t:aé.:w.é1cé,
UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUxxxdC.4JZzaaxp:aafxpCß:aíxtrr¡mtnFFF
o
c o .r.
U.
x
a
,
c
c
E
T,.5-..^.7Íi,¢
ç..
ºç
v.:
F.
d
ON. .N+
tD C-
RNNINpoTo
t00
C.19
t..0O0+0l0Y`)c0YoOC0'çT0.o--`Gh+TtM.OC-Mt-.M0.e0M.F0rTIeeCrFMD.Wor.NC1.C07-1MtuLr-'.O]l.tcp0oO.0tO.0Mct00eDN1CM-DeYttpeDMctFO-OM[eC-DtNLrtMo[c-taNDNdoIt-.prtDOCeNOFMtpeOOd>'DOG'eNNO}pNeMltFCND.Oc.NeC+uOC':L]hot.ce...F+C.lTo-+locCctO3OOtltO0-[to-CT4:
cC
°
G4 G4G. wG4 G4fs..G4G4G4G4G4G4G4G4G4fs.G.G4G.(s,G4G.G4G4Lz.[G4Í:.Í:.G.G.G4G4G.G G..G.G4G4G4
.r..
1U0.U.N.U.OMU.C.UOo.Uo U.U.cU+OUt
O a a
a.+aVaOaNaa.-a.Mxla.Ma
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-82 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODELS 41, 41A, 9082, Ch. 135.2)45
POSITION OF TUNER
Closed Open
1400 KC
GENERATOR FREQUENCY
455 KC 1620 KC 1400 KC
DUMMY ANTENNA
.1 mfd.
.0002 mfd.
.0002 mfd.
GENERATOR CONNECTION
TRIMMER ADJUSTMENTS
(IN ORDER) TRIMMER SHOWN FUNCTION
12SA7GT Transl.Grid T2, C9, & C8
I.F.
Loop
CI
Oscillator
Loop
C2
Trans I.
IMPORTANT ALIGNMENT NOTES
The alignment must be done in the órder given.
The entire racy.
Alignment
Procedure
should
be
repeated
step
by
step
in
the
original
order
for
greatest
accu-
Always keep the output power from the generator at receiver from interfering with accurate alignment.
its
lowest
possible
value
to
prevent
the
AVC
of
the
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE PRELIMINARY:
Output Meter Connection Generator ground lead connection
Dummy Antenna Value to be in series with generator output Connection of Generator Output lead Generator Modulation Position of Volume Control
n
Across loud speaker voice coil Floating Ground See chart below See chart below 30%, 400 Cycles Fully on
T3
C17
R 10
R9 C19 C 20
}- R 13
C 1111
016
11
C15, IS
C14
LOCATION OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS
TUN NC RADIO- PHONO TONE
VOLUME
C4 05C 1620 KC
C2 ANT 1400 KC
LINE EXT ANT
I,Oc.aTIO\ OF PARTS ON TOP OF l'il.aSsIs ©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-83
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE . 21-84 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 9083, Ch. 100.154
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
PRELIMIINNAARRY:
Output meter readin to indicate 0.05 Watt across voice coil
0.4 Volt
Generator ground lead connection
Receiver cnaseie
Generator modulation
3OX, 400 cycles
Position of volume control
Fully on
Position of tone control
Radio -Speech
Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
Horizontal position at low end of dial, parallel to bottom ed;e of dial scale. Repositioning of pointer may be acr.omplished by holding tuning control shaft steady and turnin:r pointer to correct position.
POSITION OF
TUNER
Closed
1400 Kc.
1400 Kc.
GENERATOR DUMMY FHE JJENCY ANTENNA
GENERATOR CONNECTION
455 Kc. G.1 mfd.
Trimmer #6
1400 Kc. 200 mmfd. Ext. Ant. Clip
140') Kc. 200 mmfd. Ext. Ant. Clip
TRIMMER ADJUSTMENTS
(IN ORDER SHOWN)
1, L, 3 & 4
5
6
TRIMMER FUNCTION
I.F. Osc.
Ant.
NSITIVITY (FOR .05 WATT OUTPUT)
46 my
100 mv/m
I?1PORTANT ALIGNMENT NOTES:
The alignment must be done in the order given. The entire alignment procedure should be repeated step by step in the original order for greatest accuracy.
Always keep the output power from the generator at its lowest possible value to prevent the AVC of the receiver from interfering with accurate alignment.
ANT 1400
OSC. Crc11400 NC.
11
TOP VIEW OF CNASSIs
o
AUDIO OSCILLATION
The audio system of this receiver utilizes a two stage type of inverse feed-back arrangement and should it ever be necessary to replace the speaker or output transformer it is important to maintain a definite phase relationship in the feed-back circuit. If the connections to the output transformer are reversed or if the feed-back connection is made to the wrong side of the output transformer secondary, the system will become regenerative instead of degenerative. Under those conditions audio oscillation may result. If that occurs, oscillation may be prevented by reversing the connections to the speaker.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
I 4005X 100 RC.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
I6N0P0UTRC.
30X
CONVERSI°« °AIM
OUTPUT 156 RCu.r
IItNN.I Ire[ 1I 1.r. IN.NSo.utN
TOX
AT Iii RG
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-85 MODEL 9083, Ch. 100.154
44X L 30X_
AT 400 CrCLE>r AT 100 CYCLE{
e .2i 1ri1A1f
e3
s
1
;
1
6SQ7CT 71 PET.-E.Y.C.-A F.
6V6GT
OMIT
22
r2110-.l0+o.,o. t
23
5W1TC. SHOWN IM
1 <
4010/.SS POSITION
i ALTERNATE TYPED OF RADIO -P110140 TONE !WITCH V505317
LOCATING LUG
SC
SB
OlCM.ATOR Coa
tMl01{Ei B
A
WE
SF VIEW
RLA! VIEW
Not used; may serve a. +ring lunation point.
Lettered terWaal. 1. Wmnations correspond to Mtnlarly lettered terminals on the circuit diagram
N(04.t(
5r36T
RECTIFIEA
NTO
DIAL POINTER DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT (Side View)
To string dial cord, set gang condenser to fully open position and use the following parts:
w114955 Clip on end of cord w117057 Cord (3 feet) w119087 Ring for dial cord W505161 Tension spring
SOCKET VOLTAGES
Measured with voltmeter having sensitivity of 1000
Ohms per volt except where indicated by (). The
(*) symbol designated a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.
DIAL TUNED TO 540 KC. VOLUME ON FULL WITH NO SIGNAL RADIO -PHONO & TONE SWITCH IN
"RADIO-PASE11 POSITION
42 o
.0 ÿp 0
O.1
ttp 0
To replace and properly position pointer see step 1 in "Alignment Procedure"
©John F. Rider
140 100 NIET MTMT
MI Ill VOLT M CMG A. C.
MRS M/RI
V INMLLWilIM[ITuLTTTYt1Tl1lIt1ll111«1I5f.W41S11M1!MRIMttWiMal11tW.T1n!I.I
RITNE1 Sir
KAI Of CIIEfSIt
NOTE A: Groundin- of center stud on tube rocket is necessary to reduce capacity coupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if toiF ground is
omitted.
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-86 SEARS, ROEBUCK MODEL 9083,
Ch. 100.154
r-1
l ,C
M
lO
tN'l
Cvl cvol
sC uJ
r-,
vl tOn
CO
O
V,
C
N 0
N 0
N 0
V\ C
3332u,T,t Dr, VD
O N
.-1
CO
O
Vá l
N OD t.- 0, tr,lC ra N
N f'1".0
QOu2,OgVOv3ll3VOV2l1HrO11
n
)I')
".O
l0 vO , 3'
(r+
(-I
ri
-N2 rrl--_1 Jt-n
1T
IC"
n
y ,Y)
N
OD
N
Ot'1ClV'JD
O lC
s.
V
i--> mc
V
C
^.. ,
0 0
i a
- Y m
ot. ->, h0
O C
ayXó Oo Y t.
o o
d
to. o
-d-
t,
u
V a
05
0
. d
O'
e)
a R.
O ri
4f
'd O0..
.t,,
a4í
o
t,
a m
m
--
O
ri
a 4/
O Y
. 30
. COt.
Y 0 41
I.Ci. rÁa' m.ro..O..
- V
O
o
ch
d m
C
Yas
m
..VCOm
V r-1
C. A V
-t.. Oo CoOAr1
at0.
t.to. a0
0 O
m
-- H
L. V =
cY
.m,
m m
,0t~
.. Y 02 'CO C.
t4 6 V
.0mOt.0.. a -.
N.,
m
C
m
et
.i
ri 0
Y
O
E.
.1
ti
O
.
e-h,. 0FY?0
t,
.0a)
i C15CmPÁOÉdÓ rC) 1Y -i
.-1
Y
C O
41
d> ..a i .., i V
- aO . m
-.r-d YEstI.
C t. .i
rpimC..aCifrb,
0400.0.04,0. 4)
al IdOot, a t. c;
-. 0
Y
a)
Y
V
-0/
Y O CO
O
'áAç-.1.-á m-
U 41 A=
a7 r-.
U U
r-1
U
H
U
t0. U
ó CI5
a d -- r,
-,
O
d
rai> -o-
o
f,
m
.0 d
0...0,0 t,04).->4'414)0R.4 d 7-,.OY -S-.'
C al
ri
40 V6
C
0 1
t.
m,
P. P. P.
a1
¡,
a1 t, t. GIDO
60 40 0 0 O
O O t, C C
C COO 0
O m
a aldd a t.Ad.CSs a= o t. 0 o C) C
r-1
0> a as
V
0
C
07 CO CC KO
o,C0..Y: a)
C.
O
o
P. P. t. t.
dYYYYYY ri m U
C V V a) Ca.4-. an
I--mr.R.r.aí Ya YV d r.
7
I
40,0
I
A
A
47
m hn C
tVhC.0-.-t0Ca11..) Ê4tO..-rr.Ui4-S2y' '0h04'.0rP64i.)YtaOO.D) Ar4-ma1-.4t'-04,). '.Oo-O, mAoCO --COC,-'grbC,pi d d v .d0O00To4...0Ataa.S)cZVoI Y{Ca.tYYe7-I.. -Y.VIC,f)qI(L,esfI,)faodI )Us0aÌ C}lI )m.Ca14í C.1bIemAmI-I.
.. -, 0 CO .-1.-1C
MD
C
a)
n x ,] z w oe oe ae ,]
z4)
a a 3 ra,
n,
r0 ,
O
C)
1e
.-1 GC
ce
o
CO
.0 m
.0 m
S,' O
m m
O
m
o 0 m m
0
ao
O CO,
ao m
0
,nt)vINNjOn eVD
1r1 ...0
r4
.-i
Ct'-l
v1
-t.-2
>n
vp,.
,O
tN'l
O-
VD
O
s3xass r,
r-.
OV, OVr, riir,.--1.rO1rr,-,
t'1 O.7
u,3 J VO
tn f'-,-3
COUOv,
.7
('l
DID
u4fV'-l,l,VfD'.l,CtfN.O'4l74vt')1l0t-Dt'Irl,
0i03030Z030Z0ï0t0 ul.11 vl VlDr. v\ VD Vl VD
jet'l
COuOl
YE
r r Or.00,.COr V) l0 'O t`
sLOV0OT'r1i1t0OV'/11Cl'OVOC0,OlNVOO11rODb.
4 3
O, sr,
ul
.COIO`,Dv=Or1-l.rN-iPV1u''l,11r01it.--O1V(-?D1V.,rtfvIO`'l.lO.l-V. errOIC-1l0iOV,NtrO"iOOIOOrCti'll1V1l100'/`1lo1IrrVV00,.1Irle.rryC1r.'.
siiZi sYs3i 7g
C)
M
C
Y Y
O
Y Y
+
ai41 co
©John F. Rider
Y H
>
dC. C
O
Nri
>
,r..
O C
O
>
i VC rir.'d +'
H
A F
.4
VD
Y '0 r-.
H4.
4.
Y
V\ N
r-O1 rY.
rO1 OvlYrY.
>>6>> >v6 >>
O>
N
ri
0
000000., 0
Z4 3 C,1
OG4hCí0Oc0NC03NOroi O.4sO
60>0O-10 p.r,rlri
CD
O
0°3000000o 0riOri HdeS-...-m4t>1.)Ai .O6mEVO.. %hXd.v',XO\4N,Xd%.d.V*t.l.6tOoa..),d.O2x-.ZV%d,,OÑV-X.\\Om06N4Zd.4daN.T. .tOVN4O,-ßOY>0O3>0NV>I-Ñ77OO6
2X tI,
tiI
tI,
tIi
I
T.
I
E.
tI,
tI,
tI ,
tI ,
I
R,
1 Al
t1.
tI,
t1.
0., TS
0.{-.
tI ,
VVVV VVVV VVVVVVV
m
d0d0d0d00d0'O0d0d00d0d0d0d0dddlIld rIN CO
C
m C
COMM CC C
m C
m C
woe C 0
m C
m C
m
C
m C
m C
m
C
C N
O
C
m C
U O
O
U
O
O
O
D
O
U
U O
O
U
O
V
O
U
U O
U O
UO UO
U O
O40)
U O
U
UC0
N! H u>
[r. V'lr-.
H N
t'1 Vl
trN'-l1VcrN1clU-)rN-C1lvrNN1lvfrNlrC,lrN'1l VlrN0110rNvfl-O0ON
r1 N N
O N
vr.\ON
N 0:
0000000000r1000C lr vl V\ vl vl y\ v\ u-%v,v\ V\ vl v1 u>
33 2s3, X,i,c c XSiXIliii11,
l0
r1
p N y
U
dal
a]
rMi r411
.
l0
r1
. Ol
r-4
.
O N
.
N N
v. l N
Fe0l..5100-5srei440040>,0ri>0t'l>4y0\
t,
N
Y,-YF k
i i i Q
r,\i i +1
Y
y .\-1
1reiaiYy\i-=Y2aOs4íprir-i44,1IYm:.-1m\aFiNí Yci3a i4YN. Yaim1r-1m\\r1\mvOk'HhiaCeO
d E C m
m al 4 Y O
\ 0 0 0 to 0
00000 AO CO C0
lt''1,3n
0
N N
C O
p
t1- rO ,O
XC).00m000 n n
L'1
sO0O.0OEl XÑ
h0
x V
0t`
0vl
t-
CO
H0I0:0000000pON
z
0vl
0
N
0
N
0 0 d
N.Cr1
i 000 0
A
t.
a1
IIIIIIIIóI1IIIIliIIi 0
0 A
t,
04)
P0t,
a0 )
C 0 At, 045
C 0 At, 40 í
C 0 A
C.
041
C 0 A
C.
o47
Cr -i
0 A
H
R. O
a3
O
YR,
O
C0 C0 0 C0 0 C0 C0 C0 C0
At40, )A4R0.)4At0t,),AC40I)4At0,)4At0,)4At0,)4At0,)4At0i)4at',)
t,C,R,t.t,t.F,R,
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
YYY YY,YY Y.>YY 4. 4. Y
Y Y 4)
0
0
0Ot,t.t,t.R.t.t.R.t.R,
4. 4.
.. i .- rl -i .1 m CO m m m co m to E m CO m m CO CO m CO CO CO .-1 .-1 .-1 .-1
ri 0 V m CO
m m CO
CO
CO
m
m m CO
CO CO
CO CO CO CO CO
V VVVVV VOVVV VVV VVV
tZtxcL' f>»a.O:CC IZ>CCt>r11:PCIZI>~t[IZPCLC
r Ol O
-N2
CD
H(NCD')NCrNCO,CCDNNOO OU.(NjTOIOONNOI'-ONNO7 OH(rN"Tlrh CtViO'lDCrvr!-O)4\iNNr0iOOCNrO rriO1, rlrO01-O(rC.11JD(0.ON-'I1D0rtO-',210.1r-(-L013-`O0(NNrll
3c33333,S,=Ti21 '0>0V)- Ul Ul vl vl vl vl vl v, u\ v1 v1 Ul Ul V,v1 vl
3133c32c
Is
[ 44 CO
4
NH uri, C.-O.
ri
N
t',
N
VD
N
N
Nt',C'I1tst-'lct'Ol-7ON.y
OUltvVlvyllvOltvl)l
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-87
MODEL 9280, Ch. 528.168
Power Supply:
Power Output: Undistorted Maximum
SPECIFICATIONS
015 Watt 0 30 Watt
117 Volts, DC or 50-60 Cycles AC, 11 Watts or Catalog No. 6404 Battery Pack.
Frequency Range: Broadcast
540-1610 KC
Schematic
Part
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
C1, C2, C3 C4, C5, C6 C7 C8, C10 C11 C9 C12, C17 C13 C14 C15, C16 C18, C19 C20, C21, C22 L3 R11, SI
LI
CHASSIS PARTS
T84-391
T83-421 T18-296 T19-207 T20-149
Cable, assembly, battery Clip, I.F. transformer mounting Capacitor, electrolytic
Capacitor, variable (3 gang) Capacitor, trimmer
T16-153 T15-188 T16-152 T15-186 T16-150 T16-157 116-179
Capacitor, .005 mfd. 600 v.____
v._ Capacitor, 100 mmfd. mica____
Capacitor, .05 mfd. 200
Capacitor, 10 mmfd. Capacitor, .02 mfd. 400 v._____ Capacitor, .1 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, .05 mfd. 400 v.-_
T17-100 T10-553 T24-185 T84-77 T51-105 T21-152 T47-108 T76-13 T52-196 T82-65 T45-121 T58-77 T39-265 T83-642
Couplote, ceramic unit____-____
Coil, oscillator Control, volume Cord, power, AC/DC_________ Cord, pointer travel, 28"______ Cover, plate, bottom______-- -
Grommet, variable condenser___ Insulator, electrolytic _-___ _ Knob, AC/DC/battery switch____
Loop, antenna Plug, AC/DC
Pointer Pulley, dial cord Rectifier, selenium
Schematic
Part
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
52 T1, T2 T3
L2
T69-173 T10-475 T80-228 T10-535
T86-51 T86-80
Switch, AC/DC/battery Transformer, 1st and 2nd I.F. Transformer, output
Transformer, RF
Washer, "C", tuning shaft
Washer, compression, tuning
shaft
CABINET PARTS
T44-10 T22-159 T42-463 T67-549 T40-152 T52-203 T31-157 T76-17 T97-70 T97-132 T98-12
Baffle _. Buttor, plug (trimmer hole) Cabinet Dial scale _..--------------------_-__--
Escutcireon
Grille cloth Knob
Plate, goop cover_____... Terminal strip, loop____
Screw, #6-3/e, statuary bronze Screw, #6-1/4, statuary brunze
Schematic
Part
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
R1
R2 R3, R5 R4 R6 R7 R8 R9 R10 R12, R15
R13 R14 R16 R17, R18, R19
T60-744 T60-669 T60-728 T60-730 T60-704 T60-727 T60-676 T60-770 T60-726 T60-729 T60-708 T60-796 T60-757
Resistor, 22,000 ohms, r/z W. 10%
Resister, 4.7 meg. r/z w.
Resistor, 10 meg. 1/2 w. _
Resistor, 47,000 ohms, 1/2 w.____ Resisto", 330 ohms, 1/z w. 10% Resisten, 100,000 ohms, 1/2 w._ Resisto., 30,000 ohms, 1/2 w. Resister, 470 ohms, 1/2w. 10%
Resistor, 2.2 meg. 1/2 w....
Resistor, 1500 ohms, "h w. 10% _
Resistor, 680 ohms, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 110 ohms, 3 w. 10% Resistor, 2000 ohms, 10 w. 5%
T17-100 T75-79
T68=39 T79-378 T70-122
Couplcte, ceramic unit
Shaft, tuning _-- _-------_ _ Socket miniature, wafer
Speaks.:, 5" P.M.
Spring dial cord
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil Generator ground lead connected Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
0.4 v.
To B- thro h 0.1 mfd. capacitor
30%, 400 cycles
Fully on
Center of pointer '.toed up with extreme left dot on dial ba king plate. (Chassis right sie up.)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-88 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 9280, Ch. 528.168
Position of
Tuner
Min. Cap.
Generator Freq.
455 kc
Dummy Antenna
0.1 mfd.
Min. Cap.
455 kc
0.1 mfd.
Min. Cap.
1610 kc
0.1 mfd.
1400 kc
1400 kc
0.1 mfd.
1400 kc
1400 kc
Generator Connection
Pin #6 of
1U4 I-F Amp.
Pin #6 of
1R5 Cony.
Stator ant. tuner
Stator ant. tuner
Hazeltine Test Loop
Adjustments (in order shown)
T2 (top and bottom)
Ti (top and
bottom)
C6
C5
C7
Function I.F. I.F. Osc. R.F. Loop
Max. Microvolts Input to produce
.05 w. output 5000 250
30 100
ALIGNMENT NOTES:
1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation transformer when aligning on AC. 2. The alignment must be done in the order given above.
3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.
GANG CONDENSER SHOWN FULLY IN MESH.
I
TENSION
SPRING
o
IDLER PULLEY
SHOULDER RIVET
3 TURNS
/
IDLEP.
\ PLLLEl
/POINTER
TUNING SHAFT
STRING AND POINTER HOOKUP
TO LOOP AND ANT.
TRIMMER
C7
TUNING SHAFT
C6
C5
04
Tó
J
ON-OFF SWITCH AND VOLUME CONTROL
. T3 MOP
BATTERY
POWER SWITCH
o CD II°J
(Aire
INSERT POWER PLUG HERE FOR AC/DC OPERATION
LOCATION OF PARTS ON TOP OF CHASSIS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-89 MODEL 9283,
Ch. 528.158
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-90 SEARS, ROEBUCK
MODEL 215, Ch. 528.174
SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply:
Power Output: Undistorted
Maximum
0 15 Watt 0 30 Watt
117 Volts, DC or 50-60 Cycles AC, 11 Watts or Catalog No. 6480 "B" Battery and two Flashlight Cells
Frequency Range: Broadcast
5'40-1625 KC
Schematic
Port
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
CI, C2
C3, C4, C5
C6
C7, C14
C8, C16,
C17
(
C9, C10,
C11, C12,
C13
C15
C18
L2
CHASSIS PARTS
T19-209 T18-297 T15-205 T16-153 T16-150
Capacitor, variable (2 gang) Capacitor, electrolytic Capacitor, 50 mmfd. ceramic Capacitor, .005 mfd. 600 v.
Capacitor, .02 mfd. 400 v.
T17-103 Capacitor, ceramic unit
T16-152 T16-179
T11-187 T83-421 T10-554
Capacitor, .05 mfd. 200 v. Capacitor, .05 mfd. 400 v.
Clamp, power cord Clip, I.F. transformer mounting Coil, oscillator
Sehestsetie
Part
Loaatbw Number
DESCRIPTION
R11, R12 R13 R14 R1S R16
R17 R18 R19
R20
T60-668 T60-708 T60-709 T60-770 T60-729 T60-725 160-757 T60-711
T60-771 T71-43 T68-39 T77-151 T79-382 T70-165
Resistor, 1 megohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 680 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 820 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 470 ohm, 1 w. 10% Resistor, 1500 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 160 ohm, 3 w. 5% Resistor, 2000 ohm, 10 w. 5% Resistor, 2700 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 270 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Shield, volume control ._. Socket, miniature wafer Spacer, variable condenser .._ Speaker, 31/2" P.M. Spring
Schematic
Part
Location
Number
DESCRIPTION
R4, S 1
L1
R1
R2, R5 R3 R6 R7, R8 R9 RIO
176-69 T24-187 T23-162 T21-159 T47-108 T37-126 T37-127 T92-68 T83-642 460-727 460-728 AS0-730
A60-669 AFO-726 A60-690 A60-753
Connector, "B" battery
Control, volume and switch Cord, power, AC/DC
Cover, bottom
Grommet, variable condenser Insulator, volume control Insulator, selenium rectifier __. Loop, antenna Rectifier, selenium Resistor, 100,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 10 megohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 47,000 ohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 4.7 megohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 2.2 megohm, 1/2 w. Resistor, 27 ohm, 1/2 w. 10% Resistor, 220 ohm, 1/2 w. 10%
Schematic
Part
Location Number
DESCRIPTION
T1, T2 T3
T10-508 Transformer, 1st and 2nd I.F._I T80-256 Transformer, output
CABINET PARTS
íT42-468 T22-155 T35-8 T83-431 T70-164 T52-307 T67-544 T67-555
Cabinet --front -back cover
Clip, back
Clip, "A" battery retainer
Handle
Hinge, spring clip Knob
Overlay, dial scale Overlay, volume
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output meter reading to indicate 0.05 watt across voice coil Generator ground lead connected Generator modulation Position of volume control Position of pointer with tuner fully closed
0.4 v.
To B- through 0.1 mfd. capacitor 30%, 400 cycles
Fully on Pointer should be horizontal, pointing to left (9 o'clock).
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SEARS, ROEBUCK PAGE 21-91
MODEL 215, Ch. 528.174
Position
of Tuner
Generator Freq.
Dummy Antenna
Generator Connection
Adjustments (in order
shown)
Function
Max. Microvolts Input to produce
.05 w. output
Min. Cap.
455 kc
0.1 mfd.
Pin #6 of T2 (top and
I.F.
5000
1U4 I -F Amp. bottom)
Min. Cap.
455 kc
0.1 mfd.
Pin #6 of Ti (tcp and
I.F.
250
1R5 Cony,
bottom)
Min. Cap.
1625 kc
0.1 mfd.
Stator ant.
C2
Osc.
tuner
1400 kc
1400 kc
ALIGNMENT NOTES:
Hazeltine
CI
Loop
100
Test Loop
1. It is recommended that this set be connected to an isolation transformer when aligning on AC.
2. The alignment must be done in the order given above.
3. While making the above adjustments, keep the volume control set for maximum output and the signal generator output attenuated to avoid AVC action.
ON-OFF SWITCH
AND
VOLUME CONTROL
! TUNING .: SHAFT
LINE CORD
LINE CORD PLUG SHOWN IN POSITION FOR BATTERY
OPERATION
LOCATION OF PARTS ON TOP OF CHASSIS
C18,CI0,CI 1,012 Ei C13 R6 R8
R3 R2
RT
R12
©John F. Rider
SELENIUM RECTIFIER
LOCATION OF PARTS UNDER CHASSIS
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-92 SEARS, ROEBUCK
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SENTINEL PAGE 21-11 MODELS 1U -312 -PG, lU312-PW, 312 -PG, 312-PW
w
i ó .r n 4 o
I III
11Í111111111911.11
III 11111111111111111111111111111111111111
sIIIII
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 SENTINEL
MODELS 1U-312-PG, lU312-PW, 312-PG, 312-PW
ÿÿ
w Z
EFz
c
Vá
3 .,
p`
^-I,nV'
F
.LVy "OF0
uDtvi?
E
^ x
".4,:5.4v,-wbi T+ .+ C2
.>a, r+.0..
cu-,
áEÿw FC
a . bde
á º E
4., ....r,2
w
O}, s. 84
á E
s Ea
cVFcç d al Ñ ÓVC x io,,,
C4O4y V V2
o aw
0 C
Ñ C
CoaV! 3dYy%wr+o
by. .».c°F
O
O a7
E.)a>
d0Vpy
cc)
a Cm
ÿb d4 Ó Ñ a3
w pa) Ñ+O-'
+'' OatO. O
..0a,,a1H4[z N
C t[¡ w
á .aa)
.-.
r1
H
[
;Xw Fe~J .>Ed
ó :'
,A V
ÿp.r
ç y
asAa
37
O Ó
0 ÿ
ci;
q.0y
>ó> F F
C>C
ÿy p O b V1
yZ .. Oá ti F V Ñ
V +'
O b
y..
aS
Ó
W Q{
m
F - OV
.%CQN'OOO.Oa CV. ..
`
T.,. .3.-r-2,
.E0O ap N V
O
yE g
W d.9-.Pi
H3n"v2
aFi.i
...1
w M
o a) W
v QO ,k
42 V2
te..,
ti
000 IV T, :.«
wv" O
O a; H
OOwóOßj
>,z -ó4.,O..Iº.>r-,
tmi H
VA
á a) -I,
á3°'úèáia, ÿw ÓaaF
E y
á,s.v
a) cp
,
?pwW0
O
ro0 aa) y .-.4) ...'
O
a
E m
á ßi ...+
O
w
O4, y,-.
i0y
a)
yH >ai R'i F
ópá
EÓ '.-'E0FW.,'
rz oryg
'
EN.xy V
bH .1 í`t.
a)
000ÄQ
óÑ `n Et
V 'be
a O
3,.a.,
ó et°o cn E
aá.- pp., ó O -+ co
pód,+] .t3.'.1aw")i.
omw 3
N
p,v2
°oW
ÿaa>1"FFi+>ó p+ú>c0
+0a>.,2ou.ÿvW,c, i.
Evd-L9)iÁti H?'.mF
,ºo á iò U ic
+' .a.,moO.y
zz.mgpzFwOa
z ca WHe^o
wO
4ä) 1.4 O
p O(z
a0i,7. ',2 P3
42
8" E-'
p, ,.W.,"o.60 a cj
ó '1g ei,
waC.x+wF
as
E °Há Óa°°W > a zaA EbF e v2,
a 2
ÿ c?e
o. ., ._
F
V
A
Oa O
ÿH
W..9 4->
aV E ca
cOWy~.ÿOjw U.J'.r.n C
c+
áH
..
c,-m -1-,; ''E-tl`~2
.U46-ó°73wtiOHm.Sxqya>v)ado zRivÿ.a
moa gi, R4H4
N.^G,wa,
o3 -c-5
á
á
ó
` é
d
_
E
.P
_
É
.:
E
=
le
=d=
é
ç °
é
e
EO`
f
ú
Ó
v
'=
J
á
_.=
x
%
0
.+
i
2.
-'
7
ti
C
_-
7t_s
'
=
6
`
°
c
.t
U
c
1
Y
m
_
_
v-4id4n
cc
7
Y
` i
- s
^Y
j
m
.?_;i:
ó _ «
ë e
k
Jc7
__ ö - .
7 i
...._mY9
Ó
31 i?
S,. °' Áb
á
â
mkmgj Ail
4,141,---
>
1.'
<
=.°..A
ó
7x°g,3.9.
< J J
= 4
é fO
0 W
y..
ee
5e é
..
.
::11
f<ie1'
*i c
!`!Ox
G**ì.r
smv
ó
óp
$eG
riiAl; E7
.^O
=`.Gr Gd.
;,°c
_
mm° b 9
qq
G
c
=
Li
..->
N
e
' HU
54 2e.,,
a:ápópd
`ro
T
T
4J 4V
=yptE
;re
..`OÓ-
Gp0 a°.O
6
e C9
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SENTINEL PAGE 21-3
MODELS 1U -312 -PG, 1U312-PW, 312 -PG, 312-PW
lßd1(10 0000-1S2221
^
gc
ri-o m
-II
i11 S00'
o5-2
L
MMMwi -,0711 áL
Hr
B.-44
ì
OZ -0
03w i ^
IE-
!11w 001
L-
6Z-0
-Í
frt Soo 9ra v0M3MwJAl'Is
J
a1-tl
-,03w C C 9-0 a
f
:-«i B9-0 99-0 1 -:ád
lww001 Io
itl 1
r 00000 y4r
i'I I C -5445441
'9a21
y
v0001t
T
Z-1 '50544
-11-1
raÓ(üy"T
¡m
9-3 !w 500' -,OOOb1
{
Ç x
00Q1
íÖ
9 1 100 Oso
d35000k;--
01-44
-,03w C C
^.
R VQ Ti m
c -a
MM0M05 I -,0311 C'C
I !w 50' 6-2 .1 SO'
91.0
p1.
GO
G10
GO 0 91-tl -,0051
va-W51-tAl Y.40-.
1 il
To,9,,C--
{
4N
TUII
cl...
G«T
r
`zl
á T
I
tl
`¡065
CI-tl
v099
9
I
k' N'
iw SO'
ICI -0 Pµ
!w So'
n -a
099
31.0
IF
AV co Zi-44
099
OZ -11
-MSrtMV -,9311
61-9
é
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 SENTINEL
MODELS 1U -12 -PG, 1U-
312-PW, 312 -PG, 312-PW
33 333 3
M m
\ 333333 c el M) m t+1
E
.
.
.
ó
s s \\\\\- E2 E2d
m m Pl m P'1
E d
s E
O o
ol
U
sss s - O- 0= ds.c rn ó+tñ ótN
O
o E E E E E O
22e2 n :. tU2m2.O00.O0.0O0m0- . rm.m"d--2O,=O-D O0e 0ee000` 0.
0
c
a . d
0
d0=e
t:
0
d
c e c
0 0 0
c d d
0 0 0
d
0
0 3
00°0>s0s0s0-0G0s0s0 UVULL- -asln s 3 il -e -2
0 0
-2 0
Q
O
0
0
O
0 0
0
d
0
O1 Ed
Ú
d E
F` d d e c
02.02-0º
- G
_ --a-x 0 0 0
E4 t` c f-
>
C
LL LL O
02.- ,1!
ï
O
d
>
E J
T O
d
Ó O--Ñ O N Ñ_ Ñ_ Ó O D
ÓÓÓÓÓ0 0
Ó
c Ó Ó _Ó
OC
Ñ .i. 1M Ñ .n Ñ..7.
Ñ Ñ 1; 1;
C
O -Ów-UC4-O
o t erce/YO-'tYe[OCaee c 0 3 N 'Z., .C; . m
.7.
Ñ
W Ó Ó Ó Ó %Ó Ó
Ó
ÑÓ m
m(U U1- N N OC ce ce OC
U
O
0
U
C.
K
='V)Om
n n LU LU
m
e. CO CO
p
e
O
Q.
w m N
m
^ 1fI1- V) V)
mmm e.1
`tO- IYV`1 m.Omumanp.0epOW.PO1m,11N1
n neweppnil LU LU UU LU LU LU LU LU LU LU
N O
CO CL Co CO CO CO CO CO Co CO CO
- O O O
1LU
CO
m
Am -m 010
1/1 m
OV1-.OvV11.Om.m.r001n
.OO
1A
N
O N
e
n NW- P 1 N N N LU LU
r, r,
LU
LU
OuU
OUJ
OLU
UJ Co
Otu
CO
CO .O CO
CV
lid LU CO 111
n m O- m -/ e Ñ- .VI.H/(^ =Z 1.ÿ-
NOCoc°m[eUYOCVfOdCIle0eer0`YOCa[Nra'Cr CIn/.r0OñCm[re1e '0OCd'I-rJNFFmF*1-VF1 V-1N3V1
ó
eE
Ea
Q.rei.
I%
a=_
«_ m
C
M C
T T
CE+E'Or guÓÓ f é
=
- `:aG11C141
m^ ¡yn ó.Çu,jVYe c _
ee
t:r
«Ñ
dU>ir eUi =`=`MWaW :,e »:«r.Ú ',
émt9om`p'pt1N
O
a
«ó.ó. 3f u u.tnm_>; uCu .....úá
i
'oee
I Uc
>.
z r
Ua~dácaV _ú o o
>` u
m`-
áao
YY,EQ9
._. . .
.`+mi.lÚV)YY
; Á
.u..d
d _ç
n ñ>,.r
mmm u ua
==ejmí/1 u
ImT1 :Qc=m=cNSNc=Nc=>'H>q1HCCO=oO=óY.éY_QJ::.-NO9tijE
ÓNImN M
W
O W
rNW)Ñe.+WIAIN MWNW1n°Wt)WÑeWbW.NOWtttpNWpOtWONWdWr.WMtWeNAAWÑAANWN
ÑÑÑ.nINnM.ÓMMMMMMáÑOOÑÑ
ó 0..-0.-0-
/1 >0:>0;>0:
m imn Vm)
ï2ï d 0 0 O
0
LL LL LL
t^
0
.2,
a o
in ..., IC1
óóó
m VVU
coE
E
E E E O 10 0
äd I ÚÚU
v -o
á x
LL E
ti
e. CL
Ú
ú
O
O
;Ot
U m
»>LLO>N0Qí0n3oVla1-.LlOLc >
0 0 p,e0e0Oa
0000' u OOU.
Ov0 v0vOOV1
0
ovro"'vld
OlVn) `
G
0-0
dN
op E ó
T-U°U ïî°S >îï.E LL LL
.-.. LL LL LL
LL tJ C_
»-
C LLO Q)
` ` ` O°` 7 O O O 01
m
sNt °.1- Ut. U
d T N- LkLsr111-LeL[-?F1¡I1-Hs LLF-N 0 -131i e+Zs > >
G VDt tOo O111 O VOI
> > W 0
0 >
'Ud
O
J
q
d-ti W
> > > .-
Ñ OL Ñ
2
c01
°
ú2-43d=-.=15d-
t++
>t.V1 N
W
>. Nin
m O
OP..
q 7
-Oá
+°.
V O a
0
U
_+ +U°U-+_corO,
O
+ U
O
u
O
u
O
u
V
U
0000=0000000 a a- a- a
0
a
0
a
0
O-
a
O
a
O
a
.0
a
0
a0.0a0-
OU
V0aO-0O
.0OaO-0O
.° c O.d.. O-
U O
O
Ñ o
ÿ
UUUU UUUUUU 0 U U Uet:
I`
V) V1 V)
z 0ro O O O o O
co
á nn CoLU
o
CI-
WmN
W m
CO
W m
CO
a o
Y
VW ) N r
VNl ee-
O0WmN4eWmN-..WmN-r.WON-0
-m W(0.V.O940W.VmO40W.YmO4eWtN0Nm4A0.VWm.O0VWV4')
in W VN 1
W
VN )
W
NV1
.010
Iv v
W m
(N
W
N
'- 0- QeDU co co CO
m
V) Q-0 e-O0 nQmn Un on P
Nene 1fl.on n n CO P
UUUUUUUUUU(JUUUUU UUUUUU ö Ú U () °é
s
m m
sr -
J J m'
ää
m m
__
wGr Ca Ó V
;;3a;>;32ó3 moJC7 aóm.p_ót7iÓWÓW 1é 1ÿ22Cón ,a173guÿ_AuYqf%7V-lz=tní-.t;...3Ç..
T TC FOF2 1.EV.óC3Nñ22VNU2(.C3°2IO2n'..2L-,2nÉ211rNQ°É.._yC)tNa-d22yi3aE,Ñ3yd.mi0.'...mr.,a,>9'iUúfñhUaN_~>
t ñ D.
m_ _
E
U
v)
Eori
U
v
ú
m U
có
m U
uOUdm aLD.m00000
U VUOOOOO
N
N
N NÑ
2 r
tOau,
On
.Wn O N
n.WONn
n
.n W O N
M N
W
N
eNnt+N`tNMN./MNt Nt00OmtON WN WnfW`OWN.n4lt)1tn4M1.t4Oh1 NW
oAp,
zotidMn
tiW W
n
0_
m
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SENTINEL PAGE 21-5
MODELS 1U -335 -PG, 1U -335 -PI, 1U -335 -PM, 1U-335-PW, 335 -PG, 335 -PI, 335 -PM, 335-Pw
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-6 SENTINEL
MODELS 1U -335 -PG, 1U -335 -PI,
11i -335 -PM, 1U-335-PW, 335 -PG,
335 -PI,. 335 -PM, 335-PW
o " °F CS
G4
p z
Y p P-I
ÿ0 <
aó z
óWx
ava w ti
: y ., 7ú0
. á6
.v tra U
ad4epwCó0Z~0á ^
as'.
y4-,"vi°
Ç ^d
p, y
v°C
d
Ñá
Q1 C7'
Ew
C
p p
49
E 4,
UFá
t~w Y..^
""0 y o
ó e
N
O
oz,
cu as
'N
c
bu+co
924,... alli)
° F
.
V! O
4-2 p
WáFa
-o .s. O
m O
~ o0 A 0 11
p ociF7e¡woas
D
Ow..
<gÁ.-ÿ.-QE. 7. W
ua
Y aip
N5
.;zóáoºadW;
Ñódó .2 .5.-.c1
Pg, cÿawV)-a, :.n 0ÿxÿ;
FZ
.a0FV c
i¡°
0
,,ºwºf
U
YA .
p,w(rrrJza..
:";
:73 y... F, ...v. piJ' C
O 0 i^
.Z w.-.
OCV
. ów2 CS du . +. Lwo
oy
'xEsoo
$...- e
4ti
a ÿW
O
ce ` w
-,5.-u44
o) mi
p0 E-85 ,xá
,MW ,...2
4-,
p4i m,papcä a O
(.5
ÿ o0. áGÚ
áá x°° 5^F
i C OF0
03 44
?, y° cpZ.ºp
Ñu flflÿz da,a,
ddlaEv.°''GVEA'Cc.CCd' a 97
l~
p43 CO tg °'
-ÿó°
F d
4) ND d
m
ó d, ó 2C4 d
C i-
boo?3
O Uai°F,WFri
H óx0pó
a
d E-, ,oG
áw<
p <C
.0
U co
au>,Wó
W
,y
óÑpdC0C
+'
ca Z..,.-, °o
p,0
api C
aEl xNM O
a>Garay3nM,.1a.e,i. zGozF
z'^,°,
x,F, F F
°-, 7
y i.., ..0 Elm
d
t7
z
P.
óaÓ U
C Ap
z(14..=mab Ó
w
g.-)
.4,F
, c
w.=yûFaiW Ó
H
w
a,.bCz. ,
g ä
B
g
's
L=á
p é
g
m
E
g
w
E
á--
E
? i1
6 N
E É
E
E
E
- 2, E r ^ Ñ
g
4
i C e
1° É
rNÇ .y°.
É
O
É
E
-
sdm
--
g
i
-
i"w
.:
É
Z.5
='
O
o ,
<
`1
o C
,; -E.
__ _
c
É
ä
;
9
<
<
i F C
vóc
Éó
;j
-
...
t « á
t -
t O Ó N Ó U. a,ó
d r
m Cá
óL3
sÉ 2
-
=
_
a
7r.63ro
c1-c - _m
B aJJ
i ^ 76 Á
U
V
O
'-c
66 ÿ r'go _i;
b- m
Ég
t!E
E e
U
.3'3
c
_
g .i
M r
r Ci
=-me i
éCd
wá
a w
CJ
zpC
iV .
<'
L -21
T
d
$ _
%
C e
'c m
c e
m 4
á ti
áói
.
o
i
;i
1 L-1
a V
.2 ....oz C
0.U=0,b30ÿ'302x.7w0Mt'0Ey=G~°...R:d F.eQÚy
-- ,W d d w C s>
o
°
Ra.vW 0,_...-.
WU
A
Ht:
<^
< c .
é
e
.r
g
N
N)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SENTINEL PAGE 21-7
l MODELS 1U-333-PG , - 3 ;-5-PIG,
1U-335-PM, 1U-335 -P Wt 3 3
,
333-PI, 335-PM, 335-PW
W
_0 a
É
\\\ \\\\\\\ 333 33333333 ó
M M M 3 M01 M M M M M N 3
\
v2
E o
E00E rO=E 0tE L0E .0Ec0SE 0LE 0lE.0cE10E0Q
c
O
0
0 000 <000
pp0CDmON0m00fMf0O0
-y.00 n`d :. n(V
W O.O
N V'
J 0
0 `
c 0
W
We0.0e0
c 0
11
e
10 ]
e 0
W
e
0 W
e
0 W
e
0
_o
e e e c
0
_o
0
..O
0
-0
0 W
0
J C
U U 0 U UU U U Q U0U7f;
U 0
.a0- 0- 0- 0-0-0-0-0-0:00000C-. wv '- '- .- ú E n n )n n n )n n w n m N _h r N
t Y K C c Z
mÑdW ÑÓd OC p! ce
z 0 ) O! ce 10' 0'_ cc ce
i ___ V M IA 1A {A un
V'fV
N M un V
VO W a N M V W
W O W w t
p
E.
LhNU
nN0L"U,
N N Ne- "LIU- LU
nLNU
LnNU
nLNU
nUNJ
LnNU LnNU
nLU
fV
n N
n N
N n
ÉL ú
úva? c
K V) > V1 U
O7 0 O 0 P)
wWW W
N NN
O- 0- O.
N
N
NN MN 7N
UN,.NONn
W N
M
M
mMMfn
M+,-
n 0 In
M
.MO M
CM o
ñ "-
E -° cri
QQf_
>Oú v
; 0,
C
d
c -g
: ) v
s3O
m
c' mco3
O
rUj.á CuO0mZmOmUO 2ºg' 0 U
q>>`F>0
O w
0 Ñ O
O
00> 0>0
u u u uY v
_
-c0OE>
0 +m
a cU0Q
J pppmImv= mp q h -t, ±-
7-z, m
p
.« u
o. m v m ó U=Y mEZ0-E di=
mQ m 3 ú Q
döó230mdw d o
v
m
_E V)
a Wn
d +r-Q ó2 -0v-0 -0v Ñ (-)
Cr
c un
715
o .2
O
v v áU Á ó ó ó
c 0 =..10000.7-, ooe U U a 0 0 v 0 0 0
T
O0 -Tb
c
c
q
9
N
Ó+-O
m. O
m_=======Y p mpm p_
oC
0C
tt
m
Ú
Ñ J 0C cr
NN O-N Cr N --Wr nnnWwn A Ñ WNO
Cr
co N V1nCCO
re W WNWWM AWM M
V1 V)
M
W O
N 1/1 N N
lA IA lA
-
W
'tM nM M M
N coU
WM
Ñ
ii
T 0
.
.
.
.
-O.. C
33
mm
> =Ñ > y\\ OR,-O0
M M
j>> >
Oo0N,00t 00V'
> > 0oNON.- _
_ _ a C
E E
cvO1v0 0 p)
ti. w>
0 E
0
0
' > >pO00NNviao'U-v.cr - 27.
E
.- C C
o O ;
uO o ó
úO >2u2) I2n02In 2o_M_O0O-05CO'nGwnG
JNO--r- - - ÑHF-r-r-r-000UU ^
o
r= LL..-
a.- rnwowoo LL. . q
.
E
u 0
>
IA
u2
0
-
'Jo
-
'J0
m
J
c>- >-W O
-c. u
W.17
.- p p
ú
-
-
m
J
o
W J
W'J0
LL
.gE
0
ú
a)
0
u
á
O-.0
0 O'
ó
S
q C
C.o 0
un un
0 0
E c
m
z
Qc U5U5U5U0cU0c
0 C 0
c
0 0
00Ñ 000
0 0 0
- s -C0c0-0C0c-0cC0-VC0cM-0C0c..C0c.-aO0) -C0c0-0C0c1.C0c11-0.7.0
UUUUUUUUUUo' 0 0 0 0 0 o
o0om d
a
000OOnRV O 00
Co
Cr
-.O
V un un
a.
MW W LNOU oNr INn
W Ntn
W N M N
N W M N
WMN7IWMNr
NWMN
N W M
fV
W V O
fV
W M N
LMNU
ONWMN
V W n
rv
? LnNU
O
e
1SS L
. +
c -n
; q
_ v C
; a)
_>U
c
3
Q
U
Ç 0
'; 0q
3
;
; v3
C
v
W -OWLW C9 ,.i
-
.c --nm
E c' J Jon E q
Ñ 0
a
=cd-nddc Qó QJ Qó Qoo
_nc E 9
0-
LT -0 E g
a
ó co
tee
c,-_,
om
r
áomá J O
ó J
m g
ow
V
wn7
InY.0
0
0; J J Ñ .
Ñ c C O
0 : CO
Ñ c v
>
1a N W
o -g'0.,,-,7,',i;217,
cS 0;c.ñ v E c .- U. E. n oNm0 m m E=m W cm ? a) 0
Q
w W Ó U --D
9 m;.o U .L
3 ai
ai m v ai
dv -dv v dñ - , vv ú á v ', ú o`'cl.,'
_
c 0
oa c T.
0c u a)
c
E.Y
c
v0 Ñ 00 íoi Q Ñ O Ñ
.
m
C Wq
ai C9 Q ci< cU _.--¿c,=oc"3-1c--
ci< a;<
cC .dc_---u--.z_,
ai u ct_ :i."-.
ó c
w c
m
u
0 rn
I00I0I = I ó=m ó=m 0ó2m 0óIm 0 g_ U U
mm= CO
o
r:,
U
O Co
- O 0
CO
O
m q
iE d
ÿÑ Ñ
c
c
c
LO-
jU U
a N
Lr-U
M-O
tV
nLU
-MNO W n
Á 9- 0
á a
U un o Cr
r G rO-"-Z LL W ÁLLI M
CO
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-$ SENTINEL
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SENTINEL PAGE 21-9
w
ca cmC
v- cd a> aR Ec ÿ . v aJ C -C
ÿ c
xy ª 5 b£ C
t.
L - 0
=.
3 L
syy _s e .. Fy
Ç
C
7.'o
c cci
Ú
á C çö^'
ü
E-
to
"Zó y o u Ñ
ÿL C
co 3C>y .,,=ccy,
_>a y
, -í^ y C
at
c
Or a.. '""' - V .4-
UÇ E
E y aT.
- r7, J. ÿ y Ó 7.
OAp[cyçÿ
g g. 3) m
V o
U y
-o
3 y
a
ÿ3
. + G c O
y ?
r
cu -3öä "
.5..
cÿw ayi yo OVbumy
Ó tr pQ U
Oo a) a+
ya.4-,
E; 0.;
"a_ E
= -1.
g
Pr. ó=o
c
_
e
=
_
g
ó
e. á oj
= )
É
G+.2
p.,
Ó te> c0 C
"Go+.°'+EOeö
i., y 7f3.E0 ,v bw
Ó
+ íL
mzi
ÑO `F-,.
cy aÓÿ> I0. úwa
eº.ad + tat
C
E
O
á
E R
9
äú `»a
á E
L
E ç
T-
7_.'7 m.
m
" I
o O ó
s'
o
C
r 3
i ó
s
rt
-
í ç
..
..
i
¢
M
g_ E
g
,'-. o.g óx 3 y
92.
E
E owo3
:t.'.E
UW
C
oAz:er-
s-.--
1:
'Ñ óo acd)
C c°3ÿ,°oya
C.
o
cyuâC^CWC
é3c°Px
T.
I -i-
áátS=
<
zo
-` `
ae t
'é-m= _
-gc^
"_-_-
s
. ó
a..-.+
T
-l<t>
7
F
J J
£ m[`
w
U
O -
feJo- móa
m
c y
Est wC.
=y
c<y'
L. ?3óÁ..
Z -1
T
! ..
é
Ç T
V
...c-:
....le.,
^ '
c
0
k:
,_,
5 _
S
Ña
=
a-
caa.g
.-r
C
C
1.
_ `-
N
Cr!
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 SENTINEL
MODELS 1u -339339-K
ö
ó
3m3m3333
O O O
fn m m N 3
Uïï=0r00==0ï=0ïï=0T=02=0
O
i óïï0onu+v O
con CM
~!
r,
N N
Ñ
C
Ld°gEQ1
E
°Q$ E000000 u C- C- C C C C
gC
UO U4 UO UQ UV UOUOUcind_tk
áQó
in20uV
Q
i y -12 C. ,r.
m
n Ó O O O O O O O d
7c9 o1Eo3é,°.
O
(3
o!m O.dcn
N d cf o<d NÓa
pL
r-2 >ó UcO
ei° Leg
e^mmNm- W-Nñ^N- W- n n n W Wp 2_;
S
CI In In
W m
Cl
N O
m W
eWM
lWV
N
w N N N m N
ln 1n
W
N N
R N
m Ñ N
N
Am l
m N N
W C
C4
W N N
n ,,m in W NN
OO W W CI
r. N m
W0
N
O- O- O1 .O
co
O N
N
N N
m N
Y N
uCn
N42
n
Cl
N N CO O`
m
r,
.WV4-W:O
m
+t
> O
In
o
m E
E
á
°
21,-
.0o
T ON =c Ñ
.6
.t;
C
2 O.-_V_QW
O ._ -0
e
O N = -°J
cV
C
>
ON _
uC.2P»» »>
*13' o 0 o O 0 0 0
O;C N
O 1
-0.
fOVÑOV'OV
u. l; 0-il-
lió ïï 9 in N UV uOf 0t
vvv
lL u_ LL
tn
ON
E
m
rV =
o
Uád óáááááóá?
ááá ádá
E C
Z
á
C
<
-N ZN W
O W V
OfV WSr
PmW{1dWr.
W
N
K W
,Ó fV N N N C O Ç
CL
O NOOd
c cccc
d -9
C
-O0
C
O O d -C12-C13-0c
Ú Ú()ÚÚ
m N O N W m N
.O
N W m N
WOONmND
m W m N
.O
WNVm
O Nd c cc O O O
C CC
ÚÚÚ
W W .O
Y
.O
V
O.aOt
LmNU Non mN
O_ n CO O. N m Y
mq
rtiO . ,NMpOpm.-. Q
Z
^I
OOÑÓ
W
ii-WWW WN MON
tim6.
taW.
1
.^W.. 1Ñ^^pM
rW e
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SETCHELL-CARLSON PAGE 21-1 MODEL 5?G
ii\
I I
li
S P
Band Coverage: 1750 KC to 535 KC.
Operates on 115 Volts-A. C. or D. C.
1-12BE6 Det. Osc., 1-12BA6 I. F. Amp., Four tubes plus rectifier 1-12AV6 2nd Det. 1st Audio, 1-5055 Output,
1-35W4 Rect.
T04
T3
0
RIO
LJ
CA
TI
CB
12BE6
TI
CI
R5
'' GA
CB
T 3
.:aTo
CMS
TOP VIEW CHASSIS LAYOUT
12BA6
T4
I2AV6
SOBS
T5
Iào, o
T
R8
C2-
_C4
R6
R7
R9
= C3
RI
R3
R4
.-/VVV=.
C9
SPI
118 V. AC -DC
CS-
I C7
- R I 25 OHM R2-100 R3-180
R4-1500 RS -25M
R6 - 500M
R7 -SOON
R8- 5M EG. R9- 5MEG.
RIO- 500M
I/2 WATT RESISTOR
5
1/2
14 81
88 8.
POT. WITH SWITCH
©John F. Rider
4 4
3
12AV6
6085
4 3
4 3 R2
I28A6 128E6
-RÌ 35W4
I-.0001 MFD. 400V. CONDENSER
C 2-.0001
0 3 -.01
0 4 -.01
G 5 -.01
06 -.05
C7-.I
200V. 400V.
C8-.1
"
1.
C9-50+50 150V.
GA-B - GANG CONDENSER
T I - LOOP ANTENNA T2 - OSC. COIL
T 3 - 455 KC. 1.F
T4-455 KC. 1.F. - T 5 O. P. TRANSFORMER PLI-NO.44 PILOT LAMP
SPI - PILLOW SPEAKER
OCBII PLI
www.americanradiohistory.com
'AG E 21-2 SETCHELL-CARLSON MODELS 580, 5803, Ch. 58A
MODEL 580, 5803 SPECIFICATIONS
Band coverage: 540 KC to 1900 KC.
- Ten -inch Alnico V - P. M. console speaker.
3.2 -ohm speaker terminals (for T. V.)
Five tubes, plus rectifier
1 -12B46 R. F., 1-12BE6 Mixer, 1-12BA6 I. F., 1-12AV6 2nd Detector, 1st Audio, 1-6V6 Output, 1-6x5 Rectifier.
Wattage load: 45 watts. Undistorted power output: 2 watts.
`>sP:.^N
á
Ioutrur
á ó
PNorq
PHONO COTON
PICK-UP
CONNECTOR
AMT
CONNECTOR
115VA.C.
ó
a
b
R 1-400 R 2-500
Ohm I Watt Resistor Ohm 2 Watt Resistor
3- R
3K
R 4-10K
R 5-25K
R 6-39K
R 7-50K
R 8-500K
R 9-500K
810-2 Meg.
Ohm Ohm Ohm
Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm
V2
1
1/2 I
1/1 I/2 1/2 I/2
Watt Waatttt
Watt Watt Watt Watt Watt
Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor
Resistor Resistor Resistor
R11-á Meg. Ohm 1/2 Watt Resistor
812-6 Meg. Ohm I/2 Watt Resistor
R13--600K Potentiometer
12AV6
12846
I2BE6
C I-100
Mmfd. 400 V. Condenser
C 2-250
Mmfd. 400 V. Condenser
C 3-250
Mmfd. 400 V. Condenser
4- C
.0025 Mfd. 400 V. Condenser
5- C
.01 Mfd. 400 V. Condenser
6- C
.01 Mfd. 400 V. Condenser
7- C
.05 Mfd. 200 V. Condenser
8- C
.05 Mfd. 400 V. Condenser
9- C
.1 Mfd. 400 V. Condenser
I- CIO- .1
CI 20
Mfd. 400 V. Condenser Mfd. 450 V. Condenser
Cl2-20+20 Mfd. 475 V. Condenser
CA, B and C Gang Condenser
oop Antenna
LI Oscillator Coil
13 -Antenna Coupling Coil
TI -R. F. Transformer
12 -455 KC I. F. Transformer
T3 --455 KC I. F. Transformer
74 -Audio Output Transformer
75 -Power Transformer
PLI-No. 47 Pilot Lamp
-2 SI
-Pole 2 -Pos. Switch
-3 S2 -Pole 4 -Pos. Switch
PCI-Phono Pickup Connector
PC2-Phono Motor Connector 115 V. AC
ALIGNMENT Connect signal generator to miner grid No. 1213E6 through an .01 condenser and align I.F.'s T2 and T3 to 455 KC. transformer or vacuum tube volt meter for highest AVC voltage across condenser C7.
Use output meter across output
Align oscillator trimmer (CC) to dial calibration at approximately 1400 KC. Adjust antenna and RF section (CA and CB) for best sensitivity at approximately 1400 KC. Low frequency end alignment can be made by bending condenser plates.
12844
128E6
T2
12846
T3
12ÁV6
6V6
T4
Ti
.I1 ,11°
21
C2
a
'--
/Th /1 12846 128E6 12846 12AV6
6V6
115V.A.C.
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
T T
EXT. ANT,
32, TV 32^ SPAR.
OUTPUT
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SETCHELL-CARLSON PAGE 21-3 MODELS 5110, 51103, Ch. 511A
.::itttt`
sstZttts
lllilillll
118811ttl1tltItt
tltttttttitttitt«tltttitnt
PHONO PICK- UP
t CONNECTOR
PHONO MOTOR CONNECTOR
t UN RAC.
MODEL 51 103 5110 SPECIFICATIONS
F. M. ALIGNMENT
Align I.F.'s, TI, T2, primary T3 to 10.7 KC by connecting unmodulated signal genera
tor to grid of 12AT7 through .01 condenser. Use vacuum tube volt meter to read
highest AVC voltage across C30 condenser. Adjust top slug) for minimum hiss level (off station).
secondary
T3
(ratio detector
coil,
Adjust oscillator trimmer to correspond with dial calibration at 100 me and RF trim mer for maximum sensitivity.
A. M. ALIGNMENT
Connect signal generator fo mixer grid (12BE6) through .01 condenser and align I.F.'s T4 and TE to 455 KC. Use output meter across output transformer or vacuum tube volt meter for highest AVC voltage across condenser C27. Align oscillator trimmer
to dial calibration at approximately 1400 KC and antenna trimmer for best sensitivity.
A. M. band coverage: 535 KC to 1800 KC.
F. M. band coverage: 110 MC to 87 MC.
Ten -inch Alnico V - P. M. console speaker.
3.2 -ohm speaker terminals (for T. V.)
Wattage load: A. M.-40 watts
- F. M.-50 watts
Undistorted power output: 2 watts. Eight tubes, plus rectifier
6C4, 12AT7, 12BA6, 12BE6, 12BA6, 6V6, 12AL5, 12AV6, 6X5 Rectifier.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 5EICHELL-CARLSO 4
MODELS 5110, 51103, Ch. 511A
-
mews) is1'
+l-HII
II
MA/
¡HI'
II NII
od ^II
1
0JO0
N Wmf
Ó
r--(111
C
/\JI
_Des
00
':%zj000
fw
1
o
o
n
o
I
o --eG Ñ/
T
mmo
m m C C C
ymy
m UEm umEUmEuaEVCEumEUaEuaEmUECmoccCmo cCmooUCoUC,pVCçLLi
0000:.i0V(30VÚ000 á e<
u»»»»»»»»0m amaumuouo`m
D0GGCC3G áiáwwW c
§§§§§§§§§g§§2e3
2 fcc 2 cf 2>21222 l<!2V1í2fl
9999999991O-O7 }0 N m
00, 401. 00V0NtN0V0Nf0100VN0Ñ01,0ÑN010O0110f(N0t
Eu Eu uEuEuEuEu Eu Emm c01 óuuu
m cv UooUomUmmUmmUomUamÚoUm`(m jUoUómUEqVqEmUE
UZr.rrrrrraoo.0 va0ci^o^'>am>am>am>>am>>am>ma>mam>áaaáon,mmnaum._.»_»_
);,;>);>,:>);,;>);>,:>:).>:>>.:);>§§ç§§§§Q§§§§§§§§§
EEEEEEEEEE1"
12212222>>2222>12
N 8
Ñ00 -0 -0 -0-0-0
?OOpOpÓpOOÑpIppOl1
vvÚOUVUI.uO iUm0P0O0-NUf0+0fPuNvOuf
sz-II
_G--..-Mv^^^N--1II
.1P+U
r
2Nz 00
I-- 11 I rc I
m
If
7 III úl
I
U
m
Yc
UóÿyCf
0,6_,ÉÉÉ_,
iW1.1!1! ......4......4.c..,,
LÁ 0
Hi..r.CO
1 N
m .
ò°Loó6
C
r'5O 22:5o
rr ¡ ':'p'l.¡1m"C.m26OOIcó
,-J--
terQU3cUL.
LLOLCL-ºrL O.dÿ°-q<_0UU< 441z2d
ÓÓ40010 221g3.4ó
00010 .22n`nj
!!J 11
ád
I
I
I
I
I11mmmLL
33dó°
0000000000000000000000000
.Y.O.o.h1 11.Y11...m1.1mó«
OCGCKOCKOCYKKKOCKYCOCCICKCCCICOCwOLKK m
xm 3xm -3o xm3xm3xm3xm3xm3xm 3xo x30 xo3x3m xm3xo3xo3xm3xo x3m x3m xm3xo3xm3xo;x.0,0Z.:
EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 8888888888&388888888888588 Q%%Q$gghçrgv V$1 OYOYOYOYufYÑYÑíYníYi,VYIYYY m mV00
n1PVI.OICpOP-el fo ClOdI,fDPO -NM?Ñ
CLKKKOCeCKKCCOCKCCCfCCCKOCCCOCOCOCOCCCYCCCC
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SONORA PAGE 21-1
MODELS 299, 300
12AU6
CONVERTER
12AV6
DIODE - AUDIO
.00005
CI
9 C2 C3
455 C.
T
. .
4 C71
1050.
C>
Me -e1D
4.
.0001
0 n o 45V
2.2M
RI
C7 003
ce
VOLUME CONTROL
R2
65M
R3
5005
OUTPUT
OI C
0001
330 R4
C9
470K
R5
105V.
7.5V.
O
CI
+120
II
1130
R6
TUNING CAPACITOR
x.05 TC4
FLOATING GROUND
i
X OFF -ON
SWITCH
6e Re
D
40 MCD.
.05
150V
SCI! =C 12
CI4 f
20MFD. +
ISOV.
2200
R7
35W 4
RECTIFIER
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Step
No.
Position of Gang
Signal Generator Frequency
Generator Connection
Dummy Antenna
Adjust- Type of ment Adjustment
1.
Open
455 KC.
Rear Gang Terminal
.1 Mfd.
Slugs Top and Bottom in can.
Adjust for Maximum Output
Front Adjust for
2.
Open
1620 KC.
2 Turns ofHookup
Gang Trimmer
Maximum Output
Dummy
Wire 6" in Dia. (Place
Rear
Adjust for
3.
1400KC
1400KC
Antenna
Approx. a Foot from
Gang Trimmer
Maximum Output
and in
Same Plane
Check
4.
600 KC 600 KC
as Loop)
Gang Align-
ment
Sche- Sonora matic Part Location No.
DESCRIPTION
Sch.- Sonora matic Part Location No.
Cl C4 C7, C9 C8 C10,C15
C11 C12 C13
N-6385 N-1345 N-6015 N-2063 N-1344
N-7153
Condenser. Ceramic 50 MMFD. 500V. Condenser, Paper .05 MFD. 200V. Condenser. Ceramic 100 MMFD. 500V. Condenser, Paper .003 MFD. 600V. Condenser, Paper .01 MFD. 400V.
( 20 MFD. 15V.
Electrolytic 20 MFD. 150V.
40 MFD. 150V.
R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 57
58
T1 LI
C14 Rl
N-1346 N-4277
Condenser, Paper .05 MFD. 400V.
Resistor Volume
C2.o2nMtroelg-o2h.m0
1/2W 20% Megohm
N-7142 N-4028 N-4423 N-4027 N-4067 N-4896 N-6014
N-7694
N-7725 N-7670 N-7141 N-7824
DESCRIPTION Resistor 6.8 Megohm 1/2W 20% Resistor 330,000 Ohm 1/2W 20% Resistor 470,000 Ohm 1/2W 20% Resistor 180 Ohm 1/2W 10% Resistor 2,200 Ohm 1/2W 10% Resistor 68 Ohm 2.0W 10% Transformer, I.F. Oscillator Coil
Loop Antenna Coil Variable Capacitor Speaker, 4" PM with Output
Transformer
N-7839
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 SONORA MODEL 306
POWER SUPPLY - 110 to 120 Volt, 60 Cycle Only.
GROUND
- No ground connection should be used.
TUBES
- 5 Tubes (inc. rectifler)are used. See label on bottom of cabinet.
TUNING RANGE
535 to 1620 Kilocycles
AERIAL SYSTEM
Built-in "Loop" aerial. Provision is made at the rearof cabinet for connecting an external antenna if required.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
STEP NO.
1.
2. 3. 4.
POSITION
OF GANG
OPEN OPEN
1400 KC. 600 KC
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
455 KC.
GENERATOR CONNECTION
REAR GANG TERMINAL.
1620 KC.
LOOP
1400 KC.
LOOP
600 KC.
LOOP
DUMMY
TYPE OF
ANTENNA ADJUSTMENT
. 1MFD.
.0002
MFD.
.0002
MFD.
.0002
MFD.
T2,C9 & CB
FRONT GANG TRIMMER
REAR GANG TRIMMER
ADJUSTMENT
ADJUST FOR MAXI MUM OUTPUT
ADJUST FOR MAXI MUM OUTPUT
ADJUST FOR MAXI MUM OUTPUT CHECK GANG ALIGNMENT
SCHEMATIC PART
R12
N-6157 Control - Tone
LOCATION NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
R14
N-4022 Resistor -
33 Ohm - 1/2W. 20%
R10
N-4067 Resistor -
180 Ohm - 1/2W. 10°4
C19, C20
N-5051 Capacitor - Electrolytic - 40 MFD. 150 V.
R1
N-4025 Resistor - 22,000 Ohm - 1/2W. 20%
40 MFD. 150 V.
R9
N-4064 Resistor - 33,000 Ohm - 1/2W. 20%
C5,C11 C12 C15 C13 C16 C18 C6,C7,C14 C21 CIO C17
N-6015 N-7549 N-6488 N-4894 N-1344 N-1376
N-1345 N-1346 N-4957 N-1623
Capacitor - Ceramic 100 MMFD. 500V. 20%, Capacitor - Ceramic 100 MMFD. 500V. 10% Capacitor - Ceramic 250 MMFD. 500V. 20% Capacitor - Paper .005 MFD. 600V. Capacitor - Paper .01 MFD. 400V. Capacitor - Paper .02 MFD. 400V. Capacitor - Paper .05 MFD. 200V. Capacitor - Paper .05 MFD. 400V. Capacitor - Paper .09 MFD. 200V. Capacitor. - Paper .1 MFD. 400V.
R4 R2,R8 R11 R3,R6 R7 R13
Tl
T2 T3
N-4063 N-4026 N-4027 N-1262 N-4028 N-5358
Resistor - 47,000 Ohm - 1/2W. 20% Resistor - 220,000 Ohm - 1/2W. 20% Resistor - 470,000 Ohm - 1/2W. 20% Resistor - 1.0 Megohm - 1/2W. 20%
Resistor - 6.8 Megohm - 1/2W. 20% Resistor - 1,000 Ohm - 1.0W. 10%
N-7676 Transformer -
N-7677 Transformer - T.F. 12 N-4875 Transformer - Output
N-6149 Coil - Antenna
R5
N-5757 Control - On -Off & Volume
N-7139 Coil - Oscillator
RECORD CHANGER: Gen. Instr. Model 700F, bee pages
RCD. CH. 19-1, 2 through RCD.CH.19-9.
12SA7 GT aC..o.wsa
12SK7GT
12S07GT
5OL 601
'T 9 r.e
cs oawtt
fCOn,M 1.90Y.D
PTG '
.2
©John F. Rider
SM
ORO
TI.
CIu
fGI(.M.YwO.
O(
C.0IC0WIIDC
41.704.10.0r0O
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPARTON PAGE 21-1
MODEL 141A, Ch. 8110
,-
3
!le
ú
óñ7C 1-0seiwK
nl
U
1
Y
11.
:v:Ó
ó
IIr
,7,n,0,V r_I1r1
áN_-
1-
z
w
I
mmmOem,aprdpem_0 u
I I
0rla<0r11aar00,r,aaoN0vaa1l,<loano,a0rao1w<1a00apmba1am01a5p1ma0m<1m0a0a1,0o«emema0eme0amna0
,L
Wu o
+1,1
2
CC_
ó-
--3--1
g.
! rÌH
M0000
--r W I If.4Qo4 j ,1133 -irr,,,
u ..I(
oi
1
Ì1/4QQ9 i I
inn I
I ó_I
- ,
II
Ó
iH Ì o
I
1
60
ó
h
; :
Q< ID
ON.....,
'
o< ó
w
-J..NiZ
J<W
Y O
vzzN'áN<Zy
w
r « O=
u
ú-J
W
JQ
Z1-14Z.- :.W-ro1Uh-2ZYw
2
Ti
ó
JJOJ- w uVwoUi ="OOUOII YO
I, 1.1-ri Y_,>-
u
1-u 01-
O,
JK U
2
wOWOW'VOW.._.-QINLN<0;WFw.w.w0
I-:` ñ
0
>
<
'y
; 5
`-' z >
ór >Ú
ñ ñ
<
3 '
O SVU=wïJ=VOZOZ2O2OKO<a1O.J,<J
: <
m
w
u riv,, 1nlormOle.- -Nrfe4/mrm W JJJJJJJ1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1- *
*
OIan-NdÑprÑINñm,N71-NNvN)NevNNlNvNñ)mñverlevOe)eO_10ñ,_p_lineWNol-heeñNNÑ__NuÑ_NeNNrOOdrN0iºNñe_Ì0mDNI-1'ª Or
O
v<nNvv,nn,n,n
nvvnOrI yvh,nnvvfOnvf0v04100
î î
Q LL
pO.7áNNvNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNáNNNNáNNNNNNáNNeNdo4jomN <auuana.amaoamamam¢m¢mamcm¢mam¢mmmam¢msmamam<a¢m¢mammm<aammm¢mzm¢m¢mam<aamam<aau<aaa5<<aaa
J
0
333 u \NN \N 0
îîï(eUU
0412wv
a3 1ó- N
U 1-
º33=ó33
r N_ K ry
j j O
1-
Z O
0
J
o -
Z
W
0
WyW J J .
w
O)
a
u
3
O O
Z WZ0J1 H 3FZQZuOOu
óo
YWA0NOrrNry207 2m2nrmr2N UaQJ GewpUY gy
YyYyU w
OO,`O
rrnnNNNNNN
OO rl-NNeNNNmeee e-Io1-n_ee,o'ree_NTJNIneNeNNe1n1717
O00 .2
JJm,i
111
NeU,eU7eUe-NKrKfQe4QfW1K0KrmW0W+WOW-WN,07'eWlnW,QoKrmW0K+K0N-ONNNCrNK7NeWN4QNfNQ,Ná0NrW,mW70,a+70Wr-QiNnWrr.W1e1l1in7,,Qo7Qr,Q7J-JNJrlJe
O
I- =Iyn6O-N-NNI =<NINY00O,Y07_5=
YOO*,W
,7
"I
NONNN
,
l' I
I
NO7,7a
-- I- N-NNONN OONr,NNÑO-
N 1 f
I
I
l
I
1
1
1
I
00
W
Ni
H'
eeeee ,7eeeeee Oo
,p
,,am7^0oInQ0142`UIf,a17Qerfl77O,ee17r27fr,0f7r20lv201Lre71i0nol707 eeeeQO r,l7=0,.e,7-le1fl,r.elvf,l.ef*1*Ñf,,7e1lñ7iwt7,.4efl,,.7e,l7*Nu1hl1u1'1Q1fÓ.1,e1IZ7U0I0S02S0
aa áúíu.liááúáíu.lúíuiáíuiíui ánu.ááá Rááá=ááFZ=<aáa<áaaaaú
CC'N
`
*
* o
u
.
ú
Oo
r ,000
--100-
I
U W
Ú
F-
I
<
ac
ï 0OáUz
w
Wa
O a
N0J7v-).U.óh0-_.U01
.eU Z- Wv !',21u!-6-1 m
u 4< u <
u1-U
22-22<2 5-i ï
mm`-'u
4'' < VUUj U
u< ïwîo
Z-_O"F<
z Ú w
W u
'OC<KK,UK VVWVÚmÚ
¢O..ÑN< < _<W'<W<OÓó<
úáú wîU..:-2U,,:000º,.Ó.z ÓÚ
<>-ow
oWooóóooaáooóooó0oîddfo,ï
Wîai Oîïîîïîï2 ïïïfî2ï-ïN2ïf0024.2Niî
áú
º
UUU.--VO.VNmUFNuUNUaNVW<hUheU0_400Ulm0U-0-Ur_mUOOV0N1U10,U07-0UN=,V0:h,U_e7:vU<-fU.,0
0mO0N-ON0-N0-NNN.0<rNSfaONe.N4_Nf<-Nlo0-,.r07-m.r001a.0-n0.0-,-,7N,7,7,07070,e07_h0flImo,-01rmmO0,Npm70-e0-Oe-
UVUUUUVUVUUVUUUUVUUVUUUU
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 SPARTON MODELS 141A, Ch.
-.L10; 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8510
DUMMY ANTENNA
A
O
Generator
O ReceA iver
O A
o
O G
Cl - 200 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C. C2 - 400 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C. C3 - .02 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C. R - 100 ohms Resistor 1/4 Watt
L - Choke Coil
----Case Shield Choke Coil Specification Tubing - 3/8" diameter Bakelite Wire - No. 38 Enameled Turns - 59 Closely Wound (Impregnated)
NOTE:
When using this dummy antenna the' generator output impedance should be 10 ohms or lower.
CHASSIS TYPE 8L10
`/ ' MODEL
141A
CHASSIS DIAGRAM
L-6
r -- -- .i1 O / l 1O / (
.. -_' 1 LT--O.\ T5-
1
l
i . ' i , -- /
.
/
I
I
L-4
j
l i
r---1 T3
1i
PRÌ `Tx>5af.
rL---7--10
1
I
I
01 1
O
1
\
b '~J
--
` -PRI.
T1PRI
L2 ---
A.C. CORD TOP VIEW
SPEAKER
(ogg
6AV6 Elli):) 6BA6
VOLUME
©John F. Rider
T5 Sec
OFF ON TONE
PHONO JACK
F.M. LINE CORD ANT.
L-2 SLUG F.M. ANT.
O
Tl SE
o6BA6 tiO
EC.
L10
o
C2D12AT7
C2C
--. C.6
2B(
6B
-rr
BAND
SWITCH
TUNING
L1
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPARTON PAGE 21-3
MODELS 141A, Ch. 8L10; 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8510
C!)
rz
h0 h0 ho ho
v v v v rGi .G.a
G -rl
rGI
co 01 a) co
x 5 a) a) a) a) cC cC
hohO r .-Ti
hO
N mG 4) .-+ .,..I as a/ 'O
,vGi
rG .
TI
Si Si co
CO
a) a!
Zu u a)
a) h0
a) aC
X m
a) al
jh0 h0 a v rGi .,G.I v,Ci
10 as co a) a) a)
h0 G
veri
N a)
y
,Oa)..4-Gr)i Oo 3
y
a) O
E
rZ rz OC (x
a) L.
g o u
r hc
G ,-I
a ,)
d a)
a) C.
a)
CC
u o
á á
á.
3
xóri > CO
á
gy a
W-i.a
V o a
x
rdiI.v.I
pFl
i1
CEZ
0.
CO
CO
o
° 2 a 2 `°
co
á ,i xy v ^ á tOx
x pa)
x in
O
a a a a a C.5
r-1
)-i
U
j 1 r v a FCC .-7 v)
h0
E
O CZri7 ó0
HOqwH 0 y a i á á t. Z Z H
a ) a)
a)O 0 U G
E-.
CO Q)
ü v v C..,i > --- G
z . z z ti Ca
U F
.-1
Z
F F
a,3 a a wcncCnr.)
O
"
r,.i)
3
ar1 .i Ú
a z o o G1 a -- w
. a riaC o 00 0 o ° y ô cwZL'
0'
w
0 C.7 .T..
n¢ v v v ' X" v ,-033, 3" v ,,ii r .i v y t H
a)
rirGi .N CD G
O E
4->
Sis,
N
40-)
t.
C$ a)
Ñ
44).
a)
O.
ria) CO
CO
ÑÓ ô0. ri Hv c ca A
e y O Cs7
CÚp ri GOP tAXp ÿ v Q CD
.,i Cu,
as
E N C.
aO.)
Z0ZF r 0 p a a ri i. 6 aGNaCO.v v, b.1).z ü U Cr)
H
z v a n 0 o v C*.,
p H O CS
a máNx ba .-a
,)aa)
E
,J
G O
-0ri yP..
O.
O
o
r-1
y CIS
u eri
a)
E
4) G
a)
v)
C O
b.0 te te t).0
ri HO r-1 rOi
C/) C/) Cn U)
u. -rl
. .
U eri
a) C.
m
w a) Si
CO
F F
N
Ei
EHN
E
Oaa).
VD
(, . NOUEO
4i >
O G
OrGi. s.áCo0L)) H
O G 4)
CIS
C.
a)
Ge.
Po .
H
4)
1
W
a)
a.
Cr)
o°'.
r+ -,--1
F H C. C.
u
h0 ,-) O
ri CO
G
it O
u")
RN ) U
rG.iI c.
(NI I
.-a
cC i
U'
pC aC
O Oen
CC O
er,
Hl H
Q
. .
CD
ac
o
O
O
ri HI
* *
4d)
4) a)
,-)
E
rGi G
,C) .0
U U G f.
C=. r=.
CC 7.
1
1
,%
C.
a)
4.
a)
C.
a) a) as
Ha)
a) G O
U
C.
a)
0)
,G-1
4)
aG)
ho G
raii a) ae rmi
P.-
rCIO
H y
Fi
N OOO
G HI
cd
VO
sD
- 4) co
CO
Z N
G.
a) G
HapE..--C41U
O
C)
O
fr H
GO .°i
i,nell
as
Si a)
Po .
4)
CO
Si
ri
HI
Uco
w H O Z
.-a
a4)
co a)
?u4
H U
Q) W
.U0
CL
en
M
h0 te
riCy O r-1 Cl) Cn
.
u
ri.
a) V)
wSi
F to LIN
E-
C.
0
m
a)
4)
, P° .
O
rc
G.
.d
0 G
U
.Co).
N
co
C.
.--i G
CD
a
E
a
N O
G
U O
rG0i 41 O O.Oa
s. .E
rhi0 0.. N
r-1
y
fs.
a)
l -I
I C. rOi
f:<.
eH n
a) (o ca
M
cé
4) O
h0 h0 to to
a.
,0-)
O
r -i
rOi
rO i
H O
co Cr) CID
C1)
0
. .
C.
u ,-I U eri
v O
va)) C.
a)
CO
C.
0
C.
N
M H
\
E+
H
E-.
HI E-.
hO0
E
G
3 E
O
a) co
4 cd a)
E
Pa) C. N
4)
G..
Cr.
a)
aya
O E
rrni 4) cZ)
Z
O N
N
E Cd rN
O
O
Ñ
CO
G
.-1 .G
-ri ri
NOCZa
O U
-
(w",
HI
r.ai8) -.)ya)
CO
HI G
PO)
HÚ H
E
ri
4)
ca
d
pri
C. a)
ap) . oCO
0.
G
a .Wo
C:.
N E
I -I
I
W H
O Z
rH^
Z
Cz.
v NOUEO
C.
a)
G O
rf4i
H
G.
a)
ri -i CO I I
H.--1 Cr..
G v
4cv
C. E
O
a)
G
G,-1
.)
rO,ui)
E O 4)
G
cd
Ha) 6.0 ri rlu 4i CO
a) r -c
CO
ari)
ri u O t.
E a) m
EH >
i°) COy a)
é cvo G0
4C0..
O 4)
-r1
4)
cG
d C
aa)
°a. c0 .--1
,,s~, ,,p,{
m u)
°C.
c0 r+
o .0
gl.
ID
`°
G
as
CO
Ori
io)
co W
co«i 10_
rOi
G a)
ro-i
d C.
4Ci .
a)
O.
3 .OÉc so. OOO
N
ri 4) GO
r1 G
° .°I CO cy0
a) G y ®
c17 O COa)
C.
G
4-) .DC as
Oa.
a) a)
G o
0 u
3
cl)
a) C.
C.
ri 60 G O a)
O 4) a)
CO
Si
0
0
CI
a C. CO)
a)
cd C. F) -0)
G o u
a)
a) C.
aGr>ai)
o
4)
a)
(1)
y
C.) a) m G
y a) Si Si O
O a)
,).c "."--J, a)
a)
E
.a0)
h0
d
a a) a)
G4E)
a)
O h0 >
rG i
a) O
C]
G0 C.
E O
rrii
s.
y N
as a)
y E
rio Cs..
CC >
1
a)
y Cr.
ro
r4iJ
O >
ri ri F C. C.
E.
ri u i-)
H>.
a) +)
cd
a)
O N
C)
G
U N U
rE i
)C
U
Si°
aa.
as
Ó
Hl
h0 G
b
cu a) C.
C. a)
Z Ñ
VD
C.
ÿ
H
Ñ
G.G
O ü OO
.0 O
U M
4u ) ra i
HO UZ
a)
'CO
.eUOl
'CO
4)
CO
Q
O
CO
E
us.°.
ri
i-)
(0
Cs
!0
C. a)
4)
rPrSiii
O C:. E
Uco
Cr)
au )
1
X
U
CO
X
Hi
.aL)
a. C=.
CD
li
ó CC a WßO. HE -
r-1 N
r^
enOm .
.
. .
N .
. OO. Or-i
HI N
HI H1
r .
r1
.
ri
. en
HI
.
.rOi
[ .
r -I
.
'C0O
`
.--1
r -i
ON,
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 SPARTON MODELS 141A, Ch. 8L10;
4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. iS10
VISUAL I. F. -F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA
WARNING: Do not proceed with any of the following alignment instructions unless it is certain that the Am-IF is in accurate alignment. If not, align the AM-IF system according to the step by step alignment procedure.
1. DESCRIPTION CF CIRCUIT USED:
A 6AL5 is employed as a ratio detector. This tube is proceeded by a 6BA6 ratio
detector driver and a stage of amplification at 10.7 Mc. also utilizing a 6BA6 tube.
The 2nd section of the 12AT7 tube is used as the FM mixer. All IF coupling uses
individual slug tuned transformers.
- - -
12AT7
6BA6
6BA6
6AL5
3
Ti
I
T3
T5
7 6
bAV6
-
10.7 Mc. FM Sweep Generator AF
Gen. & Scope Position
1 2 3
Phasingjetwork
I
1 250 R
I
L
.05 1 _L4 Mfd.I
----J
Scope
Vert.
Horz
O
O
Adjust
T-5 T-3 T-1
2. THEORY OF VISUAL ALIGNMENT. One of the characteristics of a tuned circuit is the fact that when it is excited or driven by
a generator such as a vacuum tube or another tuned circuit, the voltage developed across it will vary with slight changes in frequency. This voltage will be greatest when the frequency is equal to the resonant frequency of the circuit and will be less if the frequency is higher or lower than the resonant frequency.
Thus if we were to shift the frequency from high to low or low to high across the resonant frequency and make a record of the voltage across the tuned circuit, we could plot the voltage against frequency and obtain a curve which might look like Fig. 1.
.1 volts
Fig. 1
.05
10.1 10.3 10.5 10.7 10.9 11.1 11.3
F
Mc.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
-EJ
SPARTON PAGE 21-5 MODELS 141A, Ch. t3L10 ; 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8S10
VISUAL I. F. -F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA
This is the selectivity curve or response curve for the circuit under discussion. This type of circuit may be aligned or adjusted to resonance by simply changing either L or C until maximum voltage is obtained at the resonant frequency. Now if another circuit tuned to the same resonant frequency is coupled to the simple case above, a number of things can happen. First current flowing in one circuit will induce current in the second circuit, the magnitude of this current depending on the degree or amount of coupling between the two circuits. This coupling may be in the form of mutual inductance, mut»al capacitance or any impedance common to the two circuits. Now if we repeat the proceedure outlined for obtaining the response curve of a single tuned circuit using the voltage developed across the secondary of the coupled circuit while driving the primary, we may get either of two types of curves depending on the magnitude of the coupling, (a) in Fig. 2 is a typical curve for two circuits coupled below critical coupling and (b) is a representation of the curve for an over coupled circuit.
Fig. 2
77NB)
(A)
10.1
10.7
11.3
10.1
10.7
11.3
Overcoupled circuits producing a response curve like (b) Fig. 2 are often employed where it is important that the response curve remain approximately flat over a narrow band of frequencies near the resonant frequency. They are also frequently combined with single peaked circuits to produce a response curve like Fig. 3.
Fig. 3
The dotted lines indicate the curves of the individual circuit.; and the solid curve shows the overall response of the two or more pairs of coupled circuits. Circuits like the above or approaching them in form are desirable in an FM receiver where the pass band should be of the order of 200 Kc. Now from the above it is evident that simple peaking both sides of a circuit coupled below critical for maximum voltage will provide optimum alignment but if this proceedure is followed with an over, coupled circuit it is almost a certainty that the two circuits will not be tuned to the resonant frequency but will instead be aligned so that either one or the other is accentuated. The response curve will then look like Fig. 4 (a) or (b).
Fig. 4
(A)
10.1
10 7 11.3
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
(B)
10.1 10.7 11.3
PAGE 21-6 SPARTON MODELS 141A, Ch. JL10;
4070, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8510
VISUAL I. F.- F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA
Now if tais overcoupled circuit is combined with a single peaked circuit (where the coupling is below critical), the misalignment becomes worse, something like Fig. 5.
Fig. 5
10.1
10.7 11.3
From the above it appears that to properly align a receiver using overcoupled IF transformers
it will be necessary to take a response curve of each stage and align the circuit so that the two
peaks are symmetrical, that is, approximately equal in amplitude and displaced equally from the
center frequency. To do this with a CW or AM signal would be laborious and time consuming whereas
the use of visual equipment makes it nearly as simple as adjusting a simple single peaked amplifier.
Visual alignment test equipment performs the operation of plotting the response curve almost exactly as described above except that instead of manually changing the generator frequency, recording the voltage and then plotting the results, these operations are performed automatically and simultaneously by a combination of electronic circuits. The operation is briefly as follows.
In the signal generator a low AC voltage is applied to a reactance tube modulator which shifts the oscillator frequency from low to high or from high to low at a rate determined by the frequency of the AC voltage and by an amount determined by the AC voltage. The frequency at any instant is dependant on the AC voltage present at that instant of time. An oscilloscope is provided which may be considered a voltmeter used to reed the voltage across the tuned circuit, provided a detector is used to convert the RF to a low audio frequency. This voltage is then applied to the vertical plates and results in a vertical displacement of the spot on the screen. Some of the voltage used to shift the oscillator frequency is also applied to the horizontal plates of the oscilloscope providing a means of displacing the spot horizontally. It.is now evident that since for any given AC voltage only one frequency may be obtained and since that AC voltage will result in an exact amount of spot deflection on the scope we can read the voltage across the circuit under examination by noticing the position of the spot at this exact instant.
Now if we consider the frequency as shifting from low to high 60 times per second and remember that the spot is moving across the screen of the acope 60 times per second at exact synchronization with the change in frequency it is only necessary to apply the voltage from our circuit to the vertical plates to obtain a replica of the response curve on the face of the cathode ray tube. This curve will be rdpeated 60 times per second if our sweep frequency is 60 cycles. Adjustments to the circuit may now be made and the effect on the response curve noted instantaneously.
Although it is possible to observe the selectivity curves as shown in Fig. 1, 2, and 3 on the scope by the use of an auxiliary special detector coupled to the plate of the last IF tube, it is much more convenient to observe the effects of IF alignment upon the shape of the ratio detector output trace. When this is done the auxiliary detector is not necessary and a direct connection of the scope into the receiver circuits will provide all the necessary connections.
If the overall selectivity curve is not "flat-topped" (solid line in Fig. 3) the ratio detector curve cannot be linear (straight) throughout the center section, symmetrical and have sufficient band width (Fig. 6).
Under these conditions it would not be possible to receive a signal without distortion and higher than normal noise, the degree of distortion and abnormal noise dependent upon the extent to which the center of the ratio detector trace departs from a straight line and the extent to which the entire trace departs from true symmetry.
After a pattern similar to Fig. 6 is obtained with connection #1 shown in the block diagram, the generator lead may be moved ahead through the IF system one tube at a time and the intervening transformer aligned for maximum output but at all times a curve very similar to Fig. 6 must be maintained.
. EQUIPMEET REQUIS.
(a) A sweep signal generator with a center frequency of 10.7 Ye. and a total sweep width of at least 400 Eta Examination of the block diagram will reveal a variable resistor--capacitor circuit inserted in the lead between the YU sweep generator and the horizontal amplifier of the oscilloscope.
This control should be adjusted so that the duel trace observed on the oscilloscope will blena into a single trace and thereby eliminate any confusion due to the two traces.
(b) An Oscilloscope with either a 3" or 5" tube equipped with both vertical and horizontal amplifiers.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPARTON PAGE 21-7
MODELS 141A, Ch. _3L10 ; 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8510
VISUAL I. F. -F. M. ALIGNMENT DATA
ALIGNMENT OF THE 10.7 I.F. Turn the wave band switch to F.M. and the generator to 10.7 Mc. Connect the F.M. signal gene-
rator output lead to the grid of the ratio detector driver tube and the acope to the 1st audio plate. Now proceed to align the ratio detector transformer for maximum linearity and output, being careful to maintain as symmetrical a trace as possible. Note that the adjustment of the secondary circuit, controls to a large extent, the linearity and symmetry of the pattern, and adjustment of the primary will influence the gain of the circuit. Fig. 6 represents a linear detector
curve properly aligned.
It is important that the generator sweep a sufficiently wide band of frequencies so that the curves on both ends of the straight portion can be seen Maximum linearity of alignment will result when these curves are symmetrically shaped and as previously stated this will result in minimum dis-
tortion and noise.
Fig. 6
Connect the generator output lead to the grid of the I.F. amplifier. Align primary and secondary of the I.F. transformer being careful to maintain the same basic ratio detector trace as just described.
Observe that by alternately adjusting the primary and secondary, the vertical amplitude can be increased without the response curve becoming distorted. At all times it is important to reduce the signal generator output to maintain the scope picture on the screen. This will avoid overload and possible misalignment therefrom.
Move the generator lead to the grid of the converter tube and align No. 1 I.F. transformer following the same proceedure as above.
Fig. 7, (A), (B), (C), and (D) represent typical selectivity curves of an overall I.F. Amplifier. Fig. 7, (AA), (BB), (CC), and (DD) represent the corresponding ratio detector curves.
Fig. 7
(A)
Not Overcoupled Properly Aligned
(Right)
(B)
Overcoupled Properly Aligned
(Right)
(0)
Overooupled Improperly Aligned
(Wrong)
(D)
Overcoupled Improperly Aligned
(Wrong)
(AA)
Narrow Bandpass
(BB)
Proper Alignment
(OC)
Overcoupled
(DD)
IF Transformer Improperly Aligned
Should the trace appear unsatisfactory, a very slight readjustment of the detector secondary alignment may be made at this time as the need for any but a slight correction is an indication of incorrect alignment in one of the other stages. This is permissible only if the degree of correction necessary is slight. If this is not the case the entire alignment procedure should be repeated.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-8 SPARTON
~10DELS l4lA, Ch. 51,10; 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8S10
WHEN ORDERING PARTS ALWAYS SPECIFY PART NUMBER AND MODEL FOR WHICH PART IS INTENDED.
DESCRIPTION
COILS
L-1 Loop Ant. Assembly L-2 Loop Loading Coil L-3 A.M. Osc. Coil L-4 F.M. Osc. Coil L-5 100 Mc. Choke Coil L-6 Choke Coil L-7 Choke Coil L-8 Choke Coil L-9 F.M.-R.F. Coil L-10 Line Cord Ant. Choke L-11 Choke Coil
PART NUMBER
CONDENSERS & MISCELLANEOUS
PA5250-4 AÁ6616-1 AÁ6665-3 PA5200-7 AA6798-3 AA6798-5 AA6798-6 AÁ6769-2 PÁ5200-6 AÁ6664-1 AA6798-7
Condenser - 2 Gang Variable
PC65002-1
Condenser - (C42) 10-40-40-50 Mfd.
Electrolytic
PÁ4307-4
Condenser - (C36) 8 Mfd. 50 Volt' Electro. PA4303-7
C & R Unit - (C26A & B with R19)
PÁ4329-1
Control - (R24) 1 Megohm Volume
PA4408-2
Control - (R35) .5 Megohm Tone & A.C.
Switch
PÁ4400-10
Control - Panel
PC63071
Dial Chart
PB30013
Dial Light Bulb
PÁ4100-3
Knobs - (4 -Black)
PA5625-1
Switch - Wave Band
PA4610
*Speaker - (6" x 9" Oval)
PC63000-19
TRANSFORMERS
Tl Transformer - No. 1 F.M. - I .F. Assembly AÁ6667-1
T2 Transformer - No. 1 A.M. - I. F. Assembly AÁ6668-5
T3 Transformer - No. 2 F.M. - I. F. Assembly AÁ6667-3
T4 Transformer - No. 2 A.M. - I. F. Assembly AA6668-1
T5 Transformer - Ratio Detector Assembly
AA6684-1
T6 Transformer - Output
AB44061-2
T7 Transformer - Power
ÁB44013-1
T8 Choke - Filter
AB47004-1
* Complete speakers may be returned to factory Service Department for repair or replacement.
DIAL STRINGING
DIAL STRINGING TOP VIEW
8L10 CHASSIS 8510 CHASSIS
°John F. Rider
START
STOP SPRING
2 TURNS J
www.americanradiohistory.com
VOLTAGE CHART
SPARTON PAGE 21-9
MODELS 141A, Ch. 5L10;
+''70, L c7l, LI -972, Ch. 'íS10
.Line Voltage: 117 Volts AC
Postion of volume control: Full with set tuned to quiet channel. Position of Band Switch A.M.
TUBE
FUNCTION
6BE6 12AT7
6BA6
A.M. Conv. & F.M. Osc. F.M. - R.F. & Mixer
I.F. Amp.
Voltage of Sockets Prongs to Ground See Prong Nos. on Schematic.
No. 1 No. 2 No. 3
-2.5
0
0
115 -.6
0
No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8
6.3* 100 100 **
0
0
145 -1
1.6
No. 9 6.3
-.1
0
6.3* 0
190 100 1.0
6BA6 6AL5 6AV6 6V6GT 5Y3GT
Ratio Det. Driver Ratio Det. 1st A.F.-A.M. Det. & A.V.C. Power Amplifier Rectifier
-.5
0
6.3* 0
0 -.25 5.6* 0
110 100 .85
0
0
0
-.1
0
6.3* 0
-.1 -.1
75
0
0
220 230
0
145 6.3* 12
0
270
260*
260*
270
NOTES:
Voltage readings are for schematic diagram in this bulletin. Allow 15% 4 or - on all measurements. Alsways use meter scale which will give greatest deflection within scale limits. All D.C. measurements made with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter. All AC
voltages made with rectifier type voltmeter.
* AC Volts.
- - - ** Cannot be measured with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter. CHASSIS TYPE 8sio
MODELS 4970, 4971 & 4972
CHASSIS DIAGRAM
L
IBM
T
IIIIIM
.
I
IO O i -- -
/
- A ® ,._, -- T-5 PR 1. -. \
/ ` ' i
1
1
i\
I I
il
W II
I
T-3
PRI
J;1
T
2
-PRI.
U
\
1
L-4
L-7
L
\_I 7
L-8
/ - .-
\../ I, /
1
®
1
1
l
I^
I
®
I
\_,/
1,
\`_i ú I
I
T-4 PRI,
T PRI
O
L-2
_
lie L-5
ö PHONO
JACK
2GR A.0
PHONO
GC``5Y3
ND O O O -= T
A CORD . YELLOW (SPK) BROWN
L
FM.LINE SLUG
CORD AN T.
BLACK LOOPEEN
FI LT.
T-4 SEC.
- T-ISEC.
6o V6O
6V6 6BA6O
012AT7
6BA6 L-10,- _C2D
T-7
GT
T-3 SEC --"C)fO
0T-2SECQ
C2A
r
/ O
SEC
6AL5
6BE6
C2B
--.
VOLUME
° John F. Rider
ON TONE
BAND SWITCH TUNING
www.americanradiohistory.com
AGE 21-10 SPARTON
MODELS 4970, 4971, 4972, Ch. 8S10
;
g
F-
0
...
8R
«$.
8
6.
elMe
..v
On
I
1 «,%<I
1
F`
01
iooro
;
1
'sou
I
rooNy
1
I
K
M_
©John F. Rider
-Inn. 3á.e «.,.
S
n
1
VI>
c 1
I I;
I' -nln--I-Ipf meo -NO
I
I
I
qI .I pqfP1 O1 NI 01 rI m1 fb-0
rrñleOry IÓIOI0O0oiOffñ
«««« ««««<<<a ««<mmm IO10101OIOn IOIOIOIOIOfff
W2OW2W2N2W
<<<<n
` nZ<<n<nZ<N
a
J~M~CcOn F-ZUj
W
O--,pJJ-oVW_W=I_a:=Wwua<<Z0Y o
ó
WUw¢ UO 2w =
-U OrrV 1:
I
I
I
ï
I.F-F-m=
F
Ù 2
Y WY I__<N<NpOFa7-rWrWa
O úJúOZQZOZOZ<aO7apILJ
nJ'OJ JnJmJJaFO.F_-NFFn-fFn-lFo-NHmF-
ú
2 r
-
N
0
ÓNI) 1
< -
Zn I
I
NIII')iNh- NÑNNOñNÑNÑNÑ
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0000
1Olá17
yNMNnNnnNVN)NYININn
oáfI' NNNáNNínON NNn NNNNNNNNNáNNNNáNNNNN fff0101flO NffN ñ^fñr2Innñ_oI)NmNÑ4ro ÑñeÑOp ñ 0_eqh
n nI nI hInMI nI nI M1nnI iI np1Qh! Il/I II nOnh1 NI IIN1OJI 1I 11nINtI nOI 0OI 0II0NNIIf
OO1I0u1 )O1 O-IQO
« Q
wau Vu<u amarprmrrmrrmrrmrmrrmr
emamamamrmrmaamamem<aamrmremam<armrmarmrmrarm<mrmramaaaa«uama
u«t
<a
u
F
J 333
a eNr
F U
.
Z3===03===2p0
F-
O\
W
_=Z>> j\ _
;
O
9 3S 3
J
;W J
IJ
<o,e=
002w2
o
D
ú
D
aw, _ 3
OU
Z ó
Wmew JJ 33xwZp0U0U
V= -
-
-
z
0
_s
ZOúv
w
W O <JOO
2N~2 YON2OY YN2 OQn2nY2^ñnYnn2N2ÑY eÑt OÑ2p000u
OOáO ^INNQNNN ffff_10_ff10eQf-NnN)NffNNI1fggmw
¢á¢¢á Ufe)Oeh*q
VUUue
Oae-aNamrrfrlnraloanamrr0a.0e-aNa^a)afrnrmarrrmNaNN0rNr'NOaNNa-NNNrNr1)IaIf'IInaI')1lrn.)rII')aJJ_JNI')
N O O n
IO
U a
Iff! laflfff eMmfffflffff «<Y«< no<OrUuI)'^1aD1<01u1i<U=0_1xUn0Y^Nf1a«aNI)aN^U^nN)u)S)<Nff0aI1^IV'm)u)=o0VI2uOI.0fUZ'0Iu^<0<U1IuS0N1IVurN<r.1u-*)pIV.^IIulnf))<ra)rOu=)V)!laf)'Nlf«n1aaO,)7<laNf1,')fO'NaaNN*NI*a*')*aINN.)*_am1m1N=WetÑ)aInINrhay,N1ma'N1e*1nYNxI9nxYO1IOu9OVl2)a,nN«1,a)f)N<1n1a)0IU72a10J0JñUa0=lNOiaSUg0SIa2rhUySa1f1ION''«a1)FfI.)
i y
ea 11
wwiy<
,J4e,4y1WZ2ZZU pp O
V
h __
.--241$ 74u0V0OZwwUwwu p
yº
ZZw<<
y-
«U2U°2C~rVrrFr-aú=
* *
OMj --_ ** á< u
..
V.1U
< a < V
uW F-yVj
2 w
own
0u m-
p<U
a >
_ O
,<2pau
wmUm-,,,t)_2
u
UN_>
O
u
oúwaW
<
wa
<--2 J
F-
oeF-`U0^ uwJwU2
-Ú2U t9Via<-->'Ót<Wo'=ÑVIUIaI1j¿W<U:::=u2<wVw--rWUr-óW1000000ff00lo0O+y>aU<j
Frr-<It:í%j:I-2w
a2=== aa0p0W2==22= 2==:op0
0202222=.==LL22 =e?2202 200 2 1.2 w2
0O«Ó V0 úLL NÑ QÓ000ONIQ`f0No 0
m OÑ 00 00020 0oÓ ÓOOnO
ìumúiuuduiVUUUuvuvuvuuvuuuuuvuuuuuvuuuuuVuuon)uw.)uI)Iu.0)OuIp)' uf fuuf uf fu
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPARTON PAGE 21-11
MODELS 11+1X, 142X, 1040X, 1041X, Ch. 3M10
MODEL
14 X 1422 X
VOLTAGE CHART
MODEL
1040X 1041X
Line Voltage: 117 Volts AC
TUBE
FUNCTION
Position of volume control: Full with set tuned to quiet channel. Position of band switch A.M.
Voltage of Sockets Prongs to Ground See Prong Nos.on Schematic.
No.1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No.6 No.7 No. 8 No. 9
6BE6 A.M. Conv. & F.M. Osc.
-2.5
0
0 6.3* 90
80
**
12AT7X 6BA6 6BÁ6 X
F.M. -R.F. & Mixer I. F. Amp. Ratio Det. Driver
135 -.6
-.1
0
-.5
0
0 0
6.y0
6.3*0
0
150 -1
1.2 6.3*
235
100 1.0
95
90
1.2
6AL5 6AV6
Ratio Det. 1st A.F.-A.M. Det.& A.V.C.
0
-.25 5.6#0
-.1
0
6.3* 0
0
0
0
-.1
-.1 95
6V6GT Power Amplifier
0
0
250 260
0
240 6.3* 14
5Y3GT NOTES:
Rectifier
0
270
260*
260*
270
Voltage readings are for schematic diagram in this bulletin. Allow 15`ßo f or - on all measurements. Always use meter scale which will give greater deflection within scale limits. All D. C. measurements made with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter. All AC voltages made with rectifier type voltmeter.
* AC Volts ** Cannot be measured with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter.
X Band switch on F.M.
DUMMY ANTENNA
Cl
O' A
Generator
A
Receiver
O
A
1
O
O
G
Cl - 200 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D. C. C2 - 400 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C. C3 - .02 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C. R - 100 ohms Resistor 1/4 Watt
L - Choke Coil
----Case Shield Choke Coil Specification Tubing - 3/8" diameter Bakelite Wire- No. 38 Enameled Turns- 59 Closely Wound (Impregnated)
NOTE: When using this dummy antenna the generator output impedance should be 10 ohms or lower.
° John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-12 SPARTON
MODELS 141X, 1L+2X, 1040X, 1641X, ct. 3M10
OPERATION
1. 2.
ALIGNMENT OF
GENERATOR CONNECTED
TO
DUMMY ANT.
GENERATOR BAND FREQUENCY SWITCH
SETTING
TUNING COND SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG
Set Dial pointer even with left-hand stop line with condenser gang closed.
Connect output meter across speaker terminals.
REMARKS
.
Pin #7 of 3. A.M.-I.F. 6BE6 Conv.
Tube
.02 MFD Cond.
456 KC.
4. Repeat operation #3.
5.
A.M. Ant.
1500 KC.
6. A.M.-R.F. On Cabinet
*
1500 KC.
7. A.M.-R.F. On Cabinet
*
600 KC.
8. Repeat operations #5,16 and #7.
9. Check Calibrations at 600,1000 and 1500 KC.
A.M.
Open
T4 Sec. Slug
Max. Heading
T4 Pri. SlugRMeaxa. ding
T2 Sec.Slug
Max. Reading
T2 Pri. Slug
Max. Heading
A.t1.
A.M.
1500 KC.,C2B Osc. Tri. 1500 KC. C17 Ant.Tri.
600 KC. L-2 Slug
Peak Accurately
Peak Accurately Max.Reading
10. SPECIAL NOTE: For complete F.M.- I.F. Visual Alignment instructions please refer to pages 9.10.11.12.13 and 14 of Bulletin 11,Manual 6.
11. F.M.-I.F. Alignment usiñg an A.M. Generator and Output Meter.
T5 F.M.
Pin r1 of
.02 MFD.
12. Ratio Det. 2nd 6BA6 Tube Cond.
10.7 C.
F.M.
Open
T5 Sec. Slug T5 Pri. Slug
Idax.Heading Max.Heading
COND.T3 13.
NOTE:
Operations 11.12.14.15,18 and 19 must be made with generator possible,çonsistent with usable output meter reading.
output
as
low as
T3 2nd. 14. F.M.-I.F.
Pin ul 1st 6BA6 Tube
.02 MFD.
10.7 MC. F.M.Open
T3 Sec. Slug Pri. Slug
Max.Reading Max.Reading
15. Ti 1st F.M.-I.F.
Pin #8 on
.02 MFD.
12AT7 Mixer COND. Tube
10.7 MC. F.M.
Open
Ti Sec. Slug Tl Pri. Slug
Max.Reading Max.Reading
Adjust secondary slug on T5 ratio detector transformer to minimum deflection or dip on output meter. Under certain conditions it is possible to adjust T5 sec.slug to minimum noise with 16. the receiver tuned to a weak station. This operation is very critical and the receiver must be tuned to the center response only.
F.M-R.F. alignment using an A.M. Generator with frequencies of 88 to 108 MC.and a vacuum tube voltmeter or D. C. voltmeter. (20.000 Ohms per volt).
18. Place meter across C36 elect. condenser. (Meter reading approximately 1 volt)
19. F.M.-R.F.
F.M. Ant. Match Gen.
To 300 Ohms
106 MC
F.M.
20.
/' 1\/i \ Check Calibration at 88 MC.
*Use standard dummy antenna as described
CHASSIS DIAGRAM
1 BOTTOM VIEW
1
11 i
C2A Osc. Tri. Max.Reading 106 MC. C2C Ant. Tri. Peak Accurately
`L-3
n
C2Á
--e' L
T-5---. :
i
l-__J l__
1477
J e
.-
am
C13
T-6
T-4 PRI.
T -I PRI
©John F. Rider
PHONO t T1
JACK C17
www.americanradiohistory.com
TDP VIEW
e
VOLUME
SPEAKER
F. M. LINE
CORD ANT.
SPARTON PAGE 21-13
MODELS 141X,
L-2 SLUG
1LI.2X, 1040X, 1041X, Ch. 8M10
F.M. ANT.
6AV 6 6BA6
T-5
SEC.
"1/4
T -I
6BA6 SEC.
o
T-4 SEC.
L-9
I2AT7
0 l J
T-3 SEA.
T2 SEC.
r
68E6
C2C C 2A
C2B
6AL5
L-4
OF F
ON _TONE
BAND_SWITCH TUNING
DIAL STRINGING TOP VIEW
8M10
FRONT VIEW
o
o
Wave Band Switch
*Speaker (Model 1085,1086) *Speaker (Models 141X, 142X) *Speaker (Models 1040X. 1041X)
Escutcheon -(Black) (142X,1041X, Escutcheon.-(Maroon)(141X,1040X, Panel(Black)(142X,1041X, 1086) Panel(Maroon)(141X,1040X,1085) Knob(142X,1041X,1086) Knob(141X,1040X,1085) Washér-Paper (4 Each Model)
1086) 1085)
PA4614 PC3000-12 PC63000-19 i -C63000-20
PB40150 PB40150-1 PC63071 PC63071-1 PÁ5625-1 PÁ5654 PA709-1
START
0 STOP SPRING
O
THROUGH EYELET
2 TURNS
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAÇE 21-14 SPARTON
MODELS 11X, 14.2X,
1040X, 1041X, Ch. 81110
, $N1
*ri
I-
O
34
>.
e
ó ói
sz s.1
wrN
r
r-1 - -ir
',sou, F ¡`i,e0,,
`'
,-Idear I,
I
` ii
;
P M»
--l<(JM`i' u
ww
ex
r-.
___
- _ __
ik--
-- aR
¡'1ilfáwáa-
2 `
K
`-1II rò;, 0004
OW .
1.7
r4
H
i
N
«áºñ«A:^t:$aw1 ºC «RM1^C:
qRfiAqSw7^ &:.,«ii2di6AQ>'irald
so..oesÉSéó:3.o.too.,.neaSéé á:E:
.................. -
Mr...:.........«2':::::it.._.. ó
N
3
g
; Y R
©John F. Rider
_
r
--- no P.
if«
óir i
www.americanradiohistory.com
VOLTAGE CHART
SPARTON PAGE MODELS 1051,
1052, Ch. 6s
Line Voltage: 117 Volta AC
Position of Volume Control: Full with set tuned to quiet channel. Position of Band Switch: B.C.
TUBE
35L6 35L6 12 SQ 7 12 BA 6 12 BA 6 12 BE 6
FUNCTION
P.A. P.A. 1st Audio.Det. & A.V.C. I.F. AMP. R.F. AMP. CONY. & OSC.
Voltage of Socket Prone to B- See Prong Nos. on Schematic.
No. 1 Na. 2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 Na. 7 No. 8 G.Cap
0
80* 82
90
0.25 117* 117* 11
0
80* 82
90
0.25 5.6
48* 11
0
-0.6
0
-0.5
0
61
12*
0
0
0 48*
36*
90
90
0.8
-
0 -3.8
0 24*
36*
0 24*
12*
75
90
2.3
-
90
90
0
-
NOTES:
Voltage readings are for schematic diagram in this bulletin. Allow 15% 4 or - on all measurements. Always use meter scale which will give greatest deflection within scale limits. All DC measurements made with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter. All AC voltages made with rectifier type voltmeter. * AC Volte. ** Cannot be measured with 20,000 ohms per volt voltmeter.
DUMMY ANTENNA
Cl
L
A
O Generator
I
A
O Receiver
I
I---ANNi
_________j 02
G o
O A
11I
o G
I
1
Cl - 200 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C.
----Case Shield
C2 - 400 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C.
Choke Coil Specification
C3 - .02 mmf. Condenser 400 V.D.C.
Tubing - 3/8" Diameter Bakelite
R - 100 Ohms Resistor 1/4 Watt
Wire - No. 38 Enameled
L - Choke Coil
Turns - 59 closely wound (Impregnated)
NOTE: When using this dummy antenna the generator output impedance should be 10 ohms or lower.
STEP BY STEP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
OFSRATION
ALIGNMENT GENERATOR
OF
CONNECT :D
TO
DUMMY GENERATOR ANTENNA FREQUENCY
BAND
TUNING
SWITCH CONDENSER
3ETTING JETTING
TRIMMERS
RFIIARES
1
Set dial pointer even vith left-hand stop line with gang closed.
2
Pin #7 on .02 MFD
I.F.
12BE6 cony. Cond.
456 KC.
3
4
I.F. Rej. Antenna
.02 SFD
456 KC.
B.C. B.C.
Open Closed
C17A & 0178 Cl5A & C15B C7 TrLz
Peak Accurately Peak Accurately Adj. to Min.
5
H.C.
6
Band
Antenna
*
1500 RC. 600 KC.
B.C. B.C.
1500 KC 600 KC
C5 OSC. Trim
C2 ANT. Trim C4 03C. Pad.
Peak Accurately Peak Accurately
**
7
Repeat Operations 5 and 6
8
Check Calibration at 600KC., 1000KC. and 1500KC.
9
3.W.
10
Band
Antenna
*
18 MC.
11
Repeat Operations 9 & 10
12
Check Operations at 18L;C., 3MC. and 6 MC.
13
Check Operations 1 to 10 inclusive.
ì.W.
18 2C.C6 OSC. Trim Peak Accurately
C3 ANT. Trim **
NOTES:
* Use dummy Antenna as shown below. (STD.) ** Rock dial while adjusting for maximum output.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 SPARTON
MODELS 1051, 1052, 'Ch. 6B9
CHASSIS DIAGRAM
/i Rectifier ,- ..... \ 7 /
e CI Out Rit
1
\ 1
/
pans
L5
i
- '
Chassis Bottom View
_i \I
/
_i
/
i
A.C. Line
A.C. Phono
Phono sack
o 40Ose0i0
c7 c5
C2
.-V-71-AD
Gnd.
Speaker
Chassis Back View
Chassis Top View
c15A clSB 12Be6
cm
0
ClA 0
Green Blue
Volume
On -
Tone
Off
Switch
Tuning
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPARTON PAGE 21-17
MODELS 1051, 1052, Ch. 6B9
1OLOSZI 93BZI
1791ST
Nin-_(----
~iJ VVVV- 1
1¡"U
- lo
z
Q N
3 o o
r
J
06061 y(szstR5-1 O m W
í
N m '
©John F. Rider
N
www.americanradiohistory.com
J J
FJDJOOoúJ0J0o
ZFW O
a<p0¢F
ó3o3.(50 JIm1I1-Z2< -JNJnJrJ0JlJoJnJm
ñaá
2N0I'1020r.Pñ0-N0lfl--N Nv12e44 2ONÑNN29-22N
u1 V1
NN
NNNLNl"NtnNYNr0rv1NrpYN1N.1N0N1Nn NVNulNulNln
¢m m¢ema« ¢¢¢¢¢¢m
r-
33333'333
-\ 3= _-- '7J3
=r. _ -' - Q,r¢-0'VJ- > '
00. 2
2uz &z
o o o 0
eÒO
r
0óND00ps0ó7,r'.yÓW.io1DJu2nodoNroNó-,-ooN2O
O'nuhoP2-NMOM1Vnm QÑNÑ ¢¢ ¢aaa¢Wtmtaaat¢¢¢¢¢¢¢
Nro p
r r O
LL
-o 2222n 4º1.o"oomno2o
I YVICIJQVyJrpIIYprWprYÓV
J
O
rr
YJYYOZY J
N m r
I?O7?OOZ?OrZ?rO.O.rr.1l.P7,o?rIo?i$.2.Vr0?
2`6612 Q á`aááááááiá
1
I
¢
V
¢Fi
F J
W W7
O
zW W¢Ww2
2 Ie
>»>«¢>¢ u
Z¢2ágOCFF2N2rOr8N2222FWOrF"I
->
VO2ó2¢
>090>0>0WJÓ-pUÓ
NON2
2 VWWOOOOW`-,,,,,ö pO
Nz<2<"030p¢2222222Z02Z022h222'rm-2N2I>ro12
V3v3Qyj1fl000w011-/o1-mInOmOp--ÓóÓ0-Q00om0
NI'Irvlonop O-NI'I
NNNNNNNNN
VUUUVVVUVUUVUUVUUVUVUVUUVUUV
3
D
)
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-1 MODEL (2O2-1701)1)1
DESCRIPTION
Your new automobile battery in your car. It is speaker, and covers the
receiver is a 5 -tube (plus rectifier) superheterodyne, designed to operate from the 6 volt storage a universal type of receiver for mounting underneath the dash paneL It has a self-contained PM frequency range 540 to 1600 K.C. Two simple controls are provided for operating the receiver.
(See Fig. 1)
VOLUME CONTROL
a
ON - OFF- SWITCH
TUN NG KNOB
Fig. 1 Front View
SUGGESTIONS FOR ELIMINATING POSSIBLE MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust,
etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise. (The following steps may not be necessary in all cases. Install your radio and operate it before making changes.)
GENERATOR CONDENSER
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Detach the high tension wire where it goes into the top of the distributor cap and cut two inches off the end. Screw the piece you cut off into one end of the distributor suppressor and then screw the other end of the suppressor on the long wire which leads to the coil. Insert the wire back into the distributor cap.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional .5 MFD condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the ment panel.
Short wires are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension wire from the coil to the distributor.
they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. These wires should be placed in a flexible wire shield and the shield grounded to frame or motor. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension wires.
BONDING OF FIRE WALL
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire walL
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in ordei.to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
n John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 SPIEGEL
..C)2-7 7C, l2
HIGH AND LOW TENSION WIRES
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will he necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to connect a .5 MFD by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, and generator condenser. By referring to Figure 2 and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car. Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 7/32" holes in the instrument panel flange. Now secure the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument
panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap should be formed to the correct
U .ET mäC- SCNEM
angles, as illustrated in Figure 2, so
that it can then be fastened to the
fire wall. After marking and center -
punching the fire wall at the correct
location, dtill with a 3/8" drill. The
mounting strap is then secured to the
radio and fastened to the fire wall of
the car with the 1/4" bolt, lock washer
and nut furnished with the receiver.
CONNECTING THE RADIO
Fig. 2 Side View, Showing Mounting
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
S84-413 SUPPRESSION KIT & MISC. PARTS ASSEMBLY
1-S84-233 1-A43-10 2-A52-295 1-A81-13 1-S84-193
"A" lead assembly
Fuse Control knobs
Skeve (for fuse) Suppression Kit consisting of :
1-.5 MFD Condenser 1-Distributor Suppressor 20"-Wire Braid
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune
the receiver to cycles (K.C.). tenna trimmer
a weak station at approximately 1100 kiloRemove the snap button covering the an(See Figure 3) and adjust the trimmer for
maximum volume. this purpose.
A
small
screw
driver
will
be
needed
for
584-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 t/q" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 14" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/e" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/8" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
Vt'asher-Spacer
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression & Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-413, as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-158.
NOTE: For shipping, the two control knobs have been removed from the tuning and volume control shafts. To install the knobs, line up the flat side of the knob spring (inside knob), with the flat side of the control shaft and push the knob forward until it stops.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-3
MOL+EL 602-1701U
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
6.2 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
1 2 watts, undistorted 2.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
10 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...50 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA 7GT---Converter. 1-6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
A 6X5GT Rectifier is used.
SERVICE NOTES
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maxi- The bottom cover (the one with the speaker louvers)
mum position, all tubes in their sockets, no signal applied, can be removed to permit servicing of major components,
and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms such as tubes and vibrator, by removing the eight (8)
per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3)
chart, (Fig. 4).
screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage the front.
of 6.3 volts DC.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover,
To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each con- to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting
denser with another one having the same capacity and volt- the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be
age rating which is known to be good until the defective removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the
unit is located.
rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
recessed in a 1/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby permitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two
it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8)
the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at
Always make certain that other circuit components, such the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front
as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before pro- of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear
ceeding with realignment.
the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be
under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" ter-
realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as minal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise
a final check.
the receiver will not operate properly.
i With slot in horizontal position wrap one complete turn, then place No. A51-105 in slot and .{ wrap another complete turn; then follow the diagram to put the turns on the condenser shaft and fasten the ends to the pulley.
3-1/2 TURNS NO. A51-1138 STRING
DIAL POINTER STRINGING
DIAL DRIVE STRINIÌIN8
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 SPIEGEL
MODEL 602-17011.
IL:
Ó
o
0
c C
á
C
0C 0
.E : ó
>
EE
E
I X
x
>
EE>
x
Q
e
N
("3
d
C
o C
C
4)
0
T
E E
Ú
4r
C
Ú d c
V d c
o
CC C
Z
V U lJ
©John F. Rider
oc O
C
c ó
www.americanradiohistory.com
0uö0`
OV
M
¡ M 11.--Wsr~¢ti-1I
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-5 MODEL 602-170144
4i
O
J
F f x
(N 2
(D
SISSrNO !O iNOLf
J < z 7
O
f
o(>
hi>
4uN QSZ4S2 il
M ...ii. lb
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-6 SPIEGEL
"OPEL 002-1701,4
Schemetk Diagram Reference
PARTS LIST
Part
CONDENSERS
No.
Description
CIA, C1B
C2, C14
C3
C4
C5
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C15
1
C16
C17
C19, C20
C21
1319-201
A16-192 A20-145 A16-189 A15-196 A15-204 A15-205 A16-187 A15-176 A16-190 A16-195 A16-193
A18-289
A16-184 A16-185
Variable condenser
.01 MFD 400 volt condenser______
Trimmer condenser
.05 MFD 400 volt condenser _ _______ _____ __________ ________ _____ __ ___ .
100 MMFD ceramic condenser
50 MMFD ceramic condenser
12 MMFD ceramic condenser, temp. comp.
.1 MFD 400 volt condenser
250 MMFD mica condenser _
.005 MFD 600 volt tond
.001 MFD ceramic condenser
.05 MFD 600 volt tond
20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser i 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
( 30 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
1
.5 MFD 100 volt tond
.005 MFD 1600 volt oil filled condenser
R1, R3 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8, R15 R9 R10
1211
R12 R13, R14
A60-659 A60-685 A60-769 A60-726 A24-177 A60-728 AGO -758 A60-667
A60-731 A60-771 A60-770 A60-752
RESISTORS
22K ohm ' watt 20% resistor 47K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
7.5K ohm 2 watt 10% resistor 2.2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor Volume control, 500,000 ohm, with switch 10 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 560 ohm t/i watt 10% resistor ____ 220K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor ._ 470K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor __270 ohm 1/2 wett 10% resistor 470 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor 100 ohm 1;2 watt 10% resistor
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
Ll
A10-527
Antenna Loading Coil ._
L2 L4
610-511 A10-512
Antenna Coil _ Oscillator Coil
L5
A33-229
Choke, "A" Line
L6
A33-228
Choke, vibrator hash
T1
A10-508
1st I.F. Transformer -
T2
A10-509
2nd I.F. Transformer
T3
880-242
Output Transformer (Port of Speaker, not furnished separately)
T4
B80-243
Power transformer
A11-303 B11-328 A72-29 A70-130 A58-55
B67-551 A28-101 A52-304 A11-329 A89-10 A65-37 A65-42 A65-12 A75-70 A75-74 A70-132 A70-135 A70-142 A51-105 A51-108
DIAL PARTS
Bracket, Dial Scale
Bracket, String Guida Bushing, Tuning Shaft Bearing Clip, Spring, for Tuning Shaft Dial Pointer
Dial Scale Gasket for Speaker
Knob
Link, String Guide Pilot Light, Type G.E. 1Jo. 422 Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Pointer Stringing Rivet, Shoulder, for String Guide Brkt. and Link Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Drive Stringing Shaft, tuning Shaft, for Dial Pointer Spring, for Pilot Light Socket Spring, Dial Drive String Tension Spring, Pointer Drive String Tension String, Pointer Travel, 17" String, Condenser Drive, 19"
_________
S84-233 A83-421 A83-517 A43-10 A47-112 631-134
S84-192 A87-38 B79-379 S84-322 A34-105 A83-519
MISCELLANEOUS
"A" lead assembly
Clip, I.F. Transformer Mountie. ______
Clip, Oscillator Coil Mounting
Fuse, 15 Amp.
Grommet, rubber, (Spkr. & Gang mounting)
Mounting strap,
Mounting Plate, Front . __. _..____.___.______-_______-_ ________
Mounting parts kit
Receptacle, Antenna Cable
-
Speaker, 4" P.M. (includes Output Transformer)____________________
Suppression Kit Assembly ..
Vibrator .. ___ .. __
___________ _ ___________ -----------------------
Wiper, grounding, for case covers
Note: Tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°C) wax type.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-7 MODEL 602-1821)1
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distributor suppressor, and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 1 and 2, and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it
is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car. Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 7/32" holes in the instrument panel. flange. Now secure the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear mounting strap. The mounting strap should be formed to the correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 2, so that it can then be fastened to the fire wall. After marking and center punching the fire wall at the correct
LOCRW1SNCR
location, drill with a 3/8" drill. The mounting strap is then secured to the radio and fastened to the fire wall of the car with the 1/q" bolt, lock washer and nut furnished with the receiver.
RUT
RA080
iIRCWIILL
Fig. 2. Side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1100 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 2) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume. A small screw driver will be needed for this purpose.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression s: Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-445, as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part
No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-158.
NOTE:
For shipping, the two the knobs, line up the
control knobs have been removed from the tuning and flat side of the knob spring (inside knob), with the flat
volume control shafts. To install side of the control shaft and push
the knob forward until it stops.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/8" Screws 2 10-32 x 3/8" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock \4'ashers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
I Washer-Spacer
S84-445 SUPPRESSION KIT & MISC. PARTS ASSEMBLY
1-S84-233
"A" lead assembly
1-A43-10 2-A52-314 1-A81-13
1-S84-322
Fuse
Control knobs Sleeve (for fuse) Suppression Kit consisting of:
1-.5 MFD Condenser
1-Distributor Suppressor 20"-Wire Braid
`o John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-8 SPIEGEL MODEL 602-1821)1h
VOLUME CONTROL
a
ON - OFF- SWITCH
Fig. 1 Front View
TUNING KNOB
SUGGESTIONS FOR ELIMINATING POSSIQLE MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise. (The following steps may not be necessary in all cases. Install your radio and operate it before making changes.)
GENERATOR CONDENSER
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Detach the high tension wire where it goes into the top of the distributor cap and cut two inches off the end. Screw the piece you cut off into one end of the distributor suppressor and then screw the other end of the suppressor on the long wire which leads to the coil. Insert the wire back into the distributor cap.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the back side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional .5 MFD condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short wires are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension wire from the coil to the distributor.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION WIRES
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if
they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. These wires should be placed in a flexible wire shield and the shield grounded to frame or motor. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension wires.
BONDING OF FIRE WALL
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to connect a .5 MFD by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-9 MODEL 602-1821)41Fí
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
..6.2 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
1.2 watts, undistorted
2.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
10 microvolt average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...50 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following: 1--6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA7GT--Converter.
1-6SK7GT-LF. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1-6V6GT-Power output.
A 6X5GT Rectifier is used.
SERVICE NOTES Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit
to the chassis are measured with volume control in maximum position, all tubes in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage chart, (Fig. 4).
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage of 6.3 volts DC.
To-check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each condenser with another one having the same capacity and voltage rating which is known to be good until the defective -unit is located.
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before proceeding with realignment.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as a final check.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
The bottom cover (the one with. the speaker louvers) can be removed to permit servicing of major components, such as tubes and vibrator, by removing the eight (8) screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3) screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in the front.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover, to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is recessed in a 1/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby permitting contact with the spark plate.
After removing the spark plate screw, remove the two knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight (8) screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear the holes in the cover.
NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" ter-r minal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise the receiver will not operate properly.
With slot in horizontal position wrap one complete turn, then place No. A51-105 in slot and wrap another complete turn; then follow the diagram to put the turns on the condenser shaft and fasten the ends to the pulley.
DIAL POINTER STRINGING
1/2 TURNS NO.A61-108 STRING
Ca. DIAL DRIVE STRINGING
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 SPIEGEL MODEL UU2-18211;i
óó-
: cOQóI 4N°
E d
C V
o
N
4Q 0 p
o
u00 in O. o! E' Q s -- ar
3
^
,
p
a
d
p
h
LL
O
ÿ
E
Eé m
O
EE E
'Ó
' E
E 6
j
E E
E
E E K
d
Ñ >
º ill C a 0M
o
.-3-
h
N.'
rn LL
~ á
,I N
L _º- 0 '
3-_ NN U
y
>
vÓ- o
ó
4
v
0
w c
~ D
, t Éd o 3
á
4
É`
d
F= m
r ° M
F-
U
U
u
C
.
Iijiii , ` º ó> W
° ó
c E
ZO v>
E
a E
mc
o> ó
m
0
ç
o ^^_. Cct tJ 1-
0
"rii
é ó
º 13 -p
-o
-pí
u N _se
G o
43
t/
.O
Q C
Q
<
W
O
Z
d
Ñ
ID0 JJ,
t t N.^ i>D^00O© íN
C
, © d
E
z
F
° , , oc p C
-o' rn
N 46
-p p
s ó
L
V
?
a
oa,
O
O V
O
_
ÿ c
3 N o
v
O
, cop
O
N N .Ñp1 W
u.É IC'O
o
u-
0
o
ó á
>
vÌ gre
4
:(2t.'.
U
e
O Oo
C
'V `7 `ct
E
C
p
N
C
c C
V p
o
V
oIo> :c_'
d
p d
á
d
o
N
N «,
p -p
IID
N D
0
QI
_o
°
pf lL 6/ a, E
N O
r> E
V E
N xo
`-p E ó
Ou
v
N
EE E
>m "
e>,;.
>
2i e J
t>OuF
-. a
ta i
r .-- ou
xe-
g o
°
N`° o
e
`
E
l róuaaoo
_.
al-
ó \/I
+oo m
l
r rs' ;
Ye-
wd E
u+
"ti
v
C
o ,
4 N
-,
" úd
"
LI
Ñ
i
vi
t3
z3óó
OVI>O
/2. á r
áó
p iU
á
occoF. á
©
O
©
>
o
tp
o
o e
©m
N d
Op)
o á
O
0
o© o
O o iN.Y ti o Do co O©
© m
O
YE!
u
O V7
©© OO (.ï
o0 ©o
-- O o
Q
O o
o
_` O
O o
O
er
p)
N
0 á
E
p
C
ó á
O. v7
ó, '
a c7
5 O`
N E
c
t o p+ 'o
v
E D
>
.^
Z O
61
3
G°.
C c U
C c U
C c U
o
a
cc
aa =i
W a
O
>
Gc!
Q.
O
_ T
)
O.
O
>`
u- LL LL
c; c
a
p 0 pf p
d
O
T =
'
p1
NE
H O
tC°cs 7
v°
H cp
LL¡
e0 -
«
"
- o O0 ~ "© 0
3 >
^/\ 0©© +D
O
O^
5155VHD io i+oai
ó
m
Z
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-11
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-12 SPIEGEL
MODEL 602-1821U
Schematic
Diagram
Reference
CIA, CIB
C2, C14, C18
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
C15
1
C16
J}
C17
C19, C20
C21
R1, R3 R2 R4 R5 R6
R7 R8
R9 RIO
Rh, R15
R12 R13, R14
LI L2
L3 L4 L5 L6
T1 T2 T3
T4
Peet
No.
B19-201 A16-192 A20-145 A16-189 A15-196 A15-202 A15-204 A15-205 A16-187 A15-176 A16-190 A16-195 A16-193
Description
CONDENSERS
Variable condenser .01 MFD 400 volt condenser
Trimmer condenser .05 MFD 400 volt condenser
-_
100 MMFD ceramic condenser
20 MMFD ceramic condenser
50 MMFD ceramic condenser
12 MMFD ceramic condenser, temp. comp.________
.1 MFD 400 volt condenser__
250 MMFD mica condenser______ .005 MFD 600 volt condenser
.001 MFD ceramic condenser .05 MFD 600 volt condenser
_
_____
A18-289 A16-184 A16-185
(20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser
{(20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
)}
30 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
.5 MFD 100 volt condenser
.005 MFD 1600 volt oil filled condenser
RESISTORS
A60-659
22K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-685
47K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor.
A60-769
7.5K ohm 2 watt 10% resistor
A60-726
2.2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A24-182
Volume control, 500,000 ohm, with switch_________ _____________
A60-728
10 megohm 'h watt 20% resistor
A60-767
560 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor
A60-667
220K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-731
470K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-771
270 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor
A60-770
470 ohm '/2 watt 10% resistor
A60-752
100 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
A10-527
B10-511
A10-510 A10-512 A33-229 A33-228 A10-508 Al0-509 880-242 B80-243
Antenna Loading Coil
Antenna Coil I.F. Trap Coil
Oscillator Coil
Choke, "A" Line
Choke, vibrator hash 1st I.F. Transformer
2nd I.F. Transformer Output Transformer (Part of Speaker, not furnished separately) Power transformer
DIAL PARTS
Al 1-303
Bracket, Dial Scale
B11-328 A72-36 A70-130 A58-55
Bracket, String Guide Bushing, Tuning Shaft Bearing Clip, Spring, for Tuning Shaft._________________-________________-____ Dial Painter
B67-551 A28-101 A52-314
Al1-329
A89-10
Dial Scale
_
Gasket for Speaker
Knob
__-
Link, String Guide
Pilot Light, Type G.E. No. 422
A65-37 A65-42 A65-12 A75-83 A75-74 A70-132 A70-135 A70-142 A51-105 A51-108
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Pointer Stringing
- Rivet, Shoulder, for String Guide Brkt. and Link
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Drive Stringing
Shaft, tuning
Shaft, for Dial Pointer
Spring, for Pilot Light Socket
Spring, Dial Drive String Tension
Spring, Pointer Drive String Tension
_________ ___________________ .
String, Pointer Travel, 17"
String, Condenser Drive, 19"
S84-233 A83-421 A83-517
MISCELLANEOUS
"A" lead assembly
Clip, I.F. Transformer Mounting Clip, Oscillator Coil Mounting
A43-10 A47-112 B31-134
B31-158 584-192 A87-38 B79-360 S84-322 A34-105 A83-519
Fuse, 15 Amp.
Grommet, rubber, (Spkr. & Gang mounting)_________________ Mounting strap, rear Mounting Plate, Front
Mounting parts kit
Receptacle, Antenna Cable
Speaker, 4" P.M. (includes Output Transformer) Suppression Kit Assembly
Vibrator Wiper, grounding, for case covert_-_-___________
Notel Tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°C) wax type.
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-13 MODEL 606-4O0WB
DESCRIPTION
Your New Aircastle Radio is a 4 -Tube Superhetrodyne receiver designed from 540 kilocycles to 1725 kilocycles (K.C.). The tubes used are --
to cover
a
frequency
1A7 IN 5
GGTT----OI.sFc..
Converter
Amplifier
1H5 CT--AVC Det. Audio Amplifier
3Q5 GT --Power Output
range of
INSTALLATION
(90
This receiver Volts) and the
has
'A'
been designed to operate on
Battery (154 Volts) Aircastle
a self-contained
No. 1491.
battery
containing
both
the
'R'
battery
After inserting the battery plug of the receiver into placed inside the cabinet in the space provided.
the
socket on
the battery,
the
battery may
be
Anyone of the following batteries may also be used with this receiver: Eveready No. 718, General No.
6001-11 L, Burgess No. 17G-060, Ray -O -Yac No. AB 82.
sr(FehocoeruildFmvoeorrbsetbieseosrrteudcsirneteedasdruycltlasoisnsesahntiagtoholautptaissooiwdnpeesorfsauunssltieebnbleAnrao,iraacndaadbcsoauastlsttein7fg5aH-ro1us0st0aeawtaifyMeoeanfstrsot mloAintegsrm,uiaaryilrnocuNblneou.dddiinne1gg3s9iro6athb.b)ejelecletsatoda-suinsp,e rasa hcostuihcldoarlt.beer
used. It
When the
antenna.
It To obtain
galvanized pipe
the best possible driven into the
performance a good
ground.
should be
ground should connected to
be
the
used. ground
This lead
can be
(black)
a water
of the
pipe, or a receiver.
Connect the antenna wire to the other lead coming from the receiver.
OPERATION
Turn the 'On -Off' Switch and Volume Control (left-hand Control) to the right about half its range.
T(rhigisht-shuapnpdliesCopnowtreorl).to
enables you to get the
desired level.
the receiver. Now select the desired station by rotating the 'Station Selector',
For best tone, always tune the desired station with the exact point where the station comes in best. Then adjust
Volume turned low. the Volume Control
This to the
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Volume control --Maximum: all adjustments.
The following equipment is necessary for proper alignment:
Connect ground lead of signal generator to chassis.
Sfriegqnuael ncgieenseraastorlisttheadt,
will 30%
provide the modulated,
test 400 c.p.s.
Connect dummy antenna in series with output lead of signal generator.
Connect output meter across voice coil of speaker.
Output meter.
NDuomnm-ymaentatellnicnass-c-r.e1wdmrifvde.,r. .00025 mfd.
Position of
Variable
Fully open Fully open Fully op en Tune in signal from generator
Generator Frequency
455 KC
455 KC
17 25 KC
1400 KC
Dummy
Ant. Mfd. .1
.1
.000 25
.000 25
Generator Connections
LA7 Grid
(Stator of CIA)
(Sta1Ato7 rGorfidCIA)
Antenna Lead
Antenna Lead
Trimmer.
Adjust-
ment T2
T1
CIB
CIA
Trimmer
function
Output I.F. Input I.E. Oscillator
Antenna
°John F. Rider
VOLTAGE CHART
All voltages measured with a 1000 ohm per volt meter on the 150 volt scale. For the following voltages the "B" battery section of the
power pack should raad 90 volts under load, the "A" section 11/2 volts.
TUBE
A7
1
I N5 1H5 3Q5
PIN NUMBERS
I
2
3
4
5
6
0
1.5
85
37
0
85
0
1.5
85
85
0
0
0
1.5
17
0
0
0
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.5
83
85
0
5
1.5
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-M SPIEGEL TODEL 00o-iOúWB
1
t .
UI
4
O
f¢L.) m
-
C
n á
Y W
N
-N -
W W
-
0
J
m' ..r ,o-i G
o
w O In O
J4
44i
JO
-1ÿ1Y0
J
X
°
ç
rO
-g
J
-0.
J
J p O
L
004 4T VU
.0 JJ -- Y
G.
p
O
m. N
F cn
2C
.y
.
JW V4
m CZ .rai E C- U
i
s
¢ á ' N
CO
tn In Ion ,O
04
C.1
CV
ln
=O N
N tin
u) M Ñ d, CJ
0 0 0 0 0 0 1
1
1
Ñ 1
1
O+
á á á á a a $
CO
N1 N
ó á
o0N0
C C: C:
U
J o
>
NOun
IHi1
äYN
2 u
a
a
N
Ir a
.QQC'o0 ,
p - 000` p1'
®John F. Rider
o
Oiut4000r-
,nn
OU /
1251' I-4
OJ U7
z
. v 'i b Cl N M
u7
r~-1
rïi .N.. r~,
O OCO OJ
1
1
1
1
1
p -, .r tn Ñ CO SO .N-, .-, .-,
.-, CO
m¢ á á á a a a a a a a a
1
O
a
1
N O
a
`m - r- o E u A C
Cl
U
Q
c 6 t1 W
t 8 ~ á V Ú
vt+) U') c
.-M-I
U
U c Nc
a
z á z
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-15
ptnt7ppp
rOOZpz-pz...zeztat7--zQr)Oze1
^
ON
z
tp0^t'1p NtO^)ntDNOpNpNmN[tW.nOtDON.O.t-nNnOGWOONpTOC^I1NNNN
z^zNz^ipz*zNz%zzzzzpzpzpzpzNztznnzdz'ztnzpzpzyz).#tt
tQ
¿,
UA.á,. UrNa
........
fL
NptAtOtnTO
rN
7pN
00000000000{tfLiLGGR'iCf.íLR'.íCR.PCCGPCft.+NC)ptntOlOD
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610.C300, Chevrolet
INSTALLATION
NON.ONB STWB
ESCUTCHEON
TUNING
,)
SKEET METAL SCREW OFPON VOLUME
+-NANO BRAKE BRACKET
i SSEX PHILIPS N0. SCREW
POWER CABLE CONNECTOR
ANTENNA CONNECTOR
Fig. 1
R.F. TUNING
UNIT
INSTRUMENT
DETAIL MOUNTING
WASHER
'HEX NUT -EB
CUP WASHER
KNOB
ASSEMBLY
R. F. TUNING UNIT
1. Loosen nuts on the two moulding etude located behind the instrument panel cover plate. 2 Remove sheet metal screw from the lower edge of the instrument panel cover plate and the two screws and
washers attaching the hand brake to the instrument panel. Keep these parts. 3. Remove instrument panel cover plate and discard. 4. Tighten nuts on the two moulding studs located behind the instrument panel cover plate. S. Drop vent controls by removing screws, lockwashere, and flat washers securing these controls to the instrument
panel. This will facilitate installation of both receiver units. Save parts removed. 6 Install R.F. Tuning Unit behind instrument panel so that mounting bushings and tuningshafts protrude through
the instrument panel.
7 Slide plastic escutcheon over mounting bushings and secure with flat washers, nuts, cup washers, and knobs as shown in Fig. I
8 Secure top part of plastic escutcheon to R.F. Tuning Unit with two No. 6.32 x 1/2" long Philips Head screws.
POWER SUPPLY UNIT 1. Insert a thin blade screwdriver or a flat strip of metal through the Radio Grille and slit fiberboard Radio Grille
screen. Reach in back of Radio Grille and remove screen by grasping slit edge. Discard fiberboard screen. 2 Remove 10-32 nuts and washers from the moulding studs behind the Radio Grille. 3. Remove 10-32 nuts, screws, and washers securing the lower tabs of the Radio Grille to the instrument panel. 4. Install Power Supply Unit behind Radio Grille and position into place so that holes in top of unit slide over
moulding studs as shown in Fig. 2. NOTE: It may be more convenient, in car models with air conditioner heaters, to remove the vibrator before
installing this unit. The vibrator can be replaced after the power unit is mounted. 5 Replace 10-32 nuts and washers on moulding studs. 6 Replace lower grille tab 10-32 mounting screws, nuts, and washers so that screws secure the lower grille tabs and
Power Supply Unit to the instrument panel. 7. Connect cable from Power Supply Unit to R.F. Tuning Unit. 8. Replace vent controls. 9 Replace screws and wastiers securing band brake.
Connect battery lead to terminal on Ignition Su itch.
PIug Antenna cable into receiver.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
10 32 HEX NUT X10 LOCKWASHER
10 32 MOULDING STUD
10-32 MOULDING STUD 10 32 HEX NUT
'10 LOCKWASHER
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-17 MODEL 610.C300, Chevrolet
10-32 MOULDING STUD
10-32 MOULDING STUD
X10 LOCKWASHER 10 32 HEX NUT 10-32 MOUNTING SCREW
`10 LOCKWASHER 10-32 HEX NUT 10-32 MOUNTING SCREW
RADIO GRILLE LOWER GRILLE TAB
INSTRUMENT PANEL
10-32 MOUNTING SCREW
VENT CONTROLS 10-32 MOUNTING SCREW
Fig. 2
POWER SUPPLY UNIT DETAIL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
MOTOR NOISE ELIMINATION
SUPPRESSION KIT
it suppression kit is shipped with this receiver. It contains the following parts:
1 Generator Condenser. 1 Distributor Suppressor.
GENERATOR CONDENSER
1
MOUNT UNDER GENERATOR GROUND
DO NOT COQ NECT TO
THIS TERMINAL
CONNECT TO "A" TERMINAL
Fig. 3
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-18 SPIEGEL
MODEL 010. C300,
Chevrc.let
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Disconnect the center lead in the distributor head of the motor. Cut lead approximately 2 inches hack from metal tip end. Screw suppressor into cut end of long lead. Screw cut end of short lead into suppressor. Plug lead, with attached suppressor, back into distributor head.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present, it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
AMMETER CONDENSER
A .5 MFD by-pass condenser should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to connect a .5 MFD by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
HOW TO ORDER PARTS
Always give the part No. (No. printed on the part if different from that shown on this list), and the name of the part. When No. is not available, give complete description of part. Be sure to always give the Model No. and Catalog No. The Model No. will be found on either the metal plate at the rear of the chassis or on a printed label which may be on the chassis or cabinet.
SERVICE DATA FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICE MEN
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6.3 Volts DC
Current
5.5 Amp. average
Frequency Range
538-1600 KC
Speaker
5%" PM
Power Output
2 watts, undistorted
3 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
2-3 microvolts average for 1 watt output
Selectivity 40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6BA6-RF Amplifier 1-6BE6-Converter 1-6BA6-I. F. Amplifier 1-6AT6-Detector-AVC-1st Audio
1-6AQ5-Power Output 1-6X4-Rectifier
SERVICE NOTES
Voltage taken from the different points of the circuit to the chassis are measured with volume control in maximum position, all tubes in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 Ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage chart, (Fig. 5). All voltages should be measured with an input voltage of 6.3 volts DC. To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each condenser with another one having the same capacity and voltage rating which is known to be good until the defective unit is located.
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
PULLEY
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components such as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc. are normal before proceeding with re-
alignment.
VARIABLE CAPACITOR FULLY OPEN.
SPRING
POINTER
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given under the heading "Alignment Procedure". After realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as final check.
DIAL DRUM
Fig. 4
DRIVE SHAFT
DIAL GORD DRIVE (REAR VIEW)
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-19
MODEL ó10.C300,
Chevrolet
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Volume control-Maximum, all adjustments.
The following equipment i3 necessary for proper alignment:
No signal applied to antenna.
Signal generator that will provide the test frequencies
Power input -6.3 volts.
as listed, modulated 400 cycles, 30%.
Connect dummy antenna in series with output lead of Non-metallic screwdriver.
signal generator.
Output meter. (1.8 volt for 1 watt output. )
Connect ground lead of signal generator to chassis.
Dummy antennas-.1 MFD., 100 MMFD.
Repeat alignment procedure as a final check.
For alignment points refer to Schematic Diagram.
Dial Setting
1) Fully open
Generator Frequency
455 KC
Dummy Ant.
.1 MFD
Generator Trimmer Connector Reference
6BE6 Grid T1 Top & bottom
Trimmer Adjustment
Maximum
Trimmer Functicn
Output I.F.
2) Fully open
455 KC
.1 MFD
6BE6 Grid T2 Top & bottom
Maximum
Input I.F.
3) Fully open
4) Tune in signal from generator
5) Tune in signal from generator
6) Tune in signal from generator
7) Tune in Signal from generator
1600 KC 1400 KC 1400 KC
600 KC 600 KC
100 MMFD 100 MMFD 100 MMFD 100 MMFD 100 MMFD
Ant. lead CV2 Ant. lead CV3 Ant. lead CV1 Ant. lead L3 Ant. lead L2
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
Oscillator RF Stage Antenna RF Stage Antenna
8) Repeat steps 4 and 5
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
6BÁ6
6BE6
0
o
o o
0 0 0 ©© 026.3
0 ©©0±6.3
-.60
0 200 -5.50
0200 6BA6
= o 0
0 62.5
0
0 62.5
3.5
0 62.5 O
2000000
F
ö ±630 ©D0
0 Z
.4
2.46©.30O©00:4
4
0
6AT6
O
0 11.4
026.3
0 0 O
© 210
0 0200
0
6AQ5
BOTTOM VIEW OF POWER PACK
225
55 0 0 1o6©.30O0000 V.A C.
O
6X4
±5.9
0
© 2 5.9
0Q'6.0
0
o
V-83
Fig. 5
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SOCKET VOLTAGES
PAGE 21-20 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610.C300
o
J
U
A fJ
H .-1l o9 00 o
V V Y
o
O
â
N
o-3
ga al
Y
0
O O
0 y
a
F-7_4 1
090
-0
Q V
V
0 r
a
o Qw
U' C
;
r¢ Y lj O N
n
N
fl OoY¢N
III O
a It
+7_m0
1lL
rL e'r,%
a
ó^`11
OU
sO
O
P
II
4
1
_
1i'
>
41
C7
I R
j1I T T J00
.
i
I
lo001
nN
2t0000141_
Q ~
m
©John F. Rider
U'
z_
z
I IILII Ill!L! f
,
yQ71G-oYV
4 V
r y
U Y
QO
0 4
0
10
www.americanradiohistory.com
YI
V a
Q.2, C
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-21
MODEL 6'0.C300,
PARTS AND PRICE LISTChevrolet
Schematic Diagram Reference C2, C3, C6, C9 C4, CIS C7 C8 C10, C12 C13, C16 C14 .. C11
CE -86
CV1-CV2-CV3
RI
H2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9, R10 R11 R12 R13
Ll-C1
L2 L3 L4 L5 L6
Tl T2
T3 T4
CONDENSERS
l'art No.
Description
C207 C209 CC200 C210 CC201 C206 C205 C211
CE -86
CV -300
.05 MFD 200 volt condenser .5 MFD 100 vdlt condenser 100 MMFD ceramic condenser .1 MFD 400 volt condenser 200 MMFD ceramic condenser .01 MFD 600 volt condenser .008 MFD 1600 volt condener .002 MFD 400 volt condenser 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser j 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser l 20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser 3 section variable tuning
RESISTORS
R309 R306 R314 RV -300 R310 R311 R307 R313 R301 R312 R308 R303
1 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 20K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 1.5K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor Volume control 3/4 megohm with switch 2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 10 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 250K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
20K ohm 2 watt 20% resistor
100 ohs 1/2 watt 20% resistor
1K ohm 1 watt 20% resistor 500K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor 330 ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
COILS
L200 57FB-3 57FB-4
L201 L203 L202 1655-16 1655-16
TV-100 or 318V-2
AND TRANSFORMERS
Motor noise elimination unit Antenna coil
R.F. coil R.F. oscillator coil Choke, "A" line
Choke, vibrator hash 2nd 1F transformer 1st IF transformer Vibrator transformer Output transformer (Part of speaker not furnished separately)
DIAL PARTS
D300 PS300 DS300
11201 T51
H214 H203 11204 H215
Dial Scale Dial Pointer Drive Shaft Assembly Grommet, rubber drive Pilot Light Pilot Light Socket Pulley, idler Spring, Dial drive String Tension String, dial drive
A300 H301 H300 H207 11208 H302
A201 504PC-300
H212 504 -FC PM -705
V-83 H310 H311 11312
MISCELLANEOUS
"A" lead assembly Case, less covers for Power S,Ipply Unit Case, complete with covers for R.F. tuning unit Clip, Anti -rattle Clip, coil mounting Cover, power supply unit mounting
(with speaker louvres) Fuse 15 Amp. Power Cable Assembly (complete with plug) Receptacle, Antenna cable Socket, power cable Speaker, 51/4" PM (includes output transformer) Vibrator
Knob ..
Cup washer Plastic Escutcheon ..
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-22 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610.D200, Plymouth, Dodge
INSTALLATION
PLYMOUTH P18 SPECIAL DELUXE
1. Remove four screws securing. Radio Grill in place and remove Radio Grill. 2. Remove dummy plates covering radio dial and control openings. 3. Enlarge holes in radio control cover plate to t/2 inch. 4. Remove knobs, cup washers, hex nuts and washers from control shafts and mounting bushings. 5. Secure two mounting brackets to Radio Grill with 3/g inch long 10-32 self-tapping screws and cup washers as shown
in detail assembly drawing. 6. Place radio control cover plate over mounting bushings. 7. Position receiver behind Radio Grill so that mounting bushings and shafts protrude through the grill. 8. Attach receiver by replacing washers and hex nuts on mounting bushings. 9. Replace cup washers and knobs over shafts. 10. Secure receiver to mounting brackets with two No. 8 se lf-tapping wing nuts. 11. Insert radio with attached grill through front opening on instrument panel. 12. Replace grill mounting screws. 13. Connect battery lead to terminal marked "ACC" on ignition switch. 14. Plug antenna cable into receiver.
DODGE "CORONET"
Install in the same manner as outlined for the P18 DeLuxe Plymouth except do not remove radio grill.
PLYMOUTH P17, P18 4 -DOOR DELUXE AND P18 CLUB COUPE DELUXE
DODGE "WAYFARER" AND "MEADOWBROOK"
These models are not equipped by the car manufacturers with a radio grill or a radio control cover plate. The following parts must be obtained from any authorized Plymouth or Dodge dealer before an installation can be made in any of these cars. Plymouth P17, P18 4 -Door DeLuxe, P18 Club Coupe DeLuxe
Radio Grill No. 1299913 Radio control cover No. 1248700 Dodge "Meadowbrook" or "Wayfarer" Radio Grill No. 1301360 Radio control cover No. 1255080
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
MOUNTING BRACKET
RADIO CONTROL COVFR PLYMOUTH NO.1248700
DODGE N0,1255080
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-23 MODEL 610.D2Oö
Plymouth, Dodge
GRILL DODGE NO. 1301360 PLYMOUTH NO.1299913
9-10-32 SELF TAPPING SCREW
CUP WASHER
-WASHER HEX NUT 16-28
CUP WASHER KNOB
J
\---SELF TAPPING SCREW WING NUT N0,8
LENLARGE HOLES TO 2 INCH
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY
DETAIL ASSEMBLY
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
MOUNTING PARTS KIT
The following mounting hardware parts are shipped attached to the receiver. (See detail assembly drawing FIG. 2)
2 Washers 2 Tá28 hex nuts 2 Cup washers 2 Knobs 2 Mounting Brackets 2 No. 8 self-tapping wing nut screws An envelope containing additional mounting hardware is supplied with this receiver. It contains the following
parts:
2 % 10.32 self -tapping screws 2 Cup washers
SUPPRESSION KIT
1 Distributor Suppressor 1 .5 MFD Generator Condenser
MOTOR NOISE ELIMINATION
GENERATOR CONDENSER
MOUNT UNDER GENERATOR GROUND
DO NOT CONNECT TO THIS TERMINAL
CONNECT TO "A"TERMINAL
\\ John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-24 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610.D200, Plymouth, Dodge
.DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
NOTE: 1950 Dodge and Plymouth automobiles do not require distributor suppressors.
1949 DODGE AND PLYMOUTH
Remove metal tip from the distributor center tower lead and screw lead into the suppressor. Plug suppressor with attached lead back into distributor head. The generator condenser and distributor suppressor should eliminate all objectionable 9totor noise in most cases. If the motor noise persists the following steps should be taken. Check operation of radio as each step is made.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present, it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
AMMETER CONDENSER
A .5 MFD by-pass condenser should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases, it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to connect a .5 MFD by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Volume control-Maximum, all adjustments. No signal applied to antenna.
Power input-6.3 volts.
Connect dummy antenna in series with output lead of signal generator.
Connect ground lead of signal generator to chassis. Repeat alignment procedure as a final check.
The following equipment is necessary to proper alignment: Signal generator that will provide the test frequencies as listed, modulated 400 cycles, 30%. Non-metallic screwdriver. Output meter. (1.8 volt for 1 watt output.) Dummy antennas-.1 MFD., 100 MMFD.
For alignment points refer to Schematic Diagram'
Dial Setting
1) Fully open
Generator Frequency 455 KC
Dummy Ant.
.1 MFD
Generator Connector
6BE6 Grid
Trimmer Reference
T4 Top & bottom
Trimmer Adjustment
Maximum
Trimmer Function
Output I.F.
2) Fully open
3) Fully open 4) Tune in signal
from generator
455 KC
1600 KC 1400 KC
.1 MFD
100 MMFD 100 MMFD
6BE6 Grid
Ant. lead Ant. lead
T3 Top & bottom
CV2
CV3
Maximum
Maximum Maximum
Input I.F.
Oscillator RF Stage
5) Tune in signal
1400 KC 100 MMFD Ant. lead
CV1
Maximum
Antenna
from generator
6) Tune in signal
600 KC 100 MMFD Ant. lead
T2
Maximum
RF Stage
from generator
7) Tune in Signal
600 KC 100 MMFD Ant. lead
T1
Maximum
Antenna
from generator
8) Repeat steps 4 and 5
HOW TO ORDER REPAIR PARTS
Always give the part No. (No. printed on the part if different from that shown on this list), and the name of
the part. When No. is not available, give complete description of part. Be sure to always give the Model No.
and Catalog No. The Model No. will be found on either the metal plate at the rear of the chassis or on a printed
label which may be on the chassis or cabinet.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-25
MODEL 610.D200,
PARTS AND PRICE LIST Plymouth, Dodge
CONDENSERS
Schematic Diagram Reference
CZ, C3, C4 C5 C6, C13, C14 C7 C8. C9 C10. C11 C12
CE -86
CV -200 ........._._
Part No.
C207 CC200 CC201
C203 C206 C209 C205
CE -86
_..._........._.._... CV -200
Description
.05 MFD 200 volt condenser 100 MMFD ceramic condenser 200 MMFD ceramic condenser _ .002 MFD 200 volt condenser .01 MFD 600 volt condenser .5 MFD 100 volt condenser .008 MFD 1600 volt condenser 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser 20 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser 20 MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser 3 section variable tuning condenser
RESISTORS
RI R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 .. R7 R8 R9
R10, Ell
R12 RV -200
R309 R306 R305
11310 R311 R307 11308 11303 R313 R301 R312 RV -200
COILS
1 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
20K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
2K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
2 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
10 megohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor _. .
250K ohm 1/2 wait 20% resistor
53311 ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
333 ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
..... ..........
20K ohm 2 watt 20% resistor
100 ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
1K ohm 1 watt 23% resistor
Volume control 3/4 megohm with switch
AND TRANSFORMERS
Ll-C1
L200
L2 _----__..._ _-----.._...._.._._.............._....._.57FB-3
_ L3 ._.__.. ..._._....___....___._
5'7Fß-4
1.4 __..___._......_._
L201
L5 _.____...._._..._..._.._..._...._..._........._...._...... 1.202
L6 ..__
L203
T1 _.._ T2
1655-16 1655-16
T3 ....- ...... T4
TV -200
Motor noise elimination unit Antenna Coil
RF coil RF Oscillator coil
Choke, vibrator hash Choke, "A" line 1st IF transformer 2nd IF transformer Output transformer (Part of speaker not furnished separately) Vibrator transformer
DIAL PARTS
D200
Dial Scale
PS200 DS200
H201 T51
H202 H203
Dial Pointer Drive shaft assembly Grommet, rubber drive Pilot light Pilot light socket Pulley, idler
H204
Spring, Dial Drive Spring Tension
11205
String
MISCELLANEOUS
A200 H206 11207 H208 11209 H210 A201
11211 11212
PM -200 V-83
"A" lead assembly Case (less covers)
Clip, anti -rattle Clip, coil mounting Cover, bottom case Cover, top case (with speaker louvres) Fuse, 15 Amp. Grommet, rubber, gang mounting Receptacle, antenna cable Speaker 4" x 6" PM (includes output transformer) Vibrator
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-26 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610.
D200, Dodi?e,
Plymouth
á
--QQlQQl
m
M ¢
36- 8Y
(se
NO Oa
0-U ó U
O Ñ
Y¢
Y ;d
~0O0M00> I
>1D>
0 ñm
O N
I13MuWpeO,
eme. min CN
- ^ 00000 Q0fl0 QDOOQQ
o
a
¢
N
I1nP1
Y n N ¢
W
' k OQD.
ó ;
QQn
LL
o N
©John F. Rider
2OmW
a
e
Lw0L >oJ
tD /
I-
w
'D
)9J Z
www.americanradiohistory.com
.,..,00 ,4
Q) o ....
, C
U Cd Q) , C
TSó Ú ti
E ..r
a,
s.SA
0-t2.s.. RS e.m+
o 3 4.4 .4-1
Q) C
QC
v,
2 bA RS
pa.) G
owa
.2 -0
)
n
'
O
'V C.
> ÿ .+- -D O
fl.
a i.d vj
id Qn
ai.y
..r
C o
ÓC
m i..l
sQ)
N OC
Ú
y ..2
Q'S
ß.
O
O Ú
c U c:1
C) Q.
XIG.
C L,
u)
eA
U
O O G
Q.
y,..
á C
Cl.G.
Q)
a LU
~ U
U.
bA vO..
Cn ;ß Ç .a:
a a) . e g)n. -a
Us
C2
v Q)., C
C v°
O Ó
.ú ^ G
.S
Uci u
u s... cd
..G
C O
. v
3"
O
U
á
CO
..
C%
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-27
< <
vmCCvmDCm
t
u
r
mr-r- r r r -r 4'r0r-)0r00,4'0 m L
m-- - - r- c N m
O-- - 044W.00- G N
m0 -0m0 ` ` Cm
r r C
C
m
V
O C
V-- U O
r r r rNNO m-- Nr U
L L mL m Nm N CN C mC m
C MC
O C O V O D
U U U
O OC 3, V O
Lu u
T>. L N
.u-
m C
N
C m
'0
C
O L
r r
T
O. C
O C L 7
cU U u
O
m m U
U- m 0
m m
mD
-
c 3
L N
4-L
L O
L
V O
3
L O O
O
L L
L
N O .N- E N .-
V O NV
N N
N N NN
N m
N
m
L
Opl
L L N N .- N
Lm m
L ne E
M O
M
O N
7
N O
('.1
mm N m
IA IA L L m
L
M O N
O
N
ON MO MO
L M
be
O M
Cl
O N
r r i r Nr m
-- r- r rr r r rr r rr O- E- O- `0.1m m- 0 > o m O Em>O
0 > > L
ooo - r o0
0
m U
O
m V
O >
O O
«> 3ce
3
3 0 m3-av L
NO O ,O
.i070 --DEO- Ecc OLCOzrO 0(0nO(nON O.c c oYDoc c00 IZ0.Lc.,IOZLZLZOLILOZIZoL .0IZOiLZoICOLO
i[1 IC, C O
1+
N
O OO
N
V)
iV E E
OL
Ee[
Ó u
m
O
r . -I
N
N N N fK\
i > CV el
4.'45i+4-'4.'
m 33
m
3 -0-n
m 3
m 3
m
3 m 3
-Kt
E
3 E N -c1
n -q
.-1 E
O O
O04mrn e[ WE
E O
E
OcOE YO
L
O
E O.[1OO]C OT
N. Cl r-I Cl
-I ri
---Th.___J
V.0N-0UNm0oNo..NUiiU.NoootNL)rONUsvWoo1
CJ U
L)
Or(lR.rTii (Ior`l.R(i1n.(OiY.-lN(1.laO(o'h(o(nn
W K K K K O.' OC K
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
o
º
C
O c íü a y
.2 p G
U
5 i -.49..
a O cl
.0
CI)
E. Ó^át.
Ú
áj
3..,0
CVNi .0 en
C. Cl.)
ÿ C.)
O
C. G
y0 'a +
l S" çO e1
'
rn
O C +', Q) C. O E
a) O
^ e, C
,..2
.., a i.. CO ctS
° ;"a a) -d
C
O
Ú E
G p
3.
Q)
o.5
G+`. 4Z
Ú
0
-fcln Q
o
-~-
72) U
OG.0Cd
.E
c
cc
á.0
Úen
+
', ce
Cl.
i.
C. -a L .0 r, C
z
E. Co
E CL'
U^C
Cl. ...c
PAGE 21-28 SPIEGEL
MODEL 610. F100, Ford
C O
YI
C
-u - V
>w- IL V
C ¢ c
l l 0-
7
7
w O
o
C
-ac
a+ C
7
L-V -3¡l0
7
v n
Z.
++
7G.cE V3,4o-
e-
a
3
C
O L
V L
c
>
N
4O-
-L V - ID Y
>>
>. m L
L ,% A
I) IOn
L
o1-
o
V- - - .0J
o-- `Z aa- L
L V
L
Oo
RWO
> o N U
M m
o 4, J J
v E V V
>ra.yJu c c
-
-
-
0----- -,0_2,3 E O O
c
- f ,e CfIO- _raJNCl. VN
< c r0
a U
O c
O E
o-.
L V7
>
V- -a.
O u
c 7 L
L V
3
v
-V-J-a
>.
> 7
C od_O-
c +V+ C 7 L
E o
E
o -O-
->.
.0 E
I/N
<0E
-
O. E O U
-
w
C)
E L
--V- E- I
O_
< c
O U
Ov3..VLNQ. Crci-D.E1
.-L d 2 L
--> -3- In 3
--UUU0 7 O lt_ Cc
O u1
-
.0
c
vI
v
L
V
7
u
U
Cc a- -C
i LV U 2
- r ., 3 ia7 Oa.
Vu r
L
V O
U O. -c .Y
a U
CC VO lN
a
D.
40.4
oÑ10-,-N1
O N
7pNNIrsni
O
tpO r0i
<
0 0
.=-1
t 000 r- CO N
=N N
r -I O
U I
N <
n.
7 p
In
r Crc-V iVIl Ipn
N= 7I I
O d
fh
CO
I
a
Jc
O_
N
V
16-
-
ó
- Cfl V
L
L
- EC c
0u LmELELEEO`
ä O - - r Wd)
t- - - ---< á oc
m o
U
.. - O
V-O
C
V O
0
0 W
0
C
fn w
a
.aL-
L
L
L
V
u a > 4+ V L
0!J cr - - = Uri C- N> v V)
O
L Cc U
u.
=O <CaC
uI O
II_
CC
O L
U
., lL
ÓL,/V1
IL
V O
n L
LV O.. L
O. E
O o
In
ó0
V c
V
7
L
w J
Cc
4-»
J O
O
c
J^ rl r0> O0
CV
r'1
1
CO
n
7
1
m
In
r0NJi NI0J'lNN0J
.roi .roi O
I1 n rn
O
1
IiCn,
.O
O
>
N
co
rJ i
J N
rJ n
J 7
Jin-0J
r1 1-
N
1-
In I-
m o z
Q F
W
o
z
z
a a a
W Y V
a
W Z IZ- Z
Q o
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-29
MODEL 610.F100,
L0002a nr > 9711
6846
º
_
1
68E6 ___
-1625 16
1Z
u
6BÁ6
-.6,e,6
;
I,
Ford
6ÁT6
.0002
T
-r-- î
a
--- J
05
h_-.
L
J
py3-'
N
o ool-
L
15
K
In t- -o J
10
750K
MEG
250
v I0O
WIRING VrIEW OF
POWER CABLE SOCKET
)
I MEG
I
YEG
002
tl ATT.
IS AMP
TOO
-'S
o PART OF
RV -I00
V-83
X00
100
OFF -ON
TUNING
nn
/ VOLUME
F
6
6BE6
O^_ v 100
I(>
.U11 6346
`-
CV 100
68046
T ANTENNA T
J CONNECTOR
6476
POWER CABLE SOCKET
\
'A'BAT LEAD
I312V
l
t
ooe 1600
T V.
f P) 1
--1r-
ill
.S
350V.
6X4 J
_
4--,6 c
350V.
W I
20
) )
206 2w
6405
r,.7 .7.:
H SOD
K
I
11
II
1
I
tib
330
_ J
T,ol
20 23 V
T
-"/4.'1 - -_
OoOo O L_"
6%4
6405
V-83
CE -86
e
CJ(F1\
¡rj
POWER CABLE
21d 202
2A WIT(
w "6[
a
o
_-1
. i>cK - I
WIRING VIEW OF POWER CABLE
PLUG
- - _ _ _ _ _ - _ .--Li
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Volume control- Maximum, all adjustments. The following equipment is necessary for proper alignment:
No signal applied to antenna.
Power input -6.3 volts.
Signal generator that will provide the test frequencies as listed,, modulated 400 cycles, 30%.
Connect dummy antenna in series with output lead of Non-metallic screwdriver.
signal generator.
Output meter. (1.8 volt for 1 watt output.)
Connect ground lead of signal generator to chassis. Dummy antennas-.1 MFD., 100 MMFD.
Repeat alignment procedure as a final check. For alignment points refer to Schematic Diagram.
Dial Setting
1) Fully open
Generator Frequency
455 KC
2) Fully open
455 KC
3.) Fully open
4) Tune in signal from generator
5) Tune in signal from generator
6) Tune in signal from generator
7) Tune in Signal from generator
8) Repeat steps4 and 5
1600 KC 1400 KC 1400 KC 600 KC 600 KC
Dummy Ant.
.1 MFD
.1 MFD
100 MMFD 100 MMFD
100 MMFD
100 MMFD
100 MMFD
Generator Connector
6BE6 Grid
6BE6 Grid Ant. lead Ant. lead
Ant. lead
Ant. lead Ant, lead
Trimmer Trimmer Trimmer Reference Adjustment Function
T2 Top & Maximum Output I.F. bottom TI Top & Maximum Input I.F. bottom CV2 Maximum Oscillator
CV3 Maximum RF Stage
CV1 Maximum Antenna
L3 Maximum RF Stage
L2 Maximum Antenna
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-30 SPIEGEL
°John F. Rider
se.snegegn2en2os.v<C$Jg4.$
"80-g
g88
8
3p
Úp(pü(pUCpCJCÚCGUeUCCOJGrgootrCnpFC FchFU> iCCi x>22 Ñ
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-31 MODEL 1591)1)
INSTALLATION
This radio comes to you complete with all hardware necessary for mounting, and also with a distribator suppressor, ammeter condenser and generator condenser. By referring to Figures 1 and 2, and following the instructions outlined below, you will find that it is very simple to install.
First determine where the receiver is to be mounted by holding it with the hands in the approximate location in the car. Using the front mounting bracket as a template, mark and drill two 5/8" boles in the instrument panel flange. Now secure the mounting bracket to the radio receiver with the screws provided, and then mount the front of the radio to the instrument
panel, using the bolts, lock washers and nuts provided for this purpose. The back of the radio is supported by means of the rear
mounting strap. The mounting strap
No NACH. SCREW
should be formed to the correct angles, as illustrated in Figure 2, so that it can then be fastened to the fire wall. After marking and center -
IML
C« WASHER
->-li i-U31
CS* LOCNWUNER
SPACE MAASH[R
ANTENNA TRINALR
M)TRUH(R, PANIA /FRONT 11110 51RV
punching the fire wall at the correct IOCNRISN[R
location, drill with a 3/g" drill. The
mounting strap is then secured to the
radio and fastened to the fire wall of the car with the 1/4" bolt, lock washer and nut furnished with the receiver.
AR NTC STRAP
-(OLT
ANT. RECERTAOL(
FIREWALL
Fig. 3. side View, Showing Mounting
CONNECTING THE RADIO
The antenna cable should be connected to the radio by inserting the jack into the socket provided on the side of the radio. Connect the battery cable to the hot side of the ammeter behind the instrument panel. The fuse should then be inserted into the cable receptor.
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS
The input circuit has been especially designed to be used with a low capacity antenna, of the fish pole or whip type.
To adjust the antenna trimmer condenser, carefully tune the receiver to a weak station at approximately 1100 kilocycles (K.C.). Remove the snap button covering the antenna trimmer (See Figure 3) and adjust the trimmer for maximum volume. A small screw driver will be needed for this purpose.
ACCESSORIES FURNISHED FOR INSTALLATION
All of the parts that are needed for installing this receiver are furnished in the Mounting Parts Kit, part No. S84-192, and the Suppression & Misc. Parts Kit, part No. S84-344, as listed below. Also supplied are the rear mounting strap, part No. B31-134, and the front mounting plate, part No. A31-148.
NOTE: For shipping, the two control knobs have been removed from the tuning and volume control shafts. To install the knobs, line up the flat side of the knob spring, (inside knob) with the flat side of the control shaft and push the knob forward until it stops.
S84-192 MOUNTING PARTS KIT
1 1/4" Bolt 2 1/4" Lock Washers 2 1/4" Hexagon Nuts 2 10-32 x 5/p" Screws
2 External Tooth Lock Washers
2 Internal Tooth Lock Washers
2 10-32 Hexagon Nuts
S84-344 SUPPRESSION KIT & MISC. PARTS ASSEMBLY
1-S84-233 1-A43-10 2-A52-295 1-A81-13
1-S84-193
"A" lead assembly
Fuse
Control knobs Sleeve (for fuse) Suppression Kit consisting of :
2-.5 MFD Condensers
1-Distributor Suppressor 20"-Wire Braid
© John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SAGE 21-32 SPIEGEL MODEL 1591)1)i
Fig. 1 Front View
SUGGESTIONS FOR ELIMINATING POSSIBLE MOTOR NOISE
IMPORTANT: Special care should be taken when mounting the radio to make sure all paint, grease, rust, etc., is removed from all three mounting points. A good electrical contact at these points will aid materially in eliminating motor noise. (The following steps may not be necessary in all cases. Install your radio and operate
it before making changes.)
GENERATOR CONDENSER
The generator condenser must be connected to the battery terminal of the generator in all cases. If your car is equipped with a generator using an automatic regulator, make sure the condenser IS NOT fastened to the field winding terminal. If in doubt, your local car dealer can advise you as to where the car manufacturer recommends connecting it.
AMMETER CONDENSER
A .5 MFD bypass condenser is furnished for attaching to the ammeter. This should be connected to either side of the ammeter with the ground lug fastened to a good ground nearby. In most cases the use of this condenser, the distributor suppressor, and the generator condenser, will eliminate all objectionable ignition interference.
DISTRIBUTOR SUPPRESSOR
Detach the high tension wire where it goes into the top of the distributor cap and cut two inches off the end. Screw the piece you cut off into one end of the distributor suppressor and then screw the other end of the suppressor on the long wir4 which leads to the coil. Insert the wire back into the distributor cap.
IGNITION COILS
In cars where the ignition coil is located on the hack side of the instrument panel it is often necessary to use an additional .5 MFD condenser. It must be installed from the battery side of the ignition coil to the closest ground on the instrument panel.
Short wires are very important. Where coils are mounted either on the instrument panel or in the driver's compartment, it may be necessary to shield the high tension wire from the coil to the distributor.
HIGH AND LOW TENSION WIRES
In many cases the low tension battery leads, etc., are grouped together with the high tension wires. These wires will very often pick up motor noise and feed it into the
receiver through the battery circuit. In cases such as these it will be necessary to separate the low tension from the high tension wires and run them through another hole if they run from the engine compartment up to the instrument panel. These wires should be placed in a flexible wire shield and the shield grounded to frame or motor. This condition is particularly true on the V-8 Ford, as the battery and primary leads run through a special tube which also houses the high tension wires.
BONDING OF FIRE WALL
Bonding the steering column to the fire wall with a short braid may also be effective. Clean the paint from the steering column at the fire wall where the column enters the motor compartment, and solder on a short piece of braid. Ground the end of the braid to the fire wall.
In some cases it may be necessary to ground the tubes and rods coming through the fire wall in order to reduce the interference. Clean them with emery cloth and spot solder the braid, fastening the end under a convenient screw. A 1/4" piece of wire braid 20 inches long is furnished in the suppression kit assembly for this purpose.
WHEEL STATIC
Wheel Static is a form of interference caused by the rotation of the front wheels of the car, and it is, of course, only noticed when the car is in motion. If this form of interference is present it can be eliminated by installing wheel static collector springs between the inner hub cap and the spindle shaft.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
In some cases it may be found that car accessories such as electric heaters, lighters, automatic relays, or gauges, may cause interference while in operation. Proper procedure in such cases is to connect a .5 MFD by-pass condenser from ground to the suspected accessory until the source of the interference is found. The condenser then should be permanently mounted in this location.
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-33 MODEL 1591)j)ß
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power Supply
6 3 volts DC
Current
5 5 amp. average
Frequency Range
540 to 1600 KC
I. F. Frequency
455 KC
Speaker
4" P. M.
Power Output
12 watts, undistorted 2.5 watts, maximum
Sensitivity
10 microvolts average for 1 watt output
Selectivity...40 KC broad at 1000 times signal, at 1000 KC
This receiver contains the following:
1-6SK7GT-R. F. Amplifier. 1-6SA7GT-Converter. 1-6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier. 1-6SQ7-Detector-AVC-1st audio. 1- 6V6GT-Power output. 1-6X5GT-Rectifier.
SERVICE NOTES
Voltages taken from the different points of the circuit to the chassis are measured with volume control in maximum position, all tubes in their sockets, no signal applied, and with a volt meter having a resistance of 20,000 ohms per volt. These voltages are clearly shown on the voltage chart, (Fig. 4).
All voltages should be measured with an input voltage
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REMOVING CHASSIS FROM THE CASE
The bottom cover (the one with the speaker louvers), can be removed to permit servicing of major components, such as tubes and vibrator, by removing the eight (8) screws holding it to the top cover. There are three (3) screws on each side, one (1) in the rear, and one (1) in the front.
of 6.3 volts DC.
CAUTION: Before attempting to remove the top cover,
To check for open by-pass condensers, shunt each con- to service condensers, resistors, etc., the screw connecting
denser with another one having the same capacity and volt- the spark plate to the "A" terminal (inside case) must be
age rating which is known to be good until the defective removed. This is a round head screw, and is located on the
unit is located.
rear of the case, close to the mounting stud bolt. It is
recessed in a 1/2 inch hole in the case itself, thereby per-
ALIGNING INSTRUCTION
mitting contact with the spark plate.
Never attempt any adjustments on this receiver unless it becomes necessary to replace a coil or transformer, or
After removing the spark plate screw, remove the knobs by pulling forward and remove the eight
two (8)
the adjustments have been tampered with in the field. Always make certain that other circuit components, such as tubes, condensers, resistors, etc., are normal before pro-
ceeding with realignment.
screws securing the cover to the chassis. Lift the chassis at the rear, at the same time moving it away from the front of the case so that the volume and tuning shafts will clear the holes in the cover.
If realignment is necessary follow the instructions given NOTE: When reinstalling the chassis into the case, be
under the heading "ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE". After sure the screw connecting the spark plate to the "A" ter-
realignment has been completed repeat the procedure as minal (inside case) is tightened very securely, otherwise
a final check.
the receiver will not operate properly.
With slot in horizontal position wrap one complete turn, then place No. A51-105 in slot and wrap another complete turn; then follow the diagram to put the turns on the condenser shaft
and fasten the ends to the pulley.
3-1/2 TURNS NO.A51-108 STRING
DIAL POINTER STRINGING
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-34 SPIEGEL
MODEL 159144
- Q - p
=
p
E
C
Ñ
V
V Y
O O
. ,_i u:
a
ó _o
- Ó
_
É't
=
c p U .N
O
_ÿ
c Q
O
; O
o C
O
a
( Oa
t-
}
' v . sa,
vo-
v °
c
ap O
-.5 11-
..-p- iI W
D
; E u in
Lil
o>; º a V0
ó v ú.
a u O
ac )
M
,N
w
Lk
c
41
E a
5 p
c
p >u` w O
ó 0
0
3 c
ainr
y
ó
° ó w
p
ó ó
hcrn E
v
> 3
-pu
m
Z
o
Ó
- 3 .
O
O > co
..7._
}
v
E
a
O
h 0 `
^
I O
c y c o T
E
0
ir..
O
O
v 2
c
Cl-
ar
E
crn
á
-r_c.,
I ó a Z
W ó
O
' Z
c
0 CDN O
Ñ
3
¡ o E> E>
E
E
o
EE E E E E
E
ÿ
>
e <
á
ó
>
c
á
ó
d
a)
p c
i-
o
o
:E ó
E
cF r
F
8-
Ó u
mO +
VV c
-12
w
N
,NE
O
ctÓe U C CpI Od
^ ó o
,
O d
.
ó
La)
a " d a u)'o
.o
a <
'66
-° CU
6
o0 0
g <
X
m
1O"
>
2n
l>0 ;
«ma OP
N
Ó
d
ór- a° óª cMcOó
_ .
-i h..
No
rÑ-
co
( Yf
c0
á
=j °l
ac
ar
n EE
1N-'
F=
O
á "
i
9--
ú
a,
<
Ce
-
2_
Z KQj~
i -N
~ D h
o>
x
Ú I
Ir
{4
OFOOp
ON>J
o
2ó<=
Z< y~j
n Q
"
Y
ñ oN
©©
v O
d
O
.
c
O E
E
o
E
o
O
t
'
3 o
ÿO 'p
_ V
3
N
au )
a'NN) ó
`c
a`,
C
C O
O
o -o
N
c
d c
O
c v
T7, c.,)
O
`O T
o I E 2p
u O
ó o
a)
ÿ al
°
rn 'N
O
ó
d
c
i V
LL O
sal
u
ÿÿ 2pE
o
C
, w
O
ó ú
ó m
V X
V Y
V Y
O Y
h ó
v ©.: a
v h m d v ca
eo 7
.
` .oO
ó
>
CVh DE
d.X
o
E
a C O
pá wtiCX 8 E
© á
EE`E
© °O C ©
>^O
M p
eo
to
-
O
o
©
0 a
O
O
0
2 ON^
O
Ó
á
o©
DOM Y
o op m
m
°© C to
O
O tl
vC)°
ñ or,©a
o
o
0 ow
N"OD
i
aci
E
rOc
. n
ó
a C
d
> > -o
> o
O O) rn
'N
`V ú ú
r O
Z
>
O Cc cc Cc
dO UO UO UO
Ñ
y
a) O
a)
c cO
aº' a a a 0,
0'v 0 ,_ó 0
0
m
ÿ T T T T.
' j "
5
7
C E
F IL = O ,F
O N
t v `c 0 43)
F 6
H
be o©C .
ó
al
© o
cND
ó n
SISSVMO !O 1M011i
O Z
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
SPIEGEL PAGE 21-35
MODEL 1591)1)1
O
oet-Et
m
NZ,
(10d50VY.
C C
co
Mf
vJ nM/^¡ ,
,Ya¢N 07e
Y
U i
c1`tk
In
OU
O
H
QQQOooVO ,
J
- N
U
U
ºRQºI
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-36 SPIEGEL
MODEL
1591
k lepsie
cart
CONDENSERS
Relevance
CIA, CIB C2, C14
C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
C8
C9
CIO
C11
C12
C13
C15
)
C16
}
)
C19, C20 C21
No.
A19-201 A16-192 A20-145 A16-189 A15-196 A15-202 A15-204 A15-205 A16-187 A15-176 A16-190 A16-195 A16-193
A18-293
A16-184 A16-185
Dsaeription
Variable condenser
.01 MFD 400 volt condenser
Trimmer condenser .05 MFD 400 volt condenser 100 MMFD ceramic condenser 20 MMFD ceramic condenser 50 MMFD ceramic condenser
-
12 MMFD ceramic condenser, temp. comp.
.1 MFD 400 volt condenser--_______
250 MMFD mica condenser
.005 MFD 600 volt condenser
.001 MFD ceramic condenser
.05 MFD 600 volt condenser___________ _________-------------------
MFD 25 volt electrolytic condenser
10 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenserC17
15 MFD 350 volt electrolytic condenser
)))
.5 MFD 100 volt condenser__
.005 MFD 1600 volt oil filled condenser
RESISTORS
R1, R3 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7 R8 R9
R10
Ru 1
R12 R13, R14
A60-659
22K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-685
47K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-769
7.5K ohm 2 watt 10% resistor
A60-726
2.2 megohm ' watt 20% resistor
A24-177
Volume control, 500,000 ohm, with switch
A60-728
10 megohm '/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-768
22 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor
A60-667
220K ohm '/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-731
470K ohm 1/2 watt 20% resistor
A60-767 A60-770
150 470
ohm ohm
1/2 1/2
watt watt
10% 10%
resistor
resistor__________
A60-752
100 ohm 1/2 watt 10% resistor
COILS AND TRANSFORMERS
L1
A10-527
Antenna Loading Coil
L2
B10-511
Antenne Coil
13
A10-510
I.F. Trop Coil
L4 L5
L6
A10-512 A33-229 A33-228
Oscillator Coil
Choke, Choke,
"A" Line vibrator hash__________-__-____ --____--
T1
A10-508
1st I.F. Transformer
T2
A10-509
2nd I.F. Transformer
T3
B80-242
Output Transformer (Part of Speaker, not furnished separately)
T4
B80-243
Power transformer
DIAL PARTS
All -303
B11-328 A72-29 A70-130 A40-146 A58-55 B67-544 A28-101 A52-295 A11-329 A89-10 A65-37 A65-41 A65-12 A75-70 A75-74 A70-132 A70-133 A70-142 A51-105 A51-108
Bracket, Dial Scale
Bracket, String Guide.
Bushing, Tuning Shaft Bearing.
Clip, Spring, for Tuning Shaft
Dial Escutcheon
Dial Pointer
Dial Scale
Gasket for Speaker
Knob
Link, String Guide
Pilot Light, Type G.E. No. 422._
Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Pointer Stringing
Rivet, Shoulder, for String Guide Brkt. and Link Rivet, Shoulder, for Dial Drive Stringing _____________
Shaft, tuning
Shaft, for Dial Pointer
Spring, for Pilot Light Socket
Spring, Dial Drive String Tension.
Spring, Pointer Drive String Tension
-----
String, Pointer Travel, 17"
String, Condenser Drive, 19"
MISCELLANEOUS
S84-233
"A" lead assembly
A83-421
Clip, I.F. Transformer Mounting
A83-517
Clip, Oscillator Coil Mounting
A43-10 A47-112 B31-134
Fuse, 15 Amp
Grommet, Mounting
rubber, strap,
(Spkr. rear
&__G_o_n_g _m_o_u_n_ti_n_g_)_______-_____-_________
B31-148
Mounting Plate, Front
S84-192
Mounting ports kit
A87-38
Receptacle, Antenna Coble
B79-362
Speoker, 4" P.M. (includes Output Transformer)
S84-193
Suppression Kit Assembly
A34-105
Vibrator
A83-519
Wiper, grounding, for case covers
Note: Tubular condensers must be high temperature (85°C) wax type.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-1
MODEL 9150-B
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGES: AM -540 to 1700 Kc. FM- 88 to 108 Mc.
TUNING CAPACITOR:
6 section gang (3 -AM and 3-FM); entire R.F. tuning assembly is rubber mounted.
I.F. FREQUENCY: AM -455 Kc. FM -10.7 Mc.
POWER SUPPLY:
- 117 volts A.C.
Rodio 85 watts Phono -115 watts
SPEAKER: 10 inch P.M. Dynamic
Voice coil impedance -3.2 ohms
POWER OUTPUT:
SENSITIVITY:
Undistorted -2.8 watts Maximum -5.4 watts
AM -20 microvolts per meter ( age)
for 0.5 watt output. This measurement must be made with the R.F.
ANTENNAS:
signal generator (modulated 30%
AM-Low impedance loop FM-Single ended half wave dipole
at 400 cycles) coupled to the re ceiver by means of a standard test loop antenna.
RECORD CHANGER: Automatic-intermix type; 3-speed
WEIGHT: Packed-120 lbs.
DIMENSIONS: Length -36" Height -34" Depth -18"
FM -10 microvolts per meter (average)
for 0.5 watt output. This measure-
ment must be made with the R.F.
signal g
tor (frequency modu-
lated 30%-221/2 Kc. deviation-at
400 cycles) coupled to the receiver
thru appropriate size carbon re-
sistors to match the 300 ohm an-
tenna input circuit.
HOW TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET
1. Remove all knobs by pulling them forward.
5. Disconnect the leads from speaker at bottom left section of cabinet.
2. Disconnect all antenna leads from the terminal strip labeled
"FM-FM-AM-AM."
6. Remove "ON-OFF" indicator lamp and socket from bottom center of cabinet.
7. Remove bracket which clamps dial plate to front panel of cabinet.
3. Disengage phono pick-up plug from its socket at rear of chassis.
4. Disengage phono motor plug and socket.
8. Take out the four chassis hold-down screws that are located at each corner of the pan and serve to retain the unit in position on the tiltout panel. Chassis can now be removed by lifting it out of cabinet.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 STEWART-WARNER
MODEL 9150-B BROADCAST BAND-"AM"-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. Disconnect leads from FM -AM antenna terminal strip (labeled FMFM-AM-AM) at back of chassis; also disconnect speaker leads and
phono plugs. Remove chassis and speaker from cabinet. If desired, allow speaker to remain in cabinet and connect to receiver by extension leads.
2. Loop antenna leads (on cabinet) do not have to be connected to terminal strip on chassis while I.F. stages are being aligned. Before starting alignment of Ant., R.F., and Osc. stages, reconnect AM loop
ontenna leads to AM antenna terminal strip-do not attempt to use
extension leads; place chassis as close as required to cabinet so that connections may be mode direct to antenna terminal strip
at back.
3. With the gang condenser fully meshed, dial pointer should be in the position indicated by the last division below 55 on the dial. If it is set incorrectly, hold tuning shaft steady and reposition pointer.
4. Connect an output meter across speaker voice coil, or from plate of 6V6GT tube to chassis through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.
5. Connect ground lead of signal generator to the receiver chassis.
6. Set volume control to maximum volume position and use a weak signal from the signal generator.
7. Set band switch to the "AM" (middle) position.
DUMMY ANT.
.
IN SERIES
WITH SIGNAL
GENERATOR
CONNECT HIGH SIDE OF
SIGNAL GENERATOR TO
IGNAL
GENERATOR
FREQUENCY
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
.1 MFD. Condenser
Lug on trimmer No.
6 at top of gang (see figure below for location of trimmer),
455 KC
Any point where it does not affect the signal.
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
1-2
3-4
TRIMMER DESCRIPTION
2nd I.F.
1st I.F.
TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT
Adjust for maximum output. Then repeat adjustment.
260 MMFD. Mica
Condenser
260 MMFD. Mica
Condenser
260 MMFD. Mica
Condenser
External Antenna
Clip
External Antenna
Clip
External Antenna
Clip
1500 KC
1500 KC
5
6
1500 KC
Tune to 1500 Kc. _ generator signal.
7
8
600 KC Tune to 600 Kc. generator signal. 9
Repeat adjustment of trimmers 6 & 7 and slugs 8 & 9 until one no longer detunes he other.
Broadcast Oscillator
Broadcast
R.F.
Broadcast Antenna
Adjustable core of
Broadcast R.F. Coil.
Adjustable core of
Broadcast Antenna
Coil.
Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output.
Adjust for maximum output.
®10.7 MC.
455 KC.
O
O11
DISCRIMINATOR PRIMARY 10.7 MC.
OSC.
0108 MC.
OSC.
01500 KC.
R.F.
600 KC.
s
R.F.
R.F.
106 MC. 1500 KC.
n0
n
n
m, U
_7 !'r I) i
Eri7BieZ'O<ri u
CD
Ii t
®
6
C
® © e 5Y36T
455
10.7
I
KC.
MC.
O0 `-,' ED ANT. 106 MC.
ANT. 1500 KC.
10.7 MC.
10.7 MC.
455 KC.
455 KC.
`-,---`
ANT.
600 KC. }
1Q
DISCRIMINATOR `
_,
SECONDARY
10.7 MC.
CI) 6V6GT
FIG. 1
Top View of Chassis
FIG. 2
Bottom View of Chassis
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-3
MODEL r,O-B
FREQUENCY MODULATION-"FM"-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. If alignment of both AM and FM channels is required it is necessary
position indicated by the last division below 88 on the dial. If it is
to align the AM channel first, then align the FM channel as instructed
set incorrectly, hold tuning shaft steady and reposition pointer.
in chart
below (AM alignment procedure is given on the preceding
4.
Set volume control at maximum volume position
and use a weak signal
page).
from the signal generator.
2. Disconnect all leads from antenna terminal strip (labeled FM-FM-
AM-AM) at back of chassis; also disconnect speaker leads and phono 5 Dress FM circuit leads as short and straight as possible, particularly
plugs. Remove chassis and speaker from cabinet. If desired, allow
those in the oscillator circuit. I.F. plate and grid leads should also be
speaker to remain in cabinet and connect to receiver by extension leads.
kept short and straight.
3. With the gong condenser fully meshed, dial pointer should be in the 6. Set band switch to the FM (extreme counter -clockwise) position.
STANDARD SIGNAL GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FREQUENCY
SWEEP GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FREQ.
VTVM OR OUTPUT
METER CONNEC-
TIONS
OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT AND OUTPUT
INDICATION
Connect high side to lug on trimmer
#17 (see Fig. 1 for location of trim-
mer, using a .01 Mfd. condenser in series with generator lead. Connect ground lead to the receiver chassis in
vicinity of gang
condenser.
10.7 MC.
Unmodulated
Not used.
Connect
as shown
in Fig. 4.
Not used.
#10
Discriminator secondary
Any position where it
does not affect the
signal.
#11
Discriminator primary
# 1 2-1 3
2nd IF
- Adjust these trimmers
for maximum meter
reading the output voltage will be of negalive polarity.
#14-15
1st IF
Some as above.
Same as above.
Not used.
Connect VTVM
zs shown
in Fig. 5.
Not used.
Same as above.
1tt110
Discriminator secondary
Note that as slug #10 is rotated, a point will be found where the voltmeter will swing rather sharply from a positive to a negative reading
or vice versa. The correct setting is obtained
when the meter reads
zero as the slug is
moved thru this point.
Same as above.
Same as above.
Attenuate signal to
prevent
overload and distortion
of response curve.
to lug on trimmer e17 (see Fig. 1 for location of trim-
met) using a .01
Mfd. condenser in 10.7 MC
series with gener- Sweeping ator lead. Connect ±300 Kc.
ground lead to the
receiver chassis in
vicinity of gang
condenser.
Not used.
Connect as shown in Fig. S.
Set vertical amplifier of 'scope for maximum amplification.
Synchronize oscillo-
scope with sweep generator by con necting "horizontal input" terminals of 'scope to source of horizontal sweep modulating voltage on the sweep genOrator.
Same as above.
#
Discriminator
secondary
A pattern similar to that shown in Fig. 3 should appear on the oscilloscope screen.
Check for symmetry
about the 10.7 Mc. center point and linearity of the slope.
10.7 MC.
FIG. 3
If the characteristic is not shaped properly, attempt to obtain symmetry by changing the setting of slug #10. Should that fail to pro duce the desired resuits, then a slight re adjustment of slugs #11, 12, 13, 14 and 15 should be undertaken.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 STEWART-WARNER
MODEL 9150-B
FREQUENCY MODULATION-"FM"-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (Continued)
STANDARD SIGNAL GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FREQUENCY
SWEEP GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FR10.
VTVM OR OUTPUT METER CONNECTIONS
OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
TYPE OF ADJUST MENT AND OUTPUT
INDICATION
Connect generator
"high" side in se-
ries with a 270 ohm
carbon
e n d
terersmistoinr atol
marked "FM" on
strip at back of
chassis. Generator
ground lead must
connect to next
terminal marked
108 MC.
with 100 cycle
AM Modulation.
Not used.
VTVMNot Connect
as shown
used.
in Fig. 3.
108 MC.
#16
FM
Oscillator
Set trimmer #16 to receive 108 Mc. signal as indicated by maximum meter reading.
Same as above.
106 MC.
with 400 cycle AM Modulation.
Not used.
Same as above .
Not used.
Tune to 106 Mc, generator signal.
#13
FM RF
#18
FM ANT.
Adjust trimmer for
maximum meter read ing.
Check calibration and tracking of receiver with input signals of 88, 98 and dial setting below 88 MC., then slightly compress the windings of the
106 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting and these frequencies oscillator coil until the signal comes in at the correct calibration point.
does ment
not exceed X0.3 MC. and R.F. circuit may be considered satisfactory and
is tracking properly, then alignno further adjustment is naces-
Check
calibration at
108 MC.
and
if
it
is
in
error
by
more than
±0.3
MC.,
sary. Where the calibration error is greater ikon X0.3 MC., it is advisable readjust setting of trimmer #16. Then repeat adjustments of trimmers #17
to make the following adjustments:
and 18 at 106 MC. Repeat calibration adjustment at 88, 106 and 108 MC.
until desired accuracy is obtained.
Tune receiver to an 88 MC. signal and note whether dial pointer is above
or below correct calibration point. Then tune receiver so that dial pointer Observe dial calibration at 106 MC. If it is found to be incorrect by on
is at the 88 MC. position. If generator signal was previously received at a appreciable amount, then make a very slight adjustment in the spacing
setting above 88 MC., it will be necessary to slightly spread the windings of the gang condenser plates to receive the 106 MC. signal at the correct
of the FM oscillator coil so that signal will now be received at the correct dial setting. Then check adjustment of R.F. trimmer #17 and ANT. trimmer
dial setting. On the other hand, if generator signal was received at a #18 to obtain maximum output
at 106 MC.
i manse
FOR nA55 I lac. í wa
SA1.5
: ,
a
IISCII1411AT01-A.I.O.
_ R V.T. V. M. +
Js \ 65 to s
m m (7)
;87
86
-Z 1Ba
V GROUND TO
CHASSIS
67
1II69It0
R
V.T.V. M.
+ f
SAU
mscI IuATN-W.
1 '
r
',e7
86'!--
664
'SCOPE 3ND.,
FIG. 4 VTVM Connections
for I.F. Alignment
©John Fe Rider
FIG. 5
VTVM and Oscilloscope
Connections for Discriminator Alignment
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-516
IS
r^T e
164
c
6AL5
E.F. AMP.
26 I(
13C
C
168
1UAT7 MIXES-OSC.
T t1
THIS INDUCTANCE IS FORMED By THREE TDIMS IN THE AITERCONRCTINO PLATE LEAD.
41
40
SIA6
1M I.F. AMP.
54
66A6
OR 6bE'v"TRANS.TT
6AL5
F-M)2nd I.F. AMP.
2 3
DISCRIMINATOR-A.Y.C.
65 87
A
6V6GT
OUTPUT
MODEL 150-B
99 98
2 MIDAN
BLUE »tip-
(FM) I.F. 10.7 MC. (AM) I.F. 455 KC.
191120 2(7122
fu -AM -PRONO
SWITCH SHOWN IN TM POSITION
w
=
28
13E 36
34 0
35;
PT
1a
16C
13FT
137
38 39
45
53
AT
58
«Kt)
51
5
59
01
I
62
8 66
6SQ76T
93
(-
7
T
3 7
89
64 292°
sM
16E
SW
71
sis
ó 1.0.1.318w4E
72
rM-AM-PHONo SWITCH SHOWN IN FM POSITION
74
84 -F'-'
Z
83 738
TONE
82
PARTS LIST
WARNING: Some ports listed below have special characteristics. Do not use substitutes for replacement purposes.
DIA-
GRAM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
DIAGRAM NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
CONDENSERS
13-A to F 14 15
506348 512027 513406
Condenser-variable gang (with drum)
Condenser-.05 Mfd. 200 volt Condenser-ceramic 22 Mmfd.
500 volt
(Temperature compensating)
17 19 22 23 26.... ..
513002
513013 513013 513002
Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic
47 Mmfd. 500 volt 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt....
Condenser-ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt....
Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic
47 Mmfd. 500 5 Mmfd. ±2%
volt 500
volt
(Temperature compensating) ..
28 30
31 35
513000 513007 512009 513429
Condenser-ceramic 1.0 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser-ceramic 330 Mmfd. 500 volt Condenser-.01 Mfd. 200 volt Condenser-ceramic 10 Mmfd. ±10% 500
volt (Temperature compensating)
36 37
506336 513442
Condenser-trimmer; Condenser-ceramic
3 10
to 30 Mmfd Mmfd. ±10%
500
volt (Temperature compensating)
38 41
513013 513409
Condenser --ceramic Condenser-ceramic
5000 Mmfd. 39 Mmfd.
450 volt ±5% 500
volt (Temperature compensating)
42-A
506080 Condenser-ceramic 33 Mmfd. (part of 1st
FM I.F. transformer)....
42-B
506080 Condenser-ceramic 72 Mmfd. (part of 1st
FM I.F. transformer)
43-A,8 506333 Condenser-ceramic 330 Mmfd. (part of 1st
AM I.F. transformer)
44
46 48, 49, 50 53-A
513013 513013 513013 505797
Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic
5000
5000 5000
Mmfd. Mmfd. Mmfd.
450 450
450
volt volt volt.
Condenser-ceramic 107 Mmfd. (part of
2nd AM I.F. transformer)
53-B
505797 Condenser-ceramic 86 Mmfd. (part of 2nd AM I.F. transformer)
54-A
505905 Condenser-ceramic 83 Mmfd. (part of 2nd FM I.F. transformer)
55 58-B,C
513013 506338
Condenser-ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt -. Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd. (part of
diode filter unit)
59,60 63 65-A
513013 513013 506332
Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic Condenser-ceramic
5000 Mmfd. 450 volt.. 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt 8 Mmfd. (part of dis-
criminator transformer) ..
65-B
506332
66
513013
68
513007
69
512005
70
513003
71
512027
76
512011
82
512033
83
512001
84
512009
86
504937
91
513008
92-A,B,C,D 505908
Condenser-ceramic 47 Mmfd. (part of dis-
criminator transformer) Condenser-ceromic 5000
Mmfd.
450
volt
CCoonnddeennsseerr--c.e0r0a3mMicfd3. 3600M0 mvofdlt. Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd.
500 volt 500 volt
Condenser-.05 Mfd. 200 volt
CCCCoooonnnnddddeeennnssseeer-rr---....01001101MMMfMdffd.dfd..2.0420600000v0vovolvotlolttlt
Condenser-electrolytic 5 Mfd. Condenser-ceramic 470 Mmfd.
50 volt 350 volt
Condenser --electrolytic
A-30 Mfd. 450 volt
B-40 Mfd. 450 volt
C-10 Mfd. D -20_Mí
450 volt 25 volt
93 _..
98 106
107
512009 Condenser-.01 Mfd. 200 volt 512001 Condenser-.001 Mfd. 600 volt 512256 Condenser-.01 Mfd. 600 volt 513013 Condenser-ceramic 5000 Mmfd. 450 volt..-.
507802
508840 507807
Pull-out mechanism for record changer compartment (right side)
Record changer base assembly
Rod-tie; for record changer pull-out
RESISTORS
mechanism
18
510117 Resistor-carbon 82 Ohms x-10% 1/2 watt.. 160496 Rubber pad between dial plate and retain-
20
510164 Resistor-carbon 33,000 Ohms th watt
ing brocket
21
510237 Resistor-carbon 1000 Ohms 1 watt
160496 Rubber pod for mounting chassis
32
510141 Resistor-carbon 1800 Ohms -±-1096 1h watt 118621 Rubber pod for record changer pull-out
39
510237 Resistor-carbon 1000 Ohms 1 watt
mechanism
40
510155 Resistor-carbon 10,000 Ohms 1/2 watt
170167 Screw-#8-32x'/e"; for mounting chassis
45
510237 Resistor-carbon 1000 Ohms 1 watt
508480 Socket for indicator lamp at base of
47
510167 Resistor-carbon 47,000 Ohms 1/2 watt
cabinet (with leads)
SL_
510165 Resistor-carbon 39,000 Ohms±10% V2 w 506760 Spring-compression for record changer
52
510237 Resistor-carbon 1000 Ohms 1 watt
pull-out mechanism and radio compart-
56 57
510193 Resistor-carbon 2.2 Meg. 1/2 watt 510173 Resistor-carbon 100,000 Ohms 1h watt
ment tilt mechanism 506761 Spring-tension for radio compartment tilt
58-A
506338 Resistor-carbon 47,000 Ohms (part of
mechanism
diode filter unit)
507821 Spring-tension for record changer pull-
61
510165 Resistor-carbon 39 000 Ohms ±10% 1h w.
out mechanism
62
510185 Resistor-carbon 470,000 Ohms 1/2 watt
507822 Trim strip for record changer base
64
510237 Resistor-carbon 1000 Ohms 1 watt
67
510159 Resistor-carbon 18,000 Ohms ±10% 1/2 w.
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
72
510170 Resistor-carbon 68,000 Ohms 1/2 watt
506369 Background for dial (foil)
73-A, B, C. 508483
VoAlum-2e
and tone Meg.
control
B-2 Meg.
301270 Base for mounting electrolytic condenser 505165 "C" washer for tuning shaft or pointer
shaft
C-"ON-OFF" switch
508488 Clamp-retains dial scale
74
510128
75
510170
77
510179
78
510193
85
510195
87, 88...._...510153
89
510179
90
510128
Resistor-carbon 330 Ohms 1/2 watt Resistor-carbon 68,000 Ohms 1/2 watt Resistor-carbon 220,000 Ohms 1h watt Resistor-carbon 2.2 Meg. 1/2 watt Resistor-carbon 4.7 Meg. 1/2 watt Resistor-carbon 8200 Ohms ±10% 1/2 watt Resistor-carbon 220,000 Ohms 1/2 watt Resistor -carbon 330 Ohms 1/2 watt
506343 505101 160326 114955 117057
508481
501031 500966
Clip for mounting AM antenna or R.F. coil
Clip for mounting I.F. transformer
Clip-retains Clip-retainesrr
dial on
ebnadcokfdgrioaulndcord
Cord-dial drive (3 ft. required) per ft.
Dial scale-glass
Plug for phono. motor cable
Plug for phono. pick-up cable
94...
510185 Resistor-carbon 470,000 Ohms 1h watt
506370 Pointer
95
510149 Resistor-carbon 4700 Ohms 1/2 watt
119087 Ring for dial cord
.
96
510732 Resistor-wire wound 2000 Ohms =10% 38501 Rubber bushing for band switch
10 watts
116584 Rubber spacer for mounting dial scale
97
510261 Resistor-carbon 22,000 Ohms 1 watt
503588 Shaft and drum for dial
99
10 11 12
24
25 27 29 33 34 42 43 53 54
510113 Resistor-carbon 47 Ohms 1/2 watt...
TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
508395
506353 506354 506349
506345 506344
507935 506351 507586 506335 506352 506080
506333 505797 505905
Antenna-built-in (FM)
Coil-FM Antenna
Coil-AM Antenna
Slug core for AM antenna coil
Coil-AM R.F.
Slug core for AM R.F. coil
Coil-choke
Coil-FM R.F.
Coil-choke
Coil-AM Oscillator
Coil -FM Oscillator ..
TTTTrrrraaaonnnnssssffffoooorrrrmmmmeeeerrr---r221-1nnsstddt
FM AM
AM
FM
I.F. I.F
I.F I.F
.....
162148 Shaft and link assembly; Band switch 508485 Shaft-tuning 506349 Slug core for AM antenna coil 506344 Slug core for AM R.F. coil 508841 Slug core for primary or secondary of dis-
criminator transformer 505307 Socket and phono. motor cablo. ... ..._ 506372 Socket-dial lamp; pair (with lead' 504597 Socket-miniature (7 pin) 506331 Socket-miniature (9 pin) 116690 Socket-octal base 160392Socket-octal (rectifier) 160039 Socket-phono. plug 505161 Spring-dial cord tension 505924 Terminal strip (FM -FM-AM -AM) 111456 Washer-spring washer for tuning shaft or
pointer shaft
65
506332 Transformer-discriminator
508841 Slug core for primary or secondary of dis-
criminator transformer
100
508486 Transformer-output
105
506709 Transformer-power _._.
.nrnrr 56
DIAGRAM NO.
PART NO.
75
DESCRIPTION
6
OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS
16-A to E...506347 Switch-FM-AM-Phono
58-A, B, C. 506338
101
506464
Diode filter unit A-Resistor-carbon 47,000 Ohms 1/5 watt B-Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd. 400 volt }
C-Condenser-ceramic 100 Mmfd. 400 volt)
Speaker-P.M. Dynamic (10 inch)
102 103
118921 Lamp-dial (Mazda 47) 6-8 volt 150 Ma
104
RECORD CHANGER PARTS
(for mechanical parts, see record ch'g'r sec. of manual.)
79
80. ........
81
508222 508432 508120 505269 508434
508433
Record Changer (3 speed) Crystal Cartridge
Motor-115 volt 60 cycle
Switch-"ON-OFF" for record changer Needle-phonograph; for "Fine Groove"
and "Microgroove" records Needle-phonograph; for "Standard"
records
508217
508487 506757 507808
117131
508399 508499 508495
508494
508496
508493 506380 508497 508498
506640
508492 508490 508491 508489 170188
507809
508397 507801
CABINET PARTS
Bracket for mounting OFF-ON indicator lite at base of cabinet
Bracket-retains dial plate Bracket-slide; retains radio comportment Bracket-tie for record changer pull-out
mechanism Bull's-eye for OFF -ON indicator lite at base
of cabinet Cabinet Catch for record storage compartment
Door and radio tilt compartment assembly (less hardware)
Door for record changer compartment (leu hardware)
Door for record storage compartment (less hardware)
Escutcheon-dial Fastener for loop antenna Handle for radio or record changer door Handle for record storage compartment
door
Hinge-for record storage compartment; per pair
Knob-"PHO. AM FM" Knob-"TONE" Knob-"TUNE" Knob-"VOLUME-ON" Nut-Wing #10-24; for tension adjustment
of radio comportment tilt mechanism Nut-wing #16.32; for tension adjustment
on record changer pull-out mechanism Pivot bolt for radio tilt compartment Pull-out mechanism for record changer
compartment (left side)
78 79
B
TERMINAL Q IS LOCATED 7a TURN FROM TERMINAL R
FM C'SC. COIL
506352 TERMINAL B IS LOCATED
1'á TURN FROM
TERMINAL A
A
C
FM ANT. COIL
506353
V: S
J
FM R.F. COIL
506351
7 U
AM OSC. COIL
506335
90
Ì92D
97 92C
96
92A 92B
1
5T36T
RECTIFIE'
105
TEL TEL.
RED YEL.
REO-BL'H
106 PHONO MOTOR
e
e 13`1"1.L
73C
102
oil 103
104
S
*
AM ANT. COIL
506354
AM R.F. COIL
506345
16E
(St6 514
ugul* QQ
ej513 SIS
yy
j9889999¡
aeaig©©a
LaJ- SI S3 54 56 S7 59,512 SIO
16A
16B
16C
160
* Not used; may serve as wiring junction
point.
BAND SWITCH
506347
Lettered terminals in illustrations correspond to similarly lettered terminals on the circuit diagram.
©Jahn F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
©John F. Rider
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-7
PAGE 21-8 STEWART-WARNER MODEL 9150-B
SOCKET VOLTAGES
THE VOLTAGE SHOWN IN THIS CHART WERE MEASURED UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
1. Power Supply -117 volts 60 cycles A.C.
"A" indicates band switch set to "AM" (center) position.
"F" indicates band switch set to "FM" (counter-clockwise) position.
2. All voltages are measured between socket terminals and chassis unless
"P" indicates band switch set to "PHO" (clockwise) position.
otherwise indicated on the chart.
5. When measuring FM voltages, receiver should be tuned to 88 Mc.
3. All measurements made with a voltmeter having a sensitivity of 1000
ohms per volt except where indicated by ('). The (*) symbol designates 6. When measuring AM voltages, receiver should be tuned to 540 Kc.
a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.
7. All terminals on strip labeled "FM-FM-AM-AM" at rear of chassis
4. Where a particular voltage is dependent upon band switch position,
are shorted together by using a jumper wire.
the value shown on the chart carries a letter suffix which is interpreted 8. Volume control set to maximum position with no signal. as follows (no suffix letter indicates that voltage is the same for any of
the three switch positions).
9. Tone control set to maximum clockwise position.
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
117 VOLT 60 CYCLE A.C.
POWER SUPPLY USED FOR THESE MEASUREMENTS.
ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED BETWEEN SOCKET TERMINALS AND CHASSIS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
6A65
R.F. AMP.
12AT7
MIXER- OSC.
ra , *--0.9F
SEE NOTE
X 0.8
O.8p AF
NO TEE
-5.8 A 23 0AF * 0.2F
ti 626.3A
225AF 4.3A '3
* 2.4F
d0
145 AF *23oAF
0'24°5%0
*lssAF
230AF
*240AF
325
A.C.
325
AC.
7-340
6BA6
1st I.F. AMP.
o o
0.4AF
-4.4AF
6.3 Ac.
SEE NOTE
X
230AF *240AF
0 80A
*aÁ
85F
6BA6
*90F5 (F-M)2nd I.F. AMP.
SEE NOTE
X
0-0.4F
*-agr.
85F ci © 0
900
230F 6.3Ac.
*240F
340
MGT
RECTIFIER
6AL5 DISCRIMINATOR -A.Y.C.
* -QISF 0.15F
SEE *-0.2F
NOTE
o
-0.3F
*-0.4F
6.3
A.C.
13
325 AF
6.3
320P
A.C.
0
250AF
245P 0 *260AF
*255P
61166T
o
80
*n5
-0.1A
O.sA
OUTPUT
- 6SQ7GT
A.F. (A -M) DET.- A.Y.C.
REAR OF CHASSIS
NOTE X: Grounding of center stud on tube socket is necessary to reduce capacity
coupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if this ground is omitted.
©John F. Rider
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21 9
MODEL 9151-A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
SPEAKER: 6 inch P-M Dynamic
Voice coil impedance -3.4 ohms
POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted-1.2 watts Maximum -2.3 watts
ANTENNAS:
FREQUENCY RANGES: AM -540 to 1700 KC.
FM -88 to 108 MC.
I.F. FREQUENCY: AM -433 KC. FM -10.7 MC.
AM-High impedance loop FM-Built-in line cord type
WEIGHT:
13 pounds
TUNING CAPACITOR:
4 section gang (2 -AM and 2 -FM rigid mounting.
POWER SUPPLY: 117 volts A.C. or D.C. 40 watts
HOW TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET
1. Remove all knobs by pulling them forward.
DIMENSIONS: Length -15" Heigth-91'. " Depth -81/4"
DIAL POINTER DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT
2. Take off dial scale by pressing down on top center of plastic dial enclosure and at the same time pulling it forward.
3. Remove pointer by pulling it forward.
4. Remove cabinet back by taking out three screws and two clips. Note: Cabinet back has a power cord interlock which is automatically disconnected when back is removed.
5. Take out two chassis mounting screws at bottom of cabinet. Chassis may now be readily removed by sliding it out of cabinet.
6. When replacing cabinet bock be sure that it is parallel to loop and power cord interlock plug fits into socket on chassis.
SOCKET
To string dial cord, turn the main drive drum to maximum counterclockwise position and use following ports:
VOLTAGES
114955 Clip on end of cord 117057 Cord (31/2 ft. required) 119087 Ring for dial cord 161384 Spring
THE VOLTAGES SHOWN IN THIS CHART WERE MEASURED UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
1. Power Supply -117 volts 60 cycles A.C.
2 All voltages ore measured between socket terminals and chassis unless otherwise indicated on the chart.
"A" indicates band switch set to "AM" (counter -clockwise) position. "F" indicates band switch set to "FM" (center) position. "P" indicates band switch set to "PM0" (clockwise) position.
No suffix letter indicates that voltage is the same for any of the three
3. All measurements made with a voltmeter having a sensitivity of 1000
switch positions.
ohms per volt except where indicated by ('). The (') symbol designates 5. When measuring FM voltages, receiver should be tuned to 88 Mc.
a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.
6. When measuring AM voltages, receiver should be tuned to 540 Kc.
4. Where a particular voltage is dependent upon bond switch position, 7. Terminals on AM loop antenna are shorted together. the value shown on the chart carries a letter suffix which is interpreted 8. Built-in FM antenna lead is disconnected from the "FM ANT." terminal.
as follows:
9. Volume control set to maximum with no signal.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 STEWART-WARNER
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21 -
MODEL 9151-A
BROADCAST BAND-"AM"-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. If alignment of both AM and FM channels are required, it is advisable to align the AM channel first; then align the FM channel as instructed on Page 1950-7.
2. Remove chassis and loop antenna (which is mounted to chassis) from cabinet by following procedure outlined on Page 1950-3. Allow loop to remain attached to chassis.
3. In order to provide a coupling for signal generator during R.F. alignment as instructed in chart below, wind several turns of wire in a circular shape so that it may be placed adjacent and parallel to the loo P
4. Connect an output meter across the speaker voice coil or from the
plate of the 5085 tube to chassis through a 0.1 Mfd. condenser.
5. Set band switch to the "AM" (counter -clockwise) position.
6. Set volume control at maximum and use a weak signal from the signal generator.
7. Since the dial scale is a part of the cabinet, when completely as sembled, it becomes necessary to provide a temporary means of locating the dial to obtain calibration points. Rotate gang condenser
fully counter -clockwise and replace pointer so that it is parallel
with base of the chassis. Now, hold dial scale in front of pointer in such a position that the ends of the indicator point to the "AM" and "FM" markers. While holding the dial scale in this position, rotate tuning sleeve until pointer indicates desired frequency.
GENERATOR CONNECTIONS
C NECT HIGH CONNECT GROUND SIDE OF SIGNAL LEAD OF SIGNAL GENERATOR TO GENERATOR TO
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
TRIMMER DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT
Chassis ground.
Lug on trimmer #6 at top of gang (see figure 1 for location of trimmer).
CAUTION: If your signal generator is de signed with an AC -DC type power supply, connect ground lead of signal generator to receiver chassis through a 25 Mfd. condenser.
455 KC
Any point
where it does not affect the signal.
1 and 2 3 and 4
2nd I.F. 1st I. F.
Adjust for maximum output. Then repeat adjustment.
1500 KC
See Step 7
e 7--- Connect directly to coupling turn. See Step 3
above for instruction on coupling loop.
15L,L, KC
above for in structions on how to obtain
5
this calibration
point.
1500 Connect directly to coupling turn. See Step 3
above for instruction on coupling loop.
KC
Tunegetoer1500tor
Kc.
n a
6
signal.
r
OSC.
MC.
OSC.
1500 KC. .S
12BE6
_
13 R.F.
106 MC.
OscAilMlator
AM Antenna
6 ANT.
1500 KC.
12ÁT7 ll
_
12BA6
I
I
DISCRIMINAATTOR
se
LoJLo] 12BA6 [1112]
10.7 MC.
Adjust for maximum output. Adjust for maximum output.
12ÁL6 IIfCAlAl1AATDA -LY.C.
o --1 s
sen v
es _ 69
4 1
9 1
455
10.7
10.7
455
KC.
MC.
MC.
KC.
Top View of Chassis
V.T.V.M_ +
J
-
ac
al
PRIMARY 10.7 MC.
FIG. 1
9 ;
/ic FM J OSC. COIL
88 MC.
=.
i' FM R.F. COIL 98 MC.
GROUND TO RECEIVER CHASSIS
12A14 DISCRIMINATOR -A.Y.C.
r
óe
Se
T úy:1
A9,.
''''T111
1
V.T.V.M
+
-
'SCOPE OND.
2 10
455
0.7
KC.
MC.
11 3
a7
ass
MC.
KC.
Bottom View of Chassis
FIG. 2
©John F. Rider
FIG. 3
VTVM Connections
for IF Alignment
www.americanradiohistory.com
FIG. 4 VTVM and Oscilloscope
Connections for Discriminator Alignment
PAGE 21-12 STEWART-WARNER MODEL 9151-A
FREQUENCY MODULATION-"FM"-ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. If alignment of both AM and FM channels are required it is advisable to align the AM channel first as instructed in chart on Page 1950-6. Then, accomplish FM channel alignment by using the procedure outlined in the chart below.
2. Remove chassis and loop antenna (which is mounted to chassis) from cabinet by following procedure outlined on Page 1950-3. Allow loop to remain attached to chassis.
3. Disconnect built-in FM lead from "FM ANT." terminal at back of chassis4. Set band switch to the "FM" (middle) position. 5. Set volume control at maximum and use a weak signal from the signal
generator.
6. Dress FM circuit leads as short and straight as possible, particularly those in the oscillator circuit. IF plate and grid leads should also be kept short and straight.
7. Since the dial scale is a part of the cabinet, when completely assembled, it becomes necessary to provide a temporary means of locating the dial to obtain calibration points. Rotate gang condenser fully
counter -clockwise and replace pointer so that it is parallel with base
of the chassis. Now, hold dial scale in front of pointer in such a position that the ends of the indicator point to the "AM" and "FM" markers. While holding the dial scale in this position, rotate tuning sleeve until pointer indicates desired frequen y.
STANDARD SIGNAL GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FREQUENCY
SWEEP GENERATOR
CONNECTIONS
FREQ.
VTVM OR OUTPUT
METER CONNEC-
TION
OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
TYPE OF ADJUST MENT AND OUTPUT
INDICATION
Connect high side
to lug on trimmer
-13 (see Fig: 1
for location of trim-
mer) using a .01
Mfd. condenser in
series with gener-
ator lead. Connect
ground lead to the
eceiver
vicinity
chassis ¡n of gang
condenser.
CAUTION: If your signal generator is
designed with an
AsCu-pDpClyt,ypceonpnoewcert
ground lead of sig-
ncael ivgeenreractohratsosries-
through a .25 Mfd. condenser.
1U0ndm,7loautMeCd.
Not used.
Same a bove.s
Sesame a
bove.s
Not used.
Same as above.
Same a aboves
Attenuate signal to
prevent
overload and distortion
of response curve.
Connect high side
to lug on trimmer
#13 (see Fig. 1
for location of trim-
mer) using a .01
Mfd. condenser ¡n
series with genet-
ator lead. Connect
ground lead to the
receiver
vicinity
chassis in
of gang
condenser.
CAUTION: If your signal generator is designed with an
AsCu-pDpClyt,ypceonpnoewcetr
ground lead of sig-
nvoe'tigveenreractohratsosries-
through a .25 Mfd. condenser.
10.7 MC
Sweeping #300 Kc.
Connect VTVM
as shown in Fig. 3.
Connect VTVM
as shown
n Fig. 4.
Not used.
Not used.
#7
Discriminator secondary
Any position where it
does not
affect the signal.
#8
Discriminator primary
#9-10
2nd IF
- Adjust these trimmers
for maximum meter reading the output voltage will be of negat¡ve polarity.
#11-12
1st IF
Not used.
Connect as shown in Fig. 4.
Set vertical amplifier of 'scope for maximum amplifcation. Synchronize oscillo. scope with sweep generator by connetting "horizontal input" terminals of 'scope to source of horizontal sweep modulating voltage on the sweep generator.
Same as above.
Same as above.
D c
tor
secondary
Note that as slug #7 is rotated, a point will be found where the voltm ter will swing rather sharply fromm positive to a negative reading
vice versa. The correct setting is obtained when the meter reads
zero as the slug is
moved thru this point.
A pattern similar to that shown in Fig. 5 should appear on the oscilloscope screen.
Check for symmetry
about the 10.7 Mc. center point and linearity of the slope.
10.7 MC.
#7
Discriminator secondary
FIG. 5
If the characteristic is not shaped properly, attempt to obtain sym-
mseettrtyinbgy ocfhasnlugging#t7he.
Should that fail to pro duce the desired re sults, then a slight readjustment of slugs #8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 should be undertaken.
Connect high side in series with o 270
ohm carbon resistor to "FM ANT." ter-
'nal at ear of chassis. Connect ground lead to "FM GND." terminal.
108 MC.
with 400 cycle
AM Modulation.
Not used.
Connect VTVM as shown in F¡g. 3.
Not used.
108 Mc.
See Step 7 above for instructions on how to obtain this
calibration point.
#12
Oscillator
Set trimmer #12 to re<aive 108 Mc. signal as indicated by maximum meter reading.
Same as above
108 MC.
with 400 cycle AM
Modulation.
Not used.
Same as above.
Not used.
Tune to
108 Mc.
generator signal.
#13
FM RF
Adjust trimmer for
maximum meter read ing.
Check calibration and tracking of receiver with input signals of 88 and 98 MC. If difference between dial pointer setting and the above mentioned frequencies does not exceed #0.3 MC. and RF circuit is tracking properly then alignment may be considered satisfactory and no further adjustment is necessary. Where the calibration error is greater than ±0.3 MC. it is advisable to make the following adjustments: Tune receiver to an 88 MC. signal and note whether dial pointer is above or below correct calibration point. Then tune receiver so that dial pointer is at the 88 MC. position. If generator signal was previously received at a setting above 88 MC., it will be necessary to slightly spread the windings of the FM oscillator coil (#14 in Fig. 2) so that signal will now be received at the correct
dial setting. On the othe hand, if generator signal was received at a dial
setting below 88 MC., then slightly compress the windings of the oscillator coil
until the signal comes in at the correct calibration point.
Check calibration at 108 MC.
just setting of trimmer # 12.
and if it is n error Repeat calibration
by more than ±0.3 MC., read adjustment at 88 and 108 MC.
until desired accuracy is obtained.
Observe dial calibration at 98 MC. If it is found to be incorrect by a appre.
ciable amount, then make a very slight adjustment in the spacing of the gang
condenser plates to receive the 98 MC. signal at the correct dial setting. Then
check adjustment of RF trimmer #13 to obtain maximum output indication at
98 MC.
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-13 MODEL 9151-A
e
h 24
,
r -
:774
00- mi
-a-r
Km
W0 -1«
p
r -1:1,
r--f2-i
.
e 11 114 13..4.41 4-3
.4**444"144
ea
e
L
4-1
Eli 22) r.
°
), i
1 1'' !i!jinH¡H;;ii;
li I/. 14111 i 'H:h 'i I al -i 1
::
-21
4a 1
1
!
Li
1
.i.Er
111
.1 1g
11
1
5i'§1rt:-1'I-ti g -2141J: -.-211.
I,I7A II if i 11H
-,. "iiiiiIiIiii t
'''
l'
rd
3,§7
.1g.iltfU,:2J
1ii1i.,ii.t'g115213htr!gi) .2!,5
i
ilitUll
li.1-PiElf.
1
"- 1 -J15-111111D
jiiiirIP'4iLo-Wiiiiiiiiiir"liniMP
il Hiii lifiliiill Hid !ilignid
=LI
ih ot
4 g
Wegeilllirg-8i
1 o
2 Mk§rAM e
'015. .1.2-1
1..
g 13
53
!;114!
di x31Jr -
¡ !
! .11,
t
1
s
illillip
!ii;r:ig!!!!i! 2'4 !!T1TZ!!!
h: 4fliffit'
I.Li-2-2JJ
. 2 II, i7777 2
4 °112121e----1-. 82- .3333.3.3.E.W1,5!
f.
$.732 Otelt12
Li.," n gil : Y
1 2 ,Y,
g,
g Hi i ;!! iffilililliiil li
il
a?
ag' Jut i 12Z6 :27=g2Xa5ZRaZ
::
h 4 1
i /Ili 1 /1
1 i 1:ih
!!
v wiii11/11100111.1
g5eP14p084e1giAs57,41.-1:1i
x
E NaeghlgEMIelIMIP 9.1§A Umfed6§!§§tAAI
m -.2u10.411,1e ilmmr,f..K,Az.ge§em.2
3
1r¡1ier1rm2i?ilfn-r1ei;rn1 tiT-.l6rl.,Pfs1iirnirm-7
1J11111.111411M111/4111
1' Iir.I22,110hb;2_9ruj6h1-e9e1eW
IIiiiiilltjlflilflffili
MUNN! :4
i 4gi '2'221 25.522.1!Ta
Ai
.41 2zz2k,e2132:11: t ;VVYR
2eR2ZiM litzn2RIK2232.1Z7.
2441-i 41 4i
at.
4 4 ,ii
:
ii ii
ielielled iii
.1g2Tem,!--t4144,2_
1:f le§
pJ:4,12
I§ e
ii
-
,,:
ä E
:?4&11M11o,k121o.0;i24i.1.121.1--At:144i41121,:g1t18;gielle;?"
ffilitillikrel-4-RillienatiridsZ! 1
1mrorol
3eieleee
r e
rrr4.r:r.21
eleliI111
z;1T=z1r1r)r.2-,r1-,r1-1erlrnIerllI.m-reo-'llel
WWW-BilliliAliiii1411111Whi
5e
IIIIIMill i'ii 1 1 21
9 1 1 ii 1 Hi Mil
tn; ma:22
X "A'
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-14 STEWART-WARNER
MODELS 9152-A,
9152-B, 9152-C
gir 33
V
Ñ o
WI
V np
e -i
n N:::
0 ¡L-
I
'Nco^Oi J
eel
elo
r---" N2((= N< f O
10 gh:
tmea:s
( III
II
II
-
:1000030
-ARA.
I E-'NcÑ-_
"41
W
ó
©John F. Rider
3
a
C
m -
t d
0 º
o c-
p,
_ C ó
1,2o
.cd ,
Er°p
a
27c 2
-5
d
C
ú
d
.D -> ä
.-. ú d
O d d=
N _
d
.5 3 c c
O T O "d.
Ñra C ó > e>5
ú
o
0 u c
- C uª d
E o
úo oc
T
V d
,t% C
.E
T A
-a,5.
d d
ÿ 3 c oa
OV
t 5, 72
t O E E, ú " ñá g
`m
p d d .0
° 3 óa c_v d >-
C d ..
t t °
= d
ö
óv
U
d
á ,Ed
Uy F dd d
ÿ d
a L o Ç d
Ó d a >.
Ev'
ó c
O O
vv 3 c
5..>'222i;
C
O
O
OC uVi
c c 2a w a ca = Lo E -
c La, z23=0en
nolNUIinI,I
J
a
O
o ÓU
fz.,
> a
> a
> a
02
J
O
1i^n
EE
E
E
.^J
E <
Ey
E_
.0;¡0,i7
% 0
E
% a
w
E -Es
E
E
0
ó p,
ó
ó
W
d
o.
N
Ti
Ti
a.
7
d'o.C
7
7
I-
¢I--
4
4
z 0 Q.
á .PC
[,7)
F Wc
o PG ¡y
oxa î en X I).
-
-b ó ó
1,1, ó
. v
C
'b
O._
O p
'D
ö
c d
o C
N
FQ O
d o0
Cr:
t= d
d_
we
co
U X
ir.o3 >a<Z
{.1
U 'el W w N
óaöc_
é -
O
C _º,
-- en
-o°ö
uc
> wd °C
d Ór
C C
4
t- rn
a FO
zá]T.
C7)
W
U U.
z p 0 <zUx<WFWVz
V) W Q V
a
zWz< ó
<,WPGrnCP7 G4
zz .43
n 30
ílri
iYl
¡7f.e
In
0
0
V
V'
V'
2>.-C.a' d
.cc 2
C l'a,
c_. u d
O
Uu w 0
o 2->,.=C-cad
-..öc;c-
_ a`vd
N
c
_
U
d
O
U
,OO
u,n a
v O C
->, a. m d o fn
v` ,E v
Qua, 7.; O`y 5
O
U u m a
d c
d c
d c
z°
z°
z°
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-15
STAGE GAIN MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE
MODELS 9152-A, 9152-B, 9152-C
RoAcfoE.CnQe.tUaaicInRVhiEnaDcgouf uaImtNheStuTnTRseutUdabMgeeaEsnNVdTooSflc:tamtlhieiTbtserharetreedcaoemrivaoemuarnptl"micfoiahfeyara.nmbneepll"imficetaaytspiuoernedoinrsw"trigtuhaminean"nt
PROCEDURE: It is exceedingly important cedure outlined below since the accuracy
to of
adhere to the prothese measurements
will be affected to a considerable extent by the failure to establish
proper operating conditions.
1.
Be sure that R.F. and I.F. stages aligned by utilizing the alignment
are carefully and .accurately procedure given above.
2. Connect Signal Generator as shown below.
3.
4 TwItspctbhe.torahFaireon.ttemgshtpneeeeitevrnurcyaavabbtlaleuoufllsitpteeuxheaseeetrwddshaeohtniaofybtieoofcrignsehawtta.Bshatiangeil-vlrooeeItefn1sisneg3ictntraooetvvireIrnrne.deomnFnceld.etweirasecnistdhtvatreooiealadcnrtnhoosdtcfftcouhiooahnpearnradlmtevsihiccsecee3oaignarstniti.eAvveetarone.onVlnttttlhdh.Cebegbh.arcaesiffotdcriuitnsxeislernlercedwyuocfcofiaettrbp.rtaoeiadtlahlbeseTAimtlRehi.vVrpte.eFmyoaor..Celssitfuin.aoatorifignrnveaeedegda,t,
4. irSmunesetcoiteendrigfuvSeleiraagertn.niso,anol usteaGptnuedtngeecmrnaaeetrorteearfrtuolrftlooyrtiontdouanpiceearntaeertaaiodprnbieoyakarftreoecuq6et0uipv0euentr.cKyctoIfawntahditihslorces4ai-0glt0unnsateacl tyitcohblneye 5. Rwagaaocttnhh.onosnaFieestnitdc.nhorthteatccahtrabchoiainenatmymnad.gtnsemegeeagdiaaIAtsene.sisFirsfdnuncut.tthrierrsreuecareoctmmhimsurreiiceeatenethaunasmnpaistoutt.ttourustrteovirptmstipirashnunouToimreglggtbetbhenestemtraioasihrg!inlleeeannfisftgoncatolerhperdiltrrruhvrteclomeae,tvyurbhleoieetisimalndstattdoeatdmaiitgaex-niawetceisi-ugmtsthin,ucooauieanoilnutdmmmgein,tnapvtapghwwiueyot.neohnthrhuetiseinmaetscepnnnpehruepttceittrocceeoiuriorssbtfemsosniefleiatryeenadertrdcyeaaeitsirddnapctjfciooaiunfrsemiteesngeacatatdmdtpdkajohiiauttnnnbiahhdnsdggyseeett 6. mWmeahnxetinsm. uumsinogutaput"cahtandneesli"redtypfereqinusetnrucmy enbte,focrearemfualklyingtunmeeaist urfeo-r
INPUT 600 RC.
15X
CONVERSION GAIN
OUTPUT 466 RC.
65X AT 466 xC.
50X AT 400 CYCLES
7X AT 400 CTCI
12101
COMM
121A6 11. 1144.
2AT6
SIGNAL GENERATOR
SET TO 600 RC.
COUPLING TURNS
DIFFERENCES in tube characteristics, gain. These factors should be given
tolerance of due attention
parts, adjustment of in event the gain of
tuned circuits and variations in a stage varies extensively from
line the
voltage will influence values shown above.
stage
PARTS LIST
ORDER PARTS FROM YOUR $T1WARTWA1f1E10 DISTI2UTOR ONLY
DIAI GRAM
RO.
PANT NO.
DESCRIPTION
13 12-A. 1....506143 ..512503
li
512040
17 .........512028
23
512503
24
512010
21A...... ..505858
28.1
505858
28
512008
32-A. 1 508147
33
512030
CONDENSERS
Condenser-variable CCCooonnndddeeennnssseeerrr---..10nS5il=MMfi1dd0..0
gang (with
Mmfd. 500 400 voit 400 voit
drub).--. volt
CCCooonnndddeeennnssseeerrr--.c0me1ricaaMmii1dc0.0
Mmfd. 500 400 volt .005 Mid.
volt
450
volt
of audio
Condenser --ceramic
Weld. 450 volt
t audio p250Q8
Condenseir-.005e Mid 600 volt
Condenser-electrolytic
CoABn--d23e00nsMMerii-dd...05115500Mvvooidlltt.
1
Í
600
volt
13
510161
18
510154
20
510122
22-A. 1..506067
25 .......510187
21-C. D...505858
27
510125
31 .......110243
RESISTORS
RReessiissttoorr--c-caarrbboonn Resistor --carbon
23.23,0M00egO. hVm2 sw4a5ttwatt 150 Ohms watt
VReosluismtoer-ccoanrtrbool n1 Resistor-carbon
Meg. (with switch) 10 Meg. 143 watt...._..._ 470,000 Ohms 1/5 watt
(part Resistor
o-cf aarubdoion
Resistor-carbon
coupling unit) 220 Ohms V2 watt 2,200 Ohms 1 watt
OTHER ELECTRICAL PARTS
11
508148 Loop Antenna
14
506084 Coil-oscWator
If
.505867 Transformer-1st I.F
21 _.. 505867 Transformer -2nd I.F. 26 _....505858 AuAd-ioCoconudpelninsgeru-nciet ramic .005 Mid.
450 volt
B-Condenser-ceramic 250 Mmfd.
450 volt
C--Resistor-carbon 470.000 Ohms 1/5 watt
D-Resistor-carbon 470,000 Ohms 1/5 watt
29 _. _...508146 Transformer-output
30
506079 Speaker --P.M. dynamic (4 inch)
DIA -
0R1116 NO.
PART WO.
DESCRIPTION
117057
508248 508248 508247 508658
EKKCDsnoincaroouldbbtcs--hcbdgeariolroaeenlwe-n-nd:fr:oiMvrMeocod(od2enellstfrto.99l11sr55e22q-.u1Aireadn).d....8..1..5p2e-Cr .I.t...!.
18785 506085
SShcraelwt-tu7.n48ixn7g'8" chassis mounting
507364 Socket-miniature (7
505161 Spring (dial cord tension)
SOCKET VOLTAGES
MTm10hee0eta0esr(uo)rhmemdsesyamspwuberiorethlmvoedlvnteots.elitxgmcneeatpteetrswhhbaevrvienacgiunudsmiecnastteiutdibveibtyyvo(l)ot.f-
LOOP ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER
VOLUME ON FULL WITH NO SIGNAL
DIAL TUNED TO 540 KC.
117 VOLT N CRUS C.
SORER NPPLT OIEI NE THEE NEEtr@SRERI.
ill EEL NLCNEE NUEOHI @STIFFS
NCIa mummy O- IN
UNLESS OiuEONSE ISOICETEO.
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
i1594
IEC11nE1`
/ lSJ
.teP.b
118EE
COMM
ÿA
Ian 111 PET.-E.rs.-u.
- REAR OF CHASSIS
NOTE A: The center stud of this tube must be connected to B to reduce capacity coupling between other pins. Oscillation may result if this connection is omitted.
508244 508245 505165 508643 508844
508645 505101 508149 114955
508235
MISCELLANEOUS
Back for cabinet
Background for "C" washer for Cabinet-Model
dial (toil). tuning shalt..
9152-A
Cabinet- Model 9152-B
Cabinet-Model 9152-C
Clip for mounting I.F. transformer
CCCllliiippp--frroeerttaamiinnoesurntcioannbginelneotdopboafacndktieanl..n..ca..o....r....d_...........__........_..__
DRIVE CORD ARRANGEMENT
To string dial cord, turn the main drive drum to maximum counter clockwise position and use following parts: 114955 Clip on end of cord 117057 Cord (2 feet) 505161 Tension Spring
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 STEWART-WARNER MODEL 9153-A
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
FREQUENCY RANGE:
540 to 1600 KC.
TUNING CAPACITOR:
2 section gang, shock mounted, Planetary drive.
I.F. FREQUENCY:
455 KC.
ANTENNA:
High impedance loop.
POWER SUPPLY:
Power line 117 volts A.C. or D.C. Operation 15 watts Portable 1-671/2 volt "B" Battery
Operation l5- 11/2 volt "A" Batteries
POWER OUTPUT: Undistorted -60 milliwatts Maximum -110 milliwatts
SPEAKER: 4 inch P.M. Dynamic
Voice coil impedance -3.2 ohms
DIMENSIONS:
Length -9' 2"
Height-ò's"
Depth -43;1"
WEIGHT:
7 pounds
HOW TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET
1. Remove volume and the dual tuning knobs by pulling them forward.
2. To remove cabinet back first swing handle outward and note finger grip recess at back edge of cabinet. Grasp back at this recess and pull outward until it is free. Disconnect leads to loop antenna by slipping pin type connectors out of the electrical clips attached to loop.
4. Remove three chassis mounting screws, two of which are located along and edge and the other located on the opposite edge. To gain access to one of the chassis mounting screws it will first be
necessary to remove "A" battery hold down plate as instructed
on label attached to this plate.
5. Chassis is now free and may be lifted out of cabinet.
3. loosen set screw in hinge pin collar. Then, push hinge pin into one end of handle and withdraw it .completely by pulling out of the other end.
6 Bottom cover on chassis may be removed by taking out three
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-17
MODEL 9153-A
SOCKET VOLTAGES
THE VOLTAGES SHOWN IN THIS CHART WERE MEASURED
UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
1. Power supply -117 V. 60 cycles, A.C.
The (') symbol designates a vacuum tube voltmeter measurement.
2 All voltages were measured between socket terminals and B-- 4. Receiver should be tuned to 540 KC. unless otherwise indicated on the chart.
3. All measurements were made with o voltmeter having a sensi-
tivity of 1000 Ohms per volt except where indicated by (').
5. loop antenna terminals should be shorted together. 6. The volume control was set to maximum position with
no signal.
3V4
OUTPUT
1.4
65 64 *67 *66
AP
BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS
N 117 VOLT CYCLE A. C.
POWER SUPPLY USER
FOR THESE MEASUREMENTS.
I- ALL VOLTAGES' MEASURER BETWEEN
SOCKET TERMINALS ANI
LIS
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
AVERAGE BATTERY DRAIN
B =10 Ma. A =56 Ma.
l.4 O.7 *20
O DYE' 2 *17 * O -0.25
114
I.F. AMP.
115
2.8
SELENIUM RECTIFIER
117 A.c.
LOWER TERMINAL
ILO o.c.
UPPER TERMINAL
*6675 *--3I.]2
65
*67
1.4
.4 o *-0.25
115
CONVERTER
STAGE GAIN MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE
REQUIRED INSTRUMENTS: The amount of amplification or "gain" 'of each of the stages of this receiver may be measured with an A.C. Vacuum Tube Voltmeter or a "channel" type instrument containing a tuned and calibrated amplifier.
PROCEDURE: It is exceedingly important to adhere to the procedure outlined belcw since the accuracy of these measurements will be affected to a considerable extent by the failure to establish proper operating conditions. 1. Be sure that R.F. and I.F. stages are carefully and accurately
aligned by utilizing the alignment procedure given on page 1950-
118A.
2. Connect Signal Generator as shown below.. 3. The values of stage gain which are given here were measured
with a fixed bias of 112 volts on the control grids of all R.F. and I.F. tubes which are connected to the A.V.C. circuit. Therefore. these values are not intended to indicate the full capability of a stage but they will serve as a convenient basis for determining proper operation. In order to dup icate the fixed bias voltage, connect the negntive terminal of a 112 volt battery to A.V.C. at
INPUT 600 KC.
305
CONVERSION OAIN
OUTPUT 155 KC.
510MAL GENERATOR
SET TO
COUPLING TURNS
Its Comoro
frame of gang condenser and connect the positive battery lead to 0 in receiver chassis. 4. Set Signal Generator for operation at 600 Kc. with 400 cycle modulation and carefully tune radio receiver to this signal by using an output meter to indicate peak output. If a local station interferes, set generator to a nearby frequency and re -tune the receiver. 5. R.F. and I.F. circuits are slightly de -tuned when contact is made with an instrument probe and this action, which is indicated by a change in the output meter reading. may seriously affect the gain measurement. Therefore, it is important to adjust the associated circuit trimmer for a maximum output meter reading and to set the input signal level to a convenient reference point on the gain measuring instrument while the probe is making contact. After removing the probe it is again necessary to adjust the trimmer so as to obtain the same output meter reading and thereby assure that the signal voltage at the specified point has not changed as a result of circuit de -tuning.
G. When using a"channel" type instrument, carefully tune it for
maximum output at desired frequency before making measure. ments
50X AT 455 KC.
40X AT 100 CYCLES
lox AT 400 CYCLES
u.AvI .
r I115
u.c.-u.
1
354
nml
- lr
DIFFERENCES in tube characteristics, tolerance of parts, adjustment of tuned circuits and variations in line vo age will influence stagé
gain. .These factors should be given due attention in event the gain of a stage varies extensively from the values shown above.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-18 STEWART-WARNER
1'10DEL r-113 -A
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. Remove chassis front cabinet by following procedure described on page 117. Reconnect loop antenna leads to clips on cabinet bock. As battery position slightly affects R.F. alignment, It is preferable to have batteries in proper place during this procedure.
2. Replace dial scale and tuning knob on shafts of the gang condenser.
3. Since the "position indicator" for the dial scale is an integral part of the cabinet, it becomes necessary to install a temporary pointer when the chassis is removed from the cabinet. This can readily be accomplished by securing a piece of heavy wire under the chassis bottom cover mounting screw and then shaping the free end of the wire so that it con be placed in a vertical position directly in front of the dial scale. The dial scale should be installed on the gang condenser shaft so that when the con-
denser is fully meshed the smaller 5 of the 55 on the scale Is directly under the pointer.
4. In order to provide a coupling for the signal generator during
R.F. alignment, wind s
I turns of wire in a circular shape so
that it may be placed adjacent and parallel to the loop antenna.
Position cabinet back so that loop antenna is in approximately
the same position as when receiver is completely assembled.
5. Solder approximately 5 in. of insulated wire to each of "soldering lugs" on secondary of output transformer. Connect output meter to these extension leads.
6. Set volume control at maximum and use a weak signal from the signal generator.
7. Operate the receiver from o 117 V. AC or DC line.
SIGNAL GENERATOR CONNECTIONS
CONNECT HIGH SIDE OF SIGNAL GENERATOR TO
CONNECT GROUND LEAD OF SIGNAL GENERATOR TO
SIGNAL GENERATOR FREQUENCY
RECEIVER DIAL
SETTING
TRIMMER OR SLUG NUMBER
Lug on trimmer S6 at side of gang (see chart below for iotation of trimmer!.
B- lug in chassis.
CAUTION If your sig. nal generator is designed with an AC -DC
type power supply ,
connect ground lead of signal generator to receiver through a .25 Nfd. condenser.
455 KC
Any Point
where it does
not aNct the
signal.
Ì and 2 3 and 4
1400 KC
See Step 3
1400 Connect directly to coupling turn. See Step 4
above for instructions on coupling loop.
KC
above for in-
str uctions on
how to obtain
5
this calibration
point.
TRIMMEIS DESCRIPTION
2nd I.F. 1st I.F.
Broadcast Oscillator
TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT Adjust for maximum output. Then repeat adjustment.
Adjust for maximum output.
1MORTANT -Before undertaking alignment of the antenna circuit it is necessary to reassemble the chassis in the cabinet. When reinstalling
cabinet bock be sure that extension leads previously soldered to secondary of output transformer extend through ventilation slot on edge of
bock. Now, replace back and be sure that it snaps into proper position.
To gain access to antenna trimmer #6 it will be necessary to first lift
off the snap button at bottom of cabinet. Now complete the alignment
procedure as follows.
Connect directly to coupling turn. See Step 4 above for instructions on coupling loop.
4 KC
Tune to 1400 Kc. generator signal.
6
Broadcast
Antenna
Adjust for maximum output.
o C.
1400 KC.
Open cabinet back and unsolder two xtension leads attached to secondary of output transformer.
0
© 55 KC.
Inni IU4
o
l
6 ANT,
1400 KC. ©John F. Rider
e
R
E
i O
si
11
J
4 455 KC.
SISE VIEW OF CHASSIS
O
L -1-
www.americanradiohistory.com
STEWART-WARNER PAGE 21-19
MODEL 913-A
913,
: t
.g.-:< e
Ê
e
3
ile
QiYiri li pPi `<
¡ y9
¡ ` i
E
> .ce- l'
T c
éºC
.r
pp 3
V. j è
= á
.rc
;
° W -2..90.
'8 Bm
°: v ó aE
i E e u
e 3 En;
c E i S é > o
a
GN NJYyo a S °. 75 8 0 , c EO 23.-°
Y°
Ñpp!mmVuVVVVVOú=2YY.
o
O
ea el mN
O§3mSfp2O2 N+F - /1
N Ó m pOppp
m ro app op áo0
§ 0 h ñ ñ 1 h 1
11
v1
vOj
Ñá
m $
Ñ N 11
tip
r- Q "21 °-
_d
e 1
s
ñ
. uY9: e8
'(- fig -1 le
or: '
I I
g1
_-_ _ i S,4 i
Y°] +---.
e
Q00011-
000004 --II.
14.
ó` 33
;33ó0 !e -.fr
óº
c c"
v°
i ,,,0..0.,.-ó-d0Q-óg. +I
c+ÉI+É13i+ÉI+Ir+$IQp O
Ó1_.c.c j(3.4,j(3.4,, S
e e
iIM>i
i
ç
H .°8eoO8S^pN8o'OvJJv0a
Y
tiîn00YO
O N
W
- jNuP`
Ô9m 0-
<FcQi1;
T°rrr`;- 1o::,.O,,,!-,2111.
Qi-ÿ9bC
ò».h..0.33e - ,.-._._._.».-._O ^ wo<YcaYeoY:aYe
'1° ...6.4<.-
J CI [Y C
g.§3.2-.2-e<
.
2 =00g0t0e010ñ0 ñ0
ñ N N NN N N N N
ñM$ $óó
1..1,41
3
' PAM2::Q
e M
3
iÉ
'.ê
QQiS
§
cºr-$8 ^wvóóóóóvEEÉ>E.v0éE,w0_cO_
c0-0
i c$Fî ¿F °$$$F cF "c$$F aF wF
M-p`
ó' .
41g".=) .2 .Ë
T'- > >
ogo$..pÓ;g^S-c
ç
.
OWNZW 1ó-YOF'../ó-ÓYO1E-_,O-,ó0.mi_0,LOF0NipfNpL.NYnY2oELC=Lo3Y.E^OFpt.pYEpiNVjooY_.ñ-JOVoY-uo¿-+O-VNVOiOyNiOo^iNvOpNpF'9 NCN8S^8C$SO^OC^BFCNoFdO¡^pd$OFOFcJFc]u.2ácFcd.i.u2Jo
',I rrr-T-iiirNTNrir<T<r<IIFÉFII
pY6pOYYOOÓCYOOOOY»$MSÓVY - __= ` : 6[ TTTrr O uuuu r V
C C CC
C C[
p O 0O
6
C`
c u O
v a
1uC02uc1C0 2uCC0.1uC3C0 .`6"1CuO3,`n1"1CVCO3uC.CO0IJ.CCO0,«n1-CuCO0,5«:0-uO2a'0CVC02uc0,7<
I
22 C
V0 V0
ÑW o O O o p c p p < ö < e rI0 O
Ó¡ 0 0 0 0 0 Y 0
0:pp
;KmOGLK.LY
á=. vp OL
ñmNNlV88O $ñv+ e
c^i p^p8 c^i
tovcÑ pOmp O
.- .411
g$
N N S
$
m
^ P
Neñm
rh
nN
8 N
Pt'1I'IIPhtP+1O1hr1P0
3 OOOOOppppDDOg
NN NNNNNvfNN
u
-m
ñ :4 m
u mm
4
P PV` Ñ NM M M
u
< <
eo.N-VÓN(vfVNf.VÓiVPÓ'1
Ó YI
acre
°John F. Rider
O
www.americanradiohistory.com
D
www.americanradiohistory.com
- SPECIFICATIONS
Voltage Rating
Radio
Type of Circuit
Tuning Range
Input Power Rating
Intermediate Frequency
Speaker Voice Coil Impedance ..
Power Output
117 Volts AC -DC Superheterodyne
540-1640 Kc 30 Watts 455 Kc
3 Ohm
1.5 Watts at 10% Distortion
STROMBERG-CARLSON PAGE 21-1 MODEL 1500
TUBE COMPLEMENT
2 12BA6 Miniature RF and IF Amplifier 1 1 2BE6 Miniature Converter 1 1 2AV6 Miniature Detector, AVC and Audio Driver 1 5016GT Power Output
10 % MOOKG
L -I
R.F.
R.F COIL
ANT.
C -IA
C -ID
CONY.
i X 455 KG
L-3 ISTI.F.
93 [455KG
I.F.
L-4
K-4 EIMER.
R-5 I MES. VOLUME CONTROL
31 X400~
-CO X 400+
R-2 220.00011
C-4 .05 MF.
DIAL LAMP
126A6-R.F
MAYS
R-13
5434
SUER
3a
50L60T IE6A6-LF R-M
nonzw 54T2
.0 C-KA
C-10
M MF.
BLUE
-I2- C
05 MF
T 400V
R -I2 14 27n
:BLACK
SELENIUM RECTIFIER
TS MA.
TIED BROWN
TI ____ __. BLACK
Voltage and Tube Location Chart
FRONT,/
LOOKING AT INSIDE BOTTOM OF CHASSIS
9iV
50L6GT
0
12AV6
0
0
2ND I.F.
VAC 140YI
ELECTROLYTIC
- 12 BA
1sT I.F.
l9 Di 455KC
128E6 n.
12 BAG
775W o
AC
Measurements are made at 117,( line, using electronic Voltmeter. Except where otherwise indicated, volages are D.C. and are positive with respect to the reference point which is the common Black-White lead.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-2 STROMBERGMODEL 1500
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
CAUTION: As this is a transformless Receiver, observe all usual precautions. The Black -White IB-1 lead is common to one side of the 117 Volt Power Line Cord.
Pointer Setting
Generator Setting
Input and Dummy
VTVM and Scope Connection and Scale
Adj. and Notes
(1) Low frequency end of dial
455 kc.
400 fy. mod.
(2)
455 kc.
Swept 15 kc.
I. F. ADJUSTMENT
Pin e7, 1213E6 tube 0.01 mfd. dummy
-3V DC Scale Green White (AVC) lead and
Black -White (B-) lead,
Scope to Junction C-6 and Volume Control
Adj. top and bottom cores of each I. F. transformer wit'i non metallic screwdriver for maXimum voltage.
Adj. same cores as above for best over -lapping curve on scope.
(1) 1650 kc. Condenser plates all way out
(2) 1400 kc.
1650 kc. 400 cy. mod.
1400 kc. 400 cy. mod.
R. F. ADJUSTMENT
Ant. terminal 0.01 mfd. dummy
Adj. Osc. (front) trimmer on variable condenser for maxi mum voltage.
Adj. R. F. and Loop trimmers on variable condenser for maximum voltage.
Circuit Symbol
C-1 C-3 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-7 C-8 C-9 C-10 C-11 C-12
S -C Part No.
110026 110458
40632 40632 110478 27760 110464 27760 40632 111032 40632
Capacity
Variable 47 MMF .05 MF .05 MF Diode Filter .005 MF 470 MMF .005 MF .05 MF 2-40 MF .05 MF
Voltage
400 V 400 V 400 V
600 V 400 V 600 V 400 V 200 V 400 V
Circuit Symbol
L-1 L-2 L-3 L-4
T-1
Circuit Symbol
R-2 R-3 R-4 R-5 R-6 R-7 R-8 R-10 R-11 R-12 R-13 R-14 R-15 R-16
S -C Part No.
149115 149109 1491'21 145032 149125 149116 149117
28148 149047 149244 149243 149035 149121 149125
Resistance
220K ohms 22K ohms 2.2 megohms 1 megohm 10 megohms 330K ohms 470K ohms 150 ohms 1800 ohms 27 ohms Special NTC 120 ohms 2.2 megohms 10 megohms
Watt
1/2 1/2 1/2
1/2 1/2 1/z 1/2
2 2
2 1/2 1/2
Tol.
20% 20% 20%
Pot.
20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 10%
10% 20% 20%
139035 117008 122032 124016 144018
30933 152096 152040
152041 162034 108065
134004 108066 134005 108169 134137 108170 155187
5-C Part No.
114055 114056 114336 114337
161413
Description RF COIL ASSEMBLY OSC. COIL ASSEMBLY 1st IF TRANSFORMER 2nd IF TRANSFORMER
OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
Miscellaneous
LOOP ASSEMBLY
POWER CORD
DIAL LENS
DIAL DRIVE CORD
POINTER
PILOT LAMP
PILOT LIGHT SOCKET
- SOCKET 7-PT. MIN.
SOCKET 8 -PT. OCTAL. SELENIUM RECTIFIER
75 MA
WALNUT CABINET
BROWN KNOB
IVORY CABINET
IVORY KNOB
RED CABINET
BLACK KNOB
TAN CABINET
SPEAKER
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
TRAY-LER PAGE 21-1 MODEL 5022
POWER SOURCES: This receiver is designed for operation on either an external power source or on the enclosed batteries.
AC OR DC OPERATION: This receiver may be operated on 50 to 60 cycle, 110 to 125 volt AC current or 110 to 125 DC current. CAUTION: Never plug this receiver into a 220 volt line as this will seriously damage the component parts which have been designed for 110 to 125 volt operation only.
To operate on AC or DC open the small door at the right in the back of the cabinet. Pull out the power cord and plug into a convenient outlet of the proper voltage and current. Follow instructions under "Controls."
To operate on the enclosed batteries, follow instructions under "Controls." ANTENNA: This receiver is equipped with a sensitive loop antenna and requires no external antenna wire. However, due to the directional qualities of the loop some stations may appear to be weak in reception. This condition may be remedied by rotating or changing the position of the receiver. CONTROLS: This receiver has three control knobs which are located on the front panel of the cabinet. STATION SELECTOR KNOB: The center knob is the station selector. Rotate this knob to the right or left to select your desired station. The dial scale is calibrated in kilocycles. By mentally adding a zero to the numbers on the scale, the result will be read directly in (KC) kilocycles. (i.e., 60 plus 0 equals 600 KC or 140 plus 0 equals 1400 KC). POWER SELECTOR SWITCH: The right hand knob is the power selector. It has three positions which are indicated on the front panel. The extreme left hand position is the "OFF" position. The small dot on this knob must point to "OFF" when the receiver is not in use. The center position is "AC-DC" and is used when it is desired to operate the receiver from a power line source. The extreme right hand position is `GATT" and is used when it is desired to operate on the enclosed batteries. AC OPERATION: When an AC power source is used, set the power selector knob to "AC-DC" after the power cord has been plugged into a convenient outlet. The receiver is now ready for operation. DC OPERATION: If the receiver does not operate after a few seconds, reverse the power cord plug in the outlet and it will operate properly.
MODEL- 5022
IR5
LI
J G3
IU4
IU5
5V4
T-
,tati
H 10
C -7
015
z°"
T-
C
RB
R9 RIO
R0.
-II R-4
C-12
"/` zC-16 RL.2 G21 R-
US IRS IU4
TG6
R -S 3V4
'A' BATT . T
0 0
BAIT
R3
Rü
R+2
-D
C-4
R-13
SR
77eCNASSIS GROUND FLOATING GROUND
ZG9
IR Sg50R Ci D IR-20
UN
bIRe-3l1l IR 33
1R-39 IR -3 IRa2j
iR13
IRRR4p]
R- 1
RR-3 RR4 RS R-6
47 R8 R9
R1101
Ri
-15
PcacPMTlpw
2pp20M^R[ESISTOR I/2W 20
RRE95TOR V2W
16323M^-`
E95TOR RE9ST0q
V2W I/2y,
20 F 20 103
21M7E0G^ 620^
VOLUME CONTROL RESISTONR I/2W RESISTOR V2W
10MEG RESISTOR li2W
g% 250x%
3[EN.1CEG
2Z07t
229M0E0G^
R 95TOR
R SISTOOR
I3095Ó910-"SOR
447^
RSSIISSTTTQOQRRR
V2w 103
W
Io 3
1
ST2OpR35W 5%
V2W 1w lOf
PC -3 C-6
PC -6 C -76
EC -14C'9 C-10
MC -7 PC -2 GC-6
C:12 C-13
Ng
¿16 C 1 G_3
GGL. 1
OLS(AI/TON
1 MFD CONDENSER 200 WV
00S
CONDENSER 600 WV
AO
40MFD 150 WV ELECTROLYTK 20MFD
. Ó02MF0. 005MFD. 'p0MF0
ÁSMMFDIICONDENSER ,AANNTT TRIMMER
CONDENSER LOOP ANTENNA
200W V
MONT NO.
LLIIS-S
I
T.J
SFKi6 VC
- 5
G-4 TV -39
e3
COIL
MRC41
CR
1C4-0.)-.22 SR SELENIUM RECTIFIER
PC-] C.2 MiDCONOÉNSERON6ÓONwV PC -6 C-3 .1MF000NpENSER 400W V PC5 C-4 OS MFD COI+JENSER 400W V EGO C-5 70MFD IOWV ELECTROLYTIC
SWO SW-I 4POLE3POSITION SWITCH 7F BATT 2-0'512E FI.ASNLITE CELLS, I L VOLTS 9-BATT I-67VOLT BATTERY
ION
22 i;SZY
K .
NJ
NPOSITION
DRAWN BY R.GS DATE-
..WYrIDt.I
INPUT IF TRANSFFOORM[FgR
SPEAKE0. OU?PUT TRANSFORMER VOICE COIL 3YPM SPEAKER 05C TRIMMER
IR5-1V4-IV5-3V4
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
?AGE 21-2. TRA_V-LER
MODEL 5022
. v CJ
0g0
p te m a) a d - .: ÿ ÿ ÿ
aCNi
c a+3a
po
. ve py0o?.'.. Hay0o ,oti o3 0 óoôo+
e vo
4Q m
ú ó
7 a) ÿ
,o 4,+aa9i .. ÿ A m m Újw(GbCC0 m
..0 a' m+a..0.
aai oo. H.c. voÿo'iX pv
Fzr¡a.,)g,x i+
Ó v
aF,-i
a v p .H-,
. F w)a.Ú0
O
.. Ócd
xegrOim'ú.4ya,y
.-, OOOp
oe0eey
Oa1.O
02v,',
o b Ca))
61,0 4->
114;3 c á)F 0.)-04aibX
$ d o v a)
m,m
60V
ooti.)7Ó5dmÓ.
ÿ
V
w á0xv °+, oo60nyoo .e.ubm oHOp a) VcO.,+' ^+,7 60y;o5aaoÿp
o. m2 o 0_, 4.1 d7 .gF.o
o
F° avA ÿ
600
°m d.y oovo a)b w C Á
+. 3-
a~)
m 0
.G Ú ^o d ÇO F.-, -+ V
ÿb
I. g
F0.
d
Ñ °q .L°'m0FoÑ° do0v d oCj DqDbA
a áá E° oá C
mc0...
H
a)
.0
Ó
ac°ioC/+ .
"
ÿyCd
w+.
U+."-+
o
ÿ 7 :) o V. F°. .-,
Paa
H ÓrpáC
Cm Ha <
TmJu0
ÿ04p+..."
A D
o
á<Li
.:) Av¡.i a) ób%' E 01 C4
>Fao *.00H oyyo a)OOC á ÿ
b-Z+paFLgpo OHa) +'Q
f:° ..H.
, x''~ áCF o Á w y
wa,y+i ° Uce [[,,
+o, A i-I v o m H
d a!H~i a; g ai
V
m dH
o
<
l1
CPI
........
-,, á ,c o %;áÿ o p 'ó vU
N.,
oHQ + a)
á., ÑQ
yU2' a)
U w o
Cov
m
a.
,O12d.-a7.o2.)aáxowOaTa0i)
520E m Ó
F H
H O2
C. o 41,72,'""0""
d á)b
m ó
C Ñ
.,.p.,
ÿ ÿa3pb
a) C.+, ca
V..ao'i oH+-',mQV^aSC,b0yáH
CLa3 HE
V H
U.., o iö
o'.o. o oe'k
a) O0a Á Ñ
rQ
Z
rQ7
U ÚpA;oFopC° 232°2°4 xEºáH 74 c> Ü;+, ÑU 0ÿw'gH Awoáv2o ., p°pcc
a) Z1
d
> 0
ca O
vorm V. o:ti
WEv-t21ú860a0.2,H2.o,.Fr,e
egc
aW+m''mw>,
.b x, v
g:4-°3
ß.a7..aE..;caa, .:.a"-.i40c°
y WE. .ov.wca
HZi
a,
a,
m
o
Ho.e
D,
y$
iíi F . co
-iÿ
o
V., ., d 000FO.
E E
m.0 O q`r.°
rz a
d.a D, coi a) +)
.A oax.,
co
o
H
"a.),.Ú30
. á. ó W C x .ti
c
41 CL Gn
` c d
00
V
a,
+ó,
e
v2 E a, e
F ó GLo
0
a.,
mÄ 'py ú.o
á.c
m
ao
o
.x-,
áp`°.v áÿ Ñ,ÿ H+, 0 zoo.
d0 d
3"3.°' H
o o
° O
3a)a tiÿ ic. aca:.wÑ Ñao
V., ow wH
ti
o'H ca
.v.
yyC ,-,::,E1.01.,
Ó a)
m
ád Ú)x.
P.pq o a
N v
o
H
w . F--
m E+,ro V
,,,,3-0-2,,§..0?., y
3má
ti
. 20'>£',cNmcÿ H>a F
Z
bcH.-~,VcaoOo
Ñ 0 .-a)> +-'
U
caá
O
v6a) 0.Y
ns
p
vCa Fp+.,.r-..,
Ú
dwv
U
4a ÿyÑ+'-
a
a
a)E0
)+ ap,
4)
+,
4)4;?.ovóGy.dv
,oCÑH
aJ
NON
m ,l)
FY
j W
4 bó voóv~Tj b0.v'- î
>ÿ ,^
Q)1,-_," H
,,VU,,I.rçVey
o,°q
wr.
cu
>
^H Ú
Ñ Ñ..-
o ya
_A
a'v
H
V
oúw f.
3 vw .-.
Fv.-, a V4.
H
¢
O
v
ao_ 0
-%p+
7
Ñw
.0 60 p`)'i 00,ÿ 0 S:.L
.cay0a. a..v v H oo'vqpaom)3a0 apva.)a
oÿ Up.H' a)
H
FHi..a). m
cu toco
o Q
v 0w0 m+'+,?a
aa 3F;ÿpv Étis0v°.%0).0Fv..: .°u, ó
+cUaw --.-12.4., O
H
3
H
ba o
.c3ol .V0v0
mo O O m.° ..tJ
xqT0rg
0 V
ó
V
O aa+ a)
Ó<F25m' 75
ÿ -.5.
m
H o
.->o
0000
L:Ó
0
V O
dÿ
°)~?a
+'ÿ O o
a)
7a) ó
Fm 0
C.Ç
H ..ao)Vm
-4> 01
o
ÿ
y
H
b
o
ÿw Ow
0 72, 0 al
aH
Vi g
O V
i^°.+
o H 1'2
? H N
6)
.á.M > %14
+,
U
-.4o m
Ñ
xá0K'
V
C oy >IO
ca dc.) .4a0.3)Nop o
H
.4 o >o,wO
G4r.,fl v
^e34
a°-, G) a)
Ero xbo d %) a
ooy
E d d EE
r.
a- ..e.a)H.0
g o
:OÁ) Ó
-J ¡EYi.
zx--
Oa°H,
O
W 8
P a°' E a
» -73,E.
17 00
©John F. Rider
.
o
).
q
W
P4
C.5
x
a.,o 0
c.)--...060
,ca a,
Ñ ÿ0
U a) V
z
r`
,'.
sW z
o 4.
C
V V0
ÿÿa) TS H
oG
l:4O
°vi a,p W
Ú.Ó o
y+
Co .
H
60
.k
A
Ç)
o 4,.. a i_.Ó FV.
m .`-li +.a',
á. °'ÿH ó ..V.,
'Zy o Vk
V 7 G
a ÿ er-
.º
o o
a) a' ÿ
dO.
d
ad ioV
w,.a
aaá,
a)
.+0,
m H
.y m
U
5
/V/1
;
Op
H_
,o o
a.,aa
+ Hp
Na0Vo0
m° o
.)--,4cCa
ÿ R
4v)4v)0o0 v OV O
F;
^Ori
N
4
ai
.-+ R
d
F+
re
A
o
...5.4pOr.
ÿa)
Óó p F'
o
.Z .4
y..A ÿHT"7
. A0 V .a ÿ
O
ÚW
ca
E
v.--2:':°.Z°9 o0 0
v 43
A .Ç d ca ma
F H F a)
w
Xa., o
o O v
Ñ
O3ÿ$ F .0
y a)
H
3
60 0
O o:o
(]..-,
U N N t,', a)
ow.Çÿ 4'....-,'-' -.->
F ce 0
+-, a) P,
www.americanradiohistory.com
Ñ
rn
o
N
u
TRAV-LER PAGE 21-3
MODELS 5060, 5061
:Aanbie 14413 ~g2 mo &
B
; 9 Wet
á agm ú
igäeed':7Iolae+ao^~ g
ric° ,d.lCF
vaep0 vd c.$Ñ
a+ C
d ,: M.. o2 óä>ox,
F 2 ° Fº áQ r íF`°i C
dc : °'
aF
ó
âo
Qgmó
+rr~ W ó e
-°
221'8.
2
+
° nQ
$ M
A U Yu
x
ñ
O o .
,Ú á E e $
E e
p
y° F
od°oQdo0`b°
G
°q
11
c
,.o.c w O a+ CJ
Maaa
..,Wsh2.2i
....
05C
ge
"ó,=ox G7 Fo
cyy 7
A c4
av
o
c
p,
FO.
e g
b
O v
mo Wi/i
u OC
ae F
,Vy7a
ó V
ó
OÓóFV
d r«1 o mrits;
, +jÿ'
+,
o°0000 m
cv d
ii Jÿ
F
t
. [: baps
O -«.e
á v .Q 2
v ; 0.)
g c
Év N 34.bE,
I
äW E°pg` ox a
A
d
03 42, CO
a0+
°
6!
F
F,
i
E
p
ti
p
ó o
P.ó g
m m
O
y_.I;,,,g,,._..
F-4
TT
Nl.9QQQ0
r 06ö00
r
(7
Y
1 N
9
r ©70
N
¢9
a 66ò
1
..
v
\-1 ----
DI `- u
o
©John F. Rider
ó óW
J á6
<5
0000aZf6Esmî
ó
Z O
á
Z -
fî rrw U
r
O NNrvOmÓZ<ÑO U 20.z
V Y _
ááa
o
áááááá
-vrvúnuuúnrimurnuºú=-orv--+
-Nn r¡.>mómn
o
T
p <
m
nv- ^Ño
-
6 á já áa á á a á U n n w
www.americanradiohistory.com
www.americanradiohistory.com
D
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-1
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
GENERAL:
Signal Seeking Tuners are used on the following radios:
Buick
Bulletin No.
Model 980899 1950 6D- 929
Cadillac Model 7258865 1950 6D-1060
Power Spring
Motor Gear Train
Iron Tuning
Core
Coil Housing
Oldsmobile Model 982482 1950 6D- 987 Model 982483 1950 6D- 987
The service bulletin for any radio using this tuner will refer to this bulletin for tuner servicing.
Station Selector
Bar
This bulletin covers the theory of operation, adjustments, re-
Fig. 1
placements and trouble -shooting
procedure.
Core Guide Bar
THE SIGNAL SEEKING TUNER
The Signal Seeking Tuner is an electronically controlled automatic tuner by which the operator can change stations by merely depressing a single station selector bar on the radio or an auxiliary foot switch. The seeking operation is a uni -directional sweep of the broadcast band from low to high frequency with a nearly instantaneous return. The tuning mechanism is driven by a spring loaded mechanical motor which is stopped on station by a triggering circuit actuated by voltage developed from an incoming signal.
The number of stations on which the tuner will stop can be regulated by use of the Sensitivity Control. It is a step control which in the extreme clockwise position gives maximum stopping sensitivity,
while it allows the tuner to stop only on strong local stations when in the minimum sensitivity or extreme counterclockwise position. This control is in the circuit only while the tuner is seeking and does not affect the "on station" sensitivity of the receiver.
THEORY OF OPERATION
This discussion of the operation of the Signal Seeking Tuner does not refer to any particular model radio. It covers the overall operation and
the bulletin for the particular radio involved will give the details of the circuit used in the actual re ceiver.
Sweep and Return Cycle (See Fig. 2)
One Power Spring, which is fastened to
the lower plate of the Planetary Arm, pulls
this arm around its pivot. The Planetary
TUNING COILS
Arm is linked to the Core Bar. Thus, as the spring contracts and moves the Planetary Arm it also pulls the core bar and its
PLANETARY ARM
CORE BAR IRON CORE
iron cores from the tuning coils thereby changing the tuned frequency of the radio towards the high end of the broadcast band.
PIVOT
HIGH FREQUENCY SWITCH OPERATING
CAM
SOLENOID
After the tuner has swept beyond the top broadcast frequency, the High Frequency
MOTOR FRAME
PLUNGER
Switch Operating Cam on the lower Plane-
tary Arm trips the Tuner Return Switch
which in turn energizes the Solenoid and this quickly returns the Planetary Arm to its original position with the cores inserted
POWER SPRIN
LDW FREQUENCY SWITCH OPERATING
SOLENOID LINKAGE
fully into the coils (low frequency) and the power spring is now under maximum ten-
Fig. 2
sion. As the Planetary Arm returns, the Low Fre- turn Switch to its original position thus de -energiz-
quency Switch Operating Cam trips the Tuner Re - ing the Solenoid and completing the cycle.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
'AGE 21 -2 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
Motor and Control
(See Fig. 3)
PLANETARY ARM
The Power Spring tends to move the Planetary
Arm about its pivot point thereby starting the Plan-
etary Gear and its meshed train in motion. This mo-
PLANETARY GEAR
tion is transferred through the gear train to the Pad-
dle Wheel which acts as an air vane governor keeping
the motion at a constant speed. This movement of
the Planetary Arm is then controlled by merely
freeing or blocking the Paddle Wheel with the
RELAY ARM
Relay Arm. Thus, the movement of the Planetary
Arm which moves the tuning cores is started or
PADDLE WHEEL
Fig. 3
stopped by the action of the Relay Arm.
Manual Tuning Gear Operation (See Fig. 4)
Manual tuning is accomplished by turning the Manual Control Shaft which turns the Worm Gear in its bracket. The Worm .Gear is meshed with the Manual Drive Gear which in turn is meshed with the Planetary Pinion Gear. During manual tuning the Paddle Wheel is held in place by the Relay Arm and this Pinion Gear is not free to rotate, thus effectively locking the Planetary Arm to the outer edge of the Manual Drive Gear. Therefore as the Manual Drive Gear turns, the Planetary Arm moves in unison with it and varies the frequency of the tuner by varying the position of the iron cores in WORM GEAR the tuning coils. (Notice that when the set is being tuned automatically and the Paddle Wheel is rotating, the Manual Drive Gear is held securely in place by the Worm Gear while the Planetary Pinion Gear "walks around" the periphery of the Manual Drive Gear thereby causing the Planetary Arm to move and change the position of the tuning cores.)
On sets which have no manual drive, the Manual Drive Gear is secured to the Motor Frame and the Control Shaft and Worm Gear are eliminated.
PLANETARY ARM
CORE BAR POWER SPRING
LEVER ARM BELL CRANK
PLANETARY PINION GEAR
MANUAL CONTROL SHAFT
MANUAL DRIVE GEM
Fig. 4
POINTER NER FRAME
Pointer and Core Bar Linkage (See Fig. 4)
The second power spring is shown in this view. It core bar at the extreme left end, and the other arm has a dual purpose, serving both as a power spring linked to the pointer. Thus, this spring helps pull and an antibacklash spring. The primary linkage is the.core bar in the high frequency direction when it from the tuner frame to the Lever Arm which is is free to move and provides a spring loaded linkage
securely staked to the Bell Crank. At the Bell between the core bar and the pointer preventing any Crank the linkage splits, with one arm linked to the tendency for backlash.
Clutching Operations (See Fig. 5)
The Ratchet Pawl and Wheel are used so that the Solenoid can cock the power springs without running the entire gear train in the reverse direction during the return sweep. Notice that the Ratchet also is used when the dial pointer has reached the high end of the band while tuning manually. Then the Planetary Arm has reached the end of its tun-
ing arc and so the planetary pinion tends to be ro-
tated by the Manual Drive Gear (see Fig. 3). This
turns the Ratchet Wheel out of the Pawl and allows
the pinion gear to turn freely without exerting further force on the Planetary Arm and thereby elimi-
nates any possible damage to the mechanism.
The purpose of the Friction Disc is to prevent damage to the mechanism when manually tuned past the low frequency stop. This is accomplished because the disc slips before excessive pressure is
PLANETARY ARM ASSEMBLY
PLANETARY ARM PLANETARY PINION
GEAR
---FRICTION DISC
..,--RATCHET WHEEL
PLANETARY GEAR RATCHET PAWL
-PLANETARY ARM
Fig. 5 exerted when the Pinion Gear tends to rotate the Planetary Gear. The Friction Disc is not found on radios without a manual drive.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-3
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
Tuner Sweep Cycle Outline (Fig. 6)
I. Tuner is started by removing Relay Arm from Paddle Wheel
A. Spring driven gear train begins to sweep. (Fig. 3)
B. Planetary Arm moves. (Fig.
2)
C. Tuning cores are moved toward higher frequency by core bar linkage to Planetary Arm.
D. Spring loaded dial pointer scans dial. (Fig. 4)
Core Guide
Bar
Power
Coil
Spring Relay Housing
Motor Gear Train
Iron Tuning
Core
Solenoid Plunger
II. Signal actuates relay causing arm to stop paddle wheel
A. Gear train stops. (Fig. 3)
B. Planetary Arm is stopped.
C. Core bar movement is
stopped.
D. Dial pointer sweep is
Relay
stopped.
Arm
III. When tuner reaches high end
of dial after last stop. A. The High Frequency Switch Operating Cam
trips Tuner Return Switch. (Fig. 2)
B. Solenoid is energized.
C. Plunger is pulled into the Solenoid. D. Planetary Arm and pointer are returned to
low end of dial.
Spring Clip
Pointer Station Station Linkage Selector Selector
Switch Bar
Fig. 6 E. The Low Frequency Switch Operating Cam
trips the Tuner Return Switch in the opposite direction. (Fig. 2) F. The Solenoid is de -energized and the sweep starts from the Iow frequency stop.
ELECTRICAL OPERATION
The purpose of the electrical components associated with the tuner is to control the relay so the operator may start the tuner sweeping cycle by merely depressing the station selector bar and so that the sweeping operation will continue until a signal is received. At that time it is the function of
this circuit to accurately tune to the frequency of
the selected station. It also provides the necessary conditions to keep the tuner on the station until a change is desired. The operational cycle of the electronic control system of the signal seeker tuner is outlined
The Electrical Cycle Outline (Fig. 7)
I. Starting the Tuner Seeking (Energizing the
Relay)-The Station Selector Bar (27) is mo-
mentarily depressed.
A. Contact #2 of the Station Selector Switch opens first, ungrounding secondary of the output transformer therefore muting the set as contact #1 closes.
B. Contact #1 closes and provides a circuit from B+ through the relay winding, the 15,000 ohm resistor (30), the Selector Switch contacts, and the delay circuit resistor network to ground.
C. The current through this circuit energizes the Relay and removes the Relay Arm from
the Paddle Wheel-thus starting the tuner,
opening contacts #2 and #4, and grounding relay contacts #1 and #3.
II. Keeping the Tuner Seeking after the Selector Bar is released (Keeping the Relay Energized)
A. Relay contact #3 is closed providing a path to ground for the cathodes of the R.F. and I.F. amplifier tubes. This path is through the Sensitivity Control so the sensitivity of the set can be controlled during the sweeping operation.
B. Relay contact #1 is grounded thus lowering the cathode to ground resistance of the Relay Section of the Trigger Tube by putting the 6,800 ohm resistor (24) in parallel with the 47,000 ohm cathode resistor (26).
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-4 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
>-..
á x>3 r.,
y 7.;
v
..261
ruo
Z u b b ° ~
° v; G ro ro
..b NiO x u
LL
9
In ro ro
M O o
Cl..
a
9 d
C% Ou
va Au
_ro >. ..il
O
'ò4 [
v
.°'
5
L
b u
ó á
u:4 y
u
Lro
u
2
O
m+ Ó Ú
u>. 04 O4 S
ú'á.,b° -i=i
E tÑuj >° oroo> aO .5b
u w
.-C
H
C:
E Q
to
(.7
º
ro
5p4
Ó .
O
E-1
u .1' --,,i'
A.. bd
; . w .b Ñ
x.« 40
m:c ç á á
x' . :.d u
v O ú 4.
w
a ro
+
w
3 p
ó° G a o 4 u
O °r.
ro.> n= O O
,,,, ..° ..h. ro
b°v O' ; ÿ^ºu 'u x u
., 3p
-bO" .
p
M
áT>, .x
3
u
'ú d á V w
$ v °
v 0> ° .2 ... V
ro U r xÑ °=
y° ó""° E
é. O 13..'
roº " u $ o > "ioQ ro
-.7.)"'
[ x a, .
v
bu y
'
w
t5 o
úá ú
ro` o b
m y cg eu'
-yv,
p.;
,
G
O
a
« y T; x 44 ro
b>
O
oo In
.ñ
ÿ
a ÿ
O
x °
~ ú
x º á u Q
y PG u
C ro
b Ú
n41
O
A u
O
ó
ro
ro é
aa.-0 :;
Oyi 00 (1. "Oc
o
5
""'b°'
u
Ñ
ó
Ñ 0t.
3 w O O V° H
44 ú E
W
Q$ v óu.5.--
c>,-1
-uo
0
O 0A
xy to OÑ
~ w
ó u Ó
4
u E
o uú
v
1-2. tl
[ó4 úó
u
A ro
ÿ
>
Q
OU
V
o o
o
O
-0-30'4/9/'9 r-S a 991 F
Cy
A
°John F. Rider
_ zi
nf
N
+ m
L
J
'7__ ms N Q
1
03Yi Z' Z
0/
-NWNOZAI -
0099
9a
ba
o
f
p
O
\ O
m
MIOZ9 9/
03W51
l L/ +1
j/f' W
V'
OOOZ
b/
?
rá
<
OOOf
9/
o
ú ó1
A ° _^. (q .qú ='
'n
' 2.2
M
.4 41 E .« .b
QO x
C
x
x 18' -2. E
yN .d °
Ñ .ó
ro
5 w
y b4 u
; ro
T o4 ay '9'O
-°>...0 "" IM,^ > E
ÇO
a+
vó ..--u t..i bp b - ÿ >
°° N
°'G 04
úro
u ó0
í+
ro
a
v`
.7).
u 00
H a
aro.
0
Ú
ú
ar
C1
u
v O ( 7
p
b r y u° X
(j A
ÿ IC
4) "L/ 00
b.G >
v.. ro.uC
y.tj u
E -I o
w o ,V
aí. t'WO.Ob4Nu
A
NA
> uaI vi
N
r °$v g.7°
o
...A .Y ut. ro
5 E. .r.).
w
u .O
.b
o
i..
ó
ó>p,
Z.--','
V
A
f.
Q
p
Q
a
dq
w w
xi>.
á+
o
á O
ut.
E
ó
. x Z
ro .. a 0
V
`
> u u u ::
a yúb ^y 0 b u.LÁ
r u a
C
ÿ úae'; ÿ_> uA.rg
ó
E w
x u
bu C
L[. u
1--ib
b u
^p
O
C O 00
"
A
o t+ 0
q b 0 uV
y
ºa. ó 4
--3.[yÓN-Vpv4..°.'0.«u . yi A
ú O
u2 g d~ u
aúb My
04
5 y
_lo ú a ro
CN w >.
y
«-ÿaCj ú
úu
p0>O 2ä ,z2
,O
o.N
o M
0
úC
ÿ
A
m
00 4 5
E
E
ro ro
ú
E
C
ú u
u
A ,ÿ
.r u E Ó u
Ñ iL ÑO
-a[
E u
o
%
4.;"
y4 OLT-y
.5 -v
o4 'L ú ui
u
E" y .r ótx, Q>e
5 ñC Q
Cri
H H
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-5
MOT)î.L 6D-620, Tuner
The Tuner Detection Circuit (See Figs. 7 and 8)
The purpose of the tuner detection circuit is to take input signal voltages of varying strength and trigger the relay tube so that the tuner will stop accurately on the station frequency. A positive voltage developed by the signal on the grid of the D.C. Amplifier Section causes the tuner to trigger and stop. This is accomplished by using the Detector Diode and Bucking Diode to develop voltages of opposite polarity (E1 and E2) between grid and ground of the D.C. Amplifier Section of the Trigger Tube, thus effectively applying the algebraic sum of these voltages (Et) to this signal grid. (Note that contacts #2 and #4 of the relay are open.) These relative voltages plotted against frequency are shown in Fig. 8 using a station frequency of 1200 KC. Notice that the response curve of the voltage (E2) across the 1.5 megohm resistor (17) is broader and not as large as the voltage (E1) developed across
the 330,000 ohm (22) detector load. This is because the detector voltage has benefit of one more tuned circuit which gives the narrower curve. Also there is a positive voltage appearing at the
cathode of the Bucking Diode which will have the effect of lowering the voltage (E2) across the 1.5 megohm resistor (17) because it will introduce a delay before the Bucking Diode will begin to conduct. This delay can be controlled by the Delay Adjustment in the cathode of the Bucking Diode. This Delay Adjustment also controls the trigger level so
32
e
F EI 1 tot
1160
1190
\ 4
1200
1210
T"......-
TRIGGER 1 EVEL
fREOUEN/N IN KC
_se
Fig. 8
that the mechanical delay is compensated for and the tuner stops exactly on station. It is a factory adjustment and SHOULD not be adjusted unless it is proven faulty.
Since the two diodes obtain their voltages from the same incoming signal, the strength of both voltages will vary directly with the strength of the incoming signal. Therefore, while they both rise and fall with variation in signal strength, their difference
(Et), which is effectively the trigger pulse, will tend to remain constant. Thus, a station will be tuned in with the same degree of accuracy whether it is a strong or weak signal.
Tuner Muting (See Fig. 7)
Various methods of muting are employed in the signal seeker tuner operated radios. To prevent a click in the speaker as the station selector bar energizes the relay, the output transformer circuit is opened (contact #2 of Station Selector Switch (27), before contact #1 is made. Or, in the case of the foot switch, the speaker voice coil is grounded and the set muted before the relay energizing contact is made.
The receiver is also muted when the solenoid is energized during the return cycle of the tuner. This is accomplishd because when the tuner return switch (33) is mechanically tripped to position #2 it un -
grounds the Sensitivity Control which is the cathode return for the R.F. and I.F. amplifier tubes thus momentarily disabling the set.
The receiver also may be muted during the sweep cycle of the tuner by applying the negative oscillator voltage to the grids of the audio tubes to cut them off during the sweep time. Then, when the relay stops the paddle wheel on station and contact #1 is ungrounded enough positive voltage is applied through the 2.2 megohm resistor (10) to counteract the negative voltage from the oscillator and return the output tubes to normal operation. Any excess positive voltage will leak off through the diode to ground in the 1st audio tube.
Sensititivity Control
The sensitivity control is a step resistor which is by which the operator controls the number of stainserted into the cathodes during the tuning sweep tions on which the tuner will stop. when relay contact #3 is grounded and is the means
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-6 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
ADJUSTMENTS
All illustration numbers in this section can be used in conjunction with the bulletin for the radio involved and do not refer to the Theory of Operation portion of this bulletin.
All adjustments on Signal Seeking Tuners are made accurately at the factory and do not require further adjustment unless it is definitely proven they are wrong or tuner parts are replaced. These adjustments are readily accessible and can be made without removing the tuner from the radio. All adjustments are made with the antenna disconnected from the radio. All adjustments can be reached by removing the front and rear covers of the radio and the adjustment cover on the top of the radio. The correct procedures for making these adjustments are as follows:
Solenoid Screws
Solenoid Slot
Tuner Return Switch
Switch Operating
Cam
High Frequency
Stop
Relay Slot
Low Frequency
Stop
Relay Screw
Fig. 9
Relay Arm and
Paddle Wheel
Solenoid Pole Piece Adjustment (Fig. 10)
This adjustment should be made whenever the Solenoid or Solenoid Plunger is replaced. Its purpose is to obtain the correct amount of force from the Solenoid and to prevent the Solenoid Plunger from sticking.
1. With a screwdriver back the Solenoid Pole Piece out of the Solenoid.
2. Bottom the Solenoid Plunger in the Solenoid. The plunger is bottomed when the "C" washer collar on the plunger hits the frame of the Solenoid.
3. Screw the Solenoid Pole Piece into the Solenoid until it just touches the plunger.
4. Back the pole piece off exactly 11/2 turns.
5. Tighten the hex locking nut and seal with glyptal or shellac.
SOLENOID MTG SCREWS
SOLENOID POLE PIECE
PLANETARY ARM
THIS SPACE TO BE
.005-.020'
LOW FREQUENCY STOP
SOLENOID POSITIONING SLOT
SOLENOID POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 10
Solenoid Adjustment (Fig. 10)
The Solenoid adjustment should be made whenever solenoid or Solenoid plt{nger is replaced. Its purpose is to provide the correct amount of solenoid plunger movement to move the tuner to the low frequency end of the broadcast band.
1. With the radio turned off, connect a jumper wire across the 0.5 mfd condenser, Illustration #43, on the cold side of the Solenoid. This is the only paper condenser found on the tuner.
the Station Selector Bar.
4. Loosen but do not remove the three solenoid mounting screws.
5. Using a screwdriver in the Solenoid Positioning Slot, turn the screwdriver and move the Solenoid until there is a 0.005 to 0.020 inch gap between the Planetary Arm and its Low Frequency Stop.
2. Turn the radio on. (This energizes the Solenoid.)
3. Energize the Relay by momentarily depressing
6. Tighten the three Solenoid Mounting Screws.
7. Turn the radio off and remove the jumper wire from the condenser.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAge, 21-7
Relay Adjustment (Fig 11)
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
This adjustment should be made whenever the relay is replaced. This is the only adjustment of the relay that should be attempted in the field. The adjustment of the relay is to position the relay arm to have the correct engagement and clearance with the gear train paddle wheel.
1. With the radio turned off, connect a jumper wire across the 0.5 mfd condenser, Illustration #43, on the cold side of the Solenoid. This condenser is found on the tuner.
2. Turn the radio on. (This energizes the Solenoid.)
3. Energize the Relay by momentarily depressing the Station Selector Bar.
RELAY POSITIONING SLOT
THIS GAP TO
BE .030
RELAY MOUNTING SCREWS RELAY POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 11
4. Loosen but do not remove the two Relay Mounting Screws.
1/32 inch between the top of the Relay Arm and the tip of the blades on the Paddle Wheel.
5. Using a screwdriver in the Relay Positioning 6. Tighten the two Relay Mounting Screws.
Slot, turn the screwdriver and move the relay 7. Turn the radio off and remove the jumper
until there is a gap of approximately 0.030 or
wire from the condenser.
Switch Operating Cam Adjustment (Fig. 12)
This adjustment should be made whenever the Motor Gear Train or the Tuner Return Switch is replaced. Its purpose is to set the timing of the Tuner Return Switch.
1. With the radio turned off, insert a 0.060 inch feeler gauge through the slot against the Low Frequency Stop. Number 14 bare wire is a satisfactory gauge.
2. Position the Planetary Arm against the feeler gauge. This can be done with the manual tuning control or on radios without this control the Planetary Arm can be moved directly or by moving the core guide bar to the low frequency end of the broadcast band (tuning cores all the way in the coils).
CAUTION: ON RADIOS HAVING NO MANUAL TUNING CONTROL, THE PLANETARY ARM CAN BE MOVED ONLY TOWARD THE LOW FREQUENCY STOP WITHOUT DAMAGING THE MOTOR GEAR TRAIN.
3. With a small screwdriver, move the Low Frequency Switch Operating Cam to a position furthest from the Tuner Return Switch.
4. Trip the Tuner Return Switch so that its operating arm is toward the cam.
5. Turn the Low Frequency Switch Operating Cam in a counter clockwise direction until it trips the switch.
6. Insert a 0.060 inch feeler gauge through the slot against the High Frequency Stop.
7. Position the planetary arm against the feeler gauge. CAUTION: DO NOT USE DIRECT FORCE TO MOVE THE PLANETARY ARM. The Planetary Arm can be positioned either by using the manual tuning control or on radios without a manual control as follows:
(a) Turn the radio on and depress the Station Selector Bar.
TUNER RETURN SWITCH SWITCH OPERATING CAM (LOW FREQ.) PLANETARY ARM SWITCH OPERATING CAM (HIGH FREQ.)
LOW FREQUENCY STOP
HIGH FREQUENCY STOP
SWITCH OPERATING CAM ADJUSTMENTS
Fig. 12
(8) Turn the radio off very close to the high frequency end of the broadcast band.
(c) With a screwdriver turn the Switch Operating Cam to the position furthest from the Tuner Return Switch.
(d) Turn the radio on and depress the Station Selector Bar.
(e) Allow the Planetary Arm to run against the feeler gauge.
(f) Turn the radio off. 8. Turn the Switch Operating Cam to the posi-
tion furthest from the Tuner Return Switch if this has not already been done. 9. Trip the Tuner Return Switch so that its operating arm is towards the cam. 10. Turn the High Frequency Switch Operating Cam in a clockwise direction until it trips the Tuner Return Switch.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-8 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620,
Tu_ner
Cathode Delay Adjustment
This adjustment controls the tuning accuracy of the radio and is carefully adjusted at the factory.
It should not be made unless the part is replaced. It
is adjusted as follows:
1. With the antenna disconnected turn the radio on. If the bulletin for the radio involved specifies the adjustment to be made with the radio "seeking" depress the station selector bar.
actly 6 volts at the "A" connector or the spark plate.
3. Connect a meter from the cathode of the D.C. amplifier section of the trigger tube (pin 8 of the 12AU7 tube) to chassis and adjust the cathode delay rheostat, illustration 110, so the meter reads the voltage specified under "Adjustment Procedure" in the service bulletin for
2. Adjust the input voltage to the radio to ex -
the model radio involved.
REPLACEMENTS
All illustration numbers in this section can be used in conjunction with the bulletin for the radio involved and do not refer to the Theory of Operation portion of this bulletin.
This tuner has been designed to provide a maximum of servicing efficiency. All service parts have been made very accessible and easy to replace. The wiring to the tuner has been made long enough so
that the tuner can be dismounted from the radio
case and worked on without disconnecting any leads.
(NOTE: It may be necessary to remove some connections of bond straps.) For most replacements
such as the relay, the tuner return switch, etc., no special instructions other than being sure the proper adjustments are made are necessary. However, to
facilitate fast replacement of some parts, the following instructions are included:
Solenoid or Solenoid Plunger Replacement (Fig. 10)
1. Remove the radio rear cover and adjustment cover. (Note: It will be necessary to remove the front cover on some radios.)
2. Remove the three solenoid mounting screws found on the top of the tuner.
6. Place the plunger in the solenoid and make the Solenoid Pole Piece Adjustment.
7. Install the solenoid plunger and solenoid in the tuner.
3. Disconnect the two leads to the solenoid.
4. Remove the solenoid and bracket from the rear of the tuner. (It will be necessary to disconnect one lead of a 0.5 mfd condenser on some radios to give sufficient clearance.)
5. Remove the solenoid plunger from its linkage by removing the spring clip holding this linkage to it.
8. Fasten the solenoid plunger to its linkage with the spring clip.
9. Solder the leads to the terminals from which they were removed. (If the 0.5 mfd condenser lead was removed, solder it in place).
10. Mount the solenoid to the tuner with the three screws and make the solenoid adjustment.
Station Selector Switch Replacement (Fig. 13)
1. Remove the escutcheon from the front of the radio.
Remove the Station Selector Bar
and switch assembly which is held in
place with two screws through the
mounting plate.
3. Remove the switch and disconnect the leads.
4. Connect the leads to the new switch and assemble to mounting plate.
5. Adjust the position of the Switch Operating Ring so that it over -
Mounting Screw
"C" Washer Station Switch Toggle Station
Selector Operating Plate Selector
Bar Ring
Switch
Fig. 13
Mounting Screw
Spring
travels the opening and closing of
the switch contacts in both directions about .030 or 1/32 inch. This adjustment is made by inserting a screwdriver in the slot on the
ring and sliding on the selector bar shaft.
6. Return the selector bar and switch assembly to the radio and fasten with the two screws.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-9
MODEL vD-620,
Tuner
Station Selector Bar Replacement (Fie. 13)
1. Remove the station selector bar and switch as-
toggle plate with the two springs to the mount-
sembly from the radio as described in steps 1
ing plate as shown.
and 2 of Station Selector Switch Replacement. 2. Remove the small "C" washer from the end of
5. Place the "C" washer on the shaft and secure.
the station selector bar shaft.
6. Adjust the position of the switch operating
3. Remove the two springs that hold the station selector bar and toggle plate to the mount-
ring as described in step 5 of Station Selector Switch Replacement.
ing plate.
7. Return assembly to the radio and mount with
4. Assemble the new station selector bar and
the two screws.
Motor Gear Train Replacement (Fig. 14)
1. Remove the front and rear cov-
Tuner
er of the radio.
Screws
2. Dismount the tuner from the
Spring Clip
case and move it out of case far enough so that it can be worked
on.
3. Divide the tuner into two parts by:
(a) Removing the spring clip holding the gear train planetary arm to the core guide bar linkage.
(b) Removing the four tuner assembly screws. (Some tuners have two additional screws.)
(c) Separating the two halves of the tuner.
4. On radios having a manual tuning control, remove the worm gear and bracket from the gear train.
5. Disconnect the motor gear train from the solenoid plunger linkage by removing the spring clip holding them together.
6. Remove the three nuts mounting the motor gear train.
8. Connect the gear train to the solenoid linkage with the spring clip.
9. On radios having a manual tuning control, remove the screw holding the manual gear of the gear train in position and mount the worm gear and bracket to the gear train. Be careful to get good gear mesh and do not lose the anti -squeak spring on the worm gear bracket.
7. Mount the new motor gear train to the tuner 10. Reassemble the tuner and make the Switch
with the three nuts.
Operating Cam Adjustment.
THE TROUBLE SHOOTER'S GUIDE
All illustration numbers in this section can be used indication does not apply to the radio under test,
in conjunction with the bulletin for the radio in- the various abnormal indications that could result
volved and do not refer to the Theory of Operation from the check are shown in irregular line blocks be-
portion of this bulletin.
To facilitate rapid diagnosis of troubles which may develop in the Signal Seeking Tuner, those
low the normal condition. When the block which applies to the radio being checked is reached, a chart which will contain a simplified partial schematic will be referred to. The checks necessary to iso-
most likely to occur have been classified and listed late the defective components will also be included
in a trouble shooting chart. Three fundamental in this chart and components common to all sets are
tests which are easily made on the radio are the assigned illustration numbers which are the same as
basis for this chart. The normal indication for each those in the individual bulletins for each specific set.
test is shown just to the right of the test block in Thus, through the use of these charts, the vast ma-
solid lines and if the indication is normal the next jority of the troubles can be isolated in a very short
basic test should be made. However, if the normal period of time.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-10 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
,«;
fb N
a eos
cd
H
b
2 a v
r..
4.
-z e.
.O -d
ó .01
¿ V
rrei
.u .Ç
.ÿ
, M u
eta
id
cñ
a
F
b O " u
bi)
=O id
a
C
b b .0
u O
u
%.0
a.u u
'u w
-I
Q
M
2M
e
E-I 3
C7 ú F
á
O u
w F
b
E
"'71 a
a+
RI
..0
.bc
u u
O u
W d
rz C
Oz- b3
r
L.....,.^ j
®John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-1
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
CHART 1
12AUT,
RELAY SECT.
- +2
` -SOLENOID CIRCUIT
I
PADDLE WHEEL
//:I
131
I RELAY
L_4i a_sJJ
S
TUNER RETURN SWITCH
TO SENSITIVITY CONI NUL.
Tíiot .5 lira
SOLENOID 6 VOLTS
Solenoid Circuit
CONDITION 1: TUNER WILL NOT START. POINTER STATIONARY AT END OF DIAL
IF
STUCK AT HIGH END OF DIAL, momentarily short out the solenoid condenser, Illus. 43
I
IF
STUCK AT LOW END OF THE DIAL, make a visual inspection of the position of the tuner return switch, Illus. 116.
IF THE TUNER
RETRACES
Check
1. Adjustment of high frequency cam which
closes tuner return
switch at high end of the band. Illus. 116
2. Tuner return switch, Illus. 116, for sticking open.
3. Ground connection of relay armature.
4. Relay Cbntact #3 for open.
IF THE TUNER WON'T
RETRACE
Check
1. Solenoid, Illus. 114, for open.
2. Solenoid for short. (Fuse blows when bar is depressed)
3. Voltage across solenoid with solenoid condenser, Illus. 43, shorted out. Solenoid voltage should be at least 5.5 volts.
4. Solenoid positioning adjustment.
5. For mechanical bind by grasping planetary arm and cocking motor gear train by harm.
IF TUNER RETURN SWITCH IS CLOSED
(Position 2)
Check
1. Adjustment of cam which opens tuner return switch at low end of the band. (See Adjustment)
2. Tuner return switch for sticking closed.
IFI
TUNER RETURN SWITCH IS OPEN
(Position 1)
Check
1. Switch for possible shorted terminals.
2. Mechanical portion of tuner for a bind or a defective motor.
3. 0.5 mfd solenoid condenser, Illus. 43, for short.
4. Cold side of solenoid for short to chassis.
IMPORTANT: IF ABOVE CHECKS PROVE THE SOLENOID CIRCUIT TO BE SATISFACTORY GO TO CHART 2 AND CHECK FOR A MECHANICAL DEFECT.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-12 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 6D--620, Tuner
CHART 2 Relay Energizes But Tuner Will Not Start
I. DEPRESS STATION SELECTOR BAR AND NOTICE WHETHER RELAY ARM DISENGAGES PADDLE WHEEL. IF IT DOESN'T-SEE RELAY POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT.
II. VISUALLY CHECK FOR CAUSE OF BIND. INSPECT TUNER FOR IMPROPERLY ROUTED WIRES FOULING MECHANISM.
III. REMOVE TUNER FROM THE RADIO. SEPARATE THE TWO HALVES OF THE TUNER.
A
CHECK THE TOP HALF OF TUNER FOR BIND BY MOVING THE CORE BAR WITH YOUR FINGER.
IF
Top half doesn't bind, check bottom half.
IF
Top half binds, remove clip from connecting link between core bar and pointer, and check each separately for bind.
CHECK BOTTOM HALF OF TUNER FOR BIND BY REMOVING CLIP FROM MOTOR SIDE OF SOLENOID LINKAGE.
CHECK For bind in solenoid by moving solenoid linkage by hand.
IF Bind occurs in solenoid linkage, remove clip from solenoid end of solenoid linkage to determine if bind is in solenoid plunger or linkage. If the solenoid linkage and solenoid are O. K., connect the gear train and soleniod together again.
CHECK Gear train for bind by pressing the plunger into the solenoid then carefully moving the relay arm out of the paddle wheel. The paddle wheel should start running.
IF The paddle wheel doesn't begin running, the gear train is defective and should be replaced.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
CHART 3
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-13
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
TO BUCKING DIODE CATHODE
TO STATICN
.TO
SELECTOR BAR
69
THE STARTING CIRCUIT
93
W/, Gºl/
I2AU7 TRIGGER TUBE
BUICK
OLDSMOBILE
94
STATION SELECTOR BAR
PADDLE WHEEL 341 RELAY
Bi
CADILLA: RELAY CIRCUIT
TO SPEAKER CIRCUIT
//O
DELAY
2 ADJ.
'OLDSMOBILE S BUICK DELAY CIRCUIT
The Starting Circuit
CONDITION 1: THE TUNER WILL NOT START. RELAY DOES NOT ENERGIZE WHEN THE STATION SELECTOR BAR IS DE?RESSED.
MEASURE THE VOLTAGE BETWEEN THE CHASSIS AND THE SWITCH SIDE OF THE 13M OHM RESIS-
TOR (ILLUS. 90)-(WITH RADIO ON AND AN INPUT OF 6 VOLTS, THIS VOLTAGE MUST BE AT
LEAST 180 VOLTS FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE RELAY.)
IF VOLTAGE IS ZERO, check for 1. Open relay winding. 2. Open 13M ohm resistor. 3. Inoperative power supply or
short in B voltage line.
VOLTAGE IS LOW check, for 1. Defect in power supply. 2. Low input voltage.
IF
VOLTAGE APPROXIMATES THE B VOLTAGE, depress the station selector bar and again note the voltage.
IF THE VOLTAGE DROPS, (normal drop approximately 65 volts)
Check
1. Relay winding for short or partial short.
(Normal relay resistance from 3200 - 3600 ohms.)
2. Resistor string from station selector bar switch to ground, for possible excessive resistance.
3. Relay Current. If relay doesn't energize with 9.5MA current
relay is defective.
IF THERE IS NO CHANGE IN
VOLTAGE
Check
I. Station selector switch contacts, Illus. 117, for open.
2. Resistor. string from station selector bar switch to ground for possible open.
CONDITION 2:
THE POINTER COMMENCES SWEEPING ACTION IMMEDIATELY WHEN THE RADIO IS TURNED ON, WITHOUT PREVIOUS DEPRESSION OF THE STATION SELECTOR BAR.
Check for 1. Defective station selector bar switch, (Sticking closed) or a short at the switch terminals. 2. Short to chassis from either end of the 13M ohm resistor (Illus. 90). 3. Short to chassis at Plate (P1) terminal of the 12AU7 tube. (Pin 1) 4. Relay armature stuck in the energized position. (Should return to de -energized position
when set is turned off.)
CONDITION 3:
POINTER COMMENCES SWEEPING ACTION AFTER WARM UP PERIOD, WITHOUT PREVIOUS DEPRESSION OF THE STATION SELECTOR BAR.
Check for 1. Short from cathode (K1) of 12AU7 (Pin 3) to ground. 2. Contact #1 of the relay switch shorted to ground at all times.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-14 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
CHART 4
HOLDING CIRCUIT
OLDSMOBILE DELAY CIRCUIT SHOWN BEE VTARTINO CIRCUIT FOR CADILLAC AND BUICK DELAY CIRCUIT.
i COMPONENTS WITH NO ILLUSTRATION HUMBER
ARE PART OF THE ENO 1F. ASS'Y. ILLUS.
Holding Circuit
CONDITION: DIAL POINTER STOPS INSTANTLY WHEN STATION SELECTOR BAR IS RELEASED.
I.
CHECK TRIGGER TUBE (12AU7). IF OK GO TO NEXT CHECK. I
MEASURE GRID (G1) (Pin 2) TO CATHODE (K1) (Pin 3) VOLTAGE AT 12AU7
II.
TUBE WITH RADIO TURNED ON. (THIS VOLTAGE MUST BE MEASURED
WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.)
IF
- VOLTAGE READING IS LESS THAN
25 VOLTS GO TO CHECK III.
IF VOLTAGE READING IS ABOVE 25 VOLTS check:
1. Grid (G1) to chassis resistance. If 110,000 ohms or
less, check:
a. .000100 mfd. condenser (Illus. 44) for short or leakage.
b. P2 (Pin 6) and G1 terminals of 12AU7 for possible shorts to chassis.
2. D.C. amplifier cathode, (K2) of 12AU7 (Pin 8), to ground resistance for possible short.
a. Check at station selector switch terminals, Illus. 117, for possible short.
b. Check at D.C. amplifier cathode terminal (K2) for short to chassis or grid (G2) terminal. (Pin 7)
3. 25 mfd electrolytic, Illus. 31, for short.
III
REPEAT MEASUREMENT MADE IN TEST II, THIS TIME WITH STATION SELECTOR BAR DEPRESSED.
IF VOLTAGE IS LESS THAN 8 VOLTS, check for:
1. Open between P1 and relay. 2. Open 6800 ohm resistor. (Illus. 93) 3. Poor relay contact #1. 4. Partially shorted relay. (Resistance
should be 3200 - 3600 ohms)
IF VOLTAGE IS MORE THAN 8 VOLTS, check for:
1. Defective detector tube. (Check by substitution. 6R8 - Buick and Oldsmobile, 6AQ7 - Cadillac)
2. Leaky .000100 mfd. coupling condenser from I.F. amplifier plate to bucking diode plate. (This part in 2nd I.F. assembly. Check by measuring voltage at orange lead of 2nd I.F. with set turned on. A VTVM reading of more than 3 volts positive with respect to ground indicates a leaky condenser.) Replace 2nd I.F.
3. Oscillation in radio. (Check by grounding G2 and depressing bar. If tuner action is now OK trouble is due to oscillation.) (For oscillation - check AVC filter and screen by-pass condensers.)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-15 MODEL 6D-620,
Tuner
CHART 5
Miscellaneous Defects in the Sweep Action of the Tuner
CONDITION I.
TUNER DOES NOT SWEEP THROUGH THE COMPLETE FREQUENCY RANGE.
IF
Tuner retraces before high band edge is reached, adjust high frequency eccentric cam which closes tuner return switch so that retrace occurs at approximately 1620 KC. See adjustments.
IF
Tuner starts sweeping before low band edge is reached, adjust low frequency eccentric cam which opens tuner return switch so that sweeping starts at a point below 550 KC. See adjustments.
CONDITION II. I TUNER SWEEP ACTION IS SLOW, JERKY OR ERRATIC.
CHECK
For pointer drag against escutcheon backplace. If this exists, see adjustments.
CHECK For broken or missing motor power spring.
CHECK For light mechanical bind - See Chart 2
CHECK For defective gear train. See methods for checking outlined on Chart 2
CONDITION III.
TUNER SWEEPS NORMALLY UNTIL A CERTAIN POINT ON ITS DIAL IS I REACHED, WHEN IT STOPS. DEPRESS STATION SELECTOR BAR.
IF
Tuner can be started again by depression of selector bar, tuner is stopping on an oscillation or feedback in the radio circuit which occurs only at certain points on the dial. Check radio.
IF
Tuner will not start when selector bar is again depressed, check for mechanical bind. See Chart 2
CONDITION IV.
TUNER RETURN ACTION ABNORMAL
IF -
Tuner returns to a midway point and sticks there - check solenoid plunger for a bind.
IF
Pointer rapidly goes back and forth between high end and midway point with a "Machine-gun" like effect.
A. Manual worm unmeshed from manual drive gear. (On sets with manual)
B. Screw which secures gear just below top plate of planetary arm to the planetary arm missing or loose. (On sets without manual tuning)
C. Defect in planetary arm assembly. Replace motor gear train.
- IF
Tuner return action is slow (About the same speed as sweep-
- ing speed)-the defect is in plan-
etary arm assembly replace gear train.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-16 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL óD-520, Tuner
CHART 6
Procedure for Checking Radio Operation Independent of Tuner
CONDITION I. RADIO HAS MANUAL TUNING KNOB.
Tune radio manually and note number of stations received with listenable volume. trol to maximum and note number of stations selected automatically.
Adjust sensitivity con-
IF
Normal number of stations is received manually, but these stations are not received automatically, check tuner. See Chart 9.
IF
Normal number of stations cannot be received, TROUBLE -SHOOT RADIO PROPER.
CONDITION II. RADIO DOES NOT HAVE MANUAL TUNING.
Connect signal generator to antenna connector through a series condenser of the value specified in the service bulletin. Adjust generator output to a high level and tune the generator around the frequency indicated by the radio dial pointer until the signal is tuned in.
IF
RADIO PICKS UP SIGNAL, set the sensitivity control to maximum, peak antenna trimmer and depress the station selector bar.
IF
SIGNAL IS NOT PICKED UP BY RADIO, analyze the cause of radio failure.
IF
TUNER STOPS ON THE SIGNAL,
tune generator to frequency of weak station normally heard in the locality. Depress the station selector bar. When the tuner stops on the generator signal, plug in the antenna and again peak the antenna trimmer.
IF STATION CAN BE HEARD
Check the tuner - See Chart 10.
IF STATION CANNOT BE HEARD
Check the radio for defect causing
it to be weak.
IF
TUNER DOES NOT STOP ON SIGNAL, see Chart 9.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
R.F. AMP
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-17 MODEL 6D-620,
Tuner
CHART 7
CADILLAC CATHODE AND MUTING CIRCUITS
AUDIO OUTPUT
/e
SPEAKER
7
//3
.0001
RELAY SWITCH
2ND I F
..
'T
.wIy100 sn
_
330 M
5 //PA
- 95
5 93
94= P7I.OqUADTOOI
IST GRID
47M
fThf
B+
BAR
/17 I
STATION SELECTOR SWITCH
2
V. CORM
COMPONENTS WITH NO ILLUSTRATION NUMBER ARE PART OF 2ND SENSITIVITY CONTROL NOT SHOWN.
I.F. ASSEMBLY. ILLUS. 7
Tuner Stops on Signals But No Sound From Speaker
I.
SHORT OUTPUT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY LEAD. GOING TO SELECTOR
SWITCH, TO CHASSIS. (POINT A).
IF
SOUND COMES FROM SPEAKER,
find open between transformer secondary and ground end of muting section of station selector switch contact 2.
- IF
RADIO IS STILL DEAD
go to
check II.
II.
SHORT PIN #1 OF 6AQ7 TUBE TO CHASSIS. (POINT B)
IF
SOUND COMES FROM SPEAKER, check for open between pin #1 at 6AQ7 and connect #1 of relay switch.
- IF
RADIO IS STILL DEAD
go to
check III.
III.
SHORT RF AND IF CATHODE STRING TO CHASSIS. (POINT C)
IF
SOUND COMES FROM THE
SPEAKER, check for open between cathode string and ground through relay contact #4.
IF
RADIO IS STILL DEAD, make usual radio checks to localize defective part.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-18 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
CHART 8
e e LP.. AMP
BUICK B OLDSMOBILE CATHODE AND SPEAKER MUTING CIRCUITS
//9
AUDIO OUTPUT
ó .I
86 LJ
100
\
67 330
OUTPUT TRANS
//3
NI
WEARER
BRB
2ND I.F.
//3
'º42
RELAY SWITCH
- Ó 330 M
p7
/MA4--.2-7.1c(7-::- TOISRIAUDIO
Of
K; a5X
'--'T---'
//7 I
2 STATION SELECTOR
COMPONEY TS WITH NO ILLUSTRATION NUMBERS ARE PART OF 2ND LP
'i. ONLY rEcEIV.s OISACLINC SECTION CF BUCK FOOT SWITCH SHOW
SEHSI TI V !TY CONTROL NOT SHOWN.
FOOT SWITCH (BUICK 1
SWITCH ASSEMBLY, ILLUS. 7
Tuner Stops on Signals But No Sound From Speaker
I.
SHORT TO CHASSIS THE OUTPUT TRANSFORMER SECONDARY LEAD GOING TO SE-
LECTOR SWITCH. (POINT A)
II
SOUND COMES FROM SPEAKER, find open between transformer secondary and ground end of muting section of station selector switch. Check for shorted foot switch - (Buick)
- IFI
RADIO IS STILL DEAD
go to
check II.
II. I
SHORT RF, IF, AND OUTPUT CATHODE CIRCUITS TO CHASSIS AT POINT B.
IF
SOUND COMES FROM SPEAKER, check for open between cathode string and ground through relay contact #4.
IF
RADIO IS STILL DEAD, make us ual radio checks to find defective part.
©Johñ F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
BUCKING
Oct
7
CHART 9
STOPPING
CIRCUIT
TO SENSITIVITY CONTRO
END LE
DET.
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-19 MODEL 6D-620, Tuner
PADDLE WHEEL
RELAY SENSITIVITY CONTROL
%M
TUNER RETURN
12 swim
4111
iGB SOLENOID
SV
ADd
COMPONENTS WITH ND ILLUSTRATION OLDSMOBILE DELAY CIRCUIT SHOWN.
t//7
2
TO
STAQION SELECTOR
SWITCH
SPEAKER
NUMBERS ARE PART Of END I.F. ASSEMBLY, ILLUS. T.
Tuner Will Not Stop on Stations, Radio Otherwise Normal
I.
WITH RADIO OFF, CHECK ENGAGEMENT OF RELAY ARM TO PADDLE WHEEL
- IF
Relay arm is missing
replace re-
lay.
IF
Relay arm does not engage paddle wheel-check relay positioning adjustment. (Do not adjust engagement by bending relay arm)
II. I WITH TUNER SWEEPING, MOMENTARILY SHORT 12AU7 CATHODE (K0) (Pin 8) TO GROUND
IF
IF
TUNER STOPS, check:
TUNER DOESN'T STOP, check for
1. Voltage between D.C. amplifier cathode (K2) and B-.
1. Trigger tube defective.
NO VOLTAGE: Open between K2 and ground.
2. Open between grid (G1) at relay section and plate (P2) at D. C.
WRONG VOLTAGE: (For correct voltage see bulletin for model
amplifier section of trigger tube.
radio involved)
B- Set delay adjustment rheostat according to bulletin instructions.
2. .002 condenser (Illus. 28) for short, or short from G2 to
when
relay is energized.
3. Open between G2 and detector cathode.
3. 47,000 ohm resistor (Illus. 92) between B-}- and K1 open.
4. Open 120 M ohm resistor (Illus. 91) between G1 and K1.
B- 4. Open in sensitivity control. (Check continuity from cathode string
to
with relay energized.)
5. Check 2nd I.F. - Procedure listed below.
(1)
Feed a modulated signal from appropriate series condenser.
the signal
generator into
the antenna connector
of the receiver through
the
Tp1tIo/r4uroanxnreiaidsmnscgatiahgetleenilbeayarlroachtug1e0ged0hnd,0eirraseametcttttoeiicnroyruonouau,-ntvrotwoirllshtisegsa.nnitganOl1ga0onlg0ine0imsng. eahrtnaheIyftaroorrdyusoiggcuihonnaahrlrsasetveegcepeeinavnete(tor6era.n)two.uraasAytodtorjhufisasktt nisaogbweoonbiuenttargainttohherodewirhnotaphuluefgthowlfyuaotyrpwuiamtthnaortfkoheuyatopnfuuidnrtesvsiaaiggtrntyneaanlluitgaoetafonbreoarpuaa-t-t
Remove 12AU7 tube from its socket. Disconnect the green wire connected between the grid of the 12AU7 (G2) or its equivalent and the relay at the tube socket terminal. Connect VTVM between G2 and chassis and re-tune the generator frequency for maximum voltage.
a. No voltage indication. Defective 2nd I.F. b. Voltage which is approximately 90% of the voltage from K2 to chassis - proceed with step (6).
Change weaker. on each
generator signal to an unmodulated signal and vary the signal by a factor of 10 times louder On many signal generators this can be accomplished by merely turning the rough attenuator one side of the starting point.
and step
a. b.
If If
voltage voltage
remains almost goes through
constant, increasing slightly with a large variation corresponding
increases to voltage
in output - the reading taken
the bucking detector circuit is defective. Check tube containing bucking diode by
does not cure trouble, the 2nd I.F. is probably defective.
a2crnodssI.dFe. teisctoOr.Klo. ad--
substitution. If this
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-20 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 6D-620,
Tuner
u O.O.
U b... Ch v. u
O rq
u
O
Ñ
O,
NUJ NVJ
Ui
, . ,\ ... 1\ ._ 1\
, ...
Nl =f
Q
wwWWWZ
i617w, {HZr-
'."1
01 LU Lu 4Ll H. U1
z
u h
r O
.r e>D b 00 UrofN\
n .-.
,NnO Eu
n-NVrJo
..u-,
1\E:
c;',..' ro
NUJ
n,O u
NO. iE ro
NI V)
N ,-.
O u
U E
UJro
OcoW ..u-. 8
VJro
ú
a0 W
Ov,,
h
ro
1\
ro
un
O u
1\vO.. ro
O.r u OvN.,UrJo
^,-E ÿ .. 0 u,D O .--. O.
t0
u
E
O
O,
O.
ro
ro
O.
E el
UJ NUJ tiU1
VQVyy
ad .py
os O,
: CO á
t\
enn. N
1\
7
e N
N
!\
Ñ
0`
nNi
N
,O O,
.N..
W o
VO .
.-N.
LII t:
w
I
Cl)
Ú
E-.
E
n
voo
Ecq^c°
¢x.G
"
N
Z m.03.ç
ce
COJ
é-u O.. Ro
á
Z
O
ÿu,,1:
^ru'
;
o
x
Q >
^
eh
yr >
O
m
. C C
d
E..eCL e eu vi
a
o
o" .E d
o 5
v ó' F
o-
;g 0 I.L.
Q
`y,
V Q°
°na
O d'e'
a
á E
O F
VJ
.7
C ayi
u° W
a3 Fo'm5 d
m
z'')4
.1";43,
m d.o
d y
dC7
>, A.
"w
F
m ÿ
á
é
.nda "
d or ÿ
á u d
Z o; 7d C
E. g
NaWmo"";
s
W
Ñ
daó:
"
W
3 á ñ
N
ÚJ Ñ s
ídi
á
o
< I
ú E.
~ d . 8
Óo;xd; ÿd
CI. -P
a
b FO U 5 m ?! O
º VJ
F ó
OQ.W N" w .!L .11 UVé Uc
G:9'"Z ° d"
'''''.5.
V
tz
C
é
m d
-tyl
dóá. xF
'E y
>d,.;1tt
c.
O
y"d
ó s.. 2
Z.. N= Q a ro
Oä "m
2
á é
y
M
° ó.n
'T
..o
-v
v
7
m O
Q
° Zvi 1Cú1"-1':3d1 m
W Fd>.eGa
Q F
ó y
8 :.
.5
..
ÿ ÿ f/I ."+ O .
C
a,
Z° ó 0 h
.. óy
á':cx O[_ d u
F F
vFi
a"W. V
dcóC)
ZF
Q
¢
y
4
M
FM~.
e°Ji
O,
N
1\
^ OU
III .-Ni 00. N J\
G0s
N
l\
60
0
VD
O. O, O.
.Nr
N n
1
V O
23ey.cdru m U°J
¢u: vF+ Ey 3
CO
Q
á
á C7.
ñ vJ óF rx óu
E2,-.
en
8
ó
óx
a d
d ,
yY y .".
-tio
y ÿ
N etl
b
-E. r.,.
d
m
8
m
m
Cá'C.
0 0
dÇC.
.a._
aÑ
W 3
ó
á
M
O
na"°
o
c
m
.do
c
â m
o V
u "m
-
d
-P.
.E
ú
ÿ
vi
O
d
p ó
á=
.C7
Óa.«ti
ó ó
Z o O v
¢F ^s
m
xd°u.
u.
.5
g
C
ro
á.. EC.
x sb
W ad
O O[ Z ñ m
F d
Q H
g
ño
b° úd
U eOtl
d .,r
F"K.ñ
z
5 ñ
d ám VI tl> Z
;b
F bCe m
E W
m
ó°"
F.W, .ó g
5
eo E
.ñ
ÓZNZ.úwmtCi
W
Q ÿ7m"
d'x OQ.my^ón.-.
x E.
xF d
a¿ O
;i,a
Vtil ° ÿ.. E
ON 0.wr O
á óm
W ö
¢z"x.C
m >
> .
d.v
O.,
72'.
m ú
V Ñ
".c.a
VJ
53 é
a0'
m
.óÿ á `VI
n Oa
" E:
ti
E
w°°ááy° ro
e"o
6
p °°
m o _°;
a p
to
Ck
ó
C
..l y
ó.O
ma :5
xU> a d R ö c
W
Ñ d
°]
ú
0 iáo
ÓWF ó ..
( ; .FN.
.. ro
Q
zDº s,
F-a CO
x
My
U
F
n
a
ú r
ó" h e d
,-.3
e., m
CZ7
z
5a"
o -v
OF M
C m
F"mZ iió0
>
-1
>
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 1950 Packard Cars.
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-21
MODEL 416270, Packard
- TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER 7" Round, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P.B. Mechan-
ical.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-0.000060 - 0.000085 Mfd.
Tuning Range-540 - 1600 KC..
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP
Pull pushbutton down and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
Output Meter Connection Signal Generator Return
Dummy Antenna
Volume Control Tone Control
Generator Output
Steps
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
Connect To
MODEL 416270
Signal Generator Frequency
Dummy -.-
Knob Tuning Control
Tone Control
Volume Control
Switch
Across Voice Coil To Chassis
In Series With Generator Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Tune Receiver
To
Adjust in Sequence for Max, Output
1
0.1 Mfd.
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8) 260 KC High Freq. Stop
A, B, C, D
2
0.000068 Mfd. Antenna Connector 1615 KC High Freq. Stop
*E, F, G
3
0.000068 Mfd. Antenna Connector 1000 KC Signal Gen. Signal
J, K
4
0.000068 Mfd. Antenna Connector 1615 KC High Freq. Stop
F, G
5
0.000068 Mfd. Antenna Connector 1000 KC Signal Gen. Signal
L**
*eibitBnlaneyelgdfssmoouorrearfenedhtdeohmtuoeboasfykecfiihotrnihrosngeetlsdesdtcrhhicotsoeiiissnlumogllfdeavondaerbtjmusetuahsfti1ewtmtae2igbret5hlln/yea3tlap2ipngt"calnhulfimengrsocseekmuinanllta.tttthhhoeeneed
mmmooeuucnhntatiinnniggcaeel nnsddetootiffnttghheeofccootiihll effooorrmsmc.)il.l(aTItfohraisdcjmuosreetams"euHnre.t"misTenhnteecisesslroseatatredyd-,
tshcerecwodrerivsteurd, s.anCdorceoraedjsutusdtms esnhtosualdrebme ardee-sferaolmed
the mountwith glyp-
*"L" is
pointer
the pointer reads 1000
adjustment KC (on the
s"c1r0e"wcoanlibtrhaetiopnoinmtearrkc)o. nnecting
link
(See
tuner
drawing) .
Adjust
so
With case)
the for
radio installed and the maximum volume with
car the
antenna plugged radio turned to
in adjust antenna trimmer "G" a weak station near 1400 KC.
(See
sticker
on
O cl q
©John F. Rider
- PARTS LAYOUT TUBE VIEW
www.americanradiohistory.com
- PARTS LAYOUT CHASSIS VIEW
PAGE 21-22 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 416270, p-ckard
Ill `17:j1 1111 1--1-v! 1111Hz:Fr
1
IIIIIII11111IIIIIII
TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART
TUNER
ESCUTCHEON CROSS SECTION
The tube socket voltages, as measured at the factory and under the conditions shown on the schematic diagram, are shown above. The blank spaces are provided so that the serviceman may fill in actual voltage readings as taken with his own equipment. A normal operating radio should be used for these measurements.
Voltmeter resistance
Ohms Per Volt.
Readings taken with
Volts at Spark Plate.
All voltages measured from socket terminals to chassis.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
wool
f9 042
"93w 8'9
0e> -
>
wo2z
311HMo
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-23 MODEL 416270, Packard
B
141332D
cWt =á
Q . _~
2. V Z;~ij
º¢ > ONQ8OFQYZa,HJQ"'i
Nh¢¢ i ` 0 1 ÿ 4 p W= Nsm W
{NWy
f9
zI-;
>
z o
H
¢
N
WOG d
J O á O >
g O
¢j
-.,
g
C OJ
J J N¢ ~ Ñ (~/_I
3Wa J WfNarnOÑ >
VeÚ(áW0.~>0N6c
Ó W
OHW10a4
> 00
Ja J42J>0aJnQ2
W
o
N
F> {/
S WN
OIa.
i ~ p
¢ 4
p ¢
¢
a0
j W O ~ _%_
WgV p LL O¢
J¢ 4 VI
V O
z W(n
g
O
FO x_`pá
I
I
I
t
W
o
sG 0
N O> A 4
)N k
311HMo
------ --, ,QQ4Q4,
7
VI 91
FY >
turf z V¿\Ar .,
ó
ñ
1D (D
"It
I --04Q)----1
ta
a
W 2
I
EH -Q
ir--_
,000,s
121
I
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-24 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 416270,
:'ackard
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Illus. No.
Production Part No.
Service Part No.
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Description
Coils
1
2
7258502 7258914
7258502 1258914
Antenna Antenna
Series
Choke
3 4 5
7240251 7258914 7259687
7240251 7258914 7259687
Antenna Spark Choke
R. F. Oscillator
6 7 8 9
7258849 7258850 7259620 7259619
1219508 1219509 7259620 1217846
1st I. F. Assembly 2nd I. F. Assembly "A" Spark Choke Hash Choke
11 12 13 14
14A 14B
7259597 7236842 7258222 7242454
Condensers 7259597
E503 G330 7242454
15 16 17 18
19
7258223 7257424 7258125 1219551 1218883
G390 7257424
E503 G470 E102
24M908 20
7237836
21
7237836
22
1211202
23
7240724
E202 E202 E254 E104
24A
24B 24C
25
26 27 28 29
1209309 7230767 7238882 7230767 1219594
E103 E502 E203 E502 H802
30 31 32
7259600 1217848 7240906
7259600 1217848
H602
Resistors
4241
43 44 45
1211147 7237595 1213220 7240732 1211192
A225 B153 A151 A334 A223
46 48 49 50
51
7233653 1213482 7238873 7238873 7240731
C153 A391 A105 A105 A473
52 53 54 55 56
1213482 7241937 1214555 1213270 1214555
A391 A685 A224 A104 A224
57 58 59 60
61
7241616 7241937 1213237 7233773 1213481
7241616 A685 A152 C331 A332
62 63 64 65
66
1214555 1214556 1213270 7237994 1214573
A224 A274 A104 B221 B562
C272
Antenna Trimmer .05 Mfd. 200 V. Tubular .000033 Mfd. Molded Dual Trimmer
R. F. Section Oscillator
.000039 Mfd. Ceramic .000180 Mfd. Compensating .05 Mfd. 400 V Tubular .000047 Mfd. Molded .001 Mfd. 600 V Tubular
.002 Mfd. 600 V Tubular .002 Mfd. 600 V Tubular .25 Mfd. 200 V. Tubular .1 Mfd. 200 V Tubular Electrolytic
20 Mfd. 25 V 20 Mfd. 400 V 20 Mfd. 400 V
.01 Mfd. 400 V Tubular .005 Mfd. 600 V Tubular .02 Mfd. 400 V Tubular .005 Mfd. 600 V Tubular .008 Mfd. 800 V Tubular
Spark Plate -"A" Connector Chassis Plate Assy.
Choke
Assy.
.006 Mfd. 1600 V Tubular
2.2 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 15,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 150 Ohms W 1/2 Insulated 330,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 22,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
15,000 Ohms 2 W Insulated 390 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1 Megohm 1/2 W Insulated 1 Megohm 1/2 W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
390 Ohms i W Insulated 6.8 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 'iz W Insulated 100,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
1800 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 6.8 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 1500 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 330 Ohms 1 W Wire Wound 3300 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
220,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
270,000 Ohms l W Insulated
100,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
220 Ohms 1 W Insulated
1800
with
W in
Ohms 2 W Wire Wound (or
2700 Ohms
Parallel)
2
W
and
5600
Replace Ohms 1
ÜJohn F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-25
MODEL 4162'jo, Packard
Illus. No.
71
71A 71B 71C 72 73 74 75 76
80
81
82 83 84
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92
93 94 95
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
Production Part No.
7237751 7237752 7237753 1213793 1211924
7259601
125588 7259608 7259615 7259614 7239124
7239475 1219662 7236279 1216747 7239125
147481 7258072 7258203 7258210
7256271 7255992 7258468 7259606 7259570 7259569 7259567 7259565 7259633 7259539 7259556 7259568 7259656 7259550 7259584 1219663 7259676 1219664 1219665 1219666 1219667 1219668 7258756 7257415 7259540
7259642 7259644 7259643 7259646
147685
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Tubes 5229 5222 5231 5241 5003
Miscellaneous Electrical 7259601
55 7259608 7259615
6060 8542 MECHANICAL PARTS
(Chassis)
7239475 1219662 7236279 1216747 7239125
(Tuner) 147481 7258072
7258203 7258210
7256271
7255992 7258468 7259606 7259570
7259569 7259567 7259565
7259633 7259539 7259556 7259568 7259656 7259550 7259584
1219663 7259676 1219664 1219665
1219666 1219667 1219668 7258756 7257415 7259540
INSTALLATION PARTS 7259642 7259644 7259643 7259646 147685
Description
6SK7 6SA7 6SQ7 6V6GT OZ4
Control - Volume, Volume Control
Tone,
&
Switch
Tone Control
Switch
Lamp - Dial
Speaker P. M.
Transformer - Output
Transformer - Power
Vibrator - Non -Synchronous
Socket - Antenna
Socket - Dial Light
Socket - Octal Tube
Socket Socket
-
Rear Seat Vibrator
Speaker
Ball Bearings (10) Clutch Disc -Driven Connecting Link -Core Bar Core Guide Bar
Connecting Link - Pointer
Spring - Pointer Core - Iron Tuning
Connecting
Link
Drive Shaft - Manual
Escutcheon Assy.
Dial Glass
Dial Backplate
Dial Retainer (2)
Filter - Dial Light
Gear and Bushing - Clutch
Gear and Bracket - Worm
Guard - Control Knob
Knob - Control
Knob Pointer
Tone & Dummy Assembly
Pointer Tip Plate
Pointer Backplate
Push Push
Button Button
and and
Slide Slide
No. No:
1
2
Push Button and Push Button and Push Button and Spring - Clutch
Slide Slide Slide
No. No. No.
3 4 5
Spring Spring
-
Core Slide
Bar Connecting Return
Link
"A" Lead and Fuse Connector
Capacitor - Generator
Capacitor Distributor
Ignition Coil Suppressor
Fuse 14 Amps
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-26 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 416387, Packard
SUBJECT: SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS - PACKARD MODEL 416387
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 24 Series Packard Cars.
- TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER 6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P.B. Mechanical. ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-0.000050 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE -540 - 1600 KC.
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP
Pull pushbutton to the left and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
Volume Control
and Switch
"A"Lead
Tone Control Lever
Tuning Control
MODEL 416387
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE: Output Meter Connection Signal Generator Return Dummy Antenna Volume Control Tone Control Generator Output
Across Voice Coil To Chassis
In Series With Generator Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
1
2 3
4
5
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
0.1. Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect To
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8) Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Tune Receiver
To
High Freq. Stop High Freq. Stop Signal Gen. Signal
High Freq. Stop
Signal Gen. Signal
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
A, B, C, D *E, F, G J, K F, G L**
*Before making this adjustment check the mechanical setting of the oscillator core "H." The slotted end of the core should be 1 25/32" from the mounting end of the coil form. (This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of the coil form). If adjustment is necessary, be sure to first dissolve the glyptal seal on the core studs. Core adjustments are made from the mountings end of the coil form with an insulated screwdriver, and core studs should be re -sealed with glyptal or household cement after alignment.
""L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the pointer connecting link (See tuner drawing). Adjust so pointer reads
1000 KC (on the "10" calibration mark). With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust antenna trimmer "G" (See sticker on case) for maximum volume with the radio turned to a weak station between 600 and 1000 KC.
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
o o
Haca F9
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-27
MODEL )4103 37,
Pacl'ard
ti T N33M9
z> 9za
G W F W
NFJ-m
a O .J
f Y
jf.l 1- I-
p l5
qD
r
f~¢ M
4W V
pcctiJ > C
0
a
a
V
a
cg
O.14CUCJYqi
w g
W
z a U.' C F-
Lc u_
N z-Jo
O,a o
la
O
Q
C n
>
ó
np
:.i
w z
4:
p
av
a
zwY oafF--
oa =F W
lO -_z4J
>
z a
K
W J
H R
W Y
O i4
gHJzFeá0JNlnlIo>aJ,;-
F y U'
C1 O C
O O
Ja Q
¡A cr
W
N
upO
N
aJo2aKJm qaN
o z
iW Q
F- cj
I
I
I
de C
> O
3á 4V 1r
%
ffi
I ,00 04,
I
I
1
o
L---
ó R
F6 Ì
ti _
'03W ZZ ze
=I VVV
-Lo Q4
fl 0 49
M
N-,te
318
1
"
Y
U Q
'
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
q
' VVV m
PAGE 21-28 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 41ö387, Packard
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus.
Production
No.
Part No.
1
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
11 12 13 14
14A 14B
15 16 17 18 19
21 22
22A 22B 22C
23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
41 42 43
44 45
46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64
65
7258914 7255738 7240251 7258914 7259687
7258849 7258850 7259187 7237846
7260158 7236842 7258222 7242454
7258221 7257424 7258125 7230955 7237836
7237836 7260065
7238789 1218883 1209309 7230767 7238882
1219594 7241259 1217848 7240906
1211147 7237595 1213220 7240732 1211192
7233653 7238873 1213482 7238873 7240731
1213482 7241937 1214555 1213270 1213486
1219690 1213481 1214555 1213482 7241616
1213270 1214555 1214556 1219738
1214573
©John F. Rider
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-29 MODEL 416387,
Packard
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service
Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
7258914 7255738
7240251
7258914 7259687
Coils
Antenna Antenna Series Choke Antenna Spark Choke
R.F. Oscillator
1219508 1219509
7259187 1217846
1st I.F. 2nd I.F. "A" Spark Choke Hash Choke
Condensers
7260158 E-503 G-330
7242454
Antenna Trimmer .05 mfd. 200V Tubular .000033 mfd. Molded Dual Trimmer
R.F.Section
Oscillator
G-390 7257424
E-503
G-150 E-202
.000039 mfd. Molded .000180 mfd. Compensating .05 mfd. 400V Tubular .000015 mfd. Molded .002 mfd. 600V Tubular
E-202 7260065
.002 mfd. 600V Tubular Electrolytic
20 mfd. 25V 20 mfd. 400V 20 mfd. 400V
E-104
E-102 E-103 E-502 E-203
.1 mfd. 200V Tubular .001 mfd. 600V Tubular .01 mfd. 400V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular .02 mfd. 400V Tubular
H-802
7241259 1217848
H-602
.008 mfd. 800V Tubular Spark Plate Chassis Plate .006 mfd. 1600V Tubular
Resistors
A-225 B-153 A-151 A-334 A-223
2.2 megohms 1/2 W Insulated 15,000 ohms 1 W Insulated 150 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 330,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 22,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated
C-153
A-105 A -39I A-105 A-473
15,000 ohms 2 W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2 \V Insulated 390 ohms 1/2. Insulated 1 megohm 1/2 W Insulated 47,000 ohms '/z W Insulated
A-391 A-685 A-224 A-104 A-471
390 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 6.8 megohms 5/2 W Insulated 220,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 100,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 470 ohms 1/ W Insulated
1219690 A-332
A-224 A-391
7241616
390 ohms 2 W Wire Wound 3300 ohms i/2 W Insulated
231928000,00o0ho0mhmsohs1m/'s!W1/W2 InWsInuslIauntlseaudtleadted
A-104 A-224 A-274 B-221 C-272 t B-562
, 100,000
220,000
ohms ohms
'1/2
W W
Insulated Insulated
270,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated
220 ohms 1 W Insulated
1800 ohms 2 W Wire Wound (or replace with
2700 ohms 2 W and 5600 ohms 1 W in parallel)
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-30 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 416387, Packard
Illus. No.
71
71A 71B 7IC 72
73 74 75 76
77 78
80
81 82 83
84 85 86 87 88 89
90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
Production Part No.
7237751 7237752 7237753 1213793 1211924
7260139
187189 7260362 7260167 7259375 7239124
7256742 1219747 7236279 7239125
147481 7260163
7260162 7258072 7258203
7260403 7256271 7255992
7258468 7260325
7260141 7260125 7259494 7259495 7256495
7260212 7260199 7260265 1219200 7258756
7257415 7255984
7260148 7259644 7259643 7259646
147685
7260187 7260147 7260149
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
5229 5222 5231
5241 5003
Tubes
6SK7
6SA7 6SQ7 6V6GT
OZ4
Miscellaneous Electrical
7260139
Control - Volume, Tone and Switch Volume Control
Tone Control
Switch
44 7260362 7260167
7255881
8542
Light - Dial Speaker - 6 x 9 p. m. Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator - Non-Synchronous
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
7256742 1219747 7236279 7239125
Tuner
147481 7260163
7260162 7258072 7258203
7260403 7256271 7255992
7258468 7260325
Socket - Antenna Socket- Dial Light Socket - Octal Tube Socket - Vibrator
Ball Bearings (10) Bushing & Manual Drive Shaft Assy.
Manual Drive Shaft Clutch Disc - Driven Connecting Link - Core Bar Core Guide Bar
Connecting Link - Pointer Spring - Pointer Connecting Link Core - Iron Tuning Escutcheon Assy.
7260141 7260125 7259494 7259495 7256495
7260212 7260199 7260265 1219200 7258756
Dial Dial Backplate Retainer Spring - Left Hand Retainer Spring - Right Hand Gear & Bushing - Clutch
Gear & Bracket - Worm Pointer Assembly Pointer Backplate Push Button and Slide Assy. Spring - Clutch
7257415 7255984
Spring - Core Bar Connecting Link Spring - Slide Return
INSTALLATION PARTS
7260148 7259644
7259643 6007
147685
"A" Lead and Fuse Holder Assy. Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Coil Distributor Suppressor Fuse - 14 Amps
7260187
7260147 7260149
Knob - Control Lever - Tone Control Tri:nplate - Control Knob
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-31
MODEL 416394, Packard
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 24 Series Packard Cars.
- TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier and Trigger.
SPEAKER 6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Electronic and Manual.
- ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSATION 0.000058 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE -540 - 1600 KC.
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP No pushbutton set-up is necessary. How-
ever, the number of stations on which the tuner will stop can be controlled by the use of the Sensitivity Control.
Tone Control Lever «A"Lead Volume Control
Sensitivity Control Lever
Manual Control
MODEL 416394
SIGNAL SEEKING TUNER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
NOTE: When aligning to follow the alignment
the signal seeker tuner type radio, sequence given-(Notice that the
be sure primary
to of
use a vacuum the 2nd I.F.
tube voltmeter as indicated is aligned first.)
and
be
sure
Output Meter Connection
VTVM From Ill To Chassis (see parts layout page 2)
Generator Return
Receiver Chassis
Dummy Antenna
In Series With Generator
Volume Control
Maximum Volume
Sensitivity Control
Maximum Sensitivity
Tone
Control .
Treble
Generator Output
-
Not To Exceed 2 Volts at VTVM
Step
Dummy Antenna
Connect To
Signal Generator Frequency
Tune
Receiver To
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
1
0.1 Mfd.
6SA7 Grid (Pin 8)
260 KC
High Freq. Stop
A, B, C, D
2
0.000068 Mfd.
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
High Freq. Stop
*E, F, G
3
0.000068 Mfd.
Antenna Connector
600 KC
Signal Gen. Signal
J, K
4
0.000068 Mfd.
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
Signal Gen. Signal
F, G
5
0.000068 Mfd.
Antenna Connector
1000 KC
Signal Gen. Signal
**L
*todoBhfrfeeifvttohhemrreee.oubmcnao(artiIilkntwifgnohwgirliemlenlt.hdmbiseoaTkfanhidtneehjcgueescsttocshmraoeereislyneatf,dotaojdrcumjhsuse.ttsmectamkedTneythhntietstsihs.s)ememtetcaaioIdnsfreguertehofgmrifousemiodnasetdcjtiiuhblslesaartrtemoamrbedyonilcutyoanrpitmesipnaln"gydeHiecnee.g"bsnysdaariTynod,sfohewefrittrnhisrwenet gaadrrcaidososislofpulrivftetoeahsbrsemltuehrceeopwrlageuittlghystphhitanoeanultalhdsneientaesbmlnuenlooaau1ntenHdcttih"onersgefcrrceoeeonwnmrddestud and be sure to re -seal after making the adjustment.
**"L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the end of the core guide bar-adjust so pointer reads 1000 KC.
With the radio installed and the antenna plugged in, adjust antenna trimmer "G" (See sticker on case) for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station from 600 to 1000 KC.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-32 UNITED MOTORS
T'IODEL 416394, Packard
Il
Ilere
O r_H
©
B® B
I
O® B
Ñ
O z
o
ti,
e F3
.
D
L3I
D
0
/A
\ f
-IIIIII0IIIII'
`\ ©
8t 0 ®
0
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-33 MODEL 4.16394, Packard
o09i 1 oOoc
e«.«Ar
©John F. Rider
-- -- -- -
(A
H
w
W=Z Or QFQ
O Z ((JJ Q ¢ ó
0-
J8 2; W Y Q* - .1 àOe $¢ rzC E N
Ó_
O U
1-1
Ñ p 0
W;f' .... UJ CC
f W
co O?. 2 ó ycj Q
N N
W
QQH
G Ó
OYO. WqgGFz
yl
Gi
1-1
V
.._,.v.. u
b
pivQ =
O
QpaW
.200
<y3g
^'iJii' H
g_
2am12W-F2=5Od 1
c ~< H á; d
**in Q I I l i it
I
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-34 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 416394, ,
Packard
147
137
113 114 43
90
130
L 131 I
1 10
- 146
TUNER OPEN
High Frequency
Stop
ESCUTCHEON CROSS-SECTION
©John F. Rider
117
144
TUNER
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus. No.
Production Part No.
1
2
3
4
5
6 7 8 9
16 17 18 19 20
20A 20B
21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
35A 35B
35C 36 37 38 40 41 42 43 44
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
74 75 76 77' 78 79 82 83 84 85 86
©John F. Rider
7257979 7255738 7250251
7257979
7259184 7259790 7259290 7259187 7256931
7260158 1219550 1210697 1210697 7242454
7258221 7257567 7238788 7238789 1219550 7237836 1219553 7230767 7238882 1219660 1218883 7237719 7238882 7240724
1209817 1219594 7238789 7241259 1217848 7240906 1219511 1219499
1211147 1211085 1213217 7240732 1213283 1211192 1212491 1214557 1215107 1213217 1215558 1213283 1213270 7237835 7241937 1219504 1213509 7241937 1214555 1214555 1214555 1214555 1213482 7234563 1213486 1213270 1213283 1213481 7237835 1213224 1213235 1214545 1214547
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-35
SERVICE PARTS LIST
MODEL 416394, Packard
Service Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Coils
7257979 7255738 7240251 7257979 7259184 1219508 1219602 7259187 1217846
Condensers
7260158 G 680 E 503 E 503
7242454
G 390 7257567
E 104 E 104 G 680 E 202 1219553 E 502 E 203 1219660 E 102
7237719 E 203 M 908
E 254 H 802 E 104 7241259 1217848 H 602 E 504 G 101
Resistors
A 225 B 103 A 101 A 334 A 155 A 223 1212491 A 334 A 100 A 101 1215558 A 155 A 104 A 221 A685 1219504 1213509 A 685 A 224 A 224 A 224 A 224 A 391 7234563 A471 A 104 A 155 A 332 A 221 A 331 A 102 A 222 A 472
Antenna Antenna Series Choke
Antenna Spark Choke R. F.
Oscillator 1st I. F. 2nd I. F. "A" Spark Choke Hash Choke
Antenna Trimmer .000068 mfd. Molded .05 mfd. 200V Tubular .05 mfd. 200V Tubular Dual Trimmer
R. F. Section Oscillator Section .000039 mfd. Molded .000260 mfd. Compensating .1 mfd. 400V Tubular .1 mfd. 200V Tubular .000068 mfd. Molded .002 mfd. 600V Tubular .0022 mfd. 600V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular .02 mfd. 400V Tubular 20 mfd. 50V Electrolytic .001 mfd. 600V Tubular .015 mfd. 600V Tubular .02 mfd. 400V Tubular Electrolytic 20 mfd. 25 Volt 20 mfd. 400 Volt 20 mfd. 400 Volt .25 mfd. 200V Tubular .008 mfd. 800V Tubular .1 mfd. 200V Tubular Spark Plate Chassis Plate .006 mfd. 1600V Tubular .5 mfd. 100V Tubular .000100 mfd. Molded
2.2 Megohms V2W Insulated 10,000 Ohms 1W Insulated 100 Ohms I/2W Insulated 330,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 1.5 Megohms 1/2W Insulated 22,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 12,000 Ohms 2W Insulated 330,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 10 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 100 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 68 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 1.5 Megohms 1/2W Insulated 100,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220 Ohms !/2W Insulated 6.8 Megohms 1/2W Insulated 1600 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 56,000 Ohms 1W Insulated 6.8 Megohms 1/2W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 390 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 360 Ohms IW Wire Wound 470 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 100,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 1.5 Megohm 1/2W Insulated 3300 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 330 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 1,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 2200 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 4700 Ohms 1/2W Insulated
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-36 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 416394,,
Pncksrd
Illus.
Production
No.
Part No.
87
7237994
88
1214573
89
1214564
90
7231539
91
1213271
92
1216157
93
1216154
94
1216157
1217690
7237752 1218506 1219484 1213793 1211924 1219485
110 111
111A 111B 111C 112 113 114
115 116 117 119 120
121
7260328 7259408 7260230
7260222 7259009 7259010 7260362 7259011 7259012 7260006 7259375 7239124
123
130 131 132 133
134 135
136 137 138 139 140 141 142
143 144
145
146 147
©John F. Rider
7256742 7236279 7259307 7258073 7239125 1219747
7259201 7259178
187189 7260373
7260262 7260125 7259494 7259495 7260357 7259197 7260309 7260501 7259100 7259055 7259207 1219751 7256121 7260223
7259122 7259111 7259125
7259164 7259026
7260148 7259644 7259643 7259646
147685 7260187 7260147 7260218 7260219
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
Resistors (Continued)
B 221
(C272
( B 562 A 335
7231539 1213271
B 473 1216154
B 473
220 Ohms 1W Insulated 1800 Ohm 2W Wire Wound (Use 2700 Ohm
2W and 5600 Ohm 1W in parallel) 3.3 Megohm 1/2W Insulated 13,000 Ohms 1W Insulated 120,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1W Insulated 6800 Ohms 1W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1W Insulated
Tubes 5252 5222 5262 5278
5241 5003 5328
6BA6
6SA7 6AV6 6AQ7GT 6V6GT OZ4 12AU7
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL
7260328 7259408
7260230
"A" Lead and Fuse Holder Assy. (Male) Adjustor - Cathode Delay Control - Volume - Tone - Switch
Volume Control
Tone Control
Switch
7260222
Control - Sensitivity
7259009
Relay
1219661
Solenoid
7260362 7259011 7259012 7260006 7255881
Speaker Switch - Tuner Return Switch - Station Selector Transformer - Output Transformer - Power
8542
Vibrator
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
7256742 7236279
7259307 7258073 7239125
1219747
Antenna Connector Socket - Octal Tube Socket - 9 Pin Miniature Tube Socket - 7 Pin Miniature Tube Socket - Vibrator Socket - Dial Light
Tuner
7259201 7259178
44
7260373 7260262 7260125 7259494 7259495
7260357 1219610
7260309 7260501
6047
7259055 7259207 121'9751
7256121 7260223
7259122 7259111 7259125
Core - Tuning Core Guide Bar Dial Light Escutcheon Assy.
Dial Dial Backplate Retainer Spring - L. H. Retainer Spring - R. H. Manual Drive Shaft Motor Gear Train Assy. Pointer Assembly Pointer Backplate Spring Clip Spring - Motor Power Spring - Worm Anti -rattle Station Selector Bar Pkg. "C" Washer Station Selector Bar and Shaft
Retainer Spring Spring Switch Operating Ring Toggle Plate
7259164 7259026
Solenoid Plunger Worm Gear and Bracket Assy.
INSTALLATION PARTS
7260148 7259644 7259643
6007
147685
7260187 7260147 7260218 7260219
"A" Lead and Fuse Holder Assy. Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Distributor - Suppressor Fuse - 14 Amps. Knob - Control Lever - Tone and Sensitivity Trimplate - Sensitivity Trimplate - Tone
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-37
MODEL 980899, Buick
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 1950 Buick Cars.
TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER -8" Round, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and Electronic.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-For Antennas Between
0.000072 - 0.000088 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE-550 - 1600 KC.
PUSH BUTTON SET-UP PROCEDURE No push button set-up is necessary. However, the number of stations on which the tuner will stop can be controlled through use of the Sensitivity Control.
"A" Lead
Tone Control Volume _- & Control
Foot Switch
Station Selector Bar
Sensitivity Control
Tuning Control
MODEL 980899
SIGNAL SEEKING TUNER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
NOTE: When aligning the signal seeker tuner type radio, be sure to use a vacuum tube voltmeter as indicated and be
sure to follow the alignment sequence given-(Notice that the primary of the 2nd I. F. is aligned first.)
Output Meter Connection
Q VTVM from to chassis (see parts layout
Generator Return Dummy Antenna
Receiver Chassis In series with generator
Volume Control Tone Control Generator Output
Maximum Volume
Treble Not to exceed 2 volts at VTVM
Step
Dummy Antenna
Connect To
Signal Generator Frequency
Tune Receiver To
Adjust in Sequence For Max. Output
1
0.1 mfd
6SA7 Grid (Pin 8)
260 KC *High Frequency Stop
A, B, C, D
2
0.000082 mfd
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
High Frequency Stop
**E, F, G
3
0.000082 mfd
Antenna Connector
600 KC
Signal Generator Signal
J, K
4
0.000082 mfd
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
Signal Generator Signal
F, G
5
0.000082 mfd
Antenna Connector
1000 KC
Signal Generator Signal
***L
*To tune to high frequency, put a 0.070" press station selector bar and allow the
feeler gauge (or bare #13 wire) in slot against planetary arm to run against the feeler gauge.
the high frequency stop. Turn the radio off and
De-
then
back on.
*Before making this adjustment, check the setting of oscillator core "H." The rear of the core should be 1 ii" from the
mounting end of the coil form. This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of
the (It
coil will
form. The be necessary
core adjustment is to steady the core
made guide
from the bar while
mounting end of the coil making these adjustments.
form with an insulated This can be done by
screwdriver. applying a
downward pressure on the guide bar at the antenna coil end.) If this adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal
seal on the core stud and be sure to re -seal after making the adjustment.
"*"L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the end of the core guide bar-adjust so pointer reads 1000 KC.
With the radio installed and the antenna radio tuned to a weak station near 1400
plugged in, adjust the antenna KC (see sticker on case.)
trimmer
"G"
for
maximum
volume
with
the
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-38 UNITED MOTORS MODEL c i0_QQ, Buick
l°ll°l
'p)
410:0 UDC
C;0
!IL olóa
o:OT4j© bCTO
o*cí *0: 1
u o
g Y
O
.ÿ O
.o .
2,
Mÿb
C 177
3o
H,
d
óp
QvxQ a
# m
5 :x
á ÿN
##
y
01
G ROw
rod
Z. Y
óvd
ÿ ÿ
o: ú 7
v In m ^°
..0
w 2Y
e -omY6d02 m
Ñ -i', D
á ó rd.
.ÿo ^'iD"
'", Q vd o
do,o Y
.a -n >.
(Gtl E
w m
C .6 ...°
Oc =
b Y
40
Qÿÿroóó
.-.
L
Ñ
p
ó . ?w
.
,i
-y, m
'-'à'
5.
vcg º m ó c ó1
d2 o '>
NMe
H o .5
V Ñ
0 E.iII1iI1f
fºI
Lon Get
o
1IIIIIIIIIIII/
e
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-39
MODEL 980899,
Buick
N33lp
T.
1Ov18
j &ä +. ' ^ C
> l ire
1On8
W
} `Jrnir
1
-,
103W
1
ó o
O a >o
`xxw aO
M0113A
>
99
©á° ;(skp,0
--.,--
z
-
I
OOSI
OL b oOR I p
93111----' iq !9
S9
-,r17%4W
2
rc V'
i lJ
-2T'F 44 OI
O
C`Lj
V ,
L 0
Non
L
o
001
" 038 89
t--r,<^0^6I^r
O
'saw S'1
j 29
U
.hj
O
N
o
m
O.A7o> >
MOT13As h
l /
INU
9S
\
- AVör9 ===
H z IziÌ
o
2 o
V
H
a
o
U
Ú
a.
{.1.Ì
z
H
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-40 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 980ä9 Buick
125 126
141 132
113
114
43 90
,t:r
135
Ige 1111beA`l:.= <
136
139
TUNER UNFOLDED
138
©John F. Rider
High Frequency 116 Stop
ESCUTCHEON CROSS-SECTION
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus. No.
Production Part No.
1
3
4
5
6 7 9
16 17 18 19 20
20A 20B
21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34
35
35A 35B 35C
40 41 42 43 44
51 52 53 54 55
56 57 58 59 60
61 62 63 64 65
66 67 79 80 81
82 83 84 85 86
87
88
89 90
91 92 93 94
7257979 7240251 7257979 7259184 7258849 7259350 7240690
7259308 1219550 7236842 7236842 7242454
7258221 7257567 7238788 7238789 7240577 7240578 7237957 7237836 7238792 1219550 1219660 7240579 1211232 7236134 7259128
7236621 1217848 7240906 1219511 7239184
1211147 1211085 1213217 7240732 1211142 1211192 1212491 1215107 1213844 1213217 1215558 1219488 1219487 1214545 1213282 7236080 7234563 1214540 1213489 1213217 1215559 7237835 7237994 1211118 1213220 1211142
,1214573
1214564 7231539 1213271 1216157 1216154 1216157
©John F. Rider
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-41
MODEL 98089,
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Buick
Service Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
7257979 7240251 7257979 7259184
1219508 1219602 1217846
Coils
Antenna Antenna Spark Choke R.F. Oscillator
1st I.F. 2nd I.F. Hash Choke
Condensers 7259308
G 680 E 503
E503 7242454
G 390 7257567
E 104 E 104 7240577 7240578 E 103 E 202 G 221 G 680 1219660 E 204 1211232 7236134 7259128
E 504 1217848
H 602
E 504 G 101
Antenna Trimmer .000068 mfd Mica .05 mfd 200 V Tubular .05 mfd 200 V Tubular Dual Trimmer
RF Section Oscillator Section
.000039 mfd Ceramic .000260 mfd Compensating .1 mfd 400 V Tubular .1 mfd 200 V Tubular .000120 mfd Mica
.0025 mfd 400 V Tubular .01 mfd 400 V Tubular .002 mfd 600 V Tubular .000220 mfd Mica .000068 mfd Mica
20 mfd 50 V Electrolytic .2 mfd 400 V Tubular .025 mfd 400 V Tubular .0015 mfd 800 V Tubular Electrolytic
10 mfd 100 V 20 mfd 400 V 20 mfd 400 V .5 mfd 200 V Tubular Chassis Plate Condenser .006 mfd 1600 V Tubular .5 mfd 100 V Tubular .000100 mfd Mica
Resistors
A 225
B 103
A 101 A 334 A 155
A 223 1212491
A 100 A 683 A 101
1215558 1219488 1219487
A 222 A 105
B 273 7234563 1214540
A 470 A 101
1215559 A 221 B 221 A 104 A 151
A 155 5 C272
B562 A 335 7231539
1213271 B 473
1216154 B 473
2.2 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 10,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 330,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1.5 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated
22,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 12,000 Ohms 2 W Insulated
10 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 68,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
68 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1500 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 470 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 2200 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1 Megohm 1/ W Insulated
27,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 360 Ohms 1 W (Wire Wound) 56 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 47 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
180 Ohms 220 Ohms
11/2/
W W
Insulated Insulated
220 Ohms 1 W Insulated 100,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 150 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
1.5 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 1,800 Ohms 2 W Wire Wound (or replace with 2700 Ohms 2 W and 5600 Ohms 1 W in parallel ) 33 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 13,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
120,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 6800 Ohms 1 W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-42 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 980899, Buick
Illus.
Production
No.
Part No.
1211924 1213793 1219496 1217690 1219485
7237752
112 112A 1I2B 112C
111 110 113 114 115
116 117 118 119 120 121
7242034 7258683
7259311 7242204 7259009 7259010 7259502 7258903
7259011 7259012 7258941 7259336 7258889 7239124
124
125 126 127 128
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
141
©John F. Rider
7242035 7259392 7236279 7259307 7258073 7239125
7259201 7259178
125588 7259347
7259310 7256886
7259341 1219610 7259498 1219093 7259164
7259100 7259055 7259207 1219612
7259309
7259111
1219124 1219125 1219126 1219127 .1219128 7259026
1321178 1336763 1910147
120151 1341337
1341536 1341566 7258903 1853686 1217820
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
Tubes
5003
5241 5541 5252 5328 5222
OZ4
6V6GT
6R8
6BA6 I2AU7 6SA7
Miscellaneous Electrical
7242034 7258683
7259311 7242204 7259009 1219661 7259502 7258903
7259011 7259012 7258941 7259336
6060 8542
"A" Lead Connector Control - Volume - Tone and Switch
Volume Tone Switch
Control - Sensitivity Delay Adjustor Relay Solenoid Speaker 8" PM Switch - Foot Switch Assy.
Switch - Tuner Return Switch - Station Selector Transformer - Input Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator - Non -synchronous
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
7242035 7259392 7236279 7259307 7258073 7239125
Antenna Connector Socket - Foot Switch Socket - Octal Tube Socket - 9 Pin Miniature Socket - 7 Pin Miniature Socket - Vibrator
Tuner
7259201 7259178
55
7259347 7259310 7256886
7259341 1219610 7259498 1219093 7259164
7259100 7259055 7259207 1219612
7259309
7259111
1219124 1219125 1219126 1219127 1219128 7259026
Core - Powdered Iron Core Guide Bar Dial Light Escutcheon Assy.
Dial Dial Backplate
Manual Drive Assy. Motor Gear Train Assy. Pointer Backplate Pointer Tip Pkg. Solenoid Plunger
Spring Clip Spring - Motor Power Spring - Worm Anti -Rattle Station Selector Bar Pkg.
Station Selector Bar Toggle Plate Spring (2) "C" Washer Push Bar Insert "B" Push Bar Insert "U" Push Bar Insert "I" Push Bar Insert "C" Push Bar Insert "K" Worm and Bracket Assy.
INSTALLATION PARTS
1321178 6030 6030
120151 1341337
"A" Lead Assy. Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Fuse - 15 Amp. Knob - Sensitivity
1341536 1341566
7258903 1853686 1217820
Knob - Tone Control Knob - Tuning Control Switch - Foot Control Suppressor - Adapter Suppressor - Distributor
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-43
'MODELS 982543, 982579, Oldsmobile
SUBJECT: SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS-OLDSMOBILE 1950 MODELS 982543 AND 982579 DELUXE AUTO RADIO. (These models differ only in accessory parts, the receiver itself being identical in each case. The accessory parts supplied with Model 982543 are for use with 1950 Oldsmobile cars Models 76 and 88. The accessory parts
supplied with Model 982579 are for use with 1950 Oldsmobile cars, Model 98).
GENERAL
MOUNTING _ _ Model 982543 in 1950 Olds-
mobile cars Models 76 and 88.
_Model 982579 in 1950
Oldsmobile cars Model 98.
TUBES
Six, plus rectifier
Volume Control and Switch
Tone Control
Push Button
Tuning Control
SPEAKER
__6"x9" Elliptical Permanent Magnetic
TUNING__ Manual and 5 P.B. Mechanical
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPEN-
SATION
For antennas between
0.000055 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE
535 - 1610 KC.
PUSH BUTTON SET-UP
Pull push button to the left and then out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
MODELS 982543 and 982579
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
Output Meter Connection Generator Return__ Dummy Antenna _ Volume Control Position Tone Control Position Generator Output
Across Voice Coil To Receiver Chassis _In Series With Generator
Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
Series Condenser or Dummy Antenna Connect To
Signal Generator Frequency
Tune Receiver
To
Adjust In Sequence
For Max.
Output
0.1 Mfd.
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8)
257.5 KC.
High Frequency Stop
A, B, C, D
2
0.00007 Mfd.
Antenna Connector 1610 KC.
High Frequency Stop
E, F, G
Low frequency alignment not required.
With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer "G" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-44 UNITED MOTORS
MODELS 982543, 982579, Oldsmobile
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-45
MODELS 982543, 982579, Oldsmobile
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-46 UNITED MOTORS MODELS 9825143, 982579, Oldsmobile
m
rn
z
OV ZTM-NNV4íN1N)17N+NMNtv1MN0`aNSMD oGNsONO-oN-pONMe0ONM<NcNMOaNp^ON-\
°John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus. No.
27 28
A C 29 30 31
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
51 52 53 54 55 56 57
60 60A 60B 60C
61 62 63 64
64A 64B 64C 65 66
©John F. Rider
Service
Part No.
E 204
G 471
Production Part No.
1217876 1218009
1219301 7238879 1219591
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-47 MODE S 9:25 3, 982579, Oldsmobile
Description
.2 Mfd.-200 V.-Tubular Electrolytic Condenser
IO Mfd.-350 V. 15 Mfd.-350 V. 20 Mfd.-25 V. .003 Mfd.-800 V.-Tubular .0005 Mfd.-Ceramic or Molded .006 Mfd.-1600 V.-Tubular
A 225 A 223 A 105 A 223 A 475 C 183 A 181 A 105 A 155 A 105 A 273 A 102 A 702 A B05 A 273 B 331 B 151 C fR7
5230 5222 5230 5233 5241 5241 5003
RESISTORS
1214563 1214550 1213282 1214550 1214566 7239157 1215559 1213282 1213283 1213282 1214551 1213235 1213235 1213282 1214551 7233773 1211005 1714571
TUNER PARTS 219589 219597 219588 218030
218Q27 219595 219596 1219309
216687 216686 214876 217999 217994 218113 218114 217992 216692
216691
218115
TUBES
1214292 7237752 1214292 1218149 1213793 1213793 1211924
222.2.00M0eOgohhmm--11//2
W. W.
Insulated Insulated
I Megohm-'/2 W. Insulated
22.000 Ohm-1/2 W. Insulated
-2 4.7 Megohm-1/2-W. Insulated
18,000 Ohm W. Insulated
180 Ohm-1/2 W. Insulated
I Megohm-1/2 W. Insulated
1.5 Megohm-1/2 W. Insulated
I27M.0e0g0oOhhmm-1-/12/
W. Insulated W. Insulated
1000 Ohm -1/2 W. Insulated
1000 Ohm -1/2 W. Insulated
I Megohm-1/2 W. insulated
-2 23153700,00OO0hhOmmh--m11-1WW/2..
W. Insulated Insulated Insulated
1800 Ohm W. Insulated
Bushing-Station Selector Shaft Background Assembly Dial Glass-Calibrated Pointer & Slide Assembly String Assembly-Pointer Drive Spring & Sleeve Assembly-Core Lock Plate & Socket Assembly-Dial Lamp Tuner Unit Assembly-Mechanical portion
only (includes Push Buttons. Clutch Disc, and crown gear assembly) Drum Assembly-Pointer Drive Clutch Disc & Crown Gear Assembly Spring-Clutch Compression Lever Actuating Plate Assembly Lever Assembly Link-Tuner Unit Spring-Link Retaining Screw -10-32 Special
Washer-"U" Retaining-Station
Selector Shaft
Washer-Friction-Station
Selector Shaft
Washer-Spacing-Paper
6SK7GT-R.F. Amplifier 6SA 7-Oscil lator-Translator 6SK7GT-I.F. Amplifier 6SR7GT-Detector-AVC-Ist Audio 6V6GT-Audio Output 6V6GT-Audio Output OZ4-Rectifier
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL PARTS
1219582
Control-Volume, Tone & Switch
Volume Control
Tone Control
Switch
187189 1219291
-6' Lamp-Dip.l
Speaker
x(M9a' zEdlalip#t4i4c)al
1219314
Permanent Magnet
Transformer-Output
1219316
Power Transformer & Filter Assembly Transformer-Power
Nash Choke
Condenser-.5 Mfd.-100 V.
8542
1219315 1218006
Transformer-Audio Input. Vibrator
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-48 UNITED MOTORS
MODELS 982543, 982579, Oldsmobile
Service Part No.
Production Part No.
Description
MECHANICAL PARTS
CHASSIS
70
1219311
Antenna Connector Assembly
7236279
Socket-Tube-8 Prong-Octal
1216041
Socket-Vibrator
1219586
Clip-IF Mounting
1219585
Cover Assembly-Case Back
6030 6030
INSTALLATION PARTS
414997 7255287 7258813 7257400
7259663
7256654 554519 554690 121797 120706 120392 103319 120423 7256717 554691
120151 1912757
or 555437 1911095 1912900
or 557531 7257239 414237 415823 555348 164349
7256684 7259626
MODEL 982543
Washer-Flat % I.D.
Nut-1/2-28 Hex.
Knob-Tone and Dummy
Washer-Wave-3,(6 I.D.
(Anti -Rattle) Tuning and Volume Control
Knob-Tuning and Volume Control
Includes Set Screw
Bracket-Receiver Mounting
Bracket-Side Mounting
Bolt-'/4-20 Truss Head
Bolt-1/4-20x3% Hex. Head
Bolt-'/4-20x1/2 Hex. Head
Washer-Flat-% I.D. % O.D.
Washer-Lock-1/4 (Split)
Washer-Lock-1/4 (Internal -Tooth)
Spacer-Instrument panel to gasket
"A" Lead Connector and Filter
Condenser Assembly
Fuse-15 Amp. 25 V.
Condenser-Ignition Coil
-0.3
Mfd.
Condenser-Ignition Coil-0.3 Mfd. CCoonnddeennsseerr--VGoelntaegreatRore-g0u.l3atMorf-d0..5 Mfd.
Condenser-Voltage Regulator-0.5 Mfd.
Distributor-Suppressor-15,000 Ohms Insulating Elbow Static Collector (Front Wheel) Clip-Hood Grounding Screw -8-32x1/4 Phillips Head
Self -Tapping Gasket-Speaker Baffle
Panel-Radio Control
INSTALLATION PARTS MODEL 982579
414997 7255287 7258813 7257400
7259663
120706 103319 554845 554691 120151 1912757
or 555437 1911095 1912900
or 557531 7257239 414237 415823 555348 164349
7258815 558956
Washer-Flat-% I.D.
Nut-1/2-28 Hex. Knob-Tone and Dummy Washer-Wave-%s I.D.
(Anti -Rattle) Tuning and Colume Control Knob-Tuning and Volume Control
Includes Set Screw Bolt-1/4-20x'/2 Hex. Head
Washer-Lock-1/4 (Split) Washer-Flat "A" Lead & Filter Condenser Assembly Fuse-I 5 Amp. 25 V.
Condenser-Ignition Coil -0.3 Mfd. Condenser-Ignition Coil-0.3 Mfd.
Condenser-Generator-0.3 Mfd.
Condenser-Voltage Regulator -0.5 Mfd. Condenser-Voltage Regulator-0.5 Mfd.
Distributor Suppressor-15,000 Ohms
Insulating Elbow Static Collector (Front Wheel)
Clip-Hood Grounding
Screw í8-32x1/4 Phillips Head Self -Tapping
Panel-Radio Control Gasket-Speaker Baffle
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
GENERAL
MOUNTING-982544 - All 1950 - 76 & 88
Series Oldsmobile Cars. 982573 - All 1950 - 98 Series Oldsmobile Cars.
TUBES-Six, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER -6"x 9" Elliptical Permanent
Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P. B.. Mechanical.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
- TION-For Antennas Between
0.000050 0.000070 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE -540 - 1600 KC.
Tone Control
"A" Lead
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP
Pull pushbutton to the left and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the
way in.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
Output Meter Connection Generator Return Dummy Antenna Volume Control Position Tone Control Position Generator Output
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-49 MODELS 9825U, 982573, Oldsmobile
Volume Control
and Switch
Dummy Knob
Tuning Control
MODELS
982544 982573
Across Voice Coil To Receiver Chassis In Series With Generator
Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
1
2 3
4
5
Series
Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
0.1 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect To
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8) Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1400 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Tune Receiver To
High Frequency Stop High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal
Adjust in Sequence For Max. Output
A, B, C, D *E, F, G
J, K
F, G **L
*Before making this adjustment check the mechanical setting of the oscillator core "H." The slotted end of core should be 1H-" from the mounting end of the coil form. (This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of the coil form.) If adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal seal on the studs. Core adjustments should be made with an insulated screwdriver and core studs should be re-sealed in place with glyptal or household cement after alignment.
**"L".is the pointer adjustment screw which is on the pointer connecting link (see tuner drawing) and should be adjusted so the pointer reads 1000 KC. (On first "0" of "100.") With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer "G" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC. (See sticker on case.)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-50 UNITED MOTORS MODELS 9825)1)i,
982573, Oldsmobile
ÜJohn F. Rider
W
W.,
>
W
MI
F
I
F
Q Q tn H
á
.
d 3E .ú
$á°" o, - 7 ,g
r°sdmv°scm. d d o. e a; ; ti G
úó e
á-z' d ao e 4
" .eó'vÁ' -°"
2
óEa,Ç
-°
w
070'
é
e
°
..
3
w.tdi
ó
.
: R" eu b R
A
m
u "ee
'Fo
Ä
M.O 4T'1,'
Á
8 d
V
E .fl 7
o a º F v
° éo
e .e
ro
áF K.«
c.6 P.'3Q-ÿ E
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-51
MC`DLLS 9.,251iI
(432773, Uldsrnobile
>
h
> O
O
M0113A-N89
r N3389
Q
WLa
N
-><>^1-NM01:19
N
a
N3 9
N3380
N0V18 -03a
o o
m
h m
©John F. Rider
r
M0113A 0 I
Y Ls
III
Im
fQQQ if N33890 I
I'
I
I 311HM0
u2.--'bbó,
3f119O
038 O
,IºT. N3380 1-41-11
3111-IM
3l119O
038 O
U' M
W91
/s
ó
J
WU 00
AVaO#
/' ---LbOÖ0
b-
N33801.
m
.nKl oo 1I
O
stej o
O
h
03W 01 6F
w0ec
BF
F:
LF 93w za
92
-J
z
i
www.americanradiohistory.com
ó
o
E 4
J
U
-1
CO
o J
PAGE 21-52 UNITED MOTORS
MODELS 9825)1)ß ,
082573, Oldsmobile
r=, Tn
_ -IMI° h
85
82
95
TUNER
00
- 93 Q I
SJ
87 98
97
LIT
(86
ISO
ESCUTCHEON CROSS SECTION
ESCUTCHEON MOUNTING
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
Unless special precautions are taken in removing the di al escutcheon, there is a possibility that the dial pointer tip w:11 be broken. Therefore, in removal of the escutcheon the ollowing procedure is recommended:
1. Loosen, but do not remove, the two screws holding the pointer back plate ("X" in Escutcheon Mounting Drawing Above) and loosen the shellac so that the back plate is free to move.
2. Remove the escutcheon mounting screws "Y" (see Escutcheon Mounting). 3. Carefully lift off the escutcheon (DO NOT FORCE ). If the dial backplate is free to move slightly downward
the escutcheon will come off easily. The same caution should be exercised when replacing the escutcheon.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-53
MODELS 9825h4, 982573, Oldsmobile
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Illus.
Production
No.
Part No.
Service Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Coils
1
7255738
7255738
Antenna Series Choke
2
7240251
7240251
Antenna Spark Choke
3
7258914
7258914
Antenna
4
7258914
7258914
R.F.
5
7259687
7259687
Oscillator
6
1219508
1219508
1st I.F.
7
1219509
1219509
2nd I.F.
8
1217846
1217846
Hash Choke
9
7258434
7258434
Spark Choke
Condensers
11
12 13 14 15
15 A
15 B
7258160 1210275 7236842
7258221 7242454
7258160 G 101
E 503 G 390 7242454
Antenna Trimmer .000100 mfd. Mica .05 mfd. 200 V Tubular .000039 mfd. Mica Dual Trimmer
R.F. Section Oscillator Sectión
16
7258221
G 390
.000039 mfd. Mica
17
7257424
7257424
.000180 mfd. Compensating
18
7230892
E 503
.05 mfd. 400 V Tubular
19
1217848
1217848
Chassis Plate Cond.
20
1215189
G 100
.000010 mfd. Mica
21
7237870
22
1219495
23
7232956
24
7238881
25
7237836
E 103 E 104 E 502 E 103 E 202
.01 mfd. 400 V Tubular .1 mfd. 400 V Tubular .005 mfd. 600 V Tubular .01 mfd. 400 V Tubular .002 mfd. 600 V Tubular
26 26 A 26 B
26 C
27 28
29 30
7240724
7236134 1212278 1217848 7240906
M 908
7236134 1212278 1217848
H 602
Electrolytic
20 mfd. 25 V 20 mfd. 400 V 20 mfd. 400 V .0015 mfd. 800 V Tubular Spark Plate Condenser (included in 7258434) Chassis Plate Condenser .006 mfd. 1600 V Tubular
Resistors
35
1213217
36
1211147
37
7237595
38
7240732
*39
1215548
40
1211 192
A 101 A 225
B 153 A 334 A 106
A 223
41
7233653
42
1213217
43
7238873
44
7240731
45
7238873
C 153
A 101 A 105
A 473 A 105
46
1213235
A 102
47
1213235
A 102
48
1214561
1214561
49
7238873
A 105
50
1217436
A 393
51
7236080
B 273
52
7233773
B 331
53
7237994
B 221
54
1214573
Í C 272 1 B 562
*This Resistor was removed on all sets above serial $44678
100 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 2.2 megohms 1/2 W Insulated 15,000 ohms 1 W Insulated 330,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 10 megohms 1/2 W Insulated 22,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 15,000 ohms 2 W Insulated 100 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2 W Insulated 47,000 ohms 1/2. W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2 W Insulated 1,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 820,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2 W Insulated 39,000 ohms 1/2 W Insulated 27,000 ohms 1 W Insulated 330 ohms 1 W Insulated 220 ohms 1 W Insulated 1800 ohms 2 W Wire Wound (or replace with 2700 ohm 2 W and 5600 ohm 1 W in parallel)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-54 UNITED MOTORS
MODELS 9825,
982573, Oldsmobile
Illus. No.
60 60 A 60 B 60 C
61 62 63 64 65 66
70 71
81 82 83 84
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
Production Part No.
1218107 1213793 7237751 7237752 1211924
7259447
187189
7258146 7258941 7259419 7255881 7239124
7258434 7256742 7236279 7239125
7256688 147481
7259443 7258072 7258211
7256271 7255992 7258468 7259429 7259430 7259496
7256495 7256705 7257898
1219174 1219173
1217820 7258756 7257415 7255984
554691
1911095 1912757 1912900
120151 555348 7259663 7258813 7240138
7257239 414237 7258815 7259626
SERVICE PARTS LIST (Cont.)
Service Part No.
Description
Tubes
5233
6SR7
5241
6V6GT
5229
6SK7
5222
6SA7
5003
OZ4
Miscellaneous Electrical
7259447
44
7258146 7258941 7259419 7255881
8542
Control - Volume, Tone and Switch Volume Control Tone Control Switch
Lamp - Dial Light
Speaker - 6 x 9 P.M. Transformer - Input Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator - Non -synchronous
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
7258434 7256742 7236279 7239125
Tuner
Connector "A" Lead Connector - Antenna Socket - Octal Tube Socket - Vibrator
7256688 147481
7259443 7258072 7258211
7256271 7255992 7258468 7259429 7259430 7259496
Backplate - Pointer Ball Bearing Pkg. (12) Bushing and Manual Drive Shaft Clutch Disc - Driven Core Guide Bar - Parallel
Pointer Connecting Link Spring - Pointer Connecting Link Core - Powdered Iron Escutcheon Assy. Dial Dial Backplate
7256495
7256705 7257898
1219174 1219173
Gear and Bushing - Clutch Gear and Bracket - Worm Pointer Assy.
Pointer Tip Pkg. Push Button and Slide Assy.
1217820 7258756
7257415 7255984
Socket - Dial Light Spring - Clutch Spring - Core Bar Connecting Link Spring - Slide Return
INSTALLATION PARTS
554691 6016
6030 6030
6030
"A" Lead, Condenser, and Fuse Connector, Male Condenser - "A" Lead Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Coil Condenser - Voltage Regulator
120151 555348 7259663 7258813
6013
7257239 414237 7258815 7259626
Fuse - 15 Amps Hook Ground Clip Knob Control Knob - Tone Control and Dummy Static Collector
Suppressor - Distributor Suppressor - Insulator Trim Plate (98 series) Trim Plate (76 and 88 series)
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-55 MODELS 9:2582, 982583, Oldsmobile
GENERAL
MOUNTING-982582 - All 1950 - 76 & 88
Series Oldsmobile Cars. 982583 - All 1950 - 98 Series Oldsmobile Cars.
TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER -6" x 9" Elliptical Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and Electronic.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-For Antennas Between
0.000050 - 0.000070 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE -540 - 1600 KC.
Volume Control
Tone Control "A" Lead
Station Selector
Bar
- Tuning
Control
Sensitivity Control
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP No Pushbutton Set-up is required. However,
the number of stations on which the tuner will stop can be regulated by use of the Sensitivity Control.
MODELS
982582 982583
SIGNAL SEEKING TUNER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
0 NOTE: When aligning the signal seeker tuner type radio,
sure to follow the alignment sequence given-(Notice that
be sure to use the primary of
a vacuum tube voltmeter as the 2nd I.F. is aligned first.)
indicated
and
be
Output Meter Connection
VTVM From To Chassis (see parts layout page 2)
Generator Return
Receiver Chassis
Dummy Antenna
In Series With Generator
Volume Control
Maximum Volume
Tone Control
Treble
Generator Output
Not to Exceed 2 Volts at VTVM
Step
Dummy Antenna
Connect To
Signal Generator Frequency
Tune Receiver To
Adjust in Sequence For Max. Output
1
0.1 mfd
6SA7 Grid (Pin 8)
260 KC *High Frequency Stop
A, B, C, D
2
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
High Frequency Stop
**E, F, G
3
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
600 KC
Signal Generator Signal
J, K
4
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
1615 KC
Signal Generator Signal
F, G
5
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
1000 KC
Signal Generator Signal
***L
*To tune to high frequency, put a 0.070" feeler gauge (or bare #13 wire) in slot against the high frequency stop. (See tuner pictures). Depress station selector bar and allow the planetary arm to run against the feeler gauge. Turn the radio off and then on.
**Before making this adjustment, check the setting of oscillator core "H." The rear of the core should be 1311" from the mounting end of the coil form. This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of the coil form. The core adjustment is made from the mounting end of the coil form with an insulated screwdriver. (It will be necessary to steady the core guide bar by applying a downward pressure at the antenna core end of the bar while making these adjustments.) If this adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal seal on the core stud and be sure to re-seal after making the adjustment.
***"L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the end of the core guide bar-adjust so pointer reads 1000 KC.
With the radio installed and the antenna plugged in, adjust the antenna trimmer "C" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC (see sticker on case).
John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-56 UNITED MOTORS MODELS 982582, 982583, Oldsmobile
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-57
MODELS 982582, 982583, Oldsmobile
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-58 UNITED MOTORS
MODELS 982582, 982583, Oldsmobile
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-59
SERVICE PARTS LIST
MODELS 932582, 292583, O1dsmcb1l
Illus.
Production
Service
No.
Part No.
Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Coils
7257979
7257979
Antenna
2
7255738
7255738
Antenna Series Choke
3
7240251
7240251
Antenna Spark Choke
4
7257979
7257979
R.F.
5
7259665
7259665
Oscillator
6
7258849
1219508
1st I.F. Assy.
7
7259350
1219602
2nd I.F. Assy.
8
1217846
1217846
A Spark Choke
9
1217846
1217846
Hash Choke
15 16
17 18 19
20 20A 20B
21 22
23 24 25 27 28
29 30 31 32 33
34 35
35A 35B 35C
40
41 42 43 44
7239184 7258160 7238793 7236842 7236842 7242454
7258221 7257567 7238788 1209306 1218883 1218883 7237836 7238972 1219550 1219660 1219495 7237719 7236134 7259128
7241259 1217848 7240906 1219511 7239184
Condensers G 101 7258160 G 680 E 503 E 503 7242454
G 390 7257567
E 104 E 104 E 102 E 102 E 202 G 221 G 680 1219660 E 104 7237719 7236134 7259128
7241259 1217848
H 602
E 504 G 101
.000100 mfd Mica Antenna Trimmer .000068 mfd Mica .05 mfd 200 V Tubular .05 mfd 200 V Tubular
Dual Trimmer R.F. Section Oscillator Section
.000039 mfd Mica .000260 mfd Compensating
.1 mfd 400 V Tubular .1 mfd 200 V Tubular .001 mfd 600 V Tubular .001 mfd 600 V Tubular .002 mfd 600 V Tubular
.000220 mfd Mica .000068 mfd Mica 20 mfd 50 V Electrolytic .1 mfd 400 V Tubular .015 mfd 600 V Tubular
.0015 mfd 800 V Tubular Electrolytic
10 mfd 100 V 20 mfd 400 V 20 mfd 400 V
Spark Plate Assy. Chassis Plate Condenser .006 mfd 1600 V Tubular .5 mfd 100 V'Tubular .000100 mfd Mica
Resistors
51
1211147
52
1211085
53
1213217
54
7240732
55
1211142
A 225
B 103 A 101 A 334 A 155
2.2 Megohms '/2 W Insulated 10,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 100 Ohms 'h W Insulated
'/ 330,000 Ohms ' W Insulated
1.5 Megohms W Insulated
56
1211192
A 223
22,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
57
1212491
1212491
12,000 Ohms 2 W Insulated
58
1215107
A 100
10 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
59
1213271
1213271
120,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
60
1213217
A 101
100 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
61 62
1215558 1219488
1215558 1219488
1 68 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
1500 Ohms W Insulated
63 64
1219487 1214545
1219487 A 222
'/ 470 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
2200 Ohms W Insulated
65
7238873
A 105
1 Megohm '/2 W Insulated
66
1213342
B 273
27,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
67
7234563
7234563
360 Ohms 1 W Insulated
79
1214540
1214540
56 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
80
1213489
1213489
47 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
81
1213217
A 101
100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
82
1215559
1215559
180 Ohms '/í W Insulated
83
7257835
A 221
220 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
84
7237994
B 221
220 Ohms 1 W Insulated
85
1213270
A 104
100,000 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
86
1213220
A 151
150 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
87
1211142
A 155
1.5 Megohm 1 W Insulated
88
1214573
f C 272 1 B 562
1800 Ohm 2 W Wire Wound (Replace with C 272 and B 562 in parallel)
89
1214564
A 335
3.3 Megohm '/2 W Insulated
*90
*7231539
*7231539
13,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
91
1213271
1213271
120,000 Ohms '/2 W Insulated
*This resistor was
15,000 Ohms until Serial #
82222 - 76 & 83179 - 98
88
-Use above
Value
in
Service.
,ohn F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-60 UNITED MOTORS MODELS 98232, 932583, Oldsmobile
Illus.
Production
No.
Part No.
92
1216157
93
1216154
94
1216157
1217690
7237752 1219485 1219496
1213793 1211924
112 112A 112B 112C
111 110 113 114 125
115 116 117 118 119
120 121
7259352 7259034
7259021 7242204 7259009 7259010 7259164 7258146 7259011 7259012 7258941 7259324 7259375 7239124
126 127 128 129
130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139
140 141
©John F. Rider
7256742 1217820 7236279 7259307 7258073 7239125
7259201 7259178
187189 7259287
7259344 7259496 7259017 1219610 7256688 1219174 7259100 7259207
7259055 1219611
7259028 7259125
7259111 7256121 7259026
554691 1911095 1912757 1912900 555348
414237 7257239
120151 7259663 7259007
7259008 7240138 7258815 7259626
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
Resistors (Continued)
B 473 1216154
B 473
47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated 6800 Ohms 1 W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
Tubes
5252 5222 5328 5541 5241
5003
6BA6 6SA7 12AU7
6R8 6V6GT OZ4
Miscellaneous Electrical
7259352 7259034
7259021 7242204 7259009 1219661 7259164 7258146 7259011 7259012 7258941 7259324 7255881
8542
A. Lead and Fuse Holder Assy. Control . Volume - Tone and Switch
Volume Tone Switch
Control - Sensitivity Delay Adjustor Relay Solenoid Solenoid Plunger Assy.
Speaker Switch - Tuner Return Switch - Station Selector Transformer - Input Transformer - Output
Transformer - Power Vibrator- Non-Synchronous
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
7256742 1217820 7236279 7259307 7258073 7239125
Tuner
7259201 7259178
44 7259287
7259344 7259496 7259017
1219610 7256688 1219174 7259100 7259207
7259055 1219611
7259028 7259125
7259111 7256121 7259026
Antenna Connector Socket - Dial Light Socket - Octal Socket - 9 Pin Miniature Socket - 7 Pin Miniature Socket- Vibrator
Core - Tuning Core Core - Guide Bar Dial Light Escutcheon Assy.
Dial Dial Backplate Manual Drive Shaft Assy. Motor Gear Train Assy. Pointer Backplate Pointer Tip Pkg. Spring Clip Spring - Worm Anti -rattle Spring - Motor Power Station Selector Bar Pkg. Station Selector Bar & Shaft Assy. Switch Operating Ring Toggle Plate Spring (2) "C" Washer Worm and Bracket Assy.
INSTALLATION PARTS
554691 6030 6030 6030
555348
"A" Lead & Condenser Assy. Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Condenser - Regulator Clip - Hood Bonding
414237 7257239
120151 7259663 7259007
Distributor - Insulator Elbow Distributor - Suppressor Fuse - 15 Amps Knob - Tuner Knob - Tone Control
7259008 6013
7258815
7259626
Knob - Sensitivity Control Static Collector Trim Plate - 98 Series Trim Plate - 88 and 76 Series
www.americanradiohistory.com
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 1950 Chevrolet Cars. TUBES-Five, plus rectifier.
-6" SPEAKER x 9" Elliptical, Permanent
Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P. B. Mechani-
cal.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-For Antennas Between
0.000058 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE-550-1600 KC.
PUSH BUTTON SETUP PROCEDURE
Pull Push Button down and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output Meter Connections Generator Return Dummy Antenna Volume Control Position Tone Control Position Generator Output
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-6
MODEL 986388,
Chevrol
i
Dial Light Lead
"A" Lead
Tuning Tone
Volume Control
Control Control
and Switch
MODEL 986388
Across Voice Coil To Receiver Chassis ____ In Series With Generator
Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
1
2 3
4
5
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
0.1 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect Signal Generator
to
6BE6 Grid (Pin #7)
Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1400 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Tune Receiver to
High Frequency Stop High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal
Adjust in Sequence For Max. Output A, B, C, D *E, F, G
J, K F, G L"
*Before making this adjustment 1 25/32" from the mounting end mounting end of the coil form.) justments should be made with an
check mechanical setting of oscillator core "H." The rear of the of the coil form. (This measurement is readily made by inserting a sui If adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal seal on the core insulated screw driver; and core studs should be cemented in place
core table studs.
with
should plug in
Core
glyptal
be
the ad or
household cement after alignment.
**L is the bar (See 1000 KC
pointer adjustment screw which is on tuner Dwg.). It should be adjusted so mark. This setting is to give the correct
the connecting link, between the pointer assembly that when looking directly at the dial the pointer is relationship between the pointer and the dial when
and core guide 3/16" below the the radio is in -
stalled in a car.
With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer "G" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC (see sticker on case).
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-62 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 986338, Chevrolet
- R.F. UNIT PARTS LAYOUT
TUBE VIEW
AUDIO UNIT
R.F. UNIT
- PARTS LAYOUT
CHASSIS VIEW
AUDIO UNIT
R.F. UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART
The tube socket voltages, as measured at the factory and under the conditions shown on the schematic diagram on page 3 are shown above. The blank spaces are provided so the service man may fill in the actual voltage readings as taken with his own equipment. A normal operating radio should be used for these measurements.
VOLTMETER RESISTANCE READINGS TAKEN WITH
OHMS PER VOLT VOLTS AT SPARK PLATE
Voltage measured from socket terminals to chassis and are positive unless marked otherwise..
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
S93w 8'9
90,
P
N
O
w
o'
F n,,.. Q w
O
U(
1
a4
o
O
~
>
m
>
o
ñ d
O >o
n G'
1311HM
N33M9
I31IHM
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-63
MODEL 93638, (
Chevrolet
z1=
S,-,Wx..Y...m iOt
W
Z
.
J ÑI..,
gr, x OO
N F-
(W
o
J
C.
á
0 41
: J dl pN' 2W 4 0 0< K O Ú HN ¢
W<<rcJ i~ g
aO 41
Ñ
O >
< > n Z
< {O F w
o2
f9
'42 O; J< Z4J0 O
J wW
p< <
W
y
N
tlf
=
G W
H W
Z <
2 W
O c. K
N>pJp
/-
a< O
< Z
1-0
M
O
pp
Fj j W
<i<N i 'II
á< W O W[9 F-
J
p
F-ñNWJáóa
J
áá J¢Z¢>IZ-.
wá Zá
41 W f/)
S n o
<Ñ iaa3
1
1
f--woaa
*me
O
Q
> /F
'ENE
bF
-419,
U
J M0113Aai iQaY'__m
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-64 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 986388, Chevrolet
.= 1
,
5 rc
r.mE=uc.á
ÚÚb00»00>
o.ow-wvro
MCC E E
JOCOÓGÓO
.ñ7 L 1. IC N A
H»Hó" »>
000 0oG0,
OpCOO u VN
r-`d+-wOG.bG.bcwC
E2 E E
E EE
öo çóoówóóó
' e
ro
R
0'n7
N » F-ó.ó.oHH
>^u dvl
G
00
000TSLb.0
bó pp áJ.J
O O
ErIV%..
.cçóqqQÖ
EE v`n
000 O y N N M
CM. feV V\M
0 ;Z W W W
hl P.
N0N0N070J
NVN e ülww2
,
# 1100.11I1nn111
a
C
O:
z
H
,,-,e MVJ NNoOeNtnt V,O-0.11O., Nctt0
N NNNN
eMeluMe1 Voa' eNn
NN" O` a^ Oe O7 ^ I\ t\
MeNr-GV^\mNM
M M CO
Nn N Nn
050' 1\ t\
W co n 1\
Nn Nn
e
...
N..
c.-0.
T
.-.
O N
N N NN
e N
n N
cN o
QmNCeN!]
a N
O
M
GroOE:,)n EG_7
<ooq cV.o.ó Ox0
©John F. Rider
0 0
o m
Cl.a
=7 zO
eWu\NO7cV0O.cVO0.vc^0\
N N
N n
N
1\
N
t\
N
1\
CU-O,ON NMecNo0
00cOc0^
NnhNnNl.N
-+N.-. e OCmOeVMoD cMbOCMONe} tlV,ntnv r^4 1,
<02
www.americanradiohistory.com
O
V
á a
ÿ
SOuwm
o
H Yáy1
5^
vy [e!u
.
yoya1 CagñOd.y°Eöy dÉU-v.as2Fwmw.ca
aa0o 'óá VÁ(° áz
ccc á 0000- s5000v-áá-éCaccau
ro
VUVUA LN4acz4y cpo,rnayúyc
p 00
dax
vdcCcO''a
IñFOU
bb-ti
v
-2,-2;0'
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-0
MODEL 986388,
° Chevrolet
N ro n I N ro U
C
C^M»ti
Wes, ---
Ê Ê Ê.2 1áÊmÓÓV
p000
em....M.,`
oO Oo d00o0OÓÓX
N20 N 000N
F
>.Noám¡mt d
000000000
0000M
OON.(0OM0OI0nNP00O00
O.
O.
-.
.-.
O000000O000n0.000N000OOn-.0e0N0 VN.NV.NV.NV0.000
nnnr,.-.
ONOn. nNNPnVNPO.OOOP NNN V.V.V.
P.P.>.
nemo
n-O..nO(.O4nO,4NO0.
NNN V`V.-....
nn^-.O.
M M 00 V\
ne
N M V. V. V.
N M V.
... ...
ndUmd
N
n0 MN OV. Ner 0b-N' N N
NN r4 r4 V.
V.
ddddmUm
NN n Ñ 00 .o
mdd
eNOOMV.NNVMN.0NN
V.V.V.V.V\
ONnOP 0PN0`O..e..-.rOO.0...N.0NOn0
O.PO.O.00
OPN OO0OOnO 0OO0-0O.0.eN0h
nnnn.. CVNO.CNVO.NOVNO.nNOOOOOO
ONO. NNPNVOO..0On0 nnn tINn,NV.NnVe..rP
n-NeN-Oo nnnN O. O. O. O.
NnNnNnP-
0,VVe.0e..m.+naM,0MMteVM,..mNenOr
N..N.-N.nNnNn
OV.Mn
V.Oe
V..OP
m n
Ve-N..r.mOONOOn-eVN-r...VVN--.'.m0Nnn.
ÿV.
N
-.
.0 V.n
erV.fn
OMO eV..-O.. N N N...
-.-+n
MnMPPeNn0rO0On.0-0O.v.00.0O
NNNN N
.ac
CI
% _
á
1.
FÓ ö
öEyVoé yöK
>.(5
m
ßi wpE a úQ
- ._3 .
á
2
ay.
7
o
d, í0.
[O äÓayiú
ö: 3 G
`5[p- ú °. CoWOOaO ó
xz :°eo'o F U
. ÿ.o
og ; ';
.
y
E y o
Ey .y
di r U .r.5 H. :i í. y
7
+
2 C
Ccro-.J.Sc_
c..a
19>:
uáláld
-/ Ú Ú V
-p
F ó :c
p0u>..
V V
MMMC n N M M M M1M .-.
er V.
Ie.
00 P O 'e
N
V'
M er ,
t{ er..f
1
ä C
.Y
ä C
-. NM eh V\
R ca
yy uV ë é
O
aU w
O at V
O0
K
y:a
5'cr. o
5
O
..
=ca°:»a2OrOaúo
ZO zO zO
m roat udTr 1at
Vro"ÿv-Ñoyti aarocrocroc
OO 5ÿ
zZ
óa uvV 01
C ÿ
aem0 Du-72.
Tc1cV
m
U40O
ro 7
a mvv S5 °:c.Ai.-S2.45)-5G0 mn'
PÓy..COuIC%CC.
~ECoy-"úOoa/..áúrrcogoCor'oÓg4:d10y3ú2.cóS2cóE.2Ec .yd..C.dy.K1POPO
có cóV°2°Vo eati
mEWE eom00
ä C'i
V^A ro 07
ÑáÑ Ñ
C
cñvFE=> Sn
Úcñv°lv°l
ñ.cñv°
ráf]VÚV
ow á C7C7 áááá áácñcñvai
GM =
.VZi O O
há^ r.
V
:-'2
z b
(N7^4
-00 .OboeOnrDe,00r V1V0
w l
r4
=._
NoN enV.neNotn
00MOp 00
NnnN.N.NnV.
H
-.. Pn NV\
ro
0N0M0p M0.
noNnNN
N .+
bN 1 0 0 0 .-.00N M
O.
00
00 V.
ñV.0Vn.0.0NnV0N.n0VN0n`0NV0.NnÑn
N N
00M 00.0 N
00 00 00 00 00 V0
0VNn0.Nn0V0.NnnNV0Nn\.V0Nn0.
W
em -.meo
V. 00 00 V. V. 00
n0VN0.N..V0Nn0\-N0--+.+N.P.-N-+0.i.
-.
00
N00 .VO. -r.e0r0
N0-....aNO.V-.N+0.V0nNn.nVNVn..
zC O
' V
er
cOo
00
21
NV.
nnnnn MnNÿ
-.
ONM0O0n0.e-r.Ñ
NNNN N
er
P0000
er V\ Y\
MPN
^
<eMvUe
b et
eF
n
et
Oet0ePr0V..v-. Nn
On.NNjMn NNNN OVOMPO-O.OVO\
I.n-.n
--.+PTevv.
N-.
nnn NNNM OO.OP
V\ M
Vv.Vv. \VrJ
00 v1
nnnn - 0ene.rrO0rNb0V00.0NO0nVN0.NNOM0V.00NONV00. 0VNnnONO.vnrNNP.0\
NN
00MOPON
nn O NN NnrN. n n 0.0r000P000V0N.0V0N\00P0O1On
V. V.
V. V.
00
0- NNNN nPiOINnnOp0.N.a0OOPhn0p-0..+--VPv.0.v.-0IP.0+n.0P..0V..0.0...
...N.nNnNnN N-0V_P.p. 0NVP,.0.O0CvV00n.Ove1-+n.rr, vuP.`,
e}V.en
NbM01000
PONM OOPnnNM
nnnn 000
P. r,
en r
V.On00 n OC. 000000
® John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-66 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 986339, Chevrolet
GENERAL
MOUNTING All 1950 Chevrolet Cars
TUBES
Five. plus Rectifier
SPEAKER
6" Electro -Magnetic or 6" Permanent Magnet
TUNING
Manual
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSATION
-For Antennas Between
0.000060 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE
535 - 1610 KC
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
Output Meter Connection Generator Return Dummy Antenna Volume Control Position Tone Control Position Generator Output
- R.F. Trimmer
1st I.F. Primary 2nd I.F. Secondary
...ä..4em,..,
R.F.
:
Unit
Power Unit
.e..3
.....:.:/.¡
.6
,
,.,.4.' ...e..{4Cia4.ip..4f
.
.
' .....anonenee...4
FCae{4.4'
e4{a4pc>+e14
J_
"A" Plug
Tuning Tone Volume Control Control Control_ and Switch
MODEL 986389
Across Voice Coil To Receiver Chassis In Series With Generator
Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
I
2
3
4
5
Series Condenser or Dummy Antenna Connect To
0.02 Mfd. 0.000065 Mfd 0.000065 Mfd. 0.000065 Mfd. 0.000065 Mfd.
6BE6 Grid (Pin k7) Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
257.5 KC. 1610 KC. 1400 KC. 1610 KC. 1400 KC.
Tune Receiver
To
I lgh Frequency Stop
High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal
Adjust In
Sequence For Max.
Output
A. B. C. D
E,F,G If, J, K
Fe G
*Pointer Adjust. Screw
'Refer to the Pointer String Hookup drawing
This should be adjusted so the pointer reads 1400 KC.
With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer eG" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
l
6BA6
R .F.
`60
66E6
52
CONV./
6BA6
6AT6
I. F.
fi
DEL-A.V.G.
0
PARTS LAYOUT-TUBE VIEW
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-67 MODEL 936339,
Chevrolet
PARTS LAYOUT -CHASSIS VIEW
©John F. Rider
PARTS LAYOUT-POWER UNIT
www.americanradiohistory.com
?AGE 21-68 UNITED MOTORS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
t
257v.
5.9V.
BOTTOM VIEW OF TUBE SOCKETS
READINGS TAKEN FROM TUBE SOCKET CONTACTS TO CHASSIS WITH A D. C. VOLTMETER HAVING A RESISTANCE OF 1000 OHMS PER
VOLT.
"A" SUPPLY AT SPARK PLATE 6.0 VOLTS "B" SUPPLY DRAIN APPROXIMATELY 50 MA.
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-69 MODÈL 986389
Chevrolet
5.9V
v
5.9V. ,g4Z©+
O 62V.
6BA6
6AT6
2.5 4avc-n.FO
OV O
30V
O V.
9.2V
OTQ*,
5.9V.
225v. 62V
Efos%
468Eiv6.Q
O OV.
0V. OV
OV.
/h
*1pi ©
GT
eUTPU
O V.
5.9v.
225V. 239 V
5.9V.
119 V.
62V.
TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART
CORD 1216037
7 POINTER RETURN
SPRING - 1218654
SCREW -
POINTER ADJUSTMENT
©John F. Rider
U POINTER STRING HOOKUP
www.americanradiohistory.com
AGE 21-70 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 986389, Chevrolet
Mrs
PPP tr1Ort
N N
N
x
U .r,ñÑ
rbePe
.ON.nOnP.O
P a.p0pPNa00a.00.PnPN
F
g1I1.n ? 2.2e aDa0PPa0aOCOaO.ppn.,tPO.ppy<j
,,,,m,-m,,--- N N N N N N N N N N Z
NaOeaOaOON P Nrr. Pr,PPrr, Nt+1.,DOV1MaaO01,
.n .n.n r.P.n.aOn---
r.nP
.pp
tNr,raCONOP'OnNrCrNr° .nPrANN
;
amU
- - 70 v,v1V1NM er7y..nG
áÿ!!'- $arm
: 7 » E»2 7 7 .o
EFF
ó-o
o
LCCY
7
-0
x
``nÉ ..cE>r>F>F>F
c u
é°>NoO,.-.óo>
¡=>
E88. ÿ`g E óE...052888°
g.n y.O8ÇNCCLCNv-.-îîîiáá-
áLLOo.2525p ó0ó S2l5YóJCÿC.rL.
° ..
P N
rr,PPaO.nrr. +.7.0 a000.n.n0PaOeP NNÑ NNNNNNN
ñ0rNrer0Ñ\0rñrNea.GN0-
, r -0CDO°r0,rNPrN.aPNe0r.P+0N.
N-^N -N -N^N-N
..-.onoNNarrrO.O,..rrnN.,.Nr0NnaNOO0NP.rr+rN..P,,NrrNnbOr.ro0.°,7rV.nn.,rr7+r,r,,7.0pn-
N N N N N N N N,N N N N N
g.rGróa0áp.ór0.á-rrrár,
NNNNN N
O
pMrn
.h-e^N
U U !+7 i]
U
NON ONO.r,OrNaO.n
mQá ávááámáum
amU
_
N...a.r,
'3John F. Rider
---- .<mu
<mc
.Ot\VO-Nr+.O.n---.0,c°P---O-NNJrN+N,VN.Nn
.NoNrrNDNPHO,H-,rN+,Mfr,<fr..tn.,.rO+,Hn,Or..
www.americanradiohistory.com
MOUNTING-All 1950 Chevrolet Trucks. TUBES-Five, plus rectifier.
-6" SPEAKER x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P. B. Mechanical. ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-For Antennas Between
0.000058 - 0.000090 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE-550-1600 KC.
PUSH BUTTON SET-UP PROCEDURE
Pull Push Button left and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Output Meter Connections
Generator Return
Dummy Antenna
Volume Control Position
Tone Control Position
Generator Output
Volume Control
and Switch
Dial Light Lead
Steps
1
2 3 4 5
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
0.1 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect Signal Generator
to
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8)
Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-71 MODEL 936)143, Chevrolet
Tuning Control
MODEL 986443
Across Voice Coil To Receiver Chassis In Series With Generator
Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Tune Receiver to
High Frequency Stop High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
A, B, C, D 5E, F, G J, K F, G L**
'Before making this adjustment 15a" from the mounting end of mounting end of the coil form.) justments should be made with an
tchIihnefescuackdloajitlumesdftemocsrhcemranen.twiciasd(lTrnihvesiecesret,stismnaagneryda,souffcrioerosrmtescedinislslttsauotidsolsvrerescahtodhorieuelyldg"mlHybaep.d"taeclebTsmyehaeelinntsoerednerattirihnnegopfacloatsrchueeeitaswctbuoildterhes.psgluhlCygoopuritlneadl
be the ad-
or
household cement after alignment.
*bLmaarirsk(.StheeTe hptiusonisneerttetirDngwagdis.j)utsotmIgtievnesthotshucelrdecwobrerwecahtdicjruhesltaeistdioonsnsohittphheabtectwwohneenennectltihoneogkipnlogininkdt,eirrebceattnlwydeeanttheththedeiadlpiaowlinhthteeenr
assembly pointer is the radio
and core guide on the 1100 KC is installed in a
car.
With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer "G" for maximum volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC (see sticker on case).
PARTS LAYOUT-TUBE VIEW
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PARTS LAYOUT-CHASSIS VIEW
PAGE 21-72 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 986h)13, Chevrolet
TUNER ED
ESCUTCHEON CROSS SECTION
TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART
The tube socket voltages, as measured at the factory and under the conditions shown on the
schematic diagram on page 3 are shown above. ,The blank spaces are provided so the service
man may fill in the actual voltage readings as taken with his own equipment. A normal
operating radio should be used for these measurements.
VOLTMETER RESISTANCE
OHMS PER VOLT
READINGS TAKEN WITH
VOLTS AT SPARK PLATE
()John F. Rider
Voltage measured from socket terminals to chassis and are positive unless marked otherwise.
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-73
IZCDEL 93Ü4+3 ,
Chevrolet
F i zW
h
XU z7xÑlc
0'6;8_,"' fT;15<-
J J
O
JO
4%4 t:a z ÑJ
< O zw
.41
41Z>_4
-^
o
v '; É o
h Ip
2Y J
2;310 y<y11N
f/1F 2
O Y
E M.CW.0
óvt 4i'®g
JFp W
rnJJ o
_4 3ieiW
Fli
<
O <
IL
W
a a
F
2
ÿ á
á
<ezác;<á
21«
I
H
i 4
0
R
2
e
> o
o
-J
WSI
.91"MIflI
L£
-
i
= o
25
etj
y _
e
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-74 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 98611113,
Chevrole t
Illus. No.
1
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13
14 14A 14B
15 16 17 18 19
20 20A 20B
ZOC
21 22 23 24 25
26 26A 26B
27 28
3.5
36 37 38 39
40
41 42 43
44
45 46 47 48 49
Production Part No.
7255738 7258914 7240251 7258914 7258911
7258188 7258198 7255912 7258554 7258554
7257959 7236841 1219550 7242454
7258221 7257424 7236842 7230767 1217848
7240724
7239188 7230892 1219632 7232956 7233243
7258332
1217848 7240906
7237835 1211 147 7233653 7237595 7240732
1214550 7238873 1214553 7241937 1213479
1213479 7233773 7238873 7237994 1214573
7237751 7237752 1214293 1213793 1211924
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
7255738 7258914 7240251 7258914 7258911
Coils
Antenna Series Choke Antenna Antenna Spark Choke R.F. Oscillator
1218725 1218726 7255912 1217846 1217846
Condensers
7257959 E-503 G 680
7242454
1st I. F. 2nd I.F. Hash Choke "A" Spark Choke "A" Spark Choke
Antenna Trimmer & Brkt. .05 mfd. 400V Tubular .000068 mEd. Mica Dual Trimmer
R.F. Section Oscillator Section
G 390 7257424 . E 503
E 502 1217848
.000039 mfd. Mica .000180 mfd. Compensating .05 mfd. 200V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular Chassis Plate Cond.
M 908
Electrolytic 20 mfd. 25V 20 mEd. 400V 20 mfd. 400V
E 102
E 503 E 202 E 502
H 402
.001 mfd. 600V Tubular .05 mfd. 400V Tubular .002 mfd. 600V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular .004 mfd. 800V Tubular
1219869
1217848 H 602
Resistors A 221 A 225 C 153
B 153
A 334
Spark Plate Cond. Pilot Light Section "A" Lead Section
Chassis Plate Cond. .006 mfd. 1500V Tubular 220 ohms 1/zW Insulated 2.2 megohms 1/2W Insulated 15,000 ohms 2W Insulated 15,000 ohms I W Insulated 330,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated
A 223 A 105 A 473 A 685 A 224
22,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2W Insulated
47,000 ohms 1W Insulated
6.8 megohms !/2W Insulated 220,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated
A 224 C331 A 105 B 221 I C-272 Ì B-562
5'_29 5222 5232 5241 5003
Tubes
220,000 ohms t/W Insulated
330 ohms IW Insulated 1 megohm 1/2W Insulated 220 ohms 1W Insulated 1800 ohms 2W wire wound (Replace with 2700 2W and 5600 1W in parallel
6SK7 6SA7 6SQ7GT 6V6GT OZ4
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus. No.
55
55A 55B 55C 56
57 58 59 60 61
65 66 67
75
76 77
78
79 80
81 82 83
84 85 86 87
88
89
90
91 92 93 94
Production Part No.
7256188
7242204
125588 7259381 7256009 7255881 7239124
7256250 7256742 1219619 7236279 7239125
7255941 147481
7258491 7258525
7258072
7258203 7258211
7256271 7255992 7258468
7259759 7259764 7255940 7256163
7256102
7259755 7237172 7244021 7251168 7256175
1219618
1217837 7258756 7257415 7255984
7257919 1911095 1910147 1912900 7256098
147685 7256148 7255935 7255936 7256466
7255934 494786 1887829 1888204
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-75
MODEL 98611113,
Chevrolet
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
Miscellaneous Electrical Parts
7256188 7242204
Control - Volume, Tone & Switch Volume Control Tone Control
Switch Control - Sensitivity
55
6111 7256009 7255881
8542
Lamp - Dial Light Speaker - 6x9 Elliptical PM Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis
1217950 7256742 1219619 7236279 7239125
"A" Lead & Fuse Holder Connector - Antenna Socket- Dial Light Socket - Octal Tube Socket - Vibrator
Tuner
7255941 147481
7258491 7258525
7258072
Backplate - Pointer
Ball Bearings Pkg. Bushing & Drive Shaft Assy.
Manual Drive Shaft Assy. Clutch Disc - Driven
7258203
7258211 7256271 7255992
7258468
Connecting Link Core Guide Bar - Parallel
Conn. Link - Pointer Spring -Conn. Link - Pointer Core Assy. - Powdered Iron
7259759 7259764 7255940 7256163
7256102
7259755 7237172 7244021 7251168 7256175
1219618
1217837 7258756 7257415 7255984
Escutcheon Assy. Dial Dial Backplate - Upper Dial Backplate - Lower
Gear & Bushing -Clutch
Gear & Bracket- Worm Grommet - Osc. Coil Mtg. Grommet - Ant. - RF Coil Mtg. Grommet - "A" Lead Pointer Assy.
Pointer Tip Pkg.
Push Button and Slide Assy. Spring - Clutch Spring - Core Bar Conn. Link Spring Slide Return
INSTALLATION PARTS
7257919 6030
6030 6030
7256098
Condenser - Ammeter Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Coil Condenser - Voltage Regulator Escutcheon -Control Bushing
147685 7256148 7255935 7255936 7256466
Fuse - 14 amps Knob - Control
Knob - Dummy Knob - Wing Spacer - Radio Mtg. - Lower
7255934 6009
6003 1888204
Spacer - Radio Mtg. - Upper Static Collector Suppressor - Distributor Rubber Nipple
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-76 UNITED MOTORS
'1ODL 2233297
GENERAL
MOUNTING--All 1950 GMC Trucks. TUBES-Five, plus rectifier.
SPEAKER -6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P. B. Mechanical. ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA-
TION-For Antennas Between
0.000058 - 0.000090 Mfd. TUNING RANGE-550-1600 KC.
PUSH BUTTON SET-UP PROCEDURE
Pull Push Button left and out. Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
Tone Control
Volume Control
and Switch
"A" Lead
Dial Light Lead
MODEL 2233297
Tuning Control
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE Output Meter Connections Generator Return ___.____ Dummy Antenna Volume Control Position _ ___.______.. Tone Control Position Generator Output . -
Steps
1
2 3 4 5
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna 0.1 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect Signal Generator
to
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8) Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Across Voice Coil ___To Receiver Chassis In Series With Generator
_ Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Tune Receiver to
High Frequency Stop f ligh Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal High Frequency Stop Signal Generator Signal
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
A, B, C, D *E, F, G J, K F, G L55
*Before making this adjustment check mechanical setting of oscillator core "H." The rear of the core should be I$$" from the mounting end of the coil form. (This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of the coil form.) If adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal seal on the core studs. Core adjustments should be made with an insulated screw driver, and core studs should be cemented in place with glyptal of household cement after alignment. e#L is the pointer adjustment screw which is on the connecting link, between the pointer assembly and core guide bar (See tuner Dwg.) It should be adjusted so that when looking directly at the dial the pointer is at the 1100 KC mark. This setting is to give the correct relationship between the pointer and the dial when the radio is installed in a
car. With the radio installed and the car antenna plugged in adjust the antenna trimmer "G" for maximum volume with
l the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC (see sticker on case). 0
PARTS LAYOUT-TUBE VIEW
°John F. Rider
311 17
-0
12
®, Qflute."--,-:
al
25
I o5
- 11m
PARTS LAYOUT-CHASSIS VIEW
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE ?1-77 MODEL 2233297
l ESCI ITCHF,ON CROSS SECTION
'11'
TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART
n mTp'r- e1 OUT-
min ®ñ»_ =Km plio© 6V6GT IíOi+
O -vb. MINN
_e, ta;ro®_ p 0 DEI
1p1G1 Emu
CO 4,70.4, L16
_© p "Pp O Ñ o 6S/C7
1.6
o
o 101e~
m ,r,©Tp
OfO MINIM
n ©1©iGtiO ®MW
60
s_oo,~°pTo
m
Ofoie~
Voltage measured from socket terminals to chassis and are positive unless marked otherwise.
The tube socket voltages, as measured at the factory and under the conditions shown on the schematic diagram on page are shown above. The blank spaces are provided so the service man may fill in the actual voltage readings as taken with his own equipment. A normal operating radio should be used for these measurements.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-78 UNITED MOTORS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
Illus. No.
2 3
4
5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14
14A 14B
15 16 17 18 19
20 20A 20B 20C
21 22 23 24 25
26 26A 26B
27 28
35 36 37 38 39
40
41 42 43 44
45 46 47 48 49
©John F. Rider
Production Part No.
7255738 7258914 7240251 7258914 7258911
7258188 7258198 7255912 7258554 7258554
7257959 7236841 1219550 7242454
7258221 7257424 7236842 7230767 1217848
7240724
7239188 7230892 1219632 7232956 7233243
7258332
12178487240906
7237835 1211147 7233653 7237595 7240732
1214550 7238873 1214553 7241937 1213479
1213479 7233773 7238873 7237994 1214573
7237751 7237752 1214293 1213793 1211924
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-79 MODEL 2233297
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
Description
ELECTRICAL PARTS
7255738 7258914
7240251 7258914
7258911
Coils
Antenna Series Choke Antenna Antenna Spark Choke R.F. Oscillator
1218725 1218726 7241708 1217846 1217846
Condensers
7257959 E-503 G 680
7242454
1st I.F. 2nd I.F. Hash Choke "A" Spark Choke "A" Spark Choke
Antenna Trimmer & Brkt. .05 mfd. 400V Tubular .000068 mfd. Mica Dual Trimmer
R.F. Section Oscillator Section
G 390 7257424
E 503
E 502 1217848
.000039 mfd. Mica .000180 mfd. Compensating .05 mfd. 200V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular Chassis Plate Cond.
M 908
Electrolytic 20 mfd. 25V 20 mfd. 400V 20 mfd. 400V
E 102 E 503 E 202 E 502
H 402
.001 mfd. 600V Tubular .05 mfd. 400V Tubular .002 mfd. 600V Tubular .005 mfd. 600V Tubular .004 mfd. 800V Tubular
1219369
1217848 H 602
Resistors A 221 A 225 C 153
B 153 A 334
Spark Plate Cond. Pilot Light Section "A" Lead Section
Chassis Plate Cond. .006 mfd. 1600V Tubular
220 ohms 1/2W Insulated 2.2 megohms 1/2W Insulated 15,000 ohms 2W Insulated 15,000 ohms W 1 Insulated 330,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated
A 223
4 105
A 473 A 685 A 224
22,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2W Insulated 47,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated 6.8 megohms 1/2W Insulated 220,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated
A 224 B 331 A 105 B 221 ( C-272 1 B-562
5229 5222 5232 5241 5003
Tubes
220,000 ohms 1/2W Insulated 330 ohms 1W Insulated 1 megohm 1/2W Insulated 220 ohms 1W Insulated 1800 ohms (Replace with 2700 2W and 5600 1W in parallel)
6SK7 6SA7 6SQ7GT 6V6GT OZ4
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-80 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 2233297
Illus. No.
55
55A 55B 55C
56
57 58 59 60 61
65 66 67
75
76 77
78
79 80
81 82 83
84 85 86 87
88
89
90
91 92 93 94
Production Part No.
7256188
7242204
125588 7259381 7256009 7255881 7239124
7256250 7256742 1219619 7236279 7239125
7255941 147481
7258491 7258525
7258072
7258203 7258211
7256271 7255992 7258468
7259798 7259799 7255940 7256163
7256102
7259755 7237172 7244021 7251168 7256175
1219618
1217837 7258756 7257415 7255984
7257919 1911095 1910147 1912900 7256098
147685 7256148 7255935 7255936 7256466
7255934 494786 1887829 1888204
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service
Part No.
Description
Miscellaneous Electrical Parts
7256188 7242204
Control - Volume, Tone & Switch Volume Control Tone Control
Switch Control - Sensitivity
55
7259381 7256009 7255881
8542
Lamp - Dial Light Speaker - 6x9 Elliptical PM Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator
MECHANICAL PA RTS
Chassis
1217950 7256742 1219619 7236279 7239125
"A" Lead & Fuse Holder Connector - Antenna Socket - Dial Light Socket - Octal Tube Socket - Vibrator
Tuner
7255941 147481
7258491 72585 25
7258072
Backplate - Pointer
Ball Bearings Pkg. Bushing & Drive Shaft Assy.
Manual Drive Shaft Assy. Clutch Disc - Driven
7258203 7258211
7256271
7255992 7258468
Connecting Link Core Guide Bar - Parallel
Conn. Link - Pointer Spring -Conn. Link - Pointer Core Assy. - Powdered Iron
7259798 7259799
7255940 7256163 7256102
Escutcheon Assy.
Dial Dial Backplate - Upper Dial Backplate - Lower Gear & Bushing Clutch
7259755 7237172
7244021
7251168 7256175
1219618
Gear & Bracket - Worm Grommet - Osc. Coil Mtg. Grommet - Ant. - RF Coil Mtg. Grommet - "A" Lead Pointer Assy.
Pointer Tip Pkg.
1217837 7258756 7257415
7255984
Push Button and Slide Assy. Spring - Clutch Spring - Core Bar Conn. Link Spring - Slide Return
INSTALLATION PARTS
7257919 6030 6030 6030
7256098
Condenser - Ammeter Condenser - Generator Condenser - Ignition Coil Condenser - Voltage Regulator Escutcheon - Control Bushing
147685 7256148
7255935 7255936 7256466
Fuse - 14 amps Knob - Control Knob - Dummy Knob - Wing Spacer - Radio Mtg. - Lower
7255934 6009
6003 1888204
Spacer - Radio Mtg. - Upper Static Collector Suppressor - Distributor Rubber Nipple
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 1950 Cadillac Cars.
- TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER 6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Manual and 5 P.B. Mechanical.
- ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSATION 0.000060 - 0.000085 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE -550-1600 KC.
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP Pull pushbutton to the right and out.
Tune in desired station manually. Push button all the way in.
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
Output Meter Connection _.
Signal Generator Return
Dummy Antenna
Volume Control
Tone Control
- --
Generator Output _.----- -.
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-8" MODEL 7258755,
Cadillac
Volume Control
- On -Off
Switch
Dial Light Lead
MODEL 7258755
Tuning Control
Tone Control
_. Across Voice Coil To Chassis
In Series With Generator Maximum Volume Treble
Minimum for Readable Indication
Steps
1
2 3 4 5
Series Condenser or
Dummy Antenna
0.1 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd. 0.000068 Mfd.
Connect To
6SA7 Grid (Pin #8) Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 1430 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Tune Receiver
To
High Freq. Stop High Freq. Stop Signal Gen. Signal High Freq. Stop Signal Gen. Signal
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
A, B, C, D '`E, F, G J, K F, G
L"
*sBpcshtoleuourfdeugoslrdesisnthubmodetsuha.elk1di2mnCbg5eoo/u3rternh2eit"-asisndefgjaarulodesemjdtunmsdwtetmhniotethefsnmtgtahloreyceuphnctemaotcilikanldgoeftroheerhnfmrodoum)ms.oeefchthohtIahflendeiacmccdaoejolumiulssnetfenmtotittnreimgnangft.etenisordf(naToetlhhicfgieesntshsmomeasreecycnaio,ltsil.bluaetrfoeorsmrumercenortwteoiisth"rfHieraas.ndt"idliynissTsumohllaaevtdeeesdltobhtysetceridgenlwsyeedpnrrttdiaivnlegorsf,eaaatlnhsudeointcacobothrlreeee
**"L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the pointer connecting link (See tuner drawing). Adjust so pointer reads 1000 KC (on the "10" calibration mark).
With mum
the radio installed and volume with the radio
the car antenna plugged tuned to a weak station
in adjust antenna near 1400 KC.
trimmer
"G"
(See sticker on case)
for maxi-
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-82 UNITED MOTORS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-83
MODEL 7253755, Cadillac
K
>
MI
n
L4
W
M 00£
>
nOI
>
O
I
El_ét
0 Q Q WIH1?M
.9--'00041
3fT18o .t18R8
I-J03ilp
> o
cZ7r-
J3800
Ola
st
I _H ®I Wk I
a
000' ¡ a
3018O 11:7-4-1(-4-21 038o
'93M 8'9
-dg
I 1.Vtl9
ó
,LZ--Jg MZZ b^^
ar
-s i ó
9b j{Qi[Q^^
1
> o
i
a
Mor3
I
f
çM SI
6£0000
N33il9* o
> o
-- fm'er-l-(53-0 7 M 0££
3n-la
M91
> a
n
1
-nn- NM/
ar 93M a a
ö
I nnn
I
t
I
1 83389
a
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
2-W (i9HW
fi'3''O~''N''Q'a''i
zW4'j_ZY4
W d _~in Q Q1`ur
CO)
-J
1...
,WO>=,Q1`f0
F(W
YNZ Zp
J '8,
JWFQQ>
W
Q
Z-2Q4Z>o0mOgZO
>rW0WOJJZW
JW67QÓO¢
J Q Y N Q J~ H
N Q WZ QZ
O H
Ooo_ wu
5:
á m.
K
W
W »
LL
r- ,- Z
n QO
M J JN
> QZ
RW d C0 W
1-
p0 0W
Y -Q
FJO
y
W U JO
V 28
I
` I
I
I
G O
I-- ti
OJWFU
OF Z O
N
w
n
V
'
w
á
AGE 21-84 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 7253755, Cadillac
>:
ca
A
7s doo V C
7
V=O_O.
H FEE 1m4c.mE-422m
E»> >» VVVF>V
bvv>>ó ,7 v wcWwO W
ti
R 67
.>D.>7.>O7
>0000000 yNóyó.
ti ti'ao
.22-3
¢
O
óFFV
H>> C¢
>o080 '2
o °ñ
WW W
-o N 7'
p !.
.r4
b ro W a H
O OO N S°.90.
0 0
0 0
0N. 0 00 0O wd Ó N ó
in O 4L
NN MshN-N MOCOO OONerN0.'n0r0l N-
r,t N4 00
D`
n'..-. t.. C7NC7WWC WMN WW2
WaaNcOoa-Nao0OXOre0ON\hNWN7.
©John F. Rider
-NfayN,VONAeVNn,rONNW-NNM0OnnNo0M0-N000a0-N0.00O
<evcO eU
e^cOOhNO-N
N N N N M N N N Nch y, VO
f `I
rN\rNooN`MOM-
C O
c.
,.1
U
u Z
..cEL.R q
U
-3-3
..Y
U
Yi.
á
L EE
á
Éo»oC.jti.dp.uó
,.00.....u-0..
T.'
rr
A
ci)
mrote ó
2 r ccé ro
.','
«L ¢CGCIiLO!
w`u+cnaXU
. 7 ^ (. NC.4
1-.
E
átwNiME m
l>ó_
ó q
Q
y0. 0y. 0c
a
d
O
U
0.n0-eyr\-m-y--
Ny,.cOO.0N0C0esOC0h
N N N N y, y\ er V\ V\ NN
N.N.N.N.Ih.
000.ei0
CD <D er ct
OhU ÿ y, y,0000
N -
N -
N -
N -
v
eNNy.C,nyDm<OMreneryr\
oOW
NV\
Wer
N
1.
N.
- - OC e.`
er
n - - N .,n.. y+
y, Oc.OO0O0\00
NNNN y, y, eY y\ y,
:V
N. N. N. N. N.
e Oe aerN
00 M00
b
ce 00
NNNN -- 00 cON.1.
y, y,
N. n - -
-N M er u\ 'O N. cO 0h
n mO y, 00 er
NN eOh ce m<
NNNN cy\00V\0O-.0-0
v,
cNe 7 N
- - N. N.
N.
<ta
y, y.
Mery\
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-85
MODEL 7258755, Cadillac
.1
C
-3
L
m
°
ç
d ú
0
cCne
v" V
M
>.rÓ 0
é c
_
U
b.1 ~ yd 0 C
yCfa rp
F FVVv ÿ el.' ó-Ó1p
u
O
éit>l m>
çmmmm
mmaS
E
7
arnrnrn In1n» áááá a.º
.ä.[
í°i
ú
C23.2. cg nt
'h
Éó bmduG.°
á
EN
aa ó.. óv
.21U
U°C]V
ó d á
F- Vm Urowc
5ó22ó
rnuu
TT
dv-0
"p .. -10 °: ::
7 N
1M 1-1
7
» ,.»:; »~HÑ
áú
ti:d-
0 7
d 7 Ä
v
b ú
é
7 HI 1..1
l: 1-.
tr
27:::.`,t,\73\\-ryE
v 01
-o
::
-db
p=º= ::
á.y==
: n
y o-.0 na C C
E "0000o -0cóm.Ée E¿Ec
00.g 20
goo.
N8e0 re
NDNhO>,¡_, ^.-.
05Vo--h.s8vsN0^O0eDó0NN
0MM0N8N0^8Ôa0 N0ONo
.0} 4^MOI5N.0 ^rN00.v0 D010.-Mr5.OONPNN
ON.NNhNN00NNhNNN 0NN0N0N0N0N0N0N0
NO N
<t
OMMO 0V'0.
O50
co
N h
^
menc\5e0
O°O.rM .1N ...h
dddV ^^ ^ dd ddQd= NNNN.M-N^NMeMNM^
°N NOOh00 M V s In . -, V1
N
ddddd
M0N0MhN^ V05.00NN.e
ddddd
-MM.NN4N-50N000vN NN N
....-.-.
VG0S0ONYNeNN.O. MeN
N -
OI+.NMMM.NN4hNNODNN
02d0:1Va,
vO.5.0SNO^N0v0 5OODW-S o\OON0
r.r eNINN.NNOpNNhNNN 0NN00NN00NN00NN0
-t,I.nr.
00000 N 1".. 0, M--CN).
CO r4
M b nn M e. O
h CD
mN r
VN D v
CNNT
..
.^ h h h hN
4-ON'
hhhh .N.-.. MN
N
1. \
0 0
M N
N M 1
O v N
M N
5 O
M M N
^vtN tMvVvN
- - hh h h N M N M M
v 0.^N--...5NNN00N^N*
0 0
0MN0
O o
0M0 N
**VS \Or.000.0
- h--¡... h^ NO
hIM 1
O N N
h
M. O.
N N N
M- v w S
-N.
O
N.Y
N
dN ^N
N N V1 N N
+
eNNr
M
N N N
er.
O N5 O
N
0 v N
M
0 v N
M
N.-..N-. N-..Nr.-N.
h
h M NN O \
N N N
N N N _
O M
5O r+ 5
M
Nh.WN...-N. Nr..N..
. h c.SOrMaiOMe. Nv
N^.N.. Nh N..
;:ia O \D f. CO 0.
N N N V\
\O
1 C
^ b
N
\D
M
0D
v N
5D 0D
D T. 00 0.
50 00 50 `D
p
o
v1
Ç
it
OU°
a
"o_
c 0
.Y
ó aM
ó
ä
T.
ä
Cá
g iaQÓ tUÓá
F
r51%4.nrdoN.5rd0.5sQ0>0Nvo
é
ea
c''s" 15-' >t(3 Cf.'_ "
'44°.''''5
Vé am .Erná'v"3
;dd FEE4
b"'- .c'42,2°
.u. C C .`a. m
;1-n"FH>
V
t,
QL'awa-ÿämoVe
ro."0C, óF
¿hg ' cv c9",.' QÓ>
ed v a dd 'cc5.ñ
x-VE wm
d
ÇQ7,C,-
d óI d
~i3Gr d c
cLAV°i.
ác 'and°°r v-ticÿ ÿ..ä
-cru 5o t°Q
]] wCLÿc0.iero ro C]Gároóom-áññññ
77áw
c
r
ÚGV
I
7
,.tdV. yt0i
a
aMa
CVM7
F
O.N- -M
NNN NN NN
N N
rNe
er
N
O O
á
'OÌ ,_k
,4
a N eN0NNNh0. NN00-10-500,.00v0NN000`. N4^N1.
1.N0NN+0.\MO00NN0.0^NNN00N00N0
N. N. N.
^NIrMNN...rrNNMNN...rlNrMNN..eN,l.^.MCN^°.hSSerN^.-4
--NeNv NNe0ON0 O0CNNO0N.0-WO.r.O.000N000N^v-
N.
C.C.
MO ^ V'
rN0NN.0MNN°00.NN0N00O0NMNS-
',P.T.T.
- CA
VD I.000.
N. r. I. N. P. N. P. N. N.
d
G
to
C
V
N ...
5m0 mN
N 0D O.N
v^ N^ P. CD r. r4
0.0.5005
NNNMNM N5 ...
N. ^ hr.
rNO0NN.0SNNrN0ONr.0NNnN000N0I0NO0N.5Ñ0l0r0NiN..N,
T.N.T.>.
OON mf°00NN
NN SIfo.O.. NMr.N00tes0N0
0NN0.NO..NN0N0NN00rN0.0rN.N
N. r1.1.r.
0Sr0.O0rNr.N.r0M.005N.D
.NNrO.N0N0hN0Nr00.^N.0NNr0.
^ N
5D N
N500.N
r0.^OrN.NNNNN 0M00.-..0MD0M.
1.....r....
INOONNp..NNI0NO0.NN00MN0Nb0N0NObrNINN..NNN00I.05
P.P.C.>.
W5d0NN00'^N.Np0.5NdNNN0MO0NNN0.0xNNNO0.0u0MrN0N5.N0NN1Nr0\.
r.-1.1.1.
05I.00h0NlrN..-K0-0.5ND°.
5NN00NND0NN0-0N.0NN0
7.t.r.^1.
0 ^
h 00
-00 CO
NM 5°I.00 0.°5
CO 00 00 00
O.
O.
v P
N
0.
50O.0
O.
NMsf 0 0 0 O OS ....
p.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-86 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 7258365, Cadillac
GENERAL
MOUNTING-All 1950 Cadillac Cars.
- TUBES-Eight, Plus Rectifier.
SPEAKER 6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet.
TUNING-Electronic.
- ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSA. TION 0.000060 - 0.000085 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE-540 - 1600 KC.
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP No pushbutton set-up is necessary. How-
ever, the number of stations on which the tuner will stop can be controlled by the use of the Sensitivity Control.
Tone Control
Volume Control
"A" Lead ---..
Dial Light Lead
i V
a_Z
Sensitivity Control
\ Antenna
Control
\ Station Selector Bar
MODEL 7258865
SIGNAL SEEKING TUNER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
NOTE: When aligning to follow the alignment
the signal seeker tuner type radio, be sure sequence given-(Notice that the primary
to use a vacuum tube voltmeter of the 2nd I.F. is aligned first.)
as
indicated
and
be
sure
Output Meter Connection _
VTVM From E] To Chassis (see parts layout page 2)
Generator Return
_ Receiver Chassis
Dummy Antenna --_
In Series With Generator
Volume Control
Maximum Volume
Sensitivity Control
Maximum Sensitivity
Tone Control _.__
Treble
Generator Output
Not To Exceed 2 Volts at VTVM
Step
Dummy Antenna
Connect To
1
0.1 mfd
6SA7 Grid (Pin 8)
2
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
3
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
4
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
5
0.000068 mfd
Antenna Connector
Signal Generator Frequency
260 KC 1615 KC 600 KC 1615 KC 1000 KC
Tune Receiver
To
*High Frequency Stop High Frequency Stop Signal Gen. Signal Signal Gen. Signal Signal Gen. Signal
Adjust in Sequence for Max. Output
A, B, C, D
*'E, F, G J, K
F, G ***L
*To tune to high frequency, put a 0.070" feeler gauge (or bare #13 wire) in slot against the high frequency stop. (See tuner picture). Depress station selector bar and allow the planetary arm to run against the feeler gauge. Turn the radio off and then on.
**Before making this adjustment, check the setting of oscillator core "H." The rear of the core should be 1 i" from
the mounting end of the coil form. This measurement is readily made by inserting a suitable plug in the mounting end of the coil form. The core adjustment is made frocs the mounting end of the coil form with an insulated screwdriver. (It will be necessary to steady the core guide bar by applying a downward pressure at the antenna core end
of the bar while making these adjustments.) If this adjustment is necessary, first dissolve the glyptal seal on the core stud and be sure to re -seal after making the adjustment. "L" is the pointer adjustment screw on the end of the core guide bar --adjust so pointer reads 1000 KC. With the radio installed and the antenna plugged in, adjust antenna trimmer "G" (See sticker on case) for maximum
volume with the radio tuned to a weak station near 1400 KC.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-87
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-88 UNITED MOTORS MODEL 7258865, Cadillac
. Y
MI`©T©,0.
eetre
cóc
8 Fl
cc
o
i ©John F. Rider
1IIIIIIII0lllllll ` www.americanradiohistory.com
N
z o O
>
ó V C
7 a
7 o ó C e o
00
o C
o a
V
E o
w 2
>
e
CC'C-
o z o
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-89
MODEL 725:o,
155
C adillac
L
j
113
- 43
TUNER OPEN
116
High Frequency Stop
'Ns', 148
90
ESCUTCHEON CROSS-SECTION
Illus. No.
1
2
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
Production Part No.
7257979 7258502 7240251 7257979 7259184 7258849 7259290 1217846 1217846
TUNER
150
117
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Service Part No.
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Description
7257979 7258502 7240251 7257979 7259184
1219508 1219602 1217846
1217846
Coils
Antenna Antenna Series Choke Antenna Spark Choke R.F. Oscillator
1st I.F. Assy. 2nd I.F. Assy. "A" Spark Choke Hash Choke
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-90 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 7258865
SERVICE PARTS LIST
Illus.
Production
Service
No.
Part No.
Part No.
Description
16 17 18 19
20 20A 20B
21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34
35
35A 35B 35C
36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44
7258226 1219550 1210697 1210697 7242454
7258221 7257567 7238788 7238789 1219550 1218969 1218883 1219553 7230767 7233770 1219660 1219463 7238792 7237719 7240724
1209817 1219084 1218880 1218882 7259710 1217848 7240906 1219511 1219499
Condensers 7258226
G 680 E 503 E 503 7242454
G 390 7257567
E 104 E 104 G 680 E 402 E 102 1219553 E 502 E 203 1219660 1219463 G 221 7237719 M 908
E 254 H 602 1218880 1218882 7259710 1217848 H 602 E 504 G 101
Antenna Trimmer 0.000068 mfd. molded 0.05 mfd. 200 V Tubular 0.05 mfd. 200 V Tubular
Dual Trimmer RF Section Oscillator Section
0.000039 mfd. Ceramic 0.000260 mfd. Compensating 0.1 mfd. 400 V Tubular 0.1 mfd. 200 V Tubular 0.000068 mfd. Molded
0.004 mfd. 600 V Tubular 0.001 mfd. 600 V Tubular 0.002200 mfd. 600 V Tubular 0.005 mfd. 600 V Tubular 0.02 mfd. 600 V Tubular
20 mfd. 50 V Electrolytic 0.008 mfd. 600 V Tubular 0.000220 mfd. Molded 0.015 mfd. 600 V Tubular
Electrolytic 20 mfd. 25 V 20 mfd. 400 V 20 mfd. 400 V
0.25 mfd. 200 V Tubular 0.006 mfd. 800 V Tubular 0.15 mfd. 100 V Tubular 0.4 mfd. 100 V Tubular Spark Plate and "A" Connector
Chassis Plate Condenser 0.006 mfd. 1600 V Tubular 0.5 mfd. 100 V Tubular 0.000100 tnfd. Molded
Resistors
51
1211147
52
1211085
A 225 B 103
2.2 Megohms V2 W Insulated 10,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
53
1213217
A 101
100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
54
7240732
A 334
330,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
55
1213283
A 155
1.5 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated
56
1211192
A 223
22,000 Ohms 1/ W Insulated
57
1212491
1212491
12,000 Ohms 2 W Insulated
58
1214557
A 334
330,000 Ohms 1/ W Insulated
59
1215107
A 100
10 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
60
1213217
A 101
100 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
61
1215558
1215558
68 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
62
1213283
A 155
1.5 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated
63
1213270
64
1214542
A-104 A 271
100,000 Ohms 270 Ohms 1/
1/2
W
W Insulated Insulated
65
1214556
A 274
270,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
66
7241937
A 685
6.8 Megohms ? _ W Insulated
67
1219504
1219504
1600 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
68
1213509
1213509
56,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
69
7241937
70
1213224
A 685 A 331
6.8 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated 330 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
71 72
1213240 1214555
1213240 A 224
2700 Ohms 1/2 220,000 Ohms
W 1/
Insulated W Insulated
73
1214555
74
1213220
75
1214555
A 224 A 151 A 224
220,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 150 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 220,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
76
1214555
A 224
220,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
77
1213270
*78
"1213283
A 104 *A 155
100,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated 1.5 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated
79
7239745
7239745
430 Ohms 1 W Wire Wound Insulated
80
1213480
A 393
39,000 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
81
1213481
A 332
3300 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
82
1213236
1213236
1200 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
83
7237835
A 221
220 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
84
1213482
A 391
390 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
85
1213236
1213236
1200 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
86
1213481
A 332
3300 Ohms 1/2 W Insulated
87
7237994
B 221
220 Ohms 1 W Insulated
88
1214573
f C 272
1800 Ohms Wire Wound (Replace with 2700 ohms
I B 562
2 W and 5600 Ohms I W in parallel)
89
1214564
A 335
3.3 Megohms 1/2 W Insulated
"This resistor was 2.2 Megohms until Serial +-62397-Use above Value in Service.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-91
SERVICE PARTS LIST
MODEL 7258865 Cadillac
Illus.
Production
Service
No.
Part No.
Part No.
Description
Resistors (Continued)
'90
`7231539
*7231539
13,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
91 92
1213271 1216157
1213271 B 473
120,000 Ohms th W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
93 94
1216154 1216157
1216154 B 473
6800 Ohms 1 W Insulated 47,000 Ohms 1 W Insulated
Tubes
1217690 7237752 1218506 1219484
1213793 1217924 1219485
5252
6BA6
5222
6SA7
5262
6AV6
5278
6AQ7GT
5241
6V6GT
5003
OZ4 Rectifier
5328
12AU7
Miscellaneous Electrical Parts
110 111 112
112A 112E 112C
113 114 115 116 117
119 120 121 122
7259408 7259239 7259240
7259009 1219661 7258488 7259011 7259012
72593345 7259375 7239124
125588
7259408 7259239' 7259240
7259009 1219661 7258488 7259011 7259012 7259336 7255881
8542
55
Adjuster Cathode Relay Control - Tone Control - Volume, Sensitivity Switch Volume Control Switch Sensitivity Control
Relay Solenoid Speaker 6 x 9 Elliptical PM Switch - Tuner Return Switch - Station Selector
Transformer - Output Transformer - Power Vibrator - Non -Synchronous Lamp - Dial Light
MECHANICAL P ARTS
Chassis
131 132
7259710 7258520 7236279 7259307
7259710 7258520
7236279 7259307
"A" Connector and Spark Plate Antenna Connector Socket - Octal Tube Socket - 9 Pin Miniature Tube
7258073 7239125
7258073 7239125
Socket - 7 Pin Miniature Tube Socket - Vibrator
133
1219603
1219603
Socket - Dial Light
Tuner
141 142 143 144
145 146
148 149 150
151 152 154 155
7259201 7259178 7259319 7259531
187189
7258270 7258236 7258232
1219610 7259164 1219604
7259125
7259111 1216508
7259100 7257361 7258239 7258260 7259264 7259055
7259201
7259178 7259319 7259531
44
Core - Iron Tuning Core - Guide Bar Dial - Calibrated Dial Backplate Assembly
Pilot Light
7258270 7258236 7258232
1219610
7259164
Escutcheon Assy. Dial Glass Dial Glass Retainer (2)
Motor Gear Train Plunger - Solenoid
1219604
Station Selector Bar Pkg. Station Selector Bar
7259125
Switch Operating Collar Toggle Plate
7259111 1216508
Spring (2) "C" Washer
7259100 7257361 7258239
7258260 7259264 7259055
Spring Clip Spring - Vacuum Valve Anti -Rattle Spring - Calibrated Dial Retainer Vacuum Valve Vacuum Valve Shaft Spring - Motor Power
INSTALLATION PARTS
7258542
7258542
"A" Lead Assy.
7240138 1911095
1910147
6013
6030 6030
Static Collector Condenser - GeneratoL Condenser - Ignition Coil
7259510 7259509
147685
7242024
7259510 7259509
147685
7242024
Escutcheon - Sensitivity Control Escutcheon - Tone Control Fuse - 14 Amperes Fuse Holder Complete
7259369
7259508 7259507 7259514
7259369
7259508 7259507 7259514
Knob - Control Knob - Sensitivity Control Knob - Tone Control Spring - Tone Control Retainer
This resistor was 15,000 Ohms until Serial #62300-Use above Value in Service.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-92 UNITED MOTORS
MODEL 7259325,
Cadillac
This Model Same as Model 7258865, Except as Indicated by This Bulletin
Switch and Volume Control
Tone Control
Switch and Volume Control
Sensitivity Control
Sensitivity Control
Antenna Control
Station Selector
Bar
Station Selector Button
"A" Lead Dial Front Seat Speaker Light Control Lead Lead
GENERAL
MODEL 7259825
MOUNTING-1950 Cadillac 75 Series Cars.
TUNING-Electronic.
TUBES-Seven, Plus Rectifier and Trigger.
- SPEAKER-6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet, Front 6" x 9" Elliptical, Permanent Magnet, Rear.
ANTENNA TRIMMER COMPENSATION-
0.000060 - 0.000085 Mfd.
TUNING RANGE-540 - 1600 KC.
PUSHBUTTON SET-UP-No pushbutton set-up
the tuner will stop can be controlled by the use
is necessary. However, the of the Sensitivity Controls.
number
of
stations
on
which
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE-Alignment procedure same as that of Model 7258865, Bulletin 6D-1060.
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The Cadillac remote control signal seeker type radio has all the Radio for front seat operation and in addition has a control head operation. This remote control head has a switch, volume control,
controls mounted
of in
the Cadillac Syncro-Matic Model the left rear seat arm rest for
and station selector button.
7258865 rear seat
After the rear seat control switch is turned on, only the rear controls operate the the front seat again until the rear control switch is turned off. Two controls that tone control and the antenna control.
radio. The are always
radio can not be operated from operated at the receiver are the
Toddfrnuihsolcicynesodtnbrsneavpedoeucilastuoikemndegorepwtesfhhwrreoaeitntmfecrhsothnnmfeotrroomrsmuepnaaetlraethkdcoeeouro.ntnpftrruootthnlettiosliontiwhnseterrouspmeteadertgianoettinoospnfa,sentahleenelcdtieinndisttbreguyximvaectehstlneytthpetphearenfsroeoslnantmtooepsteehamretaatlionenfcngtceurotphfaaesnthtrsetehaestrhteee7ser2icl5neh8cgo8tio6cwr5eheboeMuflt.otlodinseTtlehonierisnxccgseowpmaitttpchflaeotrceraleyna-
THEORY OF OPERATION
The energizing of relays, illustration numbers 125 and 126, to the "on" position. When this switch is turned on, the "A" closing the contacts to the rear controls. With the relays and not the front seat controls.
is accomplished by turning voltage is applied across the 125 and 126 energized, the
the rear control switch (123C) to relays, energizing the relays and rear seat controls are operative
- Oatcionlnndctthereo3-lt4shreeloasaerfyesrreeoallpaaryeeyrsad1taei2rv-6eee,neeranertgegriatzghreidezdleerdsbe,sycetothiuvfeerntr"h,iAnewg"hpiosolesufifptiapotlhlnlye reiorsmef acotrohtenesnwcefiorctoctnehntdrto(sl1stwo2ii3tnctChht)eh.(e1p1olWe2wfBtietr)hr;eatttrrhhaeenarrsemfrfoeorlrrameeysesttrhaeinrceerantidhtneieoorp-tdecaerapan-teinvtnheeorr.tgoiubzgeehdturcpnooensdittaicootnfsf,
1-2
unall
GROUND
BLACK -SOCKET
BLACK -SOCKET
*184
SENSITIVITY
*7 CONTROL -YELLOW
TERIL HD. -.RED IN
SET 4%6 -YELLOW 919 * VOL CONT-GREEN JO *II TERM. BD.-GREEN
SOCKET M 165-BREEN *1E
RELAY
*"BLUE-STATIONSWSELI
a2
CEGICR
-ORANGE-TERMINAL eD.
3 ITE-SOCKET *184
SWE- VOL. CONTROL
BLUE-TERMINAL BO
K 883.S -SOCKET 19 IRS
60.M1 BUS R3
TO N2 BUS *4
SPKR.-GREEN N TERN -WHITE M8
BD ORANGE 117
SOCKET 164
125
RELAY
SRI BROWN- SWITCH 2 BROWN -SWITCH
126
Relay leads' destinations and colors are to o respective contacts as numbered on the schematic.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-93 MODEL 725985,
Cadill'àc
- PARTS LAYOUT TUBE VIEW
**Connect a VTVM from this point to ground for output indications during alignment.
- PARTS LAYOUT REAR CONTROL
SCHEMATIC DATA
ppelartev.AolltlOvvsooclltitalmlgaeetosterrm. gearMsiduerevadosultrfaergomementastsokcetknaektwsenittehwrmitthhineanlsosettsoitguncnhaealdssaitnsodw1i6t0.h000avo2Kl0tCs,0. 0a0t TsOupnharmekr not seeking.
Total "A" Drain 7.3 Amps.
Total "B" Drain 67MA.
Tolerance on voltages + 10'/c.
*-Indicates lead from tuner coil ass".
**-See Service Parts List for replacement.
-Colors of terminals on service part.
Note the red and black 7258865. The blue circuit trolled from the rear seat
circuits are exactly the same as those of Model has been added so that the tuner can be conlocation. This circuit is switched in or out of
control by the relays which are energized from the rear seat.
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
PAGE 21-94 UNITED MOTORS
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
UNITED MOTORS PAGE 21-95 MODEL 7259 825 , Cadillac
CADILLAC REMOTE CONTROL SYNCROMATIC MODEL SERVICE PARTS LIST
The Service Parts List of Radio, Model 7258865, except
the for
Cadillac Remote Control Syncromatic Radio is the illustration numbers and parts listed below:
identical to the Cadillac Syncromatic Those parts marked with an asterisk
(*) are changed from Model 7258865-the others are added parts.
Illus. No.
* 40 45 46
95 96 97 98 99 **100
123 123A 123B 123C
124
125 126 127 128 129
Production Part No.
7241259 1218969 1219550
1214556 7237835 1213482 1213236 1213481 1219672
7259947
187189 7259951 7259952 1457062 7259950 7259012
ELECTRICAL PARTS
Service Part No.
Description
Condensers
7241259 E 402 G 680
Spark Plate .004 Mfd 600V Tubular .000068 Mfd Molded
Resistors
A 274 A 221 A 391 1213236 A 332 1219672
270,000 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 220 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 390 Ohms 1/2W Insulated
1200 Ohms t/W Insulated
3300 Ohms 1/2W Insulated 15 Ohms 2W Insulated
Miscellaneous 7259947
44 7259951 7259952 1457062 7259950 7259012
Control - Volume, Sensitivity and Switch - Rear Volume Sensitivity Switch
Lamp - Dial Light
Relay - 4 Section Relay -3 Section Speaker - 6x9 Elliptical PM, Rear Switch - Front Speaker Switch - Station Selector, Rear
*131
157 158
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167
7257891
7259946 1219682 1219679 4589122 7259510 7259508 7259369 1219688 1219686 7259944 7259943 7258498 1219687
7259125
7256121
MECHANICAL PARTS
Chassis 7257891
A-Lead Assembly
Remote Control
7259946 1219682 1219679 4589122 7259510
7259508 7259369 1219688 1219686 7259944
7259943 7258498 1219687
7259125
7256121
Cable - Rear Seat Plug and Shell Pkg. Plug and Shell Pkg. Escutcheon - Arm Rest Escutcheon - Sensitivity Control
Knob - Sensitivity Control Knob Control Plug - Front Speaker Switch Socket Pkg. - Dial Light Socket - Cable Plug
Socket - Cable Plug Socket - Front Speaker Plug Station Selector Button Pkg.
Push Button Assy. Retaining Ring Washer Felt Washer "C" Washer
7259970 e* Located on the top of the hash cover.
INSTALLATION PARTS
7259970
"A" Lead Assembly
©John F. Rider
www.americanradiohistory.com
www.americanradiohistory.com
3
PdfCompressor 6.5.985 CVISION Technologies